A new method of physick: or, A short view of Paracelsus and Galen's practice; in 3. treatises. I. Opening the nature of physick and alchymy. II. Shewing what things are requisite to a physitian and alchymist. III. Containing an harmonical systeme of physick. Written in Latin by Simeon Partlicius, phylosopher, and physitian in Germany. Translated into English by Nicholas Culpeper, Gent. student in physick and astrologie, dwelling on the east-side of Spittle-fields, neer London.
         Medici systematis harmonici. English.
         Partlicius, Simeon, fl. 1620-1624.
      
       
         
           1654
        
      
       Approx. 466 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 185 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2009-03 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A56500
         Wing P612
         ESTC R203157
         99863218
         99863218
         115407
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A56500)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 115407)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Thomason Tracts ; 189:E1475[3])
      
       
         
           
             A new method of physick: or, A short view of Paracelsus and Galen's practice; in 3. treatises. I. Opening the nature of physick and alchymy. II. Shewing what things are requisite to a physitian and alchymist. III. Containing an harmonical systeme of physick. Written in Latin by Simeon Partlicius, phylosopher, and physitian in Germany. Translated into English by Nicholas Culpeper, Gent. student in physick and astrologie, dwelling on the east-side of Spittle-fields, neer London.
             Medici systematis harmonici. English.
             Partlicius, Simeon, fl. 1620-1624.
             Culpeper, Nicholas, 1616-1654.
          
           [18], 191, 392-548 p.
           
             Printed by Peter Cole in Leaden-Hall, and are to be sold at his shop at the sign of the Printing-press in Cornhil neer the Royal Exchange: And by S. Howes, J. Garfield, and R. Westbrook,
             London :
             1654.
          
           
             A translation of: Medici systematis harmonici.
             Running title reads: A new method both of studying and practising physick.
             Text is continuous despite pagination.
             Annotation on Thomason copy: "Nou. 28".
             Reproduction of the original in the British Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Medicine -- Early works to 1800.
           Alchemy -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2000-00 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2001-07 Apex CoVantage
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2001-08 TCP Staff (Michigan)
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2001-10 TCP Staff (Michigan)
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2001-11 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
           A
           NEW
           METHOD
           OF
           PHYSICK
           :
           OR
           ,
           
             A
             Short
          
           VIEW
           of
           Paracelsus
           and
           Galen's
           
             Practice
             ;
             In
          
           3.
           
           Treatises
           .
        
         
           I.
           Opening
           the
           Nature
           of
           Physick
           and
           Alchymy
           .
        
         
           II.
           Shewing
           what
           things
           are
           Requisite
           to
           a
           Physitian
           and
           Alchymist
           .
        
         
           III.
           Containing
           an
           Harmonical
           Systeme
           of
           Physick
           .
        
         
           
             Written
             in
             Latin
             by
          
           Simeon
           Partlicius
           ,
           
             Phylosopher
             ,
             and
             Physitian
             in
             Germany
             .
             Translated
             into
             English
          
        
         
           By
           NICHOLAS
           CULPEPER
           ,
           Gent.
           
        
         
           Student
           in
           Physick
           and
           Astrologie
           ,
           Dwelling
           on
           the
           East-side
           of
           Spittle-fields
           ,
           neer
           London
           .
        
         
           
             Dogmata
             non
             juro
             in
          
           Paracelsi
           ,
           
             aut
             scita
          
           Galeni
           :
           
             Vera
             utriusque
             placent
             ,
             falsa
             utriusque
             jacent
             .
          
        
         
           London
           ,
           Printed
           by
           
             Peter
             Cole
          
           in
           Leaden-Hall
           ,
           and
           are
           to
           be
           sold
           at
           his
           Shop
           at
           the
           sign
           of
           the
           Printing-press
           in
           Cornhil
           neer
           the
           Royal
           Exchange
           :
           And
           by
           
             S.
             Howes
             ,
             J.
             Garfield
          
           ,
           and
           
             R.
             Westbrook
          
           .
           1654.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           M
           R
           Culpepers
           New
           METHOD
           both
           of
           Studying
           &
           Practising
           Rhysick
           .
        
      
       
         
         
         
           To
           the
           Reader
           .
        
         
           
             Reader
             ,
          
        
         
           THis
           ensuing
           Discourse
           I
           finished
           when
           I
           was
           in
           Health
           ,
           which
           had
           been
           Published
           Two
           years
           since
           ,
           but
           that
           the
           Act
           of
           Parliament
           for
           Punishing
           such
           Theeves
           as
           steal
           away
           Copies
           from
           those
           that
           Purchase
           them
           ,
           did
           Expire
           the
           Nine
           and
           Twentieth
           Day
           of
           
             September
             ,
             1651.
          
           
           And
           was
           not
           Revived
           until
           the
           Seventh
           of
           
             January
             ,
             1652.
          
           
           I
           have
           spent
           Twenty
           One
           Years
           Study
           for
           the
           Good
           of
           this
           Nation
           ,
           and
           have
           Written
           Seventeen
           BOOKS
           (
           besides
           those
           already
           Published
           )
           which
           I
           hope
           to
           Finish
           and
           Publish
           if
           the
           Parliament
           please
           to
           perfect
           the
           Law
           to
           Punish
           Copy-stealers
           with
           the
           same
           Punishment
           they
           do
           other
           Theeves
           .
           I
           Thought
           in
           an
           Epistle
           to
           have
           Write
           somthing
           that
           should
           have
           been
           useful
           for
           all
           yong
           Practitioners
           of
           Physick
           and
           Alchymy
           ;
           And
           also
           have
           Answered
           some
           Objections
           made
           against
           my
           Wrightings
           ;
           I
           shall
           now
           only
           Answer
           one
           ,
           
             viz.
             That
             my
             Books
             do
             no
             other
             good
             but
             make
             Empericks
             .
          
           I
           have
           therefore
           given
           you
           in
           this
           Work
           a
           joynt
           view
           of
           the
           whole
           Method
           of
           Physick
           ,
           according
           to
           both
           Paracelsus
           and
           Galen's
           Practice
           ;
           That
           so
           the
           industrious
           may
           
           judg
           which
           is
           best
           :
           There
           being
           none
           that
           are
           Empericks
           except
           such
           as
           are
           Lazie
           .
           But
           at
           the
           present
           I
           am
           so
           sickly
           that
           I
           am
           not
           fit
           for
           any
           Study
           ,
           having
           not
           strength
           of
           Body
           to
           Write
           ;
           and
           therefore
           must
           only
           refer
           you
           to
           this
           Book
           (
           which
           was
           the
           Child
           of
           my
           Health
           )
           with
           this
           assurance
           ,
           That
           (
           if
           God
           restore
           Health
           )
           I
           shall
           never
           leave
           making
           more
           Books
           (
           for
           Publick
           good
           )
           as
           long
           as
           I
           am
           ,
        
         
           
             N.
             Culpeper
             .
          
           
             From
             my
             House
             on
             the
             East-side
             of
             Spittle-Fields
             ,
             neer
             London
             ,
             this
             12.
             of
             Novemb.
             1653.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           CONTENTS
           .
        
         
           
             Treatise
             I.
             
               Of
               the
               Nature
               of
            
             Physick
             ,
             and
             Alchymy
             .
          
           
             
               CHap.
               1.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Opinions
                 of
                 Physitians
              
               .
               Page
               .
               4
            
             
               Chap.
               2.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Essence
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               11
            
             
               Chap.
               3.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Name
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               14
            
             
               Chap.
               4.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Kind
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               16
            
             
               Chap.
               5.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 End
                 of
                 Physick
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 Health
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               22
            
             
               Chap.
               6.
               
               
                 The
                 Cause
                 of
                 Physick
                 and
                 Alchymye
                 ,
                 both
                 Principal
                 ,
                 and
                 less
                 Principal
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               28
            
             
               Chap.
               7.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Original
                 of
                 Physick
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               31
            
             
             
               Chap.
               8.
               
               
                 How
                 the
                 Beginnings
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 were
                 drawn
                 from
                 Nature
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               36
            
             
               Chap.
               9.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Matter
                 Form
                 ,
                 and
                 Effect
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               41
            
             
               Chap.
               10.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Subject
                 and
                 Object
                 of
                 Alchymy
                 and
                 Physick
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               44
            
             
               Chap.
               11.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Certainty
                 of
                 Physick
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               49
            
             
               Chap.
               12.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Dignity
                 and
                 Profit
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               55
            
             
               Chap.
               13.
               
               
                 The
                 Excellency
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               56
            
             
               Chap.
               14.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Difficulty
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               58
            
             
               Chap.
               15.
               
               
                 Of
                 things
                 agreeable
                 to
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 Natural
                 Phylosophy
                 ,
                 Divinity
                 ,
                 and
                 Astrology
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               61
            
          
        
         
           
             Treatise
             II.
             
               Of
               the
               Nature
               and
               Ministers
               of
               the
               Physitian
               and
               Alchymist
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               1.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Definition
                 of
                 a
                 Physitian
                 and
                 Alchymist
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               73
            
             
               Chap.
               2.
               
               
                 Of
                 what
                 is
                 Requisite
                 to
                 a
                 Physitian
                 and
                 Alchymist
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 general
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               75
            
             
             
               Chap.
               3.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Ornaments
                 of
                 a
                 Physitians
                 mind
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               79
            
             
               
                 An
                 Idea
                 of
                 the
                 Aphorisms
                 of
              
               Hippocrates
               .
               Page
               .
               80
            
             
               Chap.
               4.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Ornaments
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 of
                 a
                 Physitian
                 and
                 Alchymist
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               92
            
             
               
                 An
                 Idea
                 of
              
               Hippocrates
               
                 his
                 Aphorisms
              
               .
               Page
               .
               93
            
             
               Chap.
               5.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Ornaments
                 of
                 Estate
                 belonging
                 to
                 a
                 Physitian
                 and
                 Alchymist
                 .
              
               Page
               .
               98
            
             
               
                 An
                 Idea
                 of
              
               Hippocrates
               
                 his
                 Aphorisms
              
               .
               ibid.
               
            
             
               Chap.
               6.
               
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Authority
                 of
                 Physick
              
               .
               Page
               .
               103
            
             
               
                 An
                 Idea
                 of
              
               Hippocrates
               
                 his
                 Aphorisms
                 concerning
              
               Duty
               .
               Page
               .
               104
            
             
               
                 An
                 Idea
                 of
              
               Hippocrates
               
                 his
                 Aphorisms
                 concerning
              
               Persons
               .
               Page
               .
               108
            
             
               Chap.
               7.
               
               
                 The
                 Oath
                 of
                 Physitians
                 according
                 to
              
               Hippocrates
               .
               Page
               .
               111
            
             
               Chap.
               8.
               
               
                 The
                 Oath
                 of
                 Apothecaries
              
               .
               Page
               .
               113
            
             
               Chap.
               9.
               
               
                 Of
                 things
                 repugnant
                 to
                 Physick
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 :
              
               Or
               ,
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Marks
                 and
                 Vices
                 of
                 Sophisters
                 ,
                 and
                 Impostors
                 in
                 those
                 Arts.
              
               Page
               .
               114
            
          
        
         
           
             Treatise
             III.
             
               Containing
               a
               Physical
               Idea
               of
               the
               Hermonical
               Systeme
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Chap.
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Definition
                     of
                     Medicine
                     and
                     Alchymy
                     .
                  
                   Page
                   .
                   119
                
                 
                 
                   Chap.
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Definition
                     of
                     Medicine
                     ond
                     Alchymy
                     in
                     general
                     .
                  
                   Page
                   .
                   123
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   TOME
                   I.
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Theorical
                     part
                     of
                     Medicine
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     General
                     knowledge
                     of
                     things
                     Natural
                     ,
                     Or
                     the
                     Object
                     of
                     Medicine
                     and
                     Alchymy
                     .
                  
                   Page
                   .
                   129
                
                 
                   
                     
                       LIB
                       .
                       I.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         The
                         Common
                         Affections
                         are
                         called
                         Special
                         .
                      
                       ibid
                    
                     
                       Chap.
                       1.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         Principles
                      
                       .
                       Page
                       .
                       130
                    
                     
                       Chap.
                       2.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         Elements
                      
                       .
                       Page
                       .
                       131
                    
                     
                       Chap.
                       3.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         the
                         Three
                         Principles
                         of
                         Alchymists
                         which
                         are
                         contained
                         in
                         every
                         Natural
                         Body
                         ,
                         and
                         give
                         it
                         its
                         Constitution
                         :
                         As
                         also
                         of
                         the
                         Faculties
                         and
                         Properties
                         of
                         the
                         Elements
                         and
                         their
                         Number
                         according
                         to
                         the
                         Doctrine
                         of
                      
                       Hermes
                       .
                       Page
                       .
                       132
                    
                     
                       Chap.
                       4.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         both
                         first
                         and
                         second
                         Qualities
                         .
                      
                       Page
                       .
                       136
                    
                     
                       Chap.
                       5.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         Mixture
                         and
                         Generation
                         in
                         the
                         General
                         .
                      
                       Page
                       .
                       140
                    
                     
                       Chap.
                       6.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         Mixture
                         according
                         to
                         the
                         Opinion
                         of
                         the
                         Dogmatists
                         ,
                         and
                      
                       Hermetical
                       Phylosophers
                       .
                       Page
                       .
                       141
                    
                     
                       Chap.
                       7.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         Generation
                         according
                         to
                         the
                         Opinion
                         of
                         Dogmatists
                         ,
                         and
                         Hermetical
                         Phylosophers
                         .
                      
                       Page
                       .
                       142
                    
                     
                     
                       Chap.
                       8.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         Temperaments
                      
                       .
                       Page
                       .
                       145
                    
                     
                       
                         A
                         Body
                         with
                         Life
                      
                       .
                       Page
                       .
                       146
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       TOME
                       I.
                       Part
                       II.
                       
                         Of
                         living
                         bodies
                         ,
                         not
                         Sensible
                         ,
                         and
                         Sensible
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           I.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             Art
                             Botanical
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           147
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             shewing
                             the
                             Reason
                             of
                             Plants
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           148
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           II.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             History
                             of
                             Plants
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           149
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           III.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             Metalography
                             ,
                             or
                             Knowledge
                             of
                             Mettals
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           151
                        
                         
                           
                             Another
                             Division
                             of
                             Stones
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           153
                        
                         
                           
                             Another
                             Division
                             of
                             Stones
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           155
                        
                         
                           Mettals
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           162
                        
                         
                           Earth
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           163
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           IV.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             Zoography
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           164
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             Flying
                             Creatures
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           165
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             Four-footed
                             Beasts
                             that
                             go
                             upon
                             the
                             Earth
                             .
                          
                           ibid
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             Creatures
                             Living
                             in
                             the
                             Water
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           166
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       TOME
                       I.
                       Part
                       III.
                       
                         Of
                         special
                         Physiologie
                         :
                         Or
                         ,
                         the
                         Subject
                         and
                         Object
                         of
                         the
                         Physitian
                         ,
                      
                    
                     
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           I.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             Faculties
                             and
                             Functions
                             of
                             the
                             Soul
                             both
                             General
                             and
                             Special
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           168
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           II.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             Anatomy
                             of
                             the
                             Body
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           174
                        
                         
                           
                             Similar
                             Parts
                          
                           .
                           ibid
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Bones
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           178
                        
                         
                           Cartilages
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           181
                        
                         
                           Nerves
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           182
                        
                         
                           Arteries
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           183
                        
                         
                           Veins
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           184
                        
                         
                           Ligaments
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           186
                        
                         
                           Muscels
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           187
                        
                         
                           Flesh.
                           Page
                           .
                           193
                        
                         
                           
                             Dissimilar
                             Parts
                          
                           .
                           ibid
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Eyes
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           394
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Ears
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           395
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Nose
                             ,
                             Cheek
                             ,
                             and
                             Mouth
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           396
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Neck
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           397
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Middle
                             or
                             Vital
                             Ventricle
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           398
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Lowermost
                             ,
                             or
                             Natural
                             Ventricle
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           399
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Branches
                             ,
                             or
                             Limbs
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           402
                        
                         
                           
                             Another
                             Division
                             of
                             the
                             Parts
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           403
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             Administration
                             ,
                             Dissection
                             ,
                             Or
                             Anatomy
                             of
                             the
                             Corps
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           404
                           
                             
                               
                                 I.
                                 The
                                 Anatomy
                                 of
                                 the
                                 Inferior
                                 Ventricle
                                 .
                              
                               ibid
                            
                             
                               
                                 II.
                                 The
                                 Anatomy
                                 of
                                 the
                                 Middle
                                 Ventricle
                                 ,
                                 or
                                 Breast
                                 .
                              
                               Page
                               .
                               408
                            
                             
                               
                                 III.
                                 The
                                 Anatomy
                                 of
                                 the
                                 Higher
                                 Ventricle
                                 ,
                                 or
                                 Head.
                              
                               Page
                               .
                               411
                            
                             
                             
                               
                                 IV.
                                 The
                                 Anatomy
                                 of
                                 the
                                 Hands
                                 .
                              
                               Page
                               .
                               415
                            
                             
                               
                                 V.
                                 The
                                 Anatomy
                                 of
                                 the
                                 Foot.
                              
                               Page
                               .
                               417
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             Paris
                             contained
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           419
                        
                         
                           
                             Hermetical
                             Phylosophers
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           421
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       TOME
                       I.
                       Part
                       IV.
                       
                         Of
                         Vertual
                         Anatomy
                         ,
                         Or
                         the
                         Harmony
                         between
                         the
                         Macrocosm
                         ,
                         &
                         Microcosm
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           I.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             Analogical
                             Comparation
                             of
                             the
                             Heavens
                             with
                             the
                             Body
                             of
                             Man.
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           424
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           II.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             Influential
                             Harmony
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           425
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           III.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             Faculties
                             of
                             Simples
                             ,
                             which
                             the
                             Dogmatists
                             make
                             use
                             of
                             to
                             find
                             out
                             their
                             Natures
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           427
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       TOME
                       I.
                       Part
                       V.
                       
                         Of
                         that
                         part
                         of
                         the
                         Theorick
                         of
                         Physick
                         which
                         is
                         called
                      
                       Pathologia
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           I.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             Semeiotica
                             ,
                             or
                             the
                             Doctrine
                             of
                             Signs
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           437
                        
                         
                           
                             Prognostical
                             Signs
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           439
                        
                         
                           
                             Signs
                             of
                             Death
                             ,
                             according
                             to
                             the
                             Opinion
                             of
                             Hermetical
                             Phylosophers
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           441
                        
                         
                         
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             Crisis
                             ,
                             and
                             Critical
                             Dayes
                             .
                          
                           ibid
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           II.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             Doctrine
                             of
                             Pulses
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           444
                           
                             
                               1
                               
                                 The
                                 Reason
                                 of
                                 observing
                                 ,
                                 and
                                 knowing
                                 the
                                 Pulses
                                 .
                              
                               ibid
                            
                             
                               2
                               
                                 The
                                 Difference
                                 of
                                 Pulses
                              
                               .
                               Page
                               .
                               445
                            
                             
                               3
                               
                                 The
                                 Causes
                                 of
                                 Pulses
                              
                               .
                               ibid
                            
                             
                               4
                               
                                 Prognosticks
                                 by
                                 the
                                 Signification
                                 of
                                 the
                                 Pulse
                                 .
                              
                               Page
                               .
                               446
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             An
                             Hermetical
                             Consideration
                             of
                             the
                             Pulse
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           447
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           III.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             Vrine
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           449
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Significations
                             and
                             Differences
                             of
                             Vrine
                             .
                          
                           ibid
                        
                         
                           
                             Hermetical
                             Consideration
                             of
                             Vrine
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           452
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           IV.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             Symtomes
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           453
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           V.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             Aethiologie
                             of
                             Diseases
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           455
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Causes
                             of
                             the
                             Diseases
                             of
                             the
                             Parts
                             ,
                             both
                             Similar
                             ,
                             Organical
                             ,
                             and
                             Common
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           462
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           VI.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             General
                             Nosologie
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           464
                        
                         
                           
                             Accidental
                             Diseases
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           465
                        
                         
                           
                             Diseases
                             according
                             to
                             the
                             Place
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           466
                        
                         
                           
                             Diseases
                             according
                             to
                             Time.
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           467
                        
                         
                           
                             Diseases
                             according
                             to
                             Custom
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           468
                        
                         
                           
                             Diseases
                             according
                             to
                             Cause
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           469
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           VII
                           .
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             Feavers
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           470
                        
                      
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           VIII
                           .
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             Internal
                             Affections
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           473
                        
                         
                           
                             Afflictions
                             of
                             the
                             Eyes
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           476
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Afflictions
                             of
                             the
                             Eares
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           477
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Afflictions
                             of
                             the
                             Nostrils
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           478
                        
                         
                           
                             Afflictions
                             of
                             the
                             Mouth
                          
                           .
                           ibid
                        
                         
                           
                             Afflictions
                             of
                             the
                             Jaws
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           479
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Afflictions
                             of
                             the
                             Breast
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           480
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Afflictions
                             of
                             the
                             Stomach
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           481
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Afflictions
                             of
                             the
                             Bowels
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           483
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Afflictions
                             of
                             the
                             Fundament
                             and
                             Mesenterium
                             .
                          
                           ibid
                        
                         
                           
                             Afflictions
                             of
                             the
                             Liver
                             and
                             Spleen
                             ,
                             Gall
                             ,
                             Reins
                             and
                             Bladder
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           474
                        
                         
                           
                             Afflictions
                             incident
                             to
                             the
                             Parts
                             Dedicated
                             to
                             Generation
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           485
                        
                         
                           
                             Afflictions
                             of
                             the
                             Habit
                             of
                             the
                             Body
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           487
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           IX
                           .
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             External
                             Afflictions
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           488
                        
                         
                           
                             Panpemical
                             Afflictions
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           492
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           LIB
                           .
                           X.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             Pathologie
                             of
                             Hermetical
                             Phylosophers
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           493
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Differences
                             of
                             Disseases
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           500
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       TOME
                       II.
                       
                         Of
                         Practical
                         Medicine
                      
                       .
                    
                     
                     
                       
                         
                           TOME
                           II.
                           Part
                           I.
                           
                             Of
                             Hygiena
                          
                           .
                        
                         
                           1
                           Ayr.
                           Page
                           .
                           511
                        
                         
                           2
                           Nourishment
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           513
                        
                         
                           3
                           Exercise
                           .
                           ibid
                        
                         
                           4
                           
                             Sleeping
                             and
                             Watching
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           515
                        
                         
                           5
                           
                             Affections
                             of
                             the
                             Mind
                          
                           .
                           Page
                           .
                           516
                        
                         
                           6
                           
                             Fulness
                             and
                             Emptiness
                          
                           .
                           ibid
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Vse
                             of
                             things
                             not
                             Natural
                             in
                             preserving
                             Health
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           517
                        
                         
                           
                             The
                             Vse
                             of
                             things
                             not
                             Natural
                             in
                             Diseases
                             .
                          
                           Page
                           .
                           519
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           TOME
                           II.
                           Part
                           II.
                           
                             Of
                             the
                             proper
                             Practical
                             Part
                             of
                             Medicine
                             ,
                             called
                          
                           Therapeutica
                           .
                        
                         
                           
                             
                               LIB
                               .
                               I.
                               
                            
                             
                               
                                 Of
                                 the
                                 Method
                                 of
                                 Curing
                              
                               .
                               Page
                               .
                               521
                            
                             
                               
                                 General
                                 Indications
                              
                               .
                               Page
                               .
                               522
                            
                             
                               
                                 Physical
                                 Indication
                              
                               .
                               Page
                               .
                               523
                            
                             
                               
                                 Mathematical
                                 Indications
                              
                               .
                               Page
                               .
                               527
                            
                             
                               
                                 The
                                 Method
                                 of
                                 Cure
                                 ,
                                 according
                                 to
                                 the
                                 Opinion
                                 of
                                 Hermetical
                                 Phylosophers
                                 .
                              
                               Page
                               .
                               528
                            
                             
                             
                               
                                 The
                                 Cure
                                 of
                                 Particular
                                 Diseases
                              
                               .
                               Page
                               .
                               531
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             
                               LIB
                               .
                               II.
                               
                            
                             
                               
                                 Of
                                 both
                                 General
                                 and
                                 Special
                                 Evacuation
                                 .
                              
                               Page
                               .
                               534
                            
                             
                               
                                 Chyrurgical
                                 Evacuation
                              
                               .
                               ibid
                            
                             
                               
                                 The
                                 Evacuation
                                 of
                                 Cachochymia
                              
                               .
                               Page
                               .
                               535
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             
                               LIB
                               .
                               III.
                               
                            
                             
                               
                                 Of
                                 Medicaments
                              
                               .
                               Page
                               .
                               536
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             
                               LIB
                               .
                               IV.
                               
                            
                             
                               
                                 Of
                                 the
                                 General
                                 Composition
                                 of
                                 Medicines
                                 .
                              
                               Page
                               .
                               538
                            
                             
                               
                                 The
                                 Opinion
                                 of
                                 Hermetical
                                 Phylosophers
                                 ,
                                 Concerning
                                 Composition
                                 .
                              
                               Page
                               .
                               539
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             
                               LIB
                               .
                               V.
                               
                            
                             
                               
                                 Of
                                 the
                                 Common
                                 way
                                 of
                                 Preparing
                                 Medicines
                                 by
                                 the
                                 Art
                                 of
                                 the
                                 Apothecary
                                 .
                              
                               Page
                               .
                               541
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             
                               LIB
                               .
                               VI.
                               
                            
                             
                               
                                 Of
                                 the
                                 Chymical
                                 Preparation
                                 of
                                 Medicines
                                 .
                              
                               Page
                               .
                               544
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Names
           of
           several
           Books
           Printed
           by
           
             Peter
             Cole
          
           in
           
             Leaden-Hall
             London
          
           ,
           and
           are
           to
           be
           sold
           at
           his
           Shop
           at
           the
           sign
           of
           the
           Printing
           press
           in
           Cornhil
           ,
           neer
           the
           Royal
           Exchange
           .
        
         
           
             
               Six
               several
               Books
               ,
               by
            
             Nich.
             Culpeper
             ,
             
               Gent.
               Studene
               in
            
             Physick
             &
             Astrology
             .
          
           
             1
             A
             Translation
             of
             the
             
               New
               Dispensatory
            
             ,
             made
             by
             the
             Colledge
             of
             Physitians
             of
             London
             .
             Wherunto
             is
             added
             ,
             The
             
               Key
               to
            
             Galen's
             
               Method
               of
               Physick
            
             .
          
           
             2
             A
             Directory
             for
             Midwives
             ,
             or
             a
             Guide
             for
             Women
             .
             Newly
             enlarged
             by
             the
             Author
             in
             every
             Sheet
             ,
             and
             illustrated
             with
             divers
             new
             Plates
             .
          
           
             3
             Galen's
             Art
             of
             Physick
             ,
             with
             a
             large
             Comment
             .
          
           
             4
             The
             
               English
               Physician
            
             :
             being
             an
             Astrologo-Physical-Discours
             of
             he
             vulgar
             Herbs
             of
             this
             Nation
             :
             wherein
             is
             shewed
             how
             to
             Cure
             a
             mans
             self
             of
             most
             Diseases
             incident
             to
             mans
             Body
             ,
             with
             such
             things
             as
             grow
             in
             England
             ,
             and
             for
             three
             pence
             charge
             .
          
           
             5
             The
             
               Anatomy
               of
               the
               Body
               of
               Man
               ,
            
             wherein
             is
             exactly
             described
             the
             several
             parts
             of
             the
             Body
             of
             Man
             ,
             illustrated
             with
             very
             many
             larg
             Brass
             Plates
             .
          
           
             6
             A
             
               New
               Method
            
             both
             of
             studying
             &
             practising
             Physick
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Seven
               Books
               of
               Mr.
            
             Jeremiah
             Burroughs
             
               lately
               published
               :
               As
               also
               the
               Texts
               of
               Scripture
               upon
               which
               they
               are
               grounded
               .
            
          
           
             1
             The
             Rare
             Jewel
             of
             
               Christian
               Contentment
            
             ,
             on
             Phil.
             4.
             11.
             
          
           
             2
             ,
             Gospel-Worship
             ,
             On
             Levit.
             10.
             3.
             
          
           
             3
             Gospel-Conversation
             ,
             on
             Phil.
             1.
             17.
             
             To
             which
             is
             added
             ,
             
               The
               Misery
               of
               those
               men
               that
               have
               their
               Portion
               in
               this
               life
               only
               ,
            
             on
             Ps.
             17.
             14.
             
          
           
             4
             A
             Treatise
             of
             Earthly-Mindedness
             ,
             on
             Phil.
             3.
             part
             of
             the
             19.
             vers
             .
             To
             which
             is
             added
             ,
             A
             Treatise
             of
             Heavenly-Mindednefs
             ,
             
             and
             walking
             with
             God
             ,
             on
             Gen.
             5.
             24
             and
             on
             Phil.
             3.
             20.
             
          
           
             5
             An
             Exposition
             on
             the
             fourth
             ,
             fifth
             ,
             sixth
             ,
             and
             seventh
             Chapters
             of
             the
             Prophesie
             of
             Hosea
             .
          
           
             6
             An
             Exposition
             on
             the
             eighth
             ,
             ninth
             ,
             and
             tenth
             Chapters
             of
             Hosea
             .
          
           
             7
             An
             Exposition
             on
             the
             eleventh
             ,
             twelfth
             ,
             and
             third
             Chapters
             of
             Hosea
             ,
             being
             now
             Compleat
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Twelve
               several
               Books
               of
            
             Mr.
             William
             Bridge
             ,
             
               Collected
               into
               one
               Volumn
            
             .
             viz.
             
          
           
             1
             The
             great
             Gospel
             Mystery
             of
             the
             Saints
             Comfort
             and
             Holiness
             ,
             opened
             and
             applied
             from
             Christs
             Priestly
             Office.
             
          
           
             2
             Satans
             Power
             to
             tempt
             ;
             and
             Christs
             Love
             to
             ,
             and
             Care
             of
             His
             People
             under
             Temptation
             .
          
           
             3
             Thankfulness
             required
             in
             every
             .
             Condition
             .
          
           
             4
             Grace
             for
             Grace
             ;
             or
             the
             Overflowing
             of
             Christs
             Fulness
             received
             by
             all
             Saints
             .
          
           
             5
             The
             Spiritual
             Actings
             of
             Faith
             through
             natural
             impossibilities
             .
          
           
             6
             Evangelical
             Repentance
             .
          
           
             7
             The
             Spiritual-Life
             ,
             and
             In-Being
             of
             Christ
             in
             all
             Beleevers
             .
          
           
             8
             The
             Woman
             of
             Canaan
             ,
          
           
             9
             The
             Saints
             Hiding
             place
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Gods
             Anger
             .
          
           
             10
             Christs
             Comin
             is
             at
             our
             Midnight
             .
          
           
             11
             A
             Vindication
             of
             Gospel
             Ordinances
             .
          
           
             12
             Grace
             and
             Love
             beyond
             Gifts
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Six
               Sermons
               Preached
               by
               Doctor
            
             Hill
             ,
             viz.
             
          
           
             1
             The
             Beauty
             and
             Sweetness
             of
             an
             Olive
             Branch
             of
             Peace
             and
             Brotherly
             Accommodation
             budding
             .
          
           
             2
             Truth
             and
             Love
             happily
             married
             in
             the
             Churches
             of
             Christ.
             
          
           
             3
             The
             Spring
             of
             strengthning
             Grace
             in
             the
             Rock
             of
             Ages
             Christ
             Jesus
             .
          
           
             4
             The
             strength
             of
             the
             Saints
             to
             make
             Jesus
             Christ
             their
             Strength
             .
          
           
             5
             The
             Best
             and
             Worst
             of
             Paul.
             
          
           
             6
             Gods
             eternal
             preparation
             for
             his
             dying
             Saints
             .
          
        
         
           The
           Bishop
           of
           Canterburies
           
           Speech
           on
           the
           Scaffold
           .
        
         
           The
           Kings
           Speech
           on
           the
           Scaffold
           .
        
         
           King
           Charles
           his
           Case
           ,
           or
           an
           Appeal
           to
           all
           Rational
           Men
           concerning
           his
           Tryal
           .
        
         
           A
           Congregational
           Church
           is
           a
           Catholick
           visible
           Church
           ,
           By
           
             Samuel
             Stone
          
           ,
           in
           New-England
        
         
           Mr
           Owens
           stedfastness
           of
           the
           Promises
           .
        
         
           Mr
           Owen
           against
           Mr
           Baxter
           .
        
         
           A
           Vindication
           of
           Free
           Grace
           ,
           By
           
             John
             Pawson
          
           .
        
         
           The
           Magistrates
           support
           and
           Burden
           ,
           By
           
             John
             Corael
          
           .
        
         
           The
           Discipline
           of
           the
           Church
           in
           New-England
           ,
           by
           the
           Churches
           and
           Synod
           there
           .
        
         
           A
           Relation
           of
           the
           Barbadoes
           .
        
         
           A
           Relation
           of
           the
           Repentance
           and
           Conversion
           of
           the
           Indians
           in
           New-England
           ,
           by
           Mr
           Eliot
           and
           Mr
           Mayhew
           .
        
         
           An
           Exposition
           on
           the
           Gospel
           of
           the
           Evangelist
           S.
           Matthew
           ,
           by
           Mr
           Ward
           .
        
         
           Clows
           Chyrurgery
           .
        
         
           Marks
           of
           Salvation
           .
        
         
           An
           Exposition
           of
           the
           whol
           first
           Epistle
           of
           Peter
           ,
           by
           Mr.
           
             John
             Rogers
          
           of
           Dedham
           in
           Essex
           .
        
         
           Christians
           Engagement
           for
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           By
           
             John
             Goodwin
          
           .
        
         
           Great
           Church
           Ordinance
           of
           Baptism
           .
        
         
           Mr
           Love's
           Case
           ,
           containning
           his
           Petitions
           ,
           Narrative
           ,
           and
           Speech
           .
        
         
           
             Vox
             Pacisica
          
           ,
           or
           a
           Perswasive
           to
           Peace
           .
        
         
           Dr
           Prestons
           Saints
           Submission
           ,
           and
           Satans
           Overthrow
           .
        
         
           A
           Treatise
           of
           the
           Rickets
           ,
           Published
           in
           Latin
           by
           Dr
           Glisson
           ,
           Dr
           Bate
           ,
           and
           Dr
           Remorter
           ,
           now
           translated
           into
           English.
           
        
         
           Mr
           Symsons
           Sermon
           at
           Westminster
           .
        
         
           Mr
           Feaks
           Sermon
           before
           the
           Lord
           Major
           .
        
         
           Mr
           Phillips
           Treatise
           of
           Hell.
           
        
         
           —
           Of
           Christs
           Geneology
           .
        
         
           Mr
           Eaton
           on
           the
           Oath
           of
           Allegiance
           and
           Covcnant
           ,
           shewing
           that
           they
           oblige
           not
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           The
           First
           Treatise
           :
           
             Which
             explaineth
             the
             Nature
             of
          
           Medicine
           and
           Alchymy
           .
        
         
           PROOEMIUM
           .
        
         
           FIrst
           ,
           Every
           Science
           is
           made
           compleat
           and
           perfect
           by
           these
           Four
           Parts
           ,
        
         
           
             Fore-knowledg
             .
          
           
             Precept
             .
          
           
             Rule
             .
             And
          
           
             Commentary
             .
          
        
         
           These
           four
           Parts
           are
           diligently
           to
           be
           distinguished
           in
           every
           Science
           (
           then
           not
           to
           be
           confounded
           :
           )
           According
           to
           these
           ought
           the
           Master
           to
           teach
           ,
           and
           the
           Scholer
           to
           learn
           ,
           orderly
           and
           by
           degrees
           :
           In
           these
           is
           no
           redundancy
           ,
           and
           as
           little
           want
           .
        
         
           
           
             
               1.
               
               Foreknowledg
               is
               nothing
               else
               but
               the
               learning
               of
               Art
               anticipated
               ,
               or
               the
               knowleg
               of
               the
               Nature
               of
               what
               you
               would
               learn.
               
            
             
               For
               three
               things
               ought
               to
               be
               foreknown
               in
               every
               Art
               ,
               be
               it
               Theorick
               ,
               or
               Practick
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               Theory
               ,
               the
               
                 Subject
                 ,
                 Principles
              
               ,
               and
               Affections
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               Practick
               ,
               the
               
                 Subject
                 ,
                 End
              
               ,
               and
               Means
               .
            
             
               I
               leave
               the
               more
               exact
               description
               of
               this
               to
               such
               as
               study
               Logick
               ,
               the
               Termes
               whereby
               they
               call
               it
               
                 Synonymia
                 ,
                 Paronymia
              
               ,
               and
               Homonymia
               :
            
             
               But
               I
               do
               not
               write
               Logick
               here
               ,
               but
               Phisick
               ,
               and
               therfore
               come
               to
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Notions
               .
            
          
           
             2.
             
             Precepts
             which
             seem
             to
             be
             the
             only
             Essentials
             to
             Discipline
             ,
             are
             ,
             The
             true
             Definitions
             ,
             and
             congruous
             Distributions
             of
             things
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             The
             Rules
             of
             Definition
             and
             distribution
             contains
             their
             properties
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             A
             Commentary
             is
             that
             which
             makes
             both
             Fore-knowledg
             and
             Precept
             fit
             for
             use
             .
          
        
         
           Amongst
           other
           things
           ,
           It
           explains
           them
           what
           they
           be
           ,
           and
           makes
           such
           things
           as
           are
           doubtful
           ,
           cleer
           ;
           answers
           all
           needful
           Questions
           ;
           puts
           an
           end
           to
           controversies
           ;
           quotes
           the
           examples
           and
           authorities
           both
           of
           ancient
           and
           Moderne
           writers
           ,
           gives
           a
           Reason
           for
           every
           truth
           .
        
         
         
           Thesé
           four
           beget
           a
           child
           called
           Method
           ;
           or
           (
           if
           you
           please
           )
           make
           way
           both
           for
           Universal
           and
           Particular
           practise
           .
        
         
           This
           is
           the
           Reason
           Galen
           decreed
           upon
           it
           ;
           That
           no
           Art
           could
           be
           learned
           without
           Method
           or
           Uniuersal
           Theorems
           ;
           and
           exercised
           in
           perticular
           Examples
           ;
           Thus
           you
           see
           Method
           consists
           in
           Univiersals
           ,
           and
           Practise
           in
           particulars
           .
           Also
           Hippocrates
           (
           who
           was
           dead
           before
           Galen
           was
           born
           )
           seems
           to
           be
           of
           that
           opinion
           too
           .
        
         
           Method
           (
           which
           is
           Universal
           )
           cannot
           make
           a
           man
           an
           able
           Physitian
           with
           out
           much
           Practice
           .
           Also
           in
           another
           Book
           he
           saith
           ,
           There
           are
           seven
           helps
           to
           find
           out
           a
           truth
           when
           it
           lyes
           most
           hid
           .
        
         
           
             1.
             
             A
             ripe
             witted
             Nature
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Good
             Education
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             An
             Ingenious
             Master
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             A
             diligent
             minde
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             A
             fervent
             desire
             after
             truth
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Good
             Method
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             Continual
             Practise
             .
          
        
         
           Now
           then
           t
           is
           cleer
           from
           the
           consideration
           of
           these
           four
           which
           ought
           in
           every
           science
           to
           be
           observed
           ,
           That
           our
           devision
           of
           this
           Book
           into
           four
           parts
           is
           very
           rational
           :
           of
           which
           ,
        
         
           
             The
             first
             shall
             contain
             the
             Prologomena
             ,
             or
             Fore-knowledg
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             ,
             
               the
               Precepts
            
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             ,
             
               the
               Rules
            
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             ,
             
               the
               Commentaries
            
             .
          
        
         
         
           I
           premise
           the
           first
           only
           ,
           to
           make
           the
           three
           latter
           the
           fuller
           and
           Plainer
           .
        
      
       
         
           TREATISE
           I.
           
             Of
             the
             Nature
             of
          
           Physick
           and
           Alchymy
           .
        
         
           1.
           
           IN
           this
           Treatise
           we
           will
           first
           intorduce
           the
           Opinions
           of
           Physitians
           :
           and
           when
           we
           have
           done
           so
           ,
        
         
           2.
           
           Secondly
           the
           Names
           ,
           and
           Essence
           of
           Physick
           and
           Alchymy
           .
           Then
        
         
           3.
           
           Thirdly
           ,
           We
           will
           come
           to
           the
           matter
           it self
           ,
           which
           we
           will
           declare
           according
           to
           its
           cause
           ,
           and
           its
           effect
           ,
           subject
           ,
           object
           ,
           and
           adjunct
           ,
           sympathy
           and
           Antipathy
           .
        
         
           
             Chap.
             1.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Opinions
               of
               Physitians
            
             .
          
           
             THe
             Body
             of
             Physick
             (
             according
             to
             Physitians
             )
             is
             the
             consent
             of
             a
             huge
             sort
             of
             precepts
             gathered
             together
             in
             a
             heap
             ,
             founded
             upon
             certain
             principles
             ,
             which
             are
             either
             congruous
             to
             one
             another
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             seem
             so
             to
             be
             .
          
           
             
             
               1.
               
               That
               which
               we
               call
               the
               Sect
               is
               either
               the
               first
               ,
               or
               the
               daughter
               of
               the
               first
               .
               The
               first
               is
               Practise
               :
               the
               daughters
               of
               the
               first
               are
               either
               the
               eldest
               or
               the
               yongest
               ;
               The
               eldest
               as
               Rule
               and
               Hermetical
               Phylosophy
               ,
               The
               yongest
               as
               Method
               .
            
             
               
                 2.
                 
                 Secondly
                 ,
                 Practise
                 is
                 the
                 original
                 of
                 all
                 Physick
                 .
              
               
                 Experience
                 is
                 the
                 mother
                 of
                 Physick
                 ;
                 dayly
                 necessity
                 administers
                 ocasion
                 for
                 experience
                 to
                 work
                 uopn
                 :
                 When
                 a
                 man
                 is
                 out
                 of
                 his
                 way
                 he
                 inquires
                 after
                 it
                 of
                 every
                 one
                 that
                 comes
                 neer
                 him
                 :
                 so
                 doth
                 a
                 man
                 that
                 's
                 out
                 of
                 his
                 Health
                 ,
                 require
                 help
                 of
                 all
                 his
                 friends
                 :
                 This
                 begot
                 Practise
                 ,
                 though
                 peradventure
                 accompanied
                 with
                 ignorance
                 in
                 the
                 Principles
                 .
                 A
                 Smith
                 hath
                 certain
                 Rules
                 to
                 make
                 a
                 key
                 ,
                 or
                 somthing
                 else
                 of
                 a
                 peice
                 of
                 Iron
                 ,
                 though
                 he
                 know
                 neither
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 the
                 Iron
                 ,
                 nor
                 the
                 Original
                 from
                 whence
                 it
                 comes
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Species
                 of
                 this
                 are
                 three
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Perictosis
                   :
                   when
                   unadvised
                   experiences
                   are
                   made
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Antoskedion
                   :
                   when
                   men
                   are
                   warned
                   of
                   things
                   in
                   their
                   sleep
                   ,
                   or
                   led
                   by
                   opinion
                   ;
                   Or
                   when
                   they
                   dream
                   waking
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     3.
                     
                     Mimetikce
                     :
                     when
                     men
                     imitate
                     like
                     Apes
                     .
                     Another
                     did
                     good
                     with
                     such
                     a
                     Medicine
                     ,
                     why
                     maynot
                     I
                     in
                     another
                     body
                     ?
                  
                   
                   
                     Hence
                     is
                     a
                     threefold
                     experience
                     gained
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         Chance
                         Medley
                      
                       .
                    
                     
                       Advice
                       ,
                       and
                    
                     
                       Imitation
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Experience
                     ,
                     first
                     found
                     out
                     the
                     Rules
                     of
                     Diet
                     ,
                     and
                     this
                     was
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     Hippocrates
                     Men
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     when
                     they
                     are
                     sick
                     are
                     many
                     times
                     cured
                     only
                     by
                     changing
                     of
                     their
                     diet
                     :
                     And
                     Herodotus
                     writes
                     that
                     the
                     Egyptians
                     did
                     so
                     ,
                     who
                     purged
                     their
                     bodyes
                     three
                     dayes
                     in
                     every
                     Moneth
                     ,
                     as
                     thinking
                     that
                     all
                     sicknesses
                     came
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     their
                     food
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   Thirdly
                   .
                   All
                   Rules
                   are
                   the
                   daughters
                   of
                   Experience
                   ,
                   and
                   thus
                   she
                   begat
                   them
                   :
                   When
                   men
                   first
                   found
                   things
                   to
                   be
                   true
                   ,
                   they
                   sought
                   after
                   the
                   Causes
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   as
                   thinking
                   if
                   the
                   causes
                   were
                   unknown
                   ,
                   the
                   effects
                   could
                   not
                   be
                   sure
                   :
                   Thus
                   were
                   the
                   Rules
                   and
                   Precepts
                   of
                   Physick
                   invented
                   .
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   Method
                   was
                   begotten
                   by
                   Practise
                   and
                   Rules
                   .
                
                 
                   5.
                   
                   Hermetical
                   Phylosophy
                   was
                   invented
                   by
                   
                     Hermes
                     Trismegistos
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   others
                   :
                   In
                   our
                   times
                   it
                   is
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   revived
                   from
                   the
                   dead
                   by
                   Paracelsus
                   and
                   seems
                   now
                   like
                   a
                   new
                   Model
                   of
                   Physick
                   .
                
                 
                   6.
                   
                   All
                   these
                   were
                   illustrated
                   by
                   the
                   judgments
                   of
                   each
                   Author
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       The
                       Empericks
                       ;
                       neglecting
                       the
                       Cause
                       and
                       Nature
                       of
                       the
                       disease
                       ,
                       minding
                       only
                       the
                       
                       symptomes
                       ,
                       putting
                       too
                       much
                       confidence
                       in
                       the
                       Experiences
                       of
                       others
                       ,
                       and
                       when
                       they
                       knew
                       not
                       the
                       disease
                       ,
                       they
                       runne
                       to
                       their
                       old
                       remedies
                       ,
                       for
                       they
                       had
                       no
                       other
                       .
                       As
                       in
                       diseases
                       of
                       the
                       legs
                       and
                       Arms
                       when
                       they
                       are
                       weak
                       ,
                       they
                       used
                       the
                       same
                       remedies
                       that
                       they
                       did
                       to
                       weak
                       stomachs
                       .
                       Imagine
                       ,
                       
                         Medlars
                         Quinces
                         ,
                         and
                         Cervices
                      
                       ,
                       called
                       in
                       
                         Sussex
                         Checkers
                      
                       .
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       Dogmaticks
                       searcheth
                       after
                       the
                       Nature
                       of
                       things
                       ,
                       the
                       Causes
                       of
                       diseases
                       ,
                       makes
                       use
                       of
                       the
                       symtomes
                       ,
                       to
                       find
                       out
                       the
                       cause
                       ,
                       and
                       gives
                       directions
                       for
                       the
                       cure
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         3.
                         
                         Methodists
                         regards
                         not
                         the
                         cause
                         much
                         ,
                         nor
                         the
                         symptomes
                         at
                         all
                         ,
                         but
                         only
                         judges
                         by
                         Evidences
                         ;
                         And
                         take
                         Indication
                         alone
                         for
                         the
                         principal
                         and
                         leading
                         Rule
                         of
                         their
                         practice
                         .
                      
                       
                         They
                         dealt
                         by
                         Triplicities
                         ,
                         and
                         used
                         but
                         three
                         kinds
                         of
                         Medicines
                         according
                         to
                         the
                         three
                         Natures
                         of
                         diseases
                         .
                         Viz.
                         
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           1.
                           
                           Diseases
                           of
                           Binding
                           .
                        
                         
                           2.
                           
                           Diseases
                           proceeding
                           of
                           loosening
                           .
                        
                         
                           3.
                           
                           Diseases
                           compound
                           of
                           both
                           these
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         For
                         they
                         defended
                         with
                         all
                         the
                         wit
                         they
                         had
                         ,
                         That
                         Loosness
                         or
                         Binding
                         accompanyed
                         all
                         diseases
                         ,
                         and
                         therfore
                         they
                         called
                         them
                         Communitvies
                         Besides
                         ,
                         in
                         all
                         Cures
                         they
                         Presciribed
                         Fasting
                         ,
                         as
                         the
                         Egiptians
                         did
                         (
                         as
                         we
                         shewed
                         you
                         before
                         )
                      
                       
                       
                         Lastly
                         They
                         observed
                         certain
                         scopes
                         in
                         administring
                         Physick
                         ,
                         of
                         which
                         they
                         called
                         one
                         Metasyntrecos
                         ,
                         with
                         which
                         they
                         empted
                         the
                         body
                         of
                         Humors
                         :
                         another
                         Resumptivos
                         ,
                         with
                         which
                         they
                         restored
                         decayed
                         Flesh.
                         
                      
                    
                     
                       4.
                       
                       Hermeticks
                       ,
                       or
                       Alchymists
                       (
                       which
                       you
                       please
                       )
                       being
                       something
                       male-contented
                       with
                       such
                       a
                       Method
                       of
                       Physick
                       ,
                       brought
                       in
                       new
                       Rules
                       contrary
                       to
                       them
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   7.
                   
                   Medicine
                   cannot
                   want
                   Alchymie
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   is
                   so
                   helpful
                   to
                   another
                   as
                   man
                   &
                   wife
                   ,
                   and
                   therfore
                   they
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   separated
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             Many
             contend
             stoutly
             and
             stubbornly
             too
             ,
             That
             Physick
             is
             a
             sufficient
             body
             of
             it self
             without
             Alchymie
             .
             And
             what
             a
             learned
             Argument
             do
             they
             bring
             to
             prove
             it
             think
             ye
             ?
             Galen
             and
             Hippocrates
             the
             two
             great
             Lights
             of
             Physick
             were
             without
             it
             .
             A
             Cuckoos
             song
             is
             worth
             ten
             such
             Arguments
             ,
             They
             are
             far
             of
             another
             opinon
             whose
             Breasts
             Apollo
             inlightens
             with
             the
             light
             of
             nature
             ;
             for
             .
             That
             without
             which
             Medicine
             cannot
             attain
             the
             end
             it
             was
             ordayned
             for
             ;
             namely
             ,
             To
             Cure
             the
             sick
             perfectly
             ,
             and
             speedily
             :
             That
             is
             plainly
             necessary
             and
             ought
             in
             no
             wise
             to
             be
             wanting
             .
             But
             we
             cannot
             do
             this
             by
             common
             Medicines
             without
             Alchymie
             .
          
           
             Therefore
             Alchymie
             is
             very
             necessary
             ,
             and
             ought
             in
             no
             wise
             to
             be
             wanting
             .
          
           
             The
             Assumption
             is
             thus
             proved
             ,
          
           
           
             Although
             when
             you
             look
             upon
             one
             of
             Galens
             Apothecaries
             Shops
             ,
             you
             see
             fine
             painted
             Boxes
             and
             curious
             pots
             ,
             that
             it
             would
             dazle
             your
             eyes
             to
             look
             upon
             them
             ,
             they
             are
             so
             finely
             painted
             ,
             That
             if
             there
             be
             a
             paradice
             upon
             Earth
             you
             would
             think
             it
             were
             there
             :
             yet
             in
             the
             inside
             is
             nothing
             but
             filth
             and
             the
             very
             Carkeises
             and
             Dung
             of
             all
             Medicines
             .
             Their
             common
             Medicines
             are
             grosse
             ,
             crude
             bodyes
             ,
             the
             vices
             of
             the
             simples
             are
             in
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             their
             vertues
             ,
             yea
             so
             many
             simples
             are
             in
             one
             Composition
             ,
             that
             they
             hinder
             one
             anothers
             operation
             ,
             and
             therefore
             how
             can
             they
             ease
             the
             sick
             without
             calling
             the
             help
             of
             an
             Alchymist
             to
             resolve
             ,
             seperate
             ,
             and
             exhale
             what
             is
             obnoxious
             ,
             thereby
             producing
             the
             hidden
             Natures
             of
             things
             for
             use
             (
             For
             God
             hath
             vayled
             the
             greatest
             and
             most
             wonderful
             things
             ,
             that
             so
             he
             may
             stir
             up
             man
             to
             search
             after
             them
             :
             else
             why
             did
             God
             hide
             the
             vertues
             of
             an
             Herb
             amongst
             his
             vices
             ,
             seeing
             he
             would
             have
             all
             things
             made
             manifest
             )
             Also
             the
             Alchymist
             searcheth
             after
             the
             strength
             and
             Temperature
             of
             things
             ,
             the
             Causes
             and
             Originall
             of
             their
             actions
             ,
             and
             by
             Mediation
             of
             a
             certain
             pure
             body
             sets
             the
             very
             species
             and
             forms
             of
             things
             before
             your
             eyes
             :
             I
             could
             bring
             an
             infinite
             Examples
             of
             this
             :
             Opium
             is
             held
             to
             be
             cold
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             stupefactive
             ,
             but
             t
             is
             bitter
             ,
             therfore
             according
             to
             Galens
             Hypothesis
             ,
             hot
             :
             you
             see
             then
             ,
             it
             contains
             in
             it self
             more
             properties
             
             then
             one
             ,
             which
             Alchymie
             teacheth
             artificially
             to
             seperate
             from
             one
             another
             :
             Here
             then
             is
             no
             more
             doubt
             ,
             then
             there
             is
             knots
             in
             a
             Rush
             ,
             but
             that
             Alchymie
             is
             the
             Fountain
             of
             sound
             Phylosophy
             the
             key
             of
             Wisdom
             ,
             the
             soul
             and
             Marrow
             of
             Physick
             ,
             the
             Root
             of
             Medicine
             ,
             and
             the
             Mark
             at
             which
             wise
             men
             shoot
             ;
             therefore
             not
             to
             be
             separated
             from
             Medicine
             :
             Nay
             ,
             we
             may
             say
             (
             and
             that
             truly
             too
             )
             That
             Physitians
             destiture
             of
             Chymical
             remedies
             ,
             are
             like
             to
             Smiths
             that
             give
             you
             an
             Axe
             that
             is
             dull
             or
             broken
             in
             the
             middle
             ,
             to
             cleave
             Loggs
             with
             :
             yet
             seeing
             the
             Theory
             of
             Alchymy
             as
             wel
             concerning
             things
             Naturall
             ,
             as
             things
             not
             Naturall
             ,
             and
             preternaturall
             is
             not
             yet
             sufficiently
             unfolded
             ,
             and
             Methodically
             digested
             ,
             and
             is
             pestered
             with
             variety
             of
             names
             and
             Opinions
             ;
             Physitians
             follow
             the
             precepts
             of
             Galen
             and
             Hippocrates
             .
             But
             O
             let
             us
             shake
             of
             this
             lazy
             life
             and
             learn
             the
             preparation
             of
             Medicines
             from
             Paracelsus
             and
             the
             Alchymists
             ,
             which
             is
             far
             fitter
             ,
             more
             pleasing
             ,
             and
             more
             profitable
             ,
             and
             let
             us
             use
             it
             to
             the
             glory
             of
             God
             ,
             the
             health
             of
             our selves
             ,
             and
             of
             our
             Neighbors
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             the
             Reason
             moved
             me
             to
             handle
             both
             in
             this
             book
             ,
             That
             the
             Medicine
             both
             of
             Hypocrates
             and
             of
             Alchymy
             ,
             might
             be
             a
             Rule
             for
             us
             ,
             and
             that
             you
             may
             see
             the
             Sympathy
             ,
             and
             Antipathy
             between
             them
             .
          
           
           
             The
             other
             two
             Sects
             ,
             namely
             Empericks
             and
             Methodicks
             (
             if
             they
             be
             rightly
             understood
             )
             ,
             pertain
             to
             them
             both
             ,
             for
             both
             embrace
             Experience
             ,
             both
             strive
             after
             Reason
             and
             Method
             :
             Besides
             ,
             they
             seek
             after
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             body
             of
             man
             ,
             and
             conses
             that
             they
             search
             after
             the
             Elements
             ,
             principles
             and
             Causes
             by
             which
             the
             body
             may
             be
             changed
             as
             very
             necessary
             ,
             for
             stark
             naked
             Experience
             if
             it
             be
             not
             joyned
             with
             Reason
             is
             very
             dangerous
             ,
             and
             to
             build
             upon
             Reason
             alone
             is
             very
             difficult
             and
             many
             times
             puzles
             the
             wisest
             Physitians
             :
             Neither
             do
             we
             approve
             of
             that
             ill
             favor'd
             fashion
             of
             scribbling
             Receipts
             ,
             which
             most
             commonly
             ,
             the
             Apothecaries
             either
             for
             want
             of
             learning
             do
             not
             understand
             ,
             or
             for
             want
             of
             care
             alter
             ,
             But
             we
             embrace
             that
             Manual
             ,
             pleasant
             and
             effectual
             preparation
             of
             Medicines
             which
             Alchymie
             teacheth
             .
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             2.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Essence
               of
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymie
               .
            
          
           
             1.
             
             
               There
               is
               no
               doubt
               but
               Medicine
               may
               be
               given
               unto
               men
               .
            
          
           
             There
             were
             a
             sort
             of
             men
             formerly
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             that
             were
             of
             an
             opinion
             (
             and
             that
             opinion
             is
             scarce
             worn
             out
             yet
             )
             That
             because
             Physitians
             dissented
             in
             Opinions
             ,
             the
             groundwork
             of
             Physick
             was
             built
             only
             upon
             imagination
             without
             one
             jot
             of
             Truth
             in
             it
             :
             That
             no
             honest
             man
             may
             
             harbour
             such
             a
             thought
             in
             his
             breast
             ,
             Wee
             will
             proue
             the
             contraries
             by
             what
             followes
             .
          
           
             
               1.
               
               From
               a
               resolution
               of
               the
               action
               to
               the
               Habit
               ,
               for
               he
               that
               grants
               there
               is
               any
               operation
               without
               the
               understanding
               ,
               must
               needs
               grant
               it
               to
               be
               within
               either
               in
               Act
               ,
               or
               in
               possibility
               of
               Act.
               
            
             
               
                 2.
                 
                 From
                 the
                 sense
                 of
                 bruit
                 beasts
                 ,
                 and
                 Reason
                 of
                 men
                 :
                 For
                 that
                 which
                 bruit
                 beasts
                 know
                 only
                 by
                 natural
                 instinct
                 ,
                 man
                 must
                 needs
                 know
                 by
                 observation
                 :
              
               
                 But
                 bruit
                 beasts
                 know
                 the
                 natures
                 of
                 Herbs
                 and
                 make
                 use
                 of
                 them
                 when
                 they
                 need
                 them
                 ,
                 as
                 we
                 find
                 by
                 continual
                 observation
                 .
                 Ergo
                 ,
              
            
             
               3.
               
               From
               the
               actions
               of
               Physick
               from
               certain
               causes
               ,
               for
               if
               the
               Example
               of
               the
               action
               be
               certain
               ,
               the
               Cause
               must
               needs
               be
               certaine
               too
               .
               But
               Examples
               of
               many
               Cures
               done
               by
               Medicine
               are
               certain
               .
               Ergo.
               
            
             
               4.
               
               From
               the
               Habit
               by
               the
               cause
               of
               the
               Physical
               actions
               ,
               to
               the
               Essence
               of
               the
               Medicine
               :
               For
               if
               the
               causes
               of
               whatsoever
               be
               certain
               ,
               there
               must
               needs
               be
               a
               just
               knowledge
               of
               the
               same
               causes
               ,
               in
               the
               mind
               of
               him
               that
               knows
               them
               :
               And
               this
               must
               needs
               beget
               a
               certain
               Habit
               ,
               according
               to
               which
               Habit
               ,
               he
               exerciseth
               the
               like
               actions
               .
            
          
           
             2.
             
             Secondly
             ,
             
               There
               is
               no
               doubt
               but
               Chymicall
               Medicines
               may
               be
               given
               unto
               men
               .
            
          
           
             The
             Truth
             produceth
             Hatred
             ,
             said
             that
             famous
             Orator
             Cicero
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             the
             reason
             so
             
             few
             people
             look
             after
             it
             ,
             and
             those
             few
             such
             whose
             hearts
             God
             hath
             touched
             :
             Therefore
             Alchymie
             was
             first
             damned
             to
             Cymmerian
             darkness
             ;
             and
             being
             afterwards
             by
             som
             honest
             souls
             brought
             up
             once
             more
             to
             see
             the
             Light
             ,
             up
             start
             all
             the
             haters
             of
             Truth
             ,
             and
             labor
             with
             might
             and
             main
             to
             keep
             this
             hopeful
             plant
             from
             bearing
             fruit
             :
             when
             once
             they
             had
             brought
             men
             into
             darkness
             ,
             who
             can
             blame
             them
             if
             they
             labor
             to
             keep
             them
             there
             ;
             and
             to
             do
             so
             ,
             they
             left
             never
             a
             ston
             unturn'd
             ;
             but
             labored
             night
             and
             day
             even
             til
             they
             sweat
             again
             to
             exclud
             Alchymy
             from
             the
             society
             of
             men
             ,
             nay
             they
             were
             come
             to
             that
             point
             of
             madness
             ,
             that
             they
             accounted
             it
             ,
             either
             no
             Art
             ,
             or
             els
             an
             Art
             ,
             vain
             ,
             bewiching
             ,
             invented
             by
             the
             Devil
             ,
             and
             the
             Devils
             kitchin
             .
             And
             then
             the
             Bedlams
             run
             to
             the
             Magistrate
             ,
             and
             Petition
             him
             to
             restrain
             Alchymists
             .
             But
             the
             soul
             of
             man
             furnished
             with
             the
             principles
             of
             Reason
             and
             instructed
             with
             the
             principles
             of
             Art
             ,
             was
             quickly
             able
             to
             see
             the
             truth
             ,
             through
             so
             slender
             a
             cobweb
             ,
             and
             found
             it
             out
             to
             be
             the
             truest
             and
             most
             Ancient
             way
             ,
             even
             almost
             as
             old
             as
             the
             world
             ,
             although
             but
             latly
             revived
             from
             the
             dead
             .
             We
             might
             make
             this
             good
             by
             solid
             Arguments
             if
             we
             would
             ,
             and
             therfore
             ,
          
           
             
               1.
               
               The
               Operations
               of
               what
               Arts
               soever
               are
               Naturall
               ,
               proceed
               from
               Nature
               ,
               But
               the
               Art
               of
               an
               Alchymist
               is
               naturall
               .
               Ergo
            
             
               2.
               
               We
               cannot
               say
               nature's
               false
               .
               
               Ergo
               neither
               Alchymie
               .
            
          
           
             3.
             
             If
             the
             knowledg
             of
             Mettals
             be
             true
             and
             naturall
             ,
             Then
             Alchymie
             must
             needs
             be
             true
             and
             naturall
             ,
             because
             it
             teacheth
             it
             .
          
           
             Thus
             you
             see
             that
             Alchymie
             is
             an
             Essentiall
             part
             of
             Philosophie
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             Medicine
             .
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             3.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Name
               of
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymy
               .
            
          
           
             1.
             
             THe
             name
             of
             Medicine
             may
             well
             be
             reduced
             unto
             these
             three
             Heads
             ,
          
           
             
               Synonymia
               ,
            
             
               Paronymia
               ,
               and
            
             
               Homonymia
               .
            
          
           
             
               1
               Synonymia
               ,
               The
               Hebrews
               call
               it
               Remedy
               ,
               or
               Health
               .
               The
               Greeks
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               Medicine
               .
               To
               omit
               what
               the
               Germans
               ,
               Slavonians
               ,
               and
               Bohemians
               call
               it
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Paronymia
               :
               The
               Hebrews
               derive
               from
               a
               word
               which
               signifies
               
                 He
                 hath
                 Healed
              
               ,
               The
               Greeks
               from
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               to
               give
               Medicines
               ,
               and
               the
               Latin
               word
               Medicina
               is
               derived
               from
               Means
               .
            
             
               3
               Homonymia
               :
               and
               this
               word
               carries
               the
               same
               signification
               in
               all
               Dialects
               ,
               It
               is
               properly
               and
               genuinely
               put
               for
               the
               Method
               of
               Curing
               ,
               which
               consisteth
               in
               Conserving
               preserving
               and
               restoring
               Health
               .
               Somtimes
               it
               is
               taken
               for
               the
               Act
               of
               the
               Physitian
               :
               We
               in
               this
               place
               take
               it
               for
               the
               Discipline
               ,
               
               and
               faculty
               in
               giving
               Phisick
               ;
               but
               it
               is
               not
               alwayes
               so
               taken
               ,
               for
               it
               's
               somtimes
               taken
               for
               the
               whol
               ,
               and
               for
               every
               part
               of
               the
               Phisicall
               method
               :
               somtimes
               for
               the
               method
               of
               cure
               ,
               which
               is
               not
               manual
               ;
               and
               other
               times
               for
               that
               which
               is
               Manual
               or
               Chyrurgical
               (
               which
               you
               please
               )
               And
               thus
               much
               for
               the
               first
               general
               head
               .
               The
               Second
               follows
               .
            
          
           
             2.
             
             The
             name
             of
             Alchymy
             is
             declared
             by
             
               Synonymia
               ,
               Paronymia
            
             ,
             and
             Homonymia
             .
          
           
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 Synonymia
                 .
                 Chymia
                 is
                 the
                 Greek
                 word
                 ;
                 The
                 Arabins
                 added
                 their
                 vulgar
                 particle
                 Al
                 ,
                 thence
                 it
                 was
                 called
                 Alchymi
                 ,
                 It
                 is
                 called
                 
                   Spagyry
                   ,
                   Hermeticall
                   art
                
                 and
                 the
                 Art
                 of
                 perfit
                 workmanship
                 ,
              
               
                 The
                 art
                 of
                 Segregation
                 ,
                 Seperation
                 and
                 Distillation
                 ;
                 thence
                 (
                 vulgarly
                 )
                 A
                 distiller
                 and
                 an
                 Alchymyst
                 are
                 held
                 to
                 be
                 both
                 one
                 ,
              
            
             
               2.
               
               Paronymia
               .
               Chymia
               is
               an
               Egyptian
               art
               (
               if
               you
               wil
               beleeve
               Plutarch
               )
               used
               by
               the
               Priests
               ,
               especially
               those
               inhabiting
               in
               Egipt
               the
               Town
               of
               Chemis
               derived
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Which
               signifies
               to
               powr
               out
               ,
               ,
               melt
               or
               convert
               to
               juyce
               or
               Liquor
               :
               thence
               the
               word
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               signifies
               Juyce
               .
               Alchymy
               then
               is
               an
               art
               making
               Juyce
               ,
               or
               converting
               solid
               matters
               into
               Liquid
               ,
               as
               also
               Coagulation
               of
               them
               is
               understood
               .
               It
               is
               called
               Spagyrick
               from
               drawing
               and
               compelling
               ;
               Hermetick
               from
               Hermes
               the
               Inventor
               of
               it
               :
               Other
               names
               it
               hath
               from
               washing
               ,
               sequestring
               ,
               and
               purifying
               .
            
             
               
               3.
               
               Homonymia
               .
               Alchymie
               of
               most
               ,
               and
               those
               the
               best
               ,
               is
               taken
               for
               that
               part
               of
               Phisick
               which
               give
               cure
               ;
               because
               it
               makes
               the
               Medecines
               efficacious
               :
               It
               manifesteth
               many
               secrets
               to
               him
               that
               studies
               it
               ,
               and
               administreth
               many
               very
               profitable
               observations
               ,
               and
               indeed
               it
               seems
               to
               be
               nothing
               else
               ,
               but
               naturall
               Phylosophy
               ,
               and
               medicine
               ,
               brought
               both
               into
               one
               practise
               .
               By
               other
               Authors
               and
               those
               Moderne
               ,
               it
               is
               taken
               for
               a
               part
               of
               Phylosophy
               distinct
               from
               others
               ,
               the
               Fountain
               and
               Key
               of
               Phylosophy
               ;
               The
               soul
               and
               Marrow
               of
               Physick
               ;
               The
               Root
               of
               Medicine
               .
               The
               Name
               hath
               been
               spoken
               to
               :
               The
               Kinde
               follows
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             4.
             
             
               Of
               the
               kind
               of
               Medicine
               ,
               and
               Alchymie
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 1
                 
                   The
                   Genus
                   of
                   Medicine
                   is
                   a
                   Phylosophicall
                   Discipline
                   ,
                   or
                   superior
                   facultie
                   .
                
              
               
                 THere
                 are
                 very
                 many
                 which
                 suppose
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 and
                 natural
                 Philosophy
                 to
                 be
                 synonimous
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 reasons
                 were
                 ,
                 first
                 ,
                 because
                 Aristotle
                 thought
                 so
                 ,
                 when
                 he
                 wrote
                 that
                 Physick
                 was
                 to
                 know
                 the
                 first
                 principles
                 of
                 health
                 and
                 Sickness
                 and
                 that
                 it
                 ended
                 in
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 called
                 Medicine
                 :
                 And
                 that
                 the
                 Physitian
                 begins
                 with
                 those
                 things
                 that
                 are
                 Naturall
                 :
                 for
                 as
                 Plants
                 have
                 their
                 Roots
                 fixed
                 in
                 the
                 earth
                 by
                 which
                 they
                 receive
                 nourishment
                 ,
                 yet
                 they
                 are
                 conserved
                 by
                 the
                 temperature
                 of
                 the
                 
                 Air
                 about
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 flourish
                 by
                 the
                 vitall
                 Influence
                 of
                 the
                 Stars
                 ,
                 so
                 the
                 Art
                 of
                 Curing
                 men
                 ,
                 takes
                 it's
                 Root
                 and
                 principles
                 from
                 Philosophicall
                 meanes
                 which
                 are
                 confirmed
                 and
                 illustrated
                 by
                 particular
                 precepts
                 :
                 wherefore
                 say
                 they
                 ,
                 Medicine
                 is
                 nothing
                 else
                 ,
                 but
                 a
                 certain
                 particular
                 point
                 of
                 naturall
                 Phylosophie
                 ,
                 objected
                 to
                 the
                 senses
                 ;
                 for
                 a
                 Naturalist
                 considereth
                 all
                 naturall
                 bodyes
                 universally
                 ,
                 for
                 knowledg
                 sake
                 ;
                 But
                 a
                 Physitian
                 is
                 conversant
                 about
                 the
                 body
                 of
                 a
                 man
                 ,
                 not
                 only
                 that
                 he
                 may
                 know
                 his
                 nature
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 that
                 by
                 knowing
                 his
                 nature
                 ,
                 he
                 may
                 know
                 the
                 manner
                 of
                 Cure.
                 
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 Because
                 those
                 things
                 which
                 are
                 required
                 to
                 make
                 up
                 the
                 ,
                 true
                 and
                 proper
                 Synonymy
                 of
                 Scienses
                 ,
                 agree
                 perfectly
                 with
                 the
                 Comparation
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 
                   naturall
                   Phylosophy
                
                 :
                 for
                 the
                 body
                 of
                 man
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 subject
                 of
                 Physick
                 ,
                 is
                 not
                 drawn
                 by
                 difference
                 of
                 accidentalls
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 curable
                 by
                 Art
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 first
                 principles
                 of
                 Medicine
                 are
                 shewed
                 and
                 handled
                 in
                 Physick
                 :
                 Therefore
                 ,
                 as
                 Law
                 may
                 be
                 reduced
                 to
                 moral
                 Phylosophy
                 ,
                 and
                 Divinity
                 to
                 Metaphysicks
                 ,
                 so
                 may
                 Midicine
                 to
                 Naturall
                 Phylosophy
                 .
                 But
                 why
                 I
                 and
                 others
                 cannot
                 close
                 with
                 this
                 opinion
                 ,
                 hear
                 a
                 little
                 .
              
               
                 There
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 two
                 things
                 habited
                 in
                 a
                 perfect
                 Physitian
                 :
                 One
                 by
                 which
                 he
                 knows
                 the
                 precepts
                 of
                 medicine
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 things
                 there
                 to
                 belonging
                 .
                 
                 The
                 other
                 by
                 which
                 he
                 operates
                 well
                 and
                 readily
                 ,
                 together
                 with
                 all
                 the
                 circumstances
                 which
                 concur
                 to
                 the
                 perfecting
                 of
                 a
                 Cure.
                 That
                 these
                 two
                 Habits
                 are
                 distinct
                 ,
                 appears
                 by
                 this
                 that
                 one
                 of
                 them
                 may
                 be
                 without
                 the
                 other
                 :
                 for
                 very
                 many
                 learn
                 the
                 Science
                 of
                 Medicine
                 in
                 the
                 Schools
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 know
                 not
                 a
                 whit
                 what
                 belongs
                 to
                 Use.
                 On
                 the
                 contrary
                 Many
                 which
                 are
                 unskilled
                 in
                 the
                 Science
                 of
                 Medicin
                 by
                 practice
                 &
                 Experience
                 become
                 good
                 Physitians
                 .
                 There
                 is
                 then
                 this
                 difference
                 between
                 these
                 Habits
                 ,
                 The
                 first
                 is
                 goren
                 by
                 speculation
                 ,
                 and
                 may
                 be
                 taught
                 without
                 any
                 practise
                 at
                 all
                 .
                 The
                 other
                 is
                 gotten
                 only
                 by
                 Practise
                 and
                 Experience
                 .
                 Then
                 ,
                 One
                 is
                 occupyed
                 altogether
                 about
                 universals
                 ,
                 the
                 other
                 about
                 particulars
                 also
                 ,
                 although
                 the
                 one
                 be
                 imperfect
                 without
                 the
                 other
                 ;
                 yet
                 the
                 first
                 can
                 doe
                 nothing
                 without
                 the
                 second
                 ;
                 the
                 second
                 little
                 without
                 the
                 first
                 :
                 Both
                 together
                 make
                 an
                 able
                 Physitian
                 .
                 Moreover
                 That
                 first
                 Habit
                 which
                 is
                 nothing
                 else
                 but
                 the
                 Science
                 of
                 Medcine
                 ,
                 is
                 devided
                 in
                 to
                 two
                 parts
                 .
                 The
                 first
                 containeth
                 general
                 Precepts
                 ,
                 and
                 Notions
                 far
                 enough
                 off
                 from
                 Practise
                 which
                 Physitians
                 call
                 Speculative
                 .
                 The
                 other
                 toucheth
                 upon
                 the
                 Practise
                 and
                 teacheth
                 the
                 way
                 and
                 meanes
                 of
                 Operation
                 ,
                 and
                 this
                 they
                 call
                 Practick
                 ;
                 These
                 things
                 thus
                 premised
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 an
                 easy
                 matter
                 to
                 prove
                 That
                 Medicine
                 is
                 not
                 synonymous
                 with
                 Natural
                 Phylosophy
                 ;
                 for
                 this
                 latter
                 Habit
                 is
                 not
                 synonymous
                 
                 Physick
                 because
                 it
                 consists
                 totally
                 of
                 Practise
                 ,
                 and
                 Practice
                 is
                 not
                 synonymous
                 with
                 speculation
                 seing
                 they
                 are
                 things
                 of
                 a
                 diverse
                 order
                 ,
                 and
                 Essentially
                 different
                 .
                 Now
                 Doctrins
                 synonymous
                 cannot
                 Essentially
                 differ
                 :
                 for
                 there
                 are
                 three
                 things
                 which
                 Speculative
                 Medicin
                 chefly
                 handles
                 ,
                 First
                 ,
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man.
                 Secondly
                 ,
                 Health
                 and
                 Sickness
                 .
                 Thirdly
                 ,
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 and
                 Medicament
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 2.
                 
                 
                   Alchymie
                   is
                   the
                   Fountain
                   of
                   Sound
                   Philosophy
                   ,
                   the
                   Key
                   of
                   wisdom
                   .
                   The
                   soul
                   and
                   Marrow
                   of
                   Physick
                   .
                   The
                   Root
                   of
                   Medicine
                   .
                   and
                   the
                   mark
                   all
                   wise
                   men
                   Shoot
                   at
                   .
                
              
               
                 There
                 are
                 some
                 that
                 are
                 so
                 simple
                 as
                 to
                 affirm
                 that
                 Alchymie
                 is
                 also
                 Sinonymous
                 to
                 Naturall
                 Phylosophy
                 .
                 Al
                 real
                 things
                 are
                 of
                 three
                 sorts
                 according
                 to
                 Aristotle
                 .
                 For
                 either
                 they
                 are
                 joyned
                 to
                 motion
                 and
                 mater
                 ;
                 and
                 of
                 these
                 is
                 the
                 Science
                 of
                 Natural
                 Philosophie
                 :
                 Or
                 joyned
                 to
                 matter
                 ,
                 and
                 separated
                 by
                 motion
                 ;
                 and
                 of
                 these
                 are
                 the
                 Mathamaticks
                 :
                 Or
                 seperated
                 from
                 motion
                 and
                 matter
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 these
                 are
                 the
                 Metaphysicks
                 .
                 Now
                 Alchymy
                 ,
                 seeing
                 it
                 is
                 by
                 a
                 real
                 being
                 ,
                 joyned
                 to
                 motion
                 and
                 matter
                 ,
                 must
                 needs
                 come
                 under
                 the
                 head
                 of
                 Natural
                 Phylosophy
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 part
                 of
                 Natural
                 Phylosophy
                 be
                 Synonymous
                 with
                 Minerals
                 and
                 Mettals
                 ,
                 it
                 ought
                 to
                 have
                 a
                 certain
                 matter
                 of
                 determination
                 ;
                 and
                 seeing
                 the
                 mater
                 is
                 one
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 determination
                 altogether
                 naturall
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 manifold
                 ;
                 therefore
                 of
                 necessity
                 ,
                 that
                 same
                 determinated
                 
                 matter
                 must
                 be
                 like
                 in
                 the
                 Art
                 of
                 Alchymy
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 manifold
                 ;
                 and
                 although
                 (
                 say
                 they
                 )
                 the
                 manner
                 of
                 action
                 &
                 direction
                 and
                 information
                 of
                 the
                 Art
                 be
                 different
                 from
                 Natural
                 Phylosophy
                 as
                 also
                 the
                 place
                 ,
                 time
                 ,
                 yet
                 they
                 tend
                 all
                 to
                 one
                 ultimate
                 end
                 :
                 for
                 as
                 nature
                 brings
                 forth
                 an
                 Herb
                 ,
                 or
                 Gold
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 Mettal
                 ,
                 out
                 of
                 that
                 one
                 matter
                 for
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 man
                 :
                 so
                 the
                 Art
                 of
                 Alchymie
                 takes
                 the
                 quintescence
                 of
                 that
                 mettal
                 or
                 medicament
                 out
                 of
                 that
                 matter
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 use
                 :
                 Put
                 case
                 this
                 be
                 so
                 ;
                 yet
                 can
                 I
                 easily
                 perswade
                 my self
                 that
                 Alchymie
                 is
                 the
                 fountain
                 of
                 Philosophy
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 soul
                 of
                 Physick
                 :
                 for
                 (
                 by
                 their
                 leaves
                 )
                 That
                 Phylosopher
                 never
                 yet
                 breathed
                 which
                 had
                 the
                 perfection
                 of
                 Alchymie
                 but
                 had
                 also
                 the
                 knowledg
                 not
                 only
                 of
                 mettals
                 but
                 also
                 of
                 Vigetables
                 and
                 living
                 creatures
                 :
                 therfore
                 it
                 was
                 well
                 said
                 that
                 Alchymie
                 brought
                 many
                 hidden
                 things
                 to
                 light
                 ,
                 found
                 out
                 many
                 excellent
                 medicines
                 for
                 the
                 Physitian
                 and
                 many
                 useful
                 observations
                 .
                 Alchymy
                 is
                 then
                 admirably
                 profitable
                 to
                 search
                 out
                 the
                 hidden
                 things
                 of
                 nature
                 so
                 that
                 a
                 man
                 can
                 scarce
                 be
                 excellent
                 in
                 this
                 world
                 ,
                 without
                 the
                 knowledge
                 of
                 this
                 Art
                 :
                 for
                 what
                 Phylosopher
                 can
                 perform
                 his
                 duty
                 more
                 Nobly
                 ,
                 more
                 Happily
                 ,
                 then
                 he
                 that
                 is
                 exercised
                 in
                 Alchymy
                 :
                 for
                 it
                 is
                 not
                 the
                 proud
                 Sophister
                 that
                 vapers
                 with
                 a
                 few
                 phylosophycal
                 sentences
                 ,
                 light
                 conceits
                 ,
                 and
                 trivial
                 Quirks
                 that
                 deserves
                 the
                 name
                 of
                 a
                 good
                 Physitian
                 ;
                 but
                 he
                 that
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 rules
                 
                 of
                 nature
                 ,
                 makes
                 his
                 medicines
                 honestly
                 and
                 faithsully
                 ,
                 and
                 applyes
                 them
                 wisely
                 and
                 studiously
                 Just
                 so
                 for
                 all
                 the
                 world
                 ,
                 neither
                 is
                 he
                 worthy
                 of
                 the
                 name
                 of
                 a
                 Philosopher
                 that
                 hath
                 nothing
                 in
                 him
                 but
                 words
                 ,
                 but
                 he
                 that
                 hath
                 been
                 bred
                 up
                 in
                 the
                 School
                 of
                 Nature
                 ,
                 and
                 knows
                 how
                 to
                 practise
                 what
                 he
                 hath
                 learned
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 3.
                 
                 
                   Midicine
                   is
                   a
                   certain
                   facultie
                   commixed
                   of
                   Science
                   and
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     For
                     it
                     cannot
                     be
                     pure
                     Science
                     .
                     
                       
                         1.
                         
                         Because
                         it
                         doth
                         not
                         demonstrate
                         all
                         that
                         belongs
                         to
                         it self
                         .
                      
                       
                         2
                         Because
                         it
                         is
                         not
                         conversant
                         about
                         eternall
                         things
                         ,
                         but
                         transitory
                         .
                      
                       
                         3.
                         
                         It
                         hath
                         not
                         it's
                         principles
                         in
                         it's
                         self
                         ,
                         that
                         is
                         in
                         nature
                         ;
                         but
                         some
                         of
                         it
                         is
                         in
                         the
                         Artifficer
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     Neither
                     can
                     it
                     be
                     pure
                     Art.
                     
                     
                       
                         1.
                         
                         Because
                         it's
                         principle
                         consists
                         not
                         in
                         it self
                         ,
                         but
                         part
                         of
                         it
                         also
                         in
                         nature
                         .
                      
                       
                         2.
                         
                         Because
                         it
                         is
                         not
                         altogether
                         attained
                         by
                         reason
                         ,
                         but
                         partly
                         by
                         Contemplation
                         :
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     And
                     yet
                     it
                     is
                     an
                     Art
                     ;
                     
                       
                         1.
                         
                         Because
                         some
                         principle
                         of
                         it
                         consists
                         in
                         the
                         Artifficer
                         .
                      
                       
                         2.
                         
                         Because
                         it
                         hath
                         the
                         end
                         of
                         Art
                         ,
                         namely
                         Operation
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 And
                 because
                 all
                 Art
                 is
                 either
                 factive
                 or
                 active
                 ;
                 factive
                 also
                 either
                 makes
                 a
                 new
                 work
                 ,
                 or
                 mends
                 up
                 an
                 old
                 one
                 :
                 In
                 this
                 sense
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 
                 Galen
                 ,
                 medicine
                 is
                 factive
                 ,
                 Because
                 it
                 restores
                 :
                 weakned
                 body
                 to
                 strength
                 and
                 health
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 4.
                 
                 
                   Alchymie
                   is
                   a
                   most
                   excellent
                   art
                   .
                
              
               
                 It
                 is
                 indeed
                 the
                 cause
                 of
                 medicaments
                 and
                 all
                 other
                 naturall
                 bodyes
                 :
                 It
                 inquires
                 after
                 the
                 parts
                 and
                 Affections
                 ,
                 and
                 may
                 properly
                 be
                 called
                 knowledg
                 :
                 for
                 it
                 's
                 an
                 Art
                 which
                 teacheth
                 the
                 preparations
                 of
                 remedies
                 and
                 a
                 Key
                 to
                 unlock
                 the
                 secret
                 Cabinet
                 of
                 nature
                 ;
                 nay
                 more
                 than
                 that
                 ,
                 It
                 can
                 transmute
                 ignoble
                 mettals
                 into
                 Noble
                 ;
                 also
                 it
                 begets
                 a
                 peculiar
                 art
                 distinct
                 from
                 other
                 Arts
                 no
                 art
                 promising
                 that
                 which
                 Alchymy
                 doth
                 :
                 you
                 have
                 the
                 kind
                 ,
                 the
                 mater
                 it self
                 follows
                 .
              
            
          
           
             In
             which
             consider
             the
             cause
             ,
             and
             effect
             ,
             Subject
             ,
             Object
             ,
             and
             Adjunct
             ,
             Simpathy
             and
             Antipathy
             .
          
           
             The
             Causes
             are
             Internall
             ,
             and
             external
             .
          
           
             Internall
             are
             Efficent
             ,
             and
             the
             End.
             
          
           
             Externall
             are
             matter
             and
             forme
             .
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             5.
             
             
               Of
               the
               end
               of
               Physick
               and
               Alchymie
               ,
               which
               is
               Health
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 THe
                 principall
                 end
                 of
                 Medicine
                 is
                 Health
                 ,
                 les
                 Principal
                 is
                 the
                 knowledg
                 of
                 things
                 Naturall
                 ,
                 not
                 Naturall
                 ,
                 and
                 against
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 principal
                 end
                 is
                 either
                 Intentional
                 or
                 Executional
                 ;
                 Intentionall
                 &
                 Internall
                 ,
                 which
                 Galen
                 peculiarly
                 
                 calles
                 Scope
                 and
                 that
                 is
                 Health
                 .
                 The
                 Execution
                 of
                 this
                 is
                 the
                 Fruition
                 or
                 Possession
                 of
                 Health
                 :
                 and
                 for
                 this
                 end
                 Medicine
                 was
                 first
                 invented
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 end
                 less
                 Principal
                 ,
                 is
                 ,
                 The
                 knowledg
                 of
                 ,
                 and
                 Operation
                 by
                 all
                 things
                 Natural
                 ,
                 not
                 Natural
                 and
                 against
                 Nature
                 .
                 And
                 though
                 a
                 Physitian
                 do
                 not
                 alwayes
                 actayne
                 to
                 his
                 ultimate
                 End
                 ;
                 yet
                 he
                 shews
                 himself
                 an
                 honest
                 man
                 ,
                 if
                 he
                 neglect
                 not
                 his
                 duty
                 ,
                 but
                 performes
                 such
                 Cures
                 as
                 are
                 within
                 the
                 reach
                 of
                 Nature
                 and
                 Art.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 2.
                 
                 
                   The
                   end
                   of
                   Alchymie
                   is
                   Internal
                   ,
                   to
                   resolve
                   bodies
                   .
                   or
                   External
                   so
                   to
                   change
                   or
                   direct
                   Mettalls
                   or
                   Medicaments
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   wholsome
                   Physick
                   for
                   the
                   sick
                   .
                
              
               
                 The
                 internal
                 end
                 of
                 Alchymie
                 is
                 to
                 reduce
                 Compounded
                 bodyes
                 into
                 what
                 they
                 were
                 Compounded
                 of
                 :
                 to
                 clense
                 ,
                 purifie
                 ,
                 and
                 take
                 away
                 their
                 Milignant
                 qualities
                 ,
                 that
                 so
                 ,
                 either
                 they
                 may
                 be
                 fit
                 for
                 the
                 Physitians
                 use
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 transmuted
                 into
                 other
                 Mettals
                 .
                 In
                 respect
                 of
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 Alchymie
                 is
                 very
                 necessary
                 to
                 Physick
                 :
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 the
                 second
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 an
                 Art
                 by
                 it self
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Mistris
                 of
                 all
                 other
                 Arts.
                 
              
               
                 The
                 External
                 use
                 of
                 Alchymie
                 is
                 also
                 double
                 .
                 First
                 ,
                 either
                 for
                 the
                 change
                 and
                 transmutation
                 of
                 ignoble
                 Mettals
                 into
                 Noble
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 t
                 is
                 a
                 distinct
                 Art
                 by
                 it self
                 .
                 Or
                 secondly
                 ,
                 to
                 maintayne
                 the
                 body
                 of
                 man
                 in
                 ,
                 or
                 restore
                 it
                 to
                 health
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 this
                 sence
                 Alchymy
                 ,
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 joyned
                 with
                 medicine
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 3.
                 
                 
                   Health
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Enjoyment
                   of
                   Health
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   ultimate
                   end
                   of
                   Medicine
                   .
                
              
               
                 Health
                 is
                 the
                 favorer
                 of
                 Wisdom
                 and
                 al
                 Siences
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 the
                 comfort
                 a
                 man
                 hath
                 in
                 this
                 turbulent
                 and
                 troublesome
                 World.
                 This
                 ,
                 this
                 is
                 that
                 whose
                 Presence
                 makes
                 Humane
                 Actions
                 flourish
                 ,
                 preserves
                 body
                 and
                 mind
                 in
                 vigour
                 .
                 she
                 is
                 an
                 Excellent
                 Chamber
                 mate
                 ,
                 more
                 precious
                 then
                 Gold
                 ;
                 admirable
                 useful
                 both
                 ;
                 for
                 Church
                 and
                 Common-wealth
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 best
                 of
                 all
                 earthly
                 goods
                 .
                 she
                 being
                 gone
                 the
                 body
                 runs
                 the
                 direct
                 road
                 unto
                 Death
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 4.
                 
                 
                   Health
                   is
                   a
                   Power
                   of
                   exercizing
                   the
                   actions
                   of
                   the
                   body
                   of
                   man
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   according
                   to
                   Nature
                   ,
                   arising
                   from
                   the
                   Natural
                   Constitution
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   parts
                   '
                
              
               
                 We
                 will
                 let
                 Galens
                 definition
                 of
                 this
                 alone
                 ,
                 as
                 somthing
                 imperfect
                 you
                 shall
                 finde
                 ,
                 that
                 to
                 Performe
                 the
                 ordinary
                 and
                 Natural
                 offices
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 two
                 things
                 are
                 required
                 .
                 The
                 Action
                 it selfe
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Power
                 of
                 acting
                 .
                 Thence
                 we
                 gather
                 that
                 Health
                 consisteth
                 either
                 in
                 actual
                 or
                 potential
                 act
                 .
                 That
                 it
                 doth
                 not
                 consist
                 in
                 Acting
                 alone
                 is
                 Palpable
                 ;
                 for
                 then
                 every
                 man
                 should
                 be
                 sick
                 when
                 he
                 is
                 asleep
                 ,
                 because
                 most
                 parts
                 of
                 his
                 body
                 Act
                 not
                 then
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 5.
                 
                 
                   The
                   Reason
                   of
                   Health
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   sought
                   out
                   in
                   the
                   body
                   ,
                   rather
                   then
                   in
                   the
                   Soul.
                   
                
              
               
                 For
                 seeing
                 there
                 are
                 two
                 things
                 required
                 to
                 every
                 Act
                 ,
                 namely
                 the
                 facultie
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 soul
                 
                 instructed
                 with
                 its
                 faculties
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 principal
                 cause
                 of
                 Operation
                 ,
                 and
                 moves
                 the
                 body
                 to
                 action
                 ,
                 Then
                 the
                 organ
                 which
                 the
                 soul
                 useth
                 as
                 a
                 meanes
                 to
                 act
                 by
                 .
                 The
                 faylings
                 of
                 this
                 cannot
                 be
                 imputed
                 to
                 the
                 soul
                 for
                 the
                 soul
                 cannot
                 be
                 hurt
                 nor
                 weakned
                 but
                 remaynes
                 alwayes
                 the
                 same
                 ,
                 it
                 acts
                 the
                 same
                 operation
                 so
                 long
                 as
                 the
                 creature
                 liveth
                 ,
                 if
                 it
                 have
                 the
                 same
                 instruments
                 to
                 act
                 by
                 :
                 According
                 to
                 Aristotle
                 for
                 a
                 man
                 is
                 Somtimes
                 well
                 ,
                 somtimes
                 sick
                 ,
                 the
                 Cause
                 of
                 which
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 sought
                 from
                 the
                 constitution
                 of
                 the
                 Organ
                 ;
                 although
                 I
                 ingeniously
                 confesse
                 My
                 opinion
                 is
                 That
                 the
                 greatest
                 mischiefs
                 that
                 befal
                 a
                 man
                 during
                 his
                 life
                 ,
                 take
                 their
                 Original
                 from
                 the
                 soul
                 and
                 the
                 internal
                 spirits
                 ,
                 as
                 I
                 shall
                 shew
                 more
                 clearly
                 when
                 I
                 come
                 to
                 the
                 Subject
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 6.
                 
                 
                   Health
                   consisteth
                   in
                   an
                   Accedental
                   ,
                   not
                   in
                   an
                   Essential
                   Constitution
                   .
                
              
               
                 The
                 Consttitution
                 of
                 each
                 Part
                 is
                 double
                 ;
                 
                   Essential
                   and
                   Accidental
                   .
                   Essential
                
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 depends
                 upon
                 Matter
                 and
                 Substancial
                 Forme
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 all
                 Compounds
                 have
                 their
                 Nature
                 and
                 being
                 .
              
               
                 Accidental
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 followes
                 the
                 former
                 and
                 disposeth
                 their
                 qualities
                 and
                 Accidents
                 in
                 all
                 parts
                 ;
                 Exercies
                 all
                 their
                 action
                 diversly
                 according
                 to
                 their
                 diversity
                 .
                 Now
                 Health
                 consists
                 not
                 in
                 the
                 Essential
                 Constitution
                 ;
                 for
                 so
                 long
                 as
                 a
                 man
                 lives
                 the
                 Essential
                 Constitution
                 is
                 immutable
                 
                 but
                 Health
                 may
                 be
                 changed
                 ,
                 and
                 Sickness
                 come
                 in
                 place
                 ;
                 the
                 Substantial
                 Form
                 remaining
                 :
                 Therfore
                 a
                 man
                 is
                 Somtimes
                 sick
                 and
                 Somtimes
                 well
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 a
                 man
                 stil.
                 Health
                 then
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 placed
                 rather
                 in
                 Accidentalls
                 for
                 they
                 are
                 changable
                 both
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 Age
                 ,
                 Diet
                 ,
                 Air
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 circumstances
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 7.
                 
                 
                   To
                   the
                   Health
                   of
                   a
                   mans
                   body
                   is
                   required
                   ,
                   a
                   good
                   constitution
                   of
                   the
                   humors
                   and
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   a
                   good
                   temperature
                   of
                   the
                   similarie
                   prats
                   ,
                   a
                   good
                   structure
                   of
                   the
                   Organs
                   and
                   vnion
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   body
                   .
                
              
               
                 The
                 word
                 Healthfull
                 is
                 taken
                 three
                 waies
                 ,
                 As
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 As
                 the
                 cause
                 ,
                 As
                 the
                 sign
                 .
              
               
                 A
                 healthfull
                 body
                 is
                 such
                 a
                 one
                 as
                 enjoyeth
                 present
                 health
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 either
                 ,
                 as
                 alwayes
                 so
                 ;
                 or
                 as
                 most
                 commonly
                 so
                 as
                 at
                 present
                 .
              
               
                 Health
                 alwayes
                 so
                 ,
                 is
                 he
                 who
                 hath
                 a
                 firm
                 and
                 stable
                 Health
                 .
              
               
                 Health
                 as
                 at
                 present
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 fleeting
                 and
                 unconstant
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Cause
                 of
                 Health
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 either
                 restoreth
                 it
                 beeing
                 lost
                 or
                 preserveth
                 it
                 being
                 obtayned
                 ;
                 good
                 Constitution
                 of
                 the
                 foure
                 Humors
                 and
                 spirits
                 causeth
                 Health
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 just
                 structure
                 of
                 the
                 Organs
                 is
                 when
                 they
                 consist
                 of
                 a
                 just
                 Magnitude
                 ,
                 Number
                 ,
                 Place
                 ,
                 and
                 Confirmation
                 .
              
               
                 Lastly
                 the
                 union
                 &
                 Continuaty
                 of
                 all
                 the
                 Parts
                 .
              
               
               
                 To
                 conclude
                 ,
                 you
                 shal
                 find
                 no
                 greater
                 preserver
                 of
                 Health
                 than
                 the
                 Moderate
                 use
                 of
                 the
                 six
                 things
                 not
                 Natural
                 ,
                 which
                 because
                 my
                 Author
                 hath
                 left
                 out
                 I
                 care
                 not
                 greatly
                 if
                 I
                 set
                 them
                 down
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Ayre
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Meat
                   and
                   drink
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   sleeping
                   and
                   watching
                   .
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   Fulness
                   and
                   Emptiness
                   .
                
                 
                   5.
                   
                   Exercise
                   and
                   Rest.
                   
                
                 
                   6.
                   
                   Affections
                   of
                   the
                   Mind
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 8.
                 
                 
                   Medicines
                   may
                   be
                   given
                   even
                   to
                   men
                   in
                   health
                   if
                   they
                   be
                   rightly
                   administred
                   .
                
              
               
                 Hyppocrates
                 was
                 the
                 first
                 that
                 gave
                 occasion
                 to
                 this
                 question
                 ,
                 Whether
                 healthful
                 men
                 ought
                 to
                 take
                 Medicines
                 or
                 not
                 ,
                 But
                 yet
                 t
                 is
                 most
                 certain
                 ,
                 and
                 Galen
                 both
                 confesseth
                 and
                 commendeth
                 it
                 ,
                 That
                 it
                 is
                 the
                 Peculiar
                 Office
                 of
                 many
                 Medicines
                 to
                 resist
                 the
                 Disease
                 before
                 it
                 comes
                 ;
                 as
                 such
                 as
                 resist
                 infection
                 ,
                 cut
                 gross
                 ,
                 and
                 tough
                 Humors
                 ,
                 and
                 many
                 others
                 which
                 we
                 may
                 reade
                 in
                 his
                 fourth
                 Book
                 of
                 Preserving
                 Health
                 .
                 But
                 if
                 by
                 Medicine
                 Hipocrates
                 means
                 Scammony
                 and
                 such
                 other
                 violent
                 purges
                 we
                 will
                 easely
                 grant
                 him
                 the
                 point
                 without
                 further
                 dispute
                 of
                 the
                 story
                 .
                 We
                 have
                 done
                 with
                 the
                 end
                 ;
                 &
                 come
                 now
                 to
                 the
                 cause
                 both
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymie
                 ,
                 both
                 principal
                 and
                 less
                 principal
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Chap.
             6.
             
             
               The
               cause
               of
               Physick
               and
               Alchymie
               ,
               both
               principal
               ,
               and
               less
               principal
            
          
           
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 
                   THe
                   principall
                   Cause
                   of
                   Medicine
                   is
                   God.
                   
                
              
               
                 As
                 all
                 good
                 Arts
                 in
                 generall
                 have
                 their
                 fountain
                 &
                 Original
                 from
                 God
                 himself
                 ;
                 So
                 Medicine
                 also
                 is
                 a
                 gift
                 of
                 God
                 by
                 his
                 divine
                 will
                 granted
                 to
                 the
                 sons
                 of
                 men
                 :
                 for
                 the
                 Art
                 was
                 never
                 first
                 invented
                 by
                 the
                 wit
                 of
                 man
                 ,
                 but
                 came
                 by
                 demonstration
                 from
                 God
                 himself
                 to
                 man
                 ,
                 becanse
                 he
                 belighted
                 in
                 the
                 sons
                 of
                 men
                 .
                 All
                 Arts
                 and
                 Mystriees
                 as
                 well
                 as
                 the
                 world
                 that
                 contains
                 them
                 have
                 their
                 Originall
                 from
                 God
                 :
                 Hence
                 it
                 came
                 to
                 pass
                 that
                 those
                 ancient
                 wise
                 men
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 knew
                 Medicine
                 was
                 a
                 divine
                 thing
                 ;
                 and
                 they
                 were
                 ignorant
                 what
                 the
                 true
                 God
                 was
                 ascribed
                 it
                 unto
                 their
                 gods
                 :
                 God
                 then
                 is
                 the
                 Author
                 of
                 medicine
                 ,
                 Nature
                 the
                 instrument
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 &
                 the
                 Physitian
                 is
                 or
                 should
                 be
                 the
                 servant
                 of
                 them
                 both
                 :
                 Hence
                 it
                 is
                 that
                 Herophylus
                 said
                 ,
                 That
                 medicine
                 was
                 the
                 band
                 by
                 which
                 God
                 healed
                 the
                 sick
                 :
                 if
                 then
                 the
                 most
                 high
                 God
                 be
                 the
                 Author
                 of
                 Medicine
                 let
                 not
                 men
                 despise
                 it
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 2.
                 
                 God
                 is
                 the
                 principall
                 cause
                 of
                 Alchymie
                 .
              
               
                 All
                 true
                 Medicine
                 is
                 the
                 gift
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 high
                 God
                 ;
                 and
                 he
                 that
                 will
                 learn
                 it
                 ,
                 let
                 him
                 go
                 to
                 God
                 
                 and
                 not
                 to
                 the
                 Ethicks
                 .
                 If
                 you
                 will
                 learn
                 wisdom
                 go
                 to
                 God
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 to
                 the
                 creatures
                 ,
                 for
                 they
                 are
                 as
                 foolish
                 as
                 your self
                 :
                 God
                 is
                 the
                 maker
                 of
                 all
                 secrets
                 ,
                 and
                 hath
                 distributed
                 some
                 of
                 them
                 to
                 every
                 creature
                 ;
                 you
                 can
                 never
                 learn
                 them
                 by
                 reading
                 dead
                 letters
                 but
                 go
                 to
                 the
                 living
                 God
                 from
                 whom
                 all
                 knowledg
                 flows
                 to
                 mortals
                 ,
                 even
                 as
                 the
                 trees
                 bud
                 by
                 the
                 heat
                 of
                 the
                 sun
                 :
                 What
                 knowledg
                 hath
                 man
                 which
                 he
                 hath
                 not
                 from
                 above
                 even
                 from
                 that
                 God
                 which
                 created
                 knowledg
                 ,
                 it
                 's
                 not
                 an
                 Accademie
                 can
                 furnish
                 a
                 man
                 with
                 the
                 principls
                 of
                 knowledg
                 ,
                 but'tis
                 the
                 grace
                 and
                 gift
                 of
                 that
                 invisible
                 God
                 ,
                 if
                 God
                 inlighten
                 your
                 eys
                 ,
                 the
                 best
                 Book
                 of
                 Physick
                 is
                 the
                 Book
                 of
                 nature
                 and
                 there
                 you
                 may
                 read
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 search
                 for
                 it
                 ,
                 by
                 Chyromancie
                 and
                 Physiognomie
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 3.
                 
                 The
                 less
                 principal
                 cause
                 of
                 Physick
                 is
                 either
                 Impulsive
                 or
                 Instrumental
                 .
              
               
                 Impulsive
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 want
                 and
                 defect
                 of
                 Human
                 Nature
                 joyned
                 with
                 a
                 natural
                 appetite
                 to
                 knowledg
                 ,
              
               
                 Instrumental
                 ,
                 is
                 that
                 admirable
                 Beauty
                 and
                 Hermony
                 of
                 Natural
                 things
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 4.
                 
                 The
                 less
                 principal
                 causes
                 of
                 Alchymie
                 are
                 the
                 same
                 with
                 those
                 of
                 Medicine
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Impulsive
                 cause
                 is
                 the
                 dayly
                 necessity
                 of
                 men
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Instrumental
                 cause
                 is
                 that
                 stately
                 light
                 of
                 nature
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 knowledg
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 in
                 general
                 
                 without
                 which
                 ther
                 is
                 never
                 a
                 Physitian
                 breathing
                 can
                 come
                 to
                 the
                 exact
                 knowledg
                 either
                 of
                 the
                 disease
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 body
                 diseased
                 .
              
               
                 For
                 the
                 Macrocosme
                 ,
                 or
                 world
                 in
                 generall
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 the
                 Looking
                 Glass
                 and
                 Theory
                 in
                 and
                 by
                 which
                 man
                 comes
                 to
                 the
                 knowledg
                 of
                 him self
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 very
                 principle
                 which
                 moved
                 man
                 to
                 look
                 after
                 Physick
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 5.
                 
                 The
                 Instrumentall
                 cause
                 of
                 medicine
                 which
                 Physitians
                 use
                 are
                 Reason
                 ,
                 Experience
                 ,
                 and
                 Speculation
                 .
              
               
                 A
                 Physitian
                 in
                 making
                 a
                 Medicine
                 useth
                 three
                 principles
                 of
                 which
                 the
                 first
                 is
                 Invention
                 ,
                 and
                 done
                 by
                 experience
                 .
                 The
                 Second
                 Constitution
                 performed
                 by
                 reason
                 and
                 experience
                 :
                 the
                 third
                 Interpretation
                 done
                 by
                 natural
                 speculation
                 .
              
               
                 Expeirence
                 is
                 the
                 first
                 and
                 most
                 antient
                 principle
                 of
                 invention
                 ,
                 &
                 gave
                 to
                 Medicine
                 it
                 's
                 denomination
                 ,
                 daily
                 necessity
                 gave
                 occasion
                 to
                 experience
                 .
                 Reason
                 and
                 experience
                 is
                 the
                 directing
                 principle
                 in
                 the
                 constitution
                 of
                 the
                 Art.
                 Natural
                 speculation
                 is
                 the
                 principle
                 of
                 interpretation
                 and
                 demonstration
                 .
                 Experience
                 therefore
                 gave
                 the
                 Original
                 both
                 to
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymie
                 ,
                 and
                 therefore
                 they
                 must
                 needs
                 take
                 their
                 beginnings
                 from
                 nature
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Chap.
             7.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Original
               of
               Physick
               and
               Alchimie
               .
            
          
           
             1.
             
             MEdicin
             takes
             his
             original
             from
             the
             first
             Ages
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             &
             was
             increased
             &
             approved
             by
             the
             most
             excellent
             Physitians
             in
             the
             succeeding
             Ages
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             no
             question
             to
             be
             made
             of
             it
             ,
             but
             Physick
             had
             it's
             beginning
             when
             Adam
             had
             his
             ,
             &
             that
             it
             flourished
             in
             Egypt
             as
             well
             before
             as
             after
             the
             flood
             .
             That
             they
             learned
             it
             of
             
               Hermes
               Tresmegistos
            
             ,
             and
             of
             Aesculapius
             who
             was
             his
             Scholer
             .
             Abraham
             also
             taught
             them
             much
             when
             he
             came
             thither
             out
             of
             Pheenicia
             :
             also
             Jacob
             and
             Joseph
             taught
             the
             Egiptains
             much
             Wisdom
             :
             At
             last
             Apollo
             who
             was
             afterwards
             worshiped
             for
             the
             god
             of
             Physick
             who
             flourished
             a
             long
             time
             before
             the
             
               Trojan
               War
            
             and
             added
             many
             famous
             things
             to
             that
             art
             ,
             is
             said
             to
             have
             had
             the
             principls
             of
             it
             from
             the
             Egiptians
             .
             And
             though
             Egipt
             was
             the
             first
             nation
             that
             was
             so
             famous
             for
             this
             Art
             ,
             yet
             they
             Learned
             it
             of
             the
             Hebrews
             :
             Aesculapius
             added
             much
             to
             the
             Art
             and
             transported
             it
             from
             Aegipt
             into
             Greece
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             worshipped
             as
             a
             god
             for
             his
             labor
             ;
             because
             they
             thought
             he
             could
             recovor
             dead
             men
             :
             thence
             came
             that
             in
             Virgil
             of
             
               Hyppolitus
               Poeoniis
               revocatum
               herbis
            
             :
             Neither
             were
             they
             only
             so
             sottish
             as
             to
             worship
             him
             for
             a
             god
             ,
             
             but
             they
             must
             worship
             his
             two
             daughters
             for
             goddesses
             ;
             for
             he
             had
             two
             Daughters
             ,
             of
             which
             the
             name
             of
             the
             one
             was
             
               Hygaea
               '
            
             and
             she
             they
             thought
             preserved
             them
             in
             health
             :
             the
             name
             of
             the
             other
             was
             Panacea
             ,
             and
             she
             (
             they
             thought
             )
             frighted
             away
             diseases
             .
             Before
             Aesculapius
             ,
             was
             Chyron
             the
             Centaure
             and
             his
             Scholers
             ,
             as
             
               Petens
               ,
               jason
               ,
               Achilles
            
             and
             Thessalus
             ,
             All
             these
             ,
             used
             only
             the
             administration
             of
             Herbs
             ,
             which
             they
             found
             out
             by
             Experience
             little
             other
             Method
             .
             Afterwards
             Medicine
             came
             in
             request
             among
             the
             Greeks
             ,
             Latines
             and
             Christians
             :
             Then
             ,
             t
             was
             first
             brought
             into
             a
             Method
             ;
             the
             Arabians
             and
             Jewes
             following
             none
             at
             all
             :
             Of
             these
             Sects
             
               Aeron
               Argentinus
            
             was
             the
             author
             of
             the
             Empericks
             ,
             who
             (
             a
             most
             terrible
             Pestilence
             raging
             in
             Sicillia
             )
             purged
             the
             Ayre
             by
             only
             making
             great
             fires
             about
             the
             streets
             .
             Themison
             was
             the
             first
             inventer
             of
             Methodicks
             :
             As
             for
             Dogmaticks
             they
             were
             used
             before
             the
             dayes
             of
             Hyppocrates
             by
             
               Machaon
               ,
               Paeon
            
             and
             Mercurius
             ,
             but
             much
             amended
             by
             Hipprocrates
             ,
             who
             deduced
             his
             Pedigree
             by
             his
             Fathers
             side
             from
             Aesculapius
             by
             his
             Mother
             from
             Hercules
             :
             Thus
             after
             Hippocrates
             Physick
             was
             devided
             into
             Factions
             ,
             Factions
             bred
             Contentions
             ;
             and
             this
             continued
             til
             Galens
             time
             who
             about
             the
             year
             of
             Christ
             ,
             one
             hundred
             and
             forty
             restored
             Physick
             to
             a
             settled
             Model
             :
             Him
             many
             Grecians
             followed
             ,
             as
             
               Arateus
               ,
               Aetius
               .
               Tralianus
               ,
               Orabasius
               ,
               Cassianus
               ,
               Dioscorides
               ,
               Damascenus
               ,
               
               Theophilus
               ,
               Philaretus
               ,
               Dionyisius
               ,
               Cassius
               :
            
             Amongst
             the
             Latin
             Physitians
             the
             first
             and
             cheifest
             is
             
               Cornelius
               Celsus
            
             ,
             their
             followed
             him
             
               Scribonus
               ,
               Largus
               Quintus
               ,
               Saronus
               ,
               Coelius
               Aurelianius
               ,
               Theodorus
               Marcellus
               ,
               Priscianus
               ,
               Constantinus
               ,
               Apher
               ,
               Johannes
               Fernelius
               ,
               Fuchsius
               ,
               Forsterus
               ,
               Platerus
               ,
               Bauhinus
               ,
            
             &c.
             
             The
             Arabian
             Physitians
             ,
             neither
             much
             following
             Greeks
             nor
             Latines
             ,
             got
             the
             glory
             to
             themselves
             ,
             the
             others
             Libraries
             beeing
             spoyled
             after
             their
             Kings
             
               Porus
               ;
               Mahomet
               ,
               and
               Almanzor
               ,
            
             had
             erected
             two
             Schooles
             :
             Heare
             flourished
             very
             many
             ,
             and
             very
             famous
             men
             ,
             as
             
               Isaac
               ,
               Serapio
               ,
               Averrois
               ,
               Avicenna
               ,
               Rhasis
               ;
               Avezor
               ,
               Mesue
               .
            
             &c.
             The
             Alchymists
             of
             our
             times
             oppose
             themselves
             to
             these
             ,
             and
             will
             bee
             called
             Paracelsians
             from
             Paracelsus
             ;
             of
             which
             more
             anon
             .
          
           
             II.
             There
             is
             no
             question
             to
             be
             made
             but
             Alchymie
             is
             almost
             as
             old
             as
             the
             world
             .
             For
             ,
             old
             Father
             Adam
             when
             he
             taught
             his
             children
             Phylosophie
             and
             other
             Arts
             ;
             it
             is
             not
             very
             prob
             able
             that
             he
             left
             out
             Alchyme
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             most
             excellent
             of
             all
             :
             such
             an
             assertion
             doth
             not
             sound
             like
             a
             truth
             .
             But
             t
             is
             most
             probable
             he
             distiled
             the
             principles
             of
             it
             into
             
               Tubal
               Cain
            
             who
             as
             we
             read
             Gen.
             4.
             22.
             was
             the
             first
             that
             wrought
             in
             Brass
             and
             Iron
             ,
             and
             that
             out
             of
             question
             was
             the
             Reason
             why
             the
             Grecians
             worshipped
             Uulcan
             for
             a
             god
             :
             And
             I
             am
             so
             much
             the
             rather
             of
             this
             Opinion
             ,
             because
             such
             as
             dealt
             in
             Mettals
             were
             the
             
             first
             inventors
             of
             Alchymie
             .
             The
             first
             Alchymist
             that
             was
             heard
             of
             after
             the
             floud
             was
             
               Hermes
               Tresmegistos
            
             ,
             From
             him
             the
             Art
             is
             called
             Hermetical
             ;
             the
             vessells
             belonging
             to
             the
             Art
             ;
             Hermetical
             vessels
             ,
             and
             from
             him
             comes
             the
             word
             Hermetical
             seal
             .
             The
             word
             Hermes
             signifies
             Mercurie
             ;
             He
             was
             called
             Trismegistos
             because
             he
             was
             an
             High
             Preist
             ,
             Phylosopher
             ,
             and
             king
             ;
             or
             as
             others
             think
             because
             he
             was
             a
             king
             and
             a
             Prophet
             :
             What
             Countryman
             he
             was
             is
             uncertaine
             ;
             There
             is
             a
             Table
             of
             Hermes
             now
             extant
             ,
             caled
             
               Tabula
               Smaragdina
            
             ,
             which
             the
             Alchymists
             prize
             as
             a
             great
             jewel
             ;
             Some
             Say
             it
             was
             found
             in
             the
             valley
             of
             Hebron
             after
             the
             flood
             :
             others
             say
             ,
             It
             was
             found
             by
             a
             woman
             in
             Hermes
             his
             Tomb
             :
             wher
             it
             was
             found
             it
             matters
             not
             much
             ;
             this
             is
             certain
             ,
             it
             contains
             in
             it
             the
             Fundamentals
             of
             Alchymie
             ,
             and
             the
             way
             of
             making
             that
             universal
             Medicine
             which
             so
             many
             gape
             after
             ,
             and
             so
             few
             catch
             .
             Also
             
               Albertus
               Magnus
            
             calles
             Hermes
             the
             Root
             from
             which
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Phylosophers
             Spring
             ;
             and
             if
             he
             Spake
             of
             the
             Phylosophers
             of
             our
             times
             he
             mist
             not
             a
             hayres
             breadth
             of
             the
             truth
             :
             Other
             Books
             are
             Fathered
             upon
             Hermes
             ,
             as
             of
             The
             Secrets
             of
             the
             Phylosophers
             stone
             and
             many
             others
             ,
             which
             although
             his
             name
             be
             written
             in
             their
             Frontespeice
             yet
             many
             men
             ,
             and
             those
             learned
             too
             ,
             question
             whether
             they
             be
             his
             legitimate
             children
             or
             not
             .
          
           
             Also
             a
             man
             had
             as
             good
             deny
             that
             the
             Sun
             is
             
             up
             at
             Noone
             day
             ,
             as
             deny
             that
             Moses
             both
             studyed
             and
             Practised
             Alchymie
             :
             How
             else
             could
             he
             burn
             the
             golden
             Calf
             which
             Aaron
             had
             made
             and
             grind
             it
             to
             pouder
             ,
             which
             all
             the
             fire
             in
             the
             world
             was
             not
             able
             to
             doe
             without
             the
             Art
             of
             an
             Alchymist
             .
             Also
             
               Myriam
               Moses
            
             his
             sister
             was
             an
             Excellent
             Alchymist
             as
             some
             write
             and
             Synertus
             is
             one
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             Also
             Suidas
             reports
             ,
             That
             the
             Golden
             Fleec
             which
             Jason
             stole
             ,
             was
             nothing
             else
             but
             a
             Book
             in
             Parchment
             ,
             which
             contayned
             the
             Art
             of
             making
             Gold
             ;
             and
             that
             the
             golden
             Apples
             of
             the
             Hesperides
             were
             neither
             better
             nor
             worse
             than
             the
             very
             same
             :
             To
             let
             Passe
             other
             Fables
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             Atlanta
             and
             Hipomanes
             ,
             of
             Cadmus
             and
             the
             Dragon
             ,
             of
             Argus
             his
             Eyes
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             After
             the
             Birth
             of
             Christ
             Alchymie
             flourisht
             much
             in
             Egipt
             :
             and
             Histories
             ,
             this
             day
             to
             be
             had
             witnes
             ,
             that
             they
             got
             that
             Treasure
             by
             Alchymie
             wherewith
             they
             defended
             themselves
             against
             all
             their
             enimyes
             :
             and
             relying
             vpon
             that
             only
             ,
             was
             the
             reason
             of
             their
             so
             often
             vexing
             the
             Romans
             :
             Therfore
             as
             Suidas
             reports
             ,
             when
             Dioclesian
             had
             conquered
             them
             he
             commanded
             all
             the
             Bookes
             of
             Alchymie
             ,
             and
             Transmutation
             of
             Mettalls
             into
             Gold
             ,
             of
             which
             Egipt
             had
             some
             store
             ,
             to
             be
             sought
             out
             and
             burnt
             :
             lest
             the
             Egiptians
             making
             themselves
             rich
             by
             their
             Art
             should
             rebel
             againe
             .
             In
             after
             Ages
             the
             light
             of
             Alchymie
             shone
             
             brightest
             among
             the
             Arabians
             as
             he
             may
             se
             that
             takes
             but
             the
             pains
             to
             read
             Mesue
             ,
             who
             desires
             such
             as
             are
             studious
             in
             Physick
             to
             be
             much
             conversant
             with
             Alchymists
             if
             by
             any
             meanes
             they
             might
             learn
             of
             them
             to
             seperate
             the
             hidden
             quality
             from
             the
             Concrete
             by
             the
             force
             of
             fire
             :
             And
             that
             it
             flourished
             many
             yeares
             amongst
             the
             Arabians
             appeares
             by
             their
             owne
             writers
             :
             as
             
               Geber
               ,
               Avicenna
               ,
               Rhasis
               ,
               Arnoldus
               de
               villa
               n●va
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             In
             this
             latter
             age
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             it
             turn'd
             Monk
             and
             was
             seldom
             seene
             out
             of
             a
             Monastarie
             :
             amongst
             which
             some
             were
             famous
             as
             
               Raymundus
               Lullius
               ,
               Albertus
               Magnus
               ,
               Johannes
               de
               Rupe
               feissa
               ,
               Savanorola
               Morienus
               ,
               Trithemius
               ,
               Frier
               Bazil
               Valentine
               :
            
             and
             there
             it
             had
             dyed
             ,
             had
             it
             not
             been
             for
             Paracelsus
             ,
             who
             in
             the
             yeare
             1493.
             by
             care
             and
             industry
             brought
             it
             again
             to
             the
             Light
             of
             the
             Sunne
             ,
             which
             else
             had
             been
             suffocated
             in
             a
             Monastarie
             .
             Him
             all
             the
             later
             writers
             follow
             .
             Thus
             you
             have
             the
             Original
             of
             Medecine
             and
             Alchymie
             .
          
        
         
           
             Chap
             8.
             
             
               How
               the
               beginings
               of
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymie
               were
               drawn
               from
               Nature
               .
            
          
           
             1.
             
             THat
             the
             beginings
             of
             Medicine
             are
             drawn
             from
             nature
             may
             be
             proved
             by
             Arguments
             enough
             .
          
           
             As
             Mechanicks
             learned
             all
             their
             Arts
             and
             Sciences
             from
             the
             Creatures
             ;
             as
             the
             Art
             of
             Swimming
             
             from
             the
             Geese
             ,
             of
             weaving
             and
             Hunting
             with
             Nets
             from
             the
             spider
             ,
             just
             so
             for
             al
             the
             world
             Physitians
             &
             Chyrurgeons
             ,
             learned
             many
             remedies
             for
             diseases
             ,
             and
             vertues
             of
             many
             things
             from
             the
             Creatures
             also
             ,
             For
             all
             creatures
             are
             Physitians
             by
             natural
             instinct
             :
             take
             a
             few
             Exampls
             in
             lieu
             of
             many
             .
          
           
             
               1.
               
               The
               Goates
               and
               Stagges
               of
               Creet
               shake
               out
               the
               Arrowes
               that
               are
               fastned
               in
               them
               by
               eating
               Dittanie
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               The
               Sea
               Horse
               was
               the
               first
               author
               of
               leting
               Blood
               :
               for
               when
               he
               hath
               gotten
               a
               Plethora
               of
               blood
               by
               much
               eating
               ,
               he
               goes
               out
               upon
               the
               shore
               and
               having
               found
               a
               sharp
               Stake
               ,
               lets
               himself
               blood
               with
               it
               in
               the
               leg
               ,
               and
               when
               he
               thinks
               he
               hath
               bled
               enough
               ,
               closeth
               the
               Orifice
               with
               slyme
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               The
               wild
               Goates
               by
               lying
               long
               upon
               the
               Hills
               and
               stones
               in
               the
               sun
               cause
               themselves
               to
               vomit
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               The
               Egiptian
               bird
               Ibis
               (
               not
               much
               unlicke
               the
               Storke
               )
               when
               it
               cannot
               avoid
               the
               excrements
               of
               it's
               belly
               as
               it
               would
               fills
               his
               bill
               full
               of
               sea
               water
               and
               casts
               it
               up
               his
               fundament
               ;
               and
               so
               was
               the
               use
               of
               Clysters
               first
               found
               out
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               The
               Serpent
               having
               over
               dryed
               his
               skin
               by
               his
               winters
               rest
               ,
               casts
               it
               of
               by
               eating
               the
               juyce
               of
               fennel
            
             
               
               6.
               
               The
               same
               creature
               cures
               his
               Eyes
               when
               they
               are
               ill
               affected
               with
               Fennell
               ;
               his
               wounds
               with
               Bistort
               ,
               which
               is
               therefore
               called
               snakeweed
               ;
               and
               with
               comfrey
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               Cats
               strengthen
               their
               sight
               by
               eating
               Valerian
               ,
               and
               so
               was
               Valerian
               first
               found
               out
               to
               be
               good
               for
               the
               Eyes
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               If
               you
               prick
               out
               the
               eyes
               of
               young
               Swallowes
               :
               The
               old
               one
               wil
               bring
               them
               to
               their
               sights
               again
               with
               Celondine
               .
            
             
               9.
               
               Goats
               will
               take
               away
               a
               Caterract
               from
               their
               owne
               eye
               with
               a
               thorne
               ,
               and
               from
               thence
               was
               invented
               the
               art
               of
               Couching
               the
               eye
               with
               a
               needle
               .
            
             
               10.
               
               The
               Hungarian
               Horses
               ,
               when
               they
               need
               bleeding
               ,
               doe
               let
               themselves
               Bloud
               with
               their
               own
               teeth
               .
            
             
               11.
               
               The
               Lyzard
               using
               the
               Hearb
               Galega
               or
               Goats
               Rue
               mocks
               at
               the
               deadly
               poyson
               of
               the
               Viper
               .
            
             
               12.
               
               The
               Dog
               ,
               by
               eating
               Dog-Grass
               ,
               cures
               himself
               of
               the
               infirmites
               of
               his
               stomeck
               by
               Vomiting
               .
            
             
               13
               Hogs
               by
               eating
               Ceterach
               ease
               themselves
               of
               the
               infirmites
               of
               the
               Spleen
               .
            
             
               14.
               
               That
               Mullein
               is
               an
               Antidote
               against
               Poyson
               and
               the
               Pestlence
               ,
               a
               Weasel
               will
               teach
               you
               by
               eating
               of
               it
               when
               she
               goes
               to
               fight
               with
               a
               Serpent
               :
               Neither
               is
               there
               a
               better
               remedie
               for
               the
               Pestilence
               
               than
               the
               juyce
               thereof
               drunk
               in
               wine
               .
            
             
               15.
               
               The
               Hind
               a
               little
               before
               shee
               brings
               forth
               young
               ,
               eats
               Heartwort
               ,
               which
               opens
               her
               Womb.
               After
               shee
               hath
               brought
               forth
               ,
               by
               eating
               the
               same
               hearb
               again
               ,
               shee
               closeth
               it
               .
            
             
               16.
               
               The
               storke
               cures
               poyson
               with
               Origanum
               .
               The
               weasell
               with
               Rue
               .
            
             
               17
               ,
               Boares
               cure
               themselves
               of
               almost
               al
               diseases
               by
               eating
               Ivie
               .
            
             
               18.
               
               The
               Bear
               after
               he
               hath
               layen
               a
               long
               time
               in
               his
               Den
               ,
               moves
               himself
               to
               stoole
               by
               eating
               Arum
               ,
               or
               Cuckoopints
               .
            
             
               19.
               
               Laro
               ,
               a
               certain
               water
               foul
               ,
               when
               he
               hath
               eaten
               more
               than
               doth
               him
               good
               ,
               creepes
               between
               two
               boughs
               of
               a
               tree
               which
               grow
               close
               together
               and
               preseth
               the
               victualls
               out
               of
               his
               body
               .
            
             
               20.
               
               Ringdoves
               ,
               Dawes
               ,
               Partridges
               ,
               Blackbirds
               .
               Cure
               themselves
               by
               bay
               leaves
               and
               other
               remidies
               well
               knowne
               to
               themselves
               .
            
          
           
             II.
             Alchymists
             and
             hermeticall
             Phylosophers
             learnt
             the
             way
             of
             renewing
             youth
             from
             the
             Creatures
             .
          
           
             So
             they
             observed
             the
             manner
             of
             renewing
             Man
             by
             Hearbs
             and
             Mettalls
             ,
             from
             the
             kingfisher
             ,
             Eagle
             Crab
             ,
             Serpents
             &c.
             which
             almost
             yearely
             renew
             their
             youth
             .
          
           
             And
             pray
             tell
             me
             ,
             you
             that
             cavill
             at
             this
             ;
             if
             this
             be
             granted
             to
             Birds
             and
             Beasts
             by
             the
             Eternall
             God
             ;
             is
             it
             impossible
             for
             man
             that
             is
             made
             after
             
             the
             Image
             of
             God
             ?
             For
             so
             ,
          
           
             
               1.
               
               The
               Eagle
               by
               casting
               her
               Bil
               casteth
               away
               her
               old
               age
               ,
               and
               takes
               up
               youth
               againe
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               The
               Serpents
               in
               spring
               time
               ,
               leave
               their
               old
               skinnes
               and
               their
               old
               age
               together
               with
               them
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               The
               Heart
               perseving
               himself
               to
               be
               well
               striken
               in
               age
               ,
               drawes
               serpents
               out
               of
               their
               holes
               whith
               the
               breath
               of
               his
               Nostrills
               ,
               whether
               they
               will
               or
               no
               ,
               by
               a
               wonderfull
               gift
               of
               nature
               ,
               and
               having
               kiled
               them
               with
               his
               feet
               ,
               eates
               them
               having
               first
               seperated
               the
               poyson
               ;
               and
               having
               eaten
               them
               grows
               yong
               again
               thereby
               :
               In
               the
               same
               manner
               the
               Toad
               draws
               weasells
               and
               the
               Weasell
               mice
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               The
               Crab
               grows
               yong
               by
               eating
               Frogs
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               The
               Hens
               by
               eating
               spiders
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               The
               Eagles
               by
               eating
               Tortels
               ,
            
             
               7.
               
               The
               serpents
               by
               eating
               Toads
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               The
               tongue
               of
               a
               serpent
               being
               pulled
               out
               when
               the
               Serpent
               is
               alive
               about
               the
               full
               Moon
               for
               some
               Magicall
               use
               or
               another
               ;
               the
               Serpent
               recovers
               it
               againe
               by
               eating
               Nettles
               .
            
             
               9.
               
               So
               the
               Elements
               themselves
               puting
               off
               their
               drosse
               ,
               seem
               young
               againe
               and
               so
               doth
               nature
               her self
               every
               Spring
               .
            
             
               10.
               
               The
               Creatures
               give
               Arguments
               enough
               of
               a
               future
               Resurrection
               ,
               if
               men
               have
               but
               witt
               enough
               to
               see
               them
               ,
               or
               Honesty
               enough
               to
               confess
               
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               First
               ,
               So
               the
               King-fisher
               yearly
               changing
               her
               skin
               and
               feathers
               ,
               seemes
               like
               one
               risen
               again
               from
               the
               dead
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               The
               silke
               worme
               having
               made
               it self
               a
               silken
               nest
               ,
               dyes
               in
               it
               ,
               and
               after
               putrification
               ,
               leaves
               both
               the
               propertie
               and
               forme
               of
               a
               worm
               and
               comes
               forth
               a
               Fly.
               
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               The
               Emmet
               ,
               Ant
               ,
               or
               Pismire
               which
               you
               will
               ,
               when
               they
               are
               so
               old
               they
               can
               scarse
               goe
               upon
               their
               legs
               ,
               Nature
               provides
               them
               Wings
               ,
               and
               so
               of
               a
               Creeping
               ,
               it
               becomes
               a
               flying
               Animal
               .
            
             
               Fourthly
               ,
               The
               Phoenix
               being
               worn
               out
               with
               Age
               ,
               burnes
               her self
               ,
               and
               riseth
               again
               out
               of
               her
               owne
               ashes
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             9.
             
             
               Of
               the
               matter
               ,
               forme
               ,
               and
               effect
               of
               medicine
               and
               Alchymie
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 I
                 THe
                 Matter
                 or
                 rather
                 Matteriall
                 of
                 Medicine
                 is
                 both
                 a
                 Methodical
                 disposition
                 of
                 Precepts
                 ,
                 as
                 also
                 the
                 matter
                 it self
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 you
                 consider
                 the
                 matter
                 by
                 way
                 of
                 Systeme
                 ,
                 the
                 matters
                 of
                 Medicine
                 are
                 sencere
                 parts
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 precepts
                 thereof
                 congruous
                 to
                 nature
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 you
                 would
                 Dispute
                 the
                 point
                 Physically
                 ,
                 They
                 are
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Things
                   Natural
                   called
                   Physiologia
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                   2.
                   
                   Things
                   not
                   Natural
                   called
                   Hygiena
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   Things
                   against
                   Nature
                   called
                   Pathologia
                
              
            
             
               
                 II.
                 The
                 matter
                 of
                 Alchymie
                 is
                 both
                 a
                 disposition
                 of
                 Precepts
                 ,
                 as
                 also
                 the
                 matter
                 it self
                 .
              
               
                 For
                 it
                 is
                 as
                 true
                 as
                 what
                 is
                 truest
                 That
                 Alchymists
                 have
                 many
                 singular
                 precepts
                 and
                 Observations
                 not
                 only
                 in
                 their
                 Operations
                 but
                 also
                 in
                 administring
                 Physick
                 contrary
                 to
                 the
                 Opinion
                 of
                 the
                 Dogmaticks
                 :
                 They
                 can
                 give
                 you
                 a
                 true
                 and
                 exact
                 Anatomie
                 ,
                 not
                 only
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 of
                 the
                 whol
                 world
                 ,
                 As
                 concerning
                 their
                 way
                 of
                 making
                 the
                 Phylosophers
                 stone
                 ,
                 they
                 differ
                 much
                 and
                 perhaps
                 as
                 much
                 from
                 the
                 Truth
                 as
                 they
                 do
                 from
                 one
                 another
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 III.
                 The
                 forme
                 of
                 Medicine
                 is
                 Externall
                 or
                 Internall
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Externall
                 is
                 a
                 methodicall
                 disposition
                 and
                 connexion
                 of
                 such
                 precepts
                 as
                 are
                 agreeable
                 to
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Internal
                 is
                 the
                 Truth
                 it self
                 of
                 the
                 Physical
                 Substance
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 IIII.
                 The
                 forme
                 of
                 Alchymie
                 is
                 the
                 same
                 with
                 that
                 of
                 Medicine
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 externall
                 is
                 a
                 Connexion
                 of
                 Precepts
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 internall
                 is
                 the
                 truth
                 and
                 excellency
                 of
                 the
                 Chymicall
                 preparations
              
            
             
               
                 V.
                 The
                 proper
                 effects
                 both
                 of
                 the
                 Physitian
                 
                 and
                 of
                 his
                 medicine
                 ,
                 are
                 various
                 and
                 manifold
                 .
              
               
                 For
                 a
                 Frugal
                 and
                 temperate
                 Diet
                 ,
                 preserves
                 Health
                 and
                 amends
                 sickness
                 ,
                 maintaynes
                 the
                 body
                 in
                 vigour
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 most
                 excellent
                 of
                 all
                 Naturall
                 things
                 :
                 for
                 what
                 good
                 doth
                 the
                 Contemplation
                 of
                 Hearbes
                 bring
                 to
                 a
                 man
                 ,
                 or
                 what
                 delight
                 ?
                 What
                 doth
                 a
                 man
                 get
                 by
                 his
                 observation
                 in
                 dissecting
                 the
                 body
                 of
                 a
                 man
                 ?
                 you
                 can
                 hardly
                 perswade
                 a
                 man
                 there
                 is
                 any
                 unless
                 he
                 find
                 it
                 by
                 use
                 and
                 exercise
                 :
                 So
                 then
                 ,
                 As
                 of
                 the
                 liberall
                 Sciences
                 Physick
                 is
                 one
                 ,
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 it
                 makes
                 it
                 inferior
                 to
                 none
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 VI.
                 The
                 proper
                 effects
                 of
                 the
                 Alchymist
                 and
                 his
                 Alchymie
                 are
                 various
                 and
                 Excellent
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 cheife
                 effect
                 is
                 the
                 excellency
                 of
                 medicine
                 ;
                 for
                 although
                 Nature
                 gives
                 us
                 our
                 Medicins
                 whole
                 ,
                 yet
                 most
                 commonly
                 they
                 consist
                 of
                 divers
                 parts
                 ;
                 nay
                 somtimes
                 in
                 a
                 whol
                 pound
                 of
                 Medicaments
                 you
                 shall
                 not
                 find
                 an
                 Ounce
                 of
                 that
                 spirit
                 or
                 Oyle
                 you
                 desire
                 ,
                 or
                 which
                 conduceth
                 to
                 the
                 cure
                 you
                 intend
                 :
                 Nay
                 more
                 than
                 this
                 There
                 is
                 no
                 whol
                 medicament
                 ,
                 but
                 hath
                 it's
                 impurity
                 .
                 The
                 Art
                 of
                 an
                 Alchymist
                 is
                 to
                 seperate
                 this
                 which
                 nature
                 hath
                 mixed
                 :
                 As
                 the
                 Maseraick
                 veynes
                 seperate
                 the
                 pure
                 Chyle
                 from
                 the
                 impure
                 dung
                 in
                 the
                 body
                 of
                 man
                 ;
                 So
                 Alchymie
                 seperates
                 the
                 spirits
                 from
                 the
                 medicine
                 ,
                 and
                 rejects
                 the
                 impure
                 dross
                 ;
                 And
                 who
                 unless
                 he
                 be
                 
                 a
                 Madman
                 but
                 will
                 easily
                 grant
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 by
                 the
                 rules
                 of
                 nature
                 that
                 the
                 Chymical
                 preperation
                 of
                 a
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 the
                 dros
                 being
                 cast
                 away
                 must
                 needs
                 bemore
                 wholsom
                 ,
                 more
                 safe
                 ,
                 more
                 effectual
                 in
                 it's
                 Operation
                 than
                 to
                 give
                 the
                 whol
                 Medicine
                 dross
                 and
                 all
                 as
                 it
                 growes
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 earth
                 :
                 There
                 is
                 indeed
                 and
                 in
                 truth
                 as
                 much
                 difference
                 between
                 them
                 as
                 there
                 is
                 between
                 a
                 Bushel
                 of
                 fine
                 flower
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 bushell
                 of
                 Bran.
                 
              
               
                 Besides
                 in
                 stubborn
                 and
                 lasting
                 diseases
                 ,
                 strong
                 Medicines
                 (
                 stronger
                 then
                 any
                 naturally
                 grows
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 earth
                 )
                 must
                 be
                 given
                 .
                 And
                 if
                 Artificially
                 Prepared
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 without
                 any
                 hurt
                 or
                 danger
                 ,
                 Namly
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 made
                 of
                 Mineralls
                 and
                 Mettalls
                 .
                 To
                 these
                 I
                 might
                 add
                 That
                 an
                 Alchymist
                 hath
                 the
                 key
                 of
                 natures
                 Secret
                 Cabinet
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 able
                 to
                 produce
                 all
                 her
                 hidden
                 treasure
                 to
                 publick
                 view
                 :
                 so
                 that
                 Mesue
                 avows
                 That
                 scarse
                 any
                 deeper
                 knowledg
                 of
                 Naturall
                 things
                 is
                 given
                 unto
                 man
                 ,
                 than
                 what
                 is
                 given
                 by
                 Chymicall
                 operations
                 :
                 by
                 which
                 the
                 Sympathy
                 and
                 Antipathy
                 of
                 things
                 is
                 known
                 ;
                 and
                 thus
                 much
                 for
                 the
                 Cause
                 and
                 Effect
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymie
                 .
                 The
                 Subject
                 and
                 object
                 follow
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             10.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Subject
               and
               Object
               of
               Alchymie
               and
               Physick
            
          
           
             
               
                 1
                 THe
                 Subject
                 of
                 the
                 Physitian
                 or
                 of
                 his
                 Medicine
                 is
                 man
                 considered
                 as
                 he
                 is
                 a
                 creature
                 
                 Subject
                 to
                 Health
                 and
                 Sickness
                 ,
                 both
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 whol
                 ,
                 and
                 according
                 to
                 each
                 part
                 .
              
               
                 They
                 all
                 determin
                 the
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Subiect
                 to
                 be
                 two
                 Material
                 and
                 Formall
                 .
                 The
                 Material
                 is
                 a
                 Mans
                 Body
                 and
                 not
                 a
                 beasts
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Formall
                 Subject
                 ,
                 they
                 say
                 is
                 not
                 the
                 Soul
                 ,
                 that
                 belongs
                 to
                 Metaphysicks
                 or
                 els
                 to
                 Devinity
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 of
                 itself
                 perfect
                 .
                 but
                 the
                 body
                 curable
                 according
                 to
                 Aristotle
                 .
                 A
                 living
                 man
                 and
                 not
                 a
                 dead
                 Corps
                 ,
                 for
                 barely
                 a
                 Body
                 is
                 too
                 general
                 a
                 title
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 II
                 A
                 Physitian
                 cureth
                 not
                 only
                 the
                 body
                 but
                 the
                 mind
                 in
                 some
                 manner
                 .
              
               
                 Pray
                 tell
                 me
                 what
                 there
                 is
                 in
                 this
                 whol
                 Universe
                 ,
                 but
                 may
                 be
                 delighted
                 and
                 refreshed
                 ,
                 be
                 it
                 Mind
                 or
                 Body
                 or
                 what
                 you
                 wil.
                 
                   Opto
                   tibi
                   meus
                   Sana
                   in
                   Corpore
                   Sano
                
                 said
                 one
                 .
                 The
                 whol
                 Scope
                 of
                 a
                 Physitian
                 is
                 that
                 he
                 might
                 keep
                 the
                 Organs
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 and
                 the
                 understanding
                 in
                 a
                 due
                 tempperature
                 :
                 for
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 out
                 of
                 tune
                 ,
                 so
                 is
                 the
                 natural
                 State
                 and
                 Condition
                 also
                 :
                 Take
                 away
                 the
                 Organs
                 of
                 the
                 Rational
                 soul
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 take
                 away
                 the
                 soul
                 it self
                 ;
                 Restore
                 the
                 Organs
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 restore
                 it
                 :
                 Besides
                 the
                 body
                 and
                 soul
                 are
                 knit
                 together
                 by
                 a
                 certain
                 Sympathy
                 or
                 Consent
                 ,
                 and
                 derive
                 vertue
                 and
                 vice
                 from
                 one
                 another
                 ,
                 and
                 if
                 there
                 be
                 such
                 a
                 Harmony
                 between
                 them
                 ,
                 the
                 one
                 must
                 needs
                 require
                 help
                 as
                 well
                 as
                 the
                 other
                 :
                 I
                 know
                 it
                 is
                 both
                 douted
                 ,
                 and
                 called
                 into
                 
                 Question
                 by
                 many
                 ;
                 To
                 which
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 man
                 the
                 disease
                 is
                 most
                 hurtful
                 and
                 deadly
                 :
                 which
                 although
                 I
                 confess
                 I
                 cannot
                 easily
                 answer
                 yet
                 would
                 I
                 have
                 all
                 men
                 perswaded
                 of
                 this
                 truth
                 That
                 the
                 greatest
                 part
                 of
                 all
                 evills
                 ,
                 comes
                 from
                 the
                 soul
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Internal
                 spirits
                 :
                 for
                 if
                 the
                 body
                 being
                 sickly
                 be
                 a
                 burden
                 to
                 the
                 soul
                 ,
                 and
                 deny
                 it
                 ,
                 it's
                 operations
                 ,
                 then
                 comes
                 the
                 injury
                 from
                 the
                 body
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 the
                 body
                 be
                 subject
                 to
                 the
                 Command
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 be
                 the
                 duty
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 to
                 keep
                 Passions
                 and
                 affections
                 in
                 awe
                 ,
                 and
                 preserve
                 all
                 in
                 a
                 due
                 decorum
                 by
                 the
                 rule
                 of
                 Reason
                 ;
                 then
                 Licentious
                 living
                 ,
                 Idlenes
                 Effeminatness
                 ,
                 Luxurie
                 &
                 almost
                 what
                 not
                 ;
                 are
                 al
                 vices
                 of
                 the
                 mind
                 &
                 what
                 worse
                 diseases
                 come
                 to
                 the
                 body
                 of
                 man
                 than
                 by
                 these
                 and
                 their
                 likes
                 :
                 I
                 pray
                 you
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 fault
                 in
                 the
                 body
                 or
                 the
                 mind
                 that
                 people
                 give
                 themselves
                 to
                 gluttony
                 ,
                 to
                 lust
                 ,
                 Drunkenness
                 ,
                 Quarelling
                 &
                 c
                 ?
                 Is
                 not
                 the
                 mind
                 the
                 seate
                 of
                 Temperance
                 and
                 Intemperance
                 ?
                 and
                 is
                 not
                 Intemperance
                 the
                 cause
                 of
                 most
                 diseases
                 ?
                 Thus
                 you
                 se
                 the
                 point
                 is
                 clear
                 enough
                 ,
                 That
                 the
                 original
                 of
                 most
                 diseases
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 mind
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 discernable
                 to
                 all
                 unless
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 so
                 blind
                 they
                 will
                 not
                 see
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 III.
                 The
                 Subject
                 of
                 Alchymie
                 is
                 the
                 same
                 with
                 Medicine
                 .
              
               
                 For
                 although
                 Alchymie
                 doe
                 not
                 beget
                 a
                 New
                 
                 Model
                 of
                 Phylosophy
                 and
                 Medicine
                 as
                 some
                 would
                 have
                 it
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 have
                 different
                 Theorem's
                 and
                 Hypotheses
                 :
                 yet
                 because
                 it
                 is
                 referred
                 to
                 the
                 most
                 excellent
                 Part
                 of
                 Medicine
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 Rule
                 of
                 cure
                 ;
                 it
                 must
                 needs
                 have
                 the
                 same
                 subject
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 IIII.
                 The
                 Object
                 of
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 or
                 rather
                 of
                 the
                 Physitian
                 about
                 which
                 it
                 is
                 conversant
                 ,
                 are
                 Things
                 Natural
                 ,
                 not
                 Natural
                 ,
                 and
                 against
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 A
                 Physitian
                 therfore
                 is
                 conversant
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   1.
                   about
                   things
                   Natural
                   .
                   That
                   he
                   may
                   keep
                   the
                   Constitution
                   of
                   man
                   in
                   health
                   ;
                   and
                   fortifie
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   body
                   with
                   things
                   like
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   About
                   things
                   which
                   afflict
                   the
                   body
                   against
                   Nature
                   ;
                   as
                   diseases
                   their
                   causes
                   and
                   symtomes
                   ;
                   that
                   he
                   may
                   cure
                   them
                   with
                   contraries
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   about
                   things
                   not
                   Natural
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   either
                   to
                   be
                   taken
                   or
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   taken
                   according
                   to
                   discretion
                   ;
                   Namely
                   Diet
                   ,
                   Physick
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Help
                   of
                   a
                   Chyrurgion
                   .
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   If
                   these
                   or
                   those
                   be
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   reach
                   of
                   his
                   Sences
                   by
                   Diagnostical
                   signes
                   ;
                   Let
                   him
                   goe
                   to
                   work
                   warily
                   ,
                   least
                   the
                   Prognosticks
                   Fall
                   as
                   he
                   would
                   not
                   have
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   5.
                   
                   Let
                   him
                   use
                   indications
                   for
                   his
                   lawful
                   and
                   safe
                   Method
                   of
                   Cure.
                   Thus
                   you
                   see
                   a
                   Physitian
                   ought
                   not
                   only
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   great
                   integritie
                   of
                   life
                   but
                   also
                   admirably
                   well
                   Skill'd
                   in
                   the
                   knowledg
                   of
                   
                   Medicine
                   ;
                   that
                   he
                   may
                   know
                   every
                   thing
                   that
                   belongs
                   to
                   the
                   Health
                   of
                   the
                   body
                   of
                   man.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 V.
                 The
                 generation
                 of
                 diseases
                 is
                 ended
                 ,
                 and
                 no
                 new
                 diseas
                 happens
                 to
                 the
                 body
                 of
                 man.
                 
              
               
                 There
                 are
                 those
                 that
                 think
                 ,
                 and
                 stiffly
                 maintayne
                 .
                 That
                 Diseases
                 are
                 more
                 in
                 Number
                 ,
                 and
                 more
                 violent
                 in
                 quality
                 ,
                 than
                 they
                 were
                 in
                 former
                 ages
                 ;
                 But
                 ther
                 's
                 ,
                 ner'e
                 a
                 word
                 on
                 't
                 true
                 .
                 Accidents
                 by
                 long
                 time
                 hid
                 in
                 their
                 Causes
                 ,
                 and
                 get
                 strength
                 by
                 stealth
                 ,
                 even
                 insensibly
                 ;
                 as
                 the
                 often
                 dropping
                 of
                 water
                 upon
                 a
                 stone
                 makes
                 it
                 hollow
                 :
                 There
                 are
                 no
                 new
                 species
                 in
                 the
                 power
                 of
                 Nature
                 besides
                 these
                 that
                 are
                 already
                 therfore
                 there
                 can
                 be
                 no
                 new
                 diseases
                 :
                 if
                 Nature
                 bred
                 new
                 ,
                 diseases
                 ,
                 she
                 must
                 be
                 turned
                 out
                 of
                 her
                 old
                 course
                 ,
                 But
                 the
                 one
                 is
                 impossible
                 ,
                 therfore
                 so
                 is
                 the
                 other
                 :
                 t'
                 is
                 a
                 new
                 Essence
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 a
                 new
                 Accident
                 that
                 must
                 make
                 a
                 new
                 disease
                 ;
                 There
                 may
                 be
                 a
                 difference
                 in
                 Diseases
                 according
                 to
                 more
                 or
                 lesse
                 ,
                 but
                 difference
                 ,
                 and
                 Novelty
                 are
                 two
                 things
                 ;
                 if
                 there
                 be
                 then
                 any
                 new
                 diseases
                 ,
                 Rarietie
                 or
                 ignorance
                 is
                 the
                 Mother
                 of
                 them
                 .
                 The
                 Manner
                 ,
                 species
                 and
                 the
                 Cause
                 of
                 all
                 diseases
                 is
                 the
                 same
                 ;
                 Now
                 no
                 disease
                 can
                 be
                 without
                 a
                 Cause
                 ,
                 because
                 nothing
                 is
                 the
                 maker
                 of
                 it selfe
                 ;
                 neither
                 can
                 any
                 thing
                 worke
                 against
                 the
                 Lawes
                 of
                 Nature
                 ,
                 because
                 nothing
                 can
                 worke
                 above
                 it's
                 strength
                 ,
                 Diseases
                 arise
                 even
                 of
                 that
                 very
                 same
                 thing
                 by
                 which
                 we
                 
                 live
                 ,
                 Neither
                 are
                 there
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 peculiar
                 seeds
                 of
                 diseases
                 ;
                 but
                 only
                 they
                 arise
                 from
                 our
                 own
                 vices
                 ,
                 whereby
                 we
                 disturbe
                 Nature
                 ;
                 and
                 all
                 vices
                 ,
                 though
                 they
                 have
                 different
                 Names
                 ,
                 yet
                 have
                 they
                 but
                 one
                 Nature
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 VI.
                 
                   The
                   Object
                   of
                   Alchymie
                   ,
                   or
                   rather
                   of
                   the
                   Alchymist
                   ,
                   about
                   which
                   he
                   is
                   conversant
                   are
                   all
                   Natural
                   bodyes
                   which
                   are
                   concrete
                   ,
                   especially
                   Mettalls
                   .
                
              
               
                 If
                 the
                 internal
                 end
                 of
                 Alchymie
                 be
                 but
                 considered
                 ,
                 you
                 shall
                 find
                 the
                 Alchymist
                 occupyed
                 about
                 all
                 Natural
                 concrete
                 bodyes
                 which
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 dissolved
                 ,
                 purifyed
                 ,
                 and
                 artificially
                 wrought
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 you
                 regard
                 the
                 External
                 end
                 ;
                 it
                 is
                 conversant
                 only
                 about
                 the
                 transmutation
                 of
                 Mettalls
                 .
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Subject
                 and
                 Object
                 both
                 of
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Alchymie
                 .
                 The
                 Adjuncts
                 followes
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   The
                   Adjuncts
                   or
                   Attributes
                   of
                   Medicines
                   and
                   Alchymie
                   ,
                   are
                
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Certainty
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Dignitie
                   and
                   Proffit
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   Excellencie
                   ,
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   Dificultie
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Chapt.
             11
             
               Of
               the
               Certainty
               of
               Physick
               and
               Alchymie
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 
                   The
                   Art
                   of
                   Medicine
                   is
                   Certaine
                   and
                   infallible
                   .
                
              
               
                 There
                 are
                 a
                 sort
                 of
                 men
                 (
                 and
                 those
                 no
                 smal
                 fools
                 neither
                 )
                 that
                 cry
                 out
                 ,
                 Medicine
                 is
                 uncertain
                 ;
                 
                 and
                 therfore
                 't
                 is
                 a
                 thing
                 ful
                 of
                 danger
                 for
                 a
                 man
                 to
                 commit
                 himselfe
                 into
                 the
                 hands
                 of
                 a
                 Physitian
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 they
                 goe
                 about
                 to
                 prove
                 by
                 an
                 Argument
                 such
                 a
                 one
                 as
                 't
                 is
                 ;
                 Because
                 the
                 whole
                 Art
                 of
                 Physick
                 is
                 Conjecturall
                 and
                 therfore
                 no
                 certainty
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 expected
                 of
                 it
                 :
                 what
                 a
                 leane
                 hungery
                 Argument
                 this
                 is
                 ,
                 I
                 shall
                 make
                 evidently
                 appear
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   
                     1.
                     
                     Because
                     that
                     is
                     imputed
                     to
                     the
                     Art
                     which
                     ought
                     to
                     be
                     imputed
                     to
                     the
                     Artist
                     ;
                     for
                     Medicine
                     it selfe
                     consists
                     of
                     most
                     firme
                     and
                     undoubted
                     principles
                     ;
                     but
                     the
                     Physitian
                     because
                     he
                     useth
                     somtimes
                     Conjectures
                     in
                     his
                     actions
                     ,
                     doth
                     not
                     alwayes
                     performe
                     his
                     Cure
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     same
                     Dexterity
                     nor
                     felicity
                     .
                  
                   
                     This
                     comes
                     to
                     pass
                     divers
                     wayes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       When
                       the
                       Circumstances
                       are
                       divers
                       ,
                       nay
                       somtimes
                       contrary
                       .
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       When
                       the
                       Physitian
                       is
                       deceived
                       by
                       those
                       that
                       are
                       about
                       the
                       sick
                       .
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       When
                       whatsoever
                       hinders
                       ,
                       he
                       doth
                       not
                       visit
                       the
                       sick
                       ,
                       nor
                       speake
                       to
                       him
                       .
                    
                     
                       4.
                       
                       When
                       the
                       bowells
                       of
                       the
                       sick
                       have
                       an
                       unequal
                       or
                       contrary
                       temperature
                       :
                       for
                       as
                       Aristotle
                       saith
                       in
                       another
                       case
                       ;
                       It
                       is
                       a
                       hard
                       thing
                       to
                       finde
                       out
                       a
                       vertue
                       Posited
                       between
                       two
                       extreame
                       vices
                       .
                       So
                       say
                       I
                       in
                       this
                       case
                       ,
                       it
                       is
                       a
                       hard
                       matter
                       to
                       correct
                       the
                       bowells
                       distempred
                       in
                       a
                       contrary
                       manner
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                       5.
                       
                       It
                       often
                       happens
                       that
                       the
                       sick
                       either
                       through
                       Age
                       ,
                       or
                       weaknes
                       ,
                       on
                       want
                       of
                       wit
                       ,
                       is
                       not
                       able
                       to
                       declare
                       his
                       owne
                       infirmitie
                       .
                    
                     
                       6.
                       
                       Somtimes
                       the
                       Patients
                       are
                       Impatient
                       ,
                       and
                       will
                       not
                       bee
                       ruled
                       ,
                       neither
                       will
                       they
                       take
                       the
                       Medicine
                       ,
                       or
                       their
                       case
                       is
                       desperat
                       ,
                       or
                       they
                       are
                       poore
                       and
                       want
                       Necessaries
                       :
                       These
                       and
                       other
                       things
                       like
                       them
                       may
                       hinder
                       the
                       Physitian
                       in
                       his
                       cure
                       ,
                       but
                       they
                       detract
                       nothing
                       at
                       all
                       from
                       the
                       Art
                       it selfe
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   The
                   doubt
                   lyes
                   in
                   the
                   word
                   Conjecture
                   .
                   For
                   if
                   you
                   meane
                   a
                   bare
                   and
                   simple
                   guess
                   ,
                   that
                   doth
                   nothing
                   at
                   all
                   :
                   But
                   if
                   together
                   with
                   the
                   Conjecture
                   ;
                   you
                   ad
                   Demonstration
                   as
                   a
                   Companion
                   then
                   't
                   is
                   no
                   longer
                   a
                   Conjecture
                   but
                   a
                   Demonstrative
                   sign
                   :
                   you
                   must
                   make
                   a
                   difference
                   between
                   a
                   bare
                   guess
                   and
                   a
                   Demonstrative
                   sign
                   ,
                   which
                   Physitians
                   call
                   Indication
                   :
                   bare
                   guesses
                   infer
                   no
                   necessity
                   ,
                   but
                   probability
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   neither
                   not
                   alwayes
                   ,
                   but
                   most
                   commonly
                   ;
                   and
                   is
                   the
                   usual
                   practice
                   of
                   the
                   Empericks
                   .
                   But
                   Indications
                   setch
                   their
                   Original
                   from
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   pass
                   judgment
                   from
                   Logicall
                   Arguments
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   doubtfulnes
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 II.
                 
                   The
                   Art
                   of
                   Alchymie
                   is
                   certaine
                   and
                   infallible
                
              
               
                 For
                 it
                 propounds
                 two
                 scopes
                 to
                 it selfe
                 .
              
               
                 Either
                 to
                 transmute
                 Mettalls
                 ,
                 or
                 ,
              
               
                 To
                 make
                 profitable
                 and
                 effectual
                 Medicines
                 .
              
               
                 Both
                 of
                 them
                 it
                 performeth
                 with
                 great
                 success
                 and
                 Praise
                 .
              
               
               
                 The
                 second
                 of
                 these
                 ,
                 namely
                 ,
                 the
                 preparation
                 of
                 Medicins
                 is
                 granted
                 on
                 all
                 hands
                 .
                 The
                 first
                 is
                 the
                 point
                 in
                 dispute
                 ;
                 which
                 because
                 it
                 is
                 much
                 doubted
                 by
                 many
                 ,
                 wee
                 will
                 put
                 it
                 to
                 the
                 Question
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Whether
                   Mettalls
                   may
                   be
                   changed
                   ?
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Wether
                   gold
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   by
                   Art
                   ?
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     First
                     ,
                     Whether
                     Mettalls
                     may
                     be
                     changed
                     ?
                  
                   
                     To
                     dispute
                     the
                     Point
                     on
                     both
                     sides
                     is
                     not
                     worth
                     the
                     while
                     ,
                     seeing
                     none
                     but
                     Madmen
                     will
                     fight
                     against
                     Experience
                     :
                     for
                     to
                     search
                     after
                     Reasons
                     and
                     not
                     regard
                     apparent
                     sense
                     ,
                     denotes
                     a
                     weakness
                     of
                     the
                     Minde
                     :
                     't
                     is
                     apparent
                     to
                     all
                     mens
                     eyes
                     ,
                     That
                     glasse
                     may
                     be
                     made
                     of
                     Ashes
                     :
                     Experience
                     teacheth
                     this
                     ;
                     and
                     t'
                     were
                     extreame
                     folly
                     to
                     bring
                     Reasons
                     to
                     perswade
                     a
                     man
                     to
                     that
                     which
                     he
                     may
                     see
                     with
                     his
                     eyes
                     .
                     Experience
                     teacheth
                     as
                     plainly
                     also
                     that
                     Mettalls
                     may
                     be
                     transmuted
                     ;
                     therfore
                     to
                     goe
                     about
                     to
                     prove
                     it
                     by
                     Reason
                     were
                     but
                     to
                     trifle
                     away
                     time
                     .
                     In
                     Hungarie
                     ,
                     In
                     
                       Mount
                       Carpathus
                    
                     ,
                     neere
                     the
                     Towne
                     Smalnitium
                     are
                     Fountaynes
                     into
                     which
                     if
                     you
                     thorw
                     Iron
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     turned
                     into
                     excellent
                     good
                     Copper
                     :
                     the
                     same
                     may
                     be
                     done
                     by
                     Art.
                     If
                     you
                     put
                     Iron
                     into
                     
                       Aqua
                       Vitriolata
                    
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     turne
                     into
                     a
                     Red
                     powder
                     ,
                     which
                     beeing
                     melted
                     in
                     the
                     fire
                     will
                     be
                     as
                     good
                     Copper
                     as
                     any
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     But
                     I
                     come
                     to
                     the
                     second
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     2.
                     
                     Whether
                     gold
                     may
                     be
                     made
                     by
                     Art
                     ?
                  
                   
                     This
                     many
                     deny
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     make
                     their
                     Negation
                     
                     seem
                     as
                     though
                     it
                     had
                     some
                     weight
                     in
                     it
                     :
                     they
                     bring
                     some
                     Arguments
                     ,
                     viz.
                     
                  
                   
                     
                       1
                       Because
                       Nature
                       proceedes
                       by
                       certaine
                       ,
                       and
                       determinated
                       principles
                       and
                       so
                       much
                       the
                       more
                       by
                       how
                       much
                       the
                       thing
                       she
                       makes
                       is
                       more
                       perfect
                       .
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       Because
                       in
                       these
                       Principles
                       ,
                       The
                       Efficient
                       cause
                       ,
                       Matter
                       ,
                       and
                       place
                       of
                       Generation
                       are
                       the
                       principall
                       :
                       for
                       one
                       Horse
                       is
                       not
                       bred
                       without
                       another
                       .
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       Because
                       even
                       those
                       Creatures
                       which
                       are
                       bred
                       of
                       putrefaction
                       ,
                       must
                       have
                       a
                       fit
                       matter
                       to
                       be
                       bred
                       of
                       ,
                       as
                       Experience
                       it self
                       witnesseth
                       .
                    
                     
                       4.
                       
                       Because
                       in
                       Mettalls
                       although
                       some
                       change
                       may
                       be
                       made
                       in
                       the
                       color
                       and
                       such
                       like
                       Accidents
                       ,
                       yet
                       not
                       in
                       their
                       Natures
                       and
                       form
                       ,
                       for
                       they
                       are
                       Mettalls
                       stil.
                       
                    
                     
                       5.
                       
                       Because
                       one
                       species
                       cannot
                       be
                       changed
                       into
                       another
                       Genus
                       ,
                       neither
                       by
                       Nature
                       nor
                       Art
                       ;
                       Neither
                       doth
                       Art
                       make
                       forme
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 These
                 Arguments
                 if
                 we
                 diligently
                 weigh
                 them
                 in
                 the
                 Ballance
                 of
                 Reason
                 ,
                 we
                 shal
                 find
                 them
                 a
                 grayne
                 too
                 light
                 .
              
               
                 For
                 forme
                 cannot
                 indeed
                 be
                 made
                 by
                 Art
                 ,
                 if
                 you
                 consider
                 Art
                 ,
                 barely
                 as
                 Art
                 ;
                 But
                 joyne
                 Nature
                 to
                 it
                 ,
                 what
                 then
                 ?
                 seeing
                 then
                 in
                 Nature
                 and
                 in
                 Form
                 two
                 Species
                 agree
                 under
                 the
                 same
                 Genus
                 which
                 before
                 were
                 diverse
                 ,
                 we
                 see
                 Wood
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Skins
                 &c.
                 turned
                 into
                 Stones
                 by
                 Nature
                 ,
                 as
                 
                   Albertus
                   Magnus
                
                 
                 shewes
                 and
                 shewes
                 truly
                 in
                 his
                 Book
                 of
                 stones
                 .
                 As
                 concerning
                 Place
                 ,
                 that
                 is
                 nothing
                 at
                 all
                 necesary
                 :
                 Nature
                 begets
                 somthing
                 in
                 every
                 place
                 ,
                 and
                 maketh
                 one
                 Mettal
                 or
                 another
                 in
                 every
                 place
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 matter
                 it
                 hath
                 to
                 make
                 it
                 of
                 :
                 so
                 then
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 a
                 right
                 Matter
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 a
                 right
                 place
                 which
                 is
                 needful
                 .
                 To
                 let
                 passe
                 Authors
                 both
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 written
                 the
                 truth
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 written
                 Fictions
                 :
                 That
                 this
                 Art
                 is
                 very
                 rare
                 ,
                 We
                 may
                 give
                 two
                 Causes
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Because
                   there
                   are
                   but
                   few
                   Artificors
                   ,
                   which
                   have
                   attayned
                   the
                   right
                   Method
                   of
                   making
                   of
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   those
                   few
                   reveale
                   not
                   this
                   secret
                   to
                   any
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Because
                   God
                   blinds
                   the
                   Eys
                   of
                   many
                   in
                   the
                   thing
                   ,
                   lest
                   Pride
                   ,
                   Luxurie
                   ,
                   Abuse
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   vices
                   which
                   accompanie
                   Riches
                   ,
                   should
                   reigne
                   .
                   Therfore
                   I
                   Exhort
                   those
                   which
                   spend
                   much
                   Mony
                   and
                   Time
                   (
                   which
                   might
                   better
                   be
                   imployed
                   about
                   other
                   things
                   ,
                   Namely
                   in
                   maintayning
                   their
                   owne
                   Familes
                   and
                   releeving
                   the
                   Poore
                   )
                   upon
                   their
                   serutiny
                   and
                   search
                   after
                   this
                   secret
                   ,
                   thereby
                   vainly
                   and
                   rediculously
                   spending
                   their
                   Estàtes
                   in
                   smoke
                   ,
                   and
                   Coales
                   ,
                   to
                   desist
                   from
                   their
                   labor
                   ,
                   and
                   looke
                   after
                   their
                   Families
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             You
             have
             the
             Certainty
             of
             Alchymye
             &
             Medicine
             ;
             The
             Dignitie
             ,
             &
             Profit
             followes
             :
          
        
         
           
           
             Chapt
             :
             12.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Dignitie
               and
               Profit
               of
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymie
               .
            
          
           
             
               1.
               
               
                 Medicine
                 is
                 an
                 Art
                 most
                 Noble
                 ,
                 most
                 worthy
                 ,
                 and
                 most
                 profitable
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Medicine
                   is
                   the
                   most
                   Noble
                   of
                   all
                   Arts.
                   
                
                 
                   1.
                   
                   By
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   subject
                   about
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   occupied
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Man
                   ,
                   the
                   most
                   Noble
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Creatures
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   By
                   Reason
                   of
                   the
                   Manner
                   of
                   proceeding
                   of
                   it
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   an
                   Art
                   drawn
                   from
                   Nature
                   her selfe
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   By
                   Reason
                   of
                   the
                   Effective
                   principle
                   :
                   God
                   himselfe
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   creat
                   Medicine
                   Eccles.
                   38.
                   4.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     4.
                     
                     In
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     end
                     :
                     The
                     Health
                     of
                     man
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     greatest
                     of
                     Earthly
                     Blessings
                     :
                     All
                     other
                     earthly
                     blessings
                     without
                     it
                     ,
                     want
                     their
                     Lustre
                     .
                  
                   
                     As
                     for
                     other
                     Arts
                     ,
                     their
                     ends
                     are
                     External
                     :
                     They
                     are
                     adjuncts
                     and
                     not
                     conjuncts
                     to
                     the
                     life
                     of
                     Man
                     ;
                     They
                     may
                     serve
                     as
                     Minsters
                     and
                     Handmaydes
                     to
                     Medicine
                     :
                     'T
                     is
                     Medicine
                     makes
                     a
                     man
                     live
                     ;
                     all
                     other
                     Arts
                     doe
                     but
                     ad
                     Delight
                     to
                     his
                     life
                     :
                     Thus
                     you
                     see
                     Medicine
                     is
                     the
                     most
                     Worthy
                     ,
                     and
                     most
                     profitable
                     of
                     all
                     Arts
                     :
                     If
                     all
                     Arts
                     were
                     so
                     painted
                     before
                     your
                     eyes
                     that
                     you
                     might
                     see
                     them
                     at
                     one
                     single
                     view
                     ;
                     what
                     would
                     a
                     man
                     desire
                     more
                     then
                     the
                     knowledge
                     of
                     Medicine
                     ?
                     Health
                     and
                     Life
                     being
                     the
                     greatest
                     Blessings
                     ,
                     sicknes
                     and
                     
                     Death
                     the
                     greatest
                     enemys
                     a
                     man
                     hath
                     in
                     this
                     world
                     :
                     Will
                     Riches
                     and
                     a
                     vast
                     Estate
                     ,
                     much
                     Land
                     ,
                     &
                     curious
                     Houshold
                     stuf
                     help
                     a
                     mans
                     little
                     finger
                     when
                     it
                     akes
                     :
                     a
                     little
                     sickness
                     takes
                     away
                     the
                     Comfort
                     of
                     all
                     pleasures
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 II
                 
                   Alchymie
                   is
                   the
                   most
                   Noble
                   ,
                   worthy
                   ;
                   and
                   profitable
                   Art.
                   
                
              
               
                 If
                 we
                 regard
                 the
                 Subject
                 ,
                 the
                 End
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Scope
                 ,
                 we
                 shall
                 find
                 them
                 common
                 with
                 Physick
                 ;
                 and
                 therefore
                 no
                 more
                 words
                 about
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 we
                 regard
                 the
                 Transmutation
                 of
                 Mettals
                 ,
                 nothing
                 is
                 more
                 Effectuall
                 ,
                 nor
                 profitable
                 ;
                 nor
                 better
                 shews
                 the
                 wonderfull
                 works
                 of
                 God
                 to
                 the
                 Sons
                 of
                 men
                 :
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Profit
                 .
                 The
                 Execllency
                 of
                 medicine
                 and
                 Alchymie
                 followes
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             13.
             
             
               The
               Excellency
               of
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymie
            
          
           
             I
             
               MEdicine
               is
               a
               most
               excellent
               Art.
               
            
          
           
             For
             Proofs
             of
             this
             ,
             we
             might
             bring
             Antiquitie
             ,
             Authors
             ,
             Divinitie
             ,
             Power
             ,
             Necessity
             ,
             Vertue
             ,
             witnesses
             Both
             from
             holy
             Writ
             and
             other
             Authors
             .
          
           
             Necessity
             was
             the
             first
             thing
             that
             found
             out
             Medicine
             ;
             it
             did
             not
             so
             in
             al
             other
             Arts
             :
             for
             if
             Sickness
             and
             Death
             had
             not
             been
             formidable
             ,
             Medicine
             had
             not
             been
             invented
             .
             The
             Invention
             of
             
             Medicine
             is
             to
             be
             attributed
             to
             God
             Himself
             :
             and
             the
             Illustration
             of
             it
             by
             Authors
             to
             his
             Mercie
             ;
             Good
             God
             what
             shall
             we
             think
             then
             of
             those
             that
             hide
             it
             ,
             Great
             Kings
             and
             Nobles
             have
             not
             only
             approved
             of
             it
             ,
             but
             illusterated
             it
             .
             Would
             you
             know
             whence
             the
             dignitie
             of
             it
             ariseth
             ?
             What
             is
             that
             makes
             it
             so
             Excellent
             ?
             what
             Greater
             Naturall
             Mercies
             hath
             God
             given
             to
             man
             since
             he
             gave
             him
             life
             ,
             then
             to
             teach
             him
             how
             to
             preserve
             it
             ?
             'T
             is
             the
             Divine
             Oracle
             of
             a
             mans
             life
             and
             the
             praise
             of
             it
             reacheth
             to
             the
             Skyes
             .
             Again
             ,
             Would
             you
             know
             the
             Excellency
             of
             Physick
             ?
             Consider
             it's
             Extent
             :
             It
             reacheth
             the
             natures
             not
             only
             of
             the
             highest
             star
             in
             the
             heaven
             but
             to
             the
             meanest
             grass
             upon
             the
             Earth
             :
             it
             keeps
             the
             whol
             Creation
             in
             a
             due
             Decorum
             ,
             which
             else
             would
             fall
             into
             a
             Rout.
             It
             maintayns
             Health
             and
             destoryes
             what
             opposeth
             it
             .
             When
             God
             made
             man
             ,
             He
             made
             a
             most
             excellent
             fabrick
             ,
             and
             He
             left
             Physick
             to
             maintain
             this
             Fabrick
             in
             repair
             in
             every
             part
             and
             portion
             thereof
             ,
             that
             thereby
             it
             might
             glorifie
             God
             as
             it
             stands
             ,
             and
             beget
             its
             like
             to
             do
             the
             like
             .
          
           
             II.
             
               Alchymie
               is
               a
               most
               Excellent
               Art.
               
            
          
           
             So
             excellent
             ,
             that
             my
             Pen
             is
             not
             able
             to
             give
             one
             Hundreth
             part
             of
             his
             due
             praise
             :
             Nature
             bringeth
             forth
             a
             Medicine
             in
             its
             Bulk
             ,
             Alchymie
             chuseth
             the
             best
             ,
             and
             rejecteth
             the
             worst
             :
             
             So
             many
             wonderfull
             works
             of
             Almighty
             God
             it
             openeth
             ;
             So
             many
             Strang
             and
             hidden
             Secrets
             of
             Nature
             it
             revealeth
             ;
             so
             many
             notable
             prepartions
             of
             Hearbs
             it
             unfouldeth
             ;
             So
             many
             lost
             vertues
             it
             discloseth
             ;
             That
             to
             give
             it
             ,
             it
             's
             due
             prayse
             ,
             belongeth
             to
             the
             tongue
             of
             an
             Angel
             ,
             and
             not
             of
             a
             man
             :
             You
             have
             the
             excellency
             of
             physick
             and
             Alchymie
             ;
             the
             difficulty
             followes
             .
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             14.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Difficultie
               of
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymie
               .
            
          
           
             I
             
               MEdicine
               is
               the
               most
               difficult
               of
               all
               Arts
            
          
           
             Thessalus
             (
             as
             you
             may
             find
             ,
             if
             you
             read
             Galens
             ,
             writings
             )
             had
             such
             a
             strang
             waking
             dream
             ,
             that
             he
             conceited
             the
             whol
             art
             of
             Physick
             was
             so
             easey
             that
             it
             might
             be
             learned
             in
             three
             months
             space
             ;
             and
             to
             make
             fooles
             beleeve
             this
             lookt
             like
             a
             truth
             .
             He
             held
             that
             al
             diseases
             ,
             and
             by
             consequence
             all
             remedies
             might
             be
             reduced
             to
             these
             two
             heads
             .
             That
             all
             diseases
             came
             either
             of
             binding
             or
             loosening
             :
             and
             So
             al
             remedies
             must
             be
             indued
             with
             either
             a
             binding
             or
             loosening
             facultie
             ,
             and
             that
             's
             enough
             :
             to
             stope
             which
             monstrouss
             and
             absurd
             Opinion
             ,
             consider
             with
             me
             these
             few
             Principles
             :
          
           
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 
                   The
                   Nobility
                   and
                   Varietie
                   of
                   things
                   requisite
                   to
                   this
                   Subject
                   .
                
              
               
                 Those
                 which
                 study
                 Physick
                 shall
                 find
                 it
                 not
                 
                 only
                 the
                 most
                 Excellent
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 the
                 most
                 Difficult
                 study
                 in
                 the
                 world
                 :
                 and
                 without
                 great
                 knowledg
                 ,
                 and
                 as
                 Great
                 care
                 ,
                 most
                 dangerous
                 :
                 if
                 you
                 consider
                 that
                 there
                 is
                 required
                 to
                 it
                 an
                 admireable
                 knowledg
                 of
                 causes
                 :
                 an
                 incredible
                 Judgment
                 to
                 discern
                 ,
                 and
                 exceeding
                 quickness
                 of
                 wit
                 to
                 apprehend
                 ,
                 in
                 every
                 physitian
                 :
                 Besides
                 if
                 a
                 physitian
                 will
                 get
                 honour
                 by
                 what
                 he
                 doth
                 ,
                 which
                 if
                 he
                 doe
                 well
                 ,
                 he
                 shall
                 not
                 want
                 :
                 Continuall
                 and
                 dayly
                 experience
                 is
                 requisit
                 for
                 him
                 .
                 With
                 what
                 knowledg
                 ought
                 that
                 man
                 to
                 be
                 indued
                 ?
                 with
                 what
                 care
                 and
                 industry
                 ought
                 he
                 to
                 perform
                 his
                 office
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 lives
                 of
                 those
                 that
                 Christ
                 dyed
                 for
                 ,
                 is
                 commited
                 into
                 his
                 hands
                 ?
              
            
             
               
                 2.
                 
                 
                   The
                   Infinite
                   number
                   and
                   Species
                   of
                   the
                   Diagnosticks
                   of
                   diseases
                   .
                
              
               
                 Not
                 only
                 three
                 Hundred
                 as
                 Plinie
                 thought
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 that
                 is
                 two
                 many
                 to
                 be
                 well
                 skiled
                 in
                 ,
                 in
                 three
                 Moneths
                 ;
                 but
                 almost
                 an
                 infinite
                 Number
                 ,
                 many
                 new
                 ones
                 arise
                 every
                 day
                 ,
                 which
                 though
                 they
                 have
                 been
                 formerly
                 in
                 the
                 world
                 ,
                 yet
                 not
                 in
                 our
                 generation
                 ;
                 therefore
                 are
                 New
                 to
                 us
                 .
                 To
                 let
                 alone
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 and
                 speak
                 only
                 of
                 Casualties
                 :
                 How
                 many
                 Bruises
                 ,
                 Ruptures
                 ,
                 Fractions
                 Burnings
                 ,
                 Scaldings
                 ,
                 Luxations
                 ,
                 Dislocations
                 ,
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 amended
                 by
                 the
                 skilful
                 hand
                 of
                 the
                 Physitian
                 ?
                 How
                 many
                 dangers
                 by
                 Poyson
                 ,
                 which
                 must
                 be
                 remedied
                 Extempore
                 ,
                 or
                 not
                 at
                 all
                 ?
                 How
                 much
                 diversity
                 is
                 there
                 in
                 the
                 bodies
                 of
                 men
                 
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 Age
                 ,
                 Sex
                 :
                 Region
                 ,
                 Education
                 ;
                 what
                 a
                 difficultie
                 is
                 it
                 to
                 take
                 the
                 exact
                 observation
                 of
                 the
                 Coelestial
                 bodyes
                 ,
                 without
                 the
                 knowledg
                 of
                 which
                 you
                 may
                 as
                 soon
                 give
                 poyson
                 as
                 an
                 antidote
                 .
              
               
                 What
                 a
                 difficulty
                 is
                 it
                 to
                 find
                 out
                 an
                 internal
                 disease
                 ;
                 How
                 deceitfull
                 are
                 the
                 Markes
                 of
                 them
                 ;
                 whether
                 you
                 regard
                 the
                 body
                 it self
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Urine
                 or
                 the
                 Pulse
                 ;
                 So
                 that
                 the
                 wisest
                 Physitian
                 breathing
                 may
                 somtimes
                 be
                 deceived
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 3.
                 
                 
                   The
                   prognosticks
                   and
                   manner
                   of
                   cure
                   ,
                   are
                   very
                   difficult
                   .
                
              
               
                 What
                 a
                 knowing
                 man
                 ought
                 he
                 to
                 be
                 ,
                 that
                 is
                 able
                 to
                 prognosticate
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 a
                 disease
                 :
                 The
                 knowledg
                 of
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 no
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Creation
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 hid
                 from
                 him
                 :
                 and
                 when
                 he
                 hath
                 that
                 ,
                 it
                 requiers
                 a
                 new
                 search
                 to
                 find
                 out
                 a
                 reamedie
                 ,
                 nay
                 many
                 times
                 al
                 this
                 must
                 be
                 done
                 upon
                 a
                 suden
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 very
                 nick
                 of
                 time
                 :
                 Before
                 a
                 Physitians
                 eyes
                 ought
                 alwaies
                 to
                 be
                 placed
                 the
                 sad
                 Image
                 of
                 the
                 death
                 of
                 his
                 Patient
                 ,
                 The
                 sadness
                 ,
                 fear
                 and
                 sometimes
                 the
                 undoing
                 of
                 the
                 Patiants
                 ,
                 acquaintance
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 great
                 account
                 himself
                 must
                 make
                 before
                 God
                 another
                 day
                 for
                 the
                 life
                 of
                 every
                 one
                 that
                 is
                 commited
                 into
                 his
                 hands
                 :
                 and
                 when
                 he
                 hath
                 seriously
                 considered
                 this
                 ,
                 if
                 he
                 think
                 three
                 Months
                 study
                 sufficient
                 for
                 so
                 great
                 a
                 calling
                 let
                 him
                 turn
                 practitioner
                 .
              
            
          
           
             II.
             
               Alchymie
               is
               the
               most
               difficult
               of
               all
               Arts.
               
            
          
           
           
             For
             although
             the
             Artificial
             making
             of
             Gold
             be
             most
             true
             (
             as
             we
             told
             you
             before
             Experience
             testifyed
             )
             so
             the
             vain
             attemps
             of
             many
             have
             also
             testified
             it
             to
             be
             most
             difficult
             ,
             and
             neither
             to
             be
             gotten
             by
             reading
             ,
             nor
             studying
             Books
             .
             'T
             is
             only
             granted
             to
             a
             few
             that
             feare
             God
             and
             eschew
             evill
             and
             know
             how
             to
             use
             it
             when
             they
             have
             it
             .
             The
             study
             of
             it
             makes
             many
             poor
             ,
             in
             so
             much
             that
             a
             great
             Alchymist
             said
             ;
             if
             he
             wish't
             any
             man
             a
             Mischeif
             ,
             he
             would
             wish
             him
             no
             other
             than
             to
             study
             that
             Elixar
             .
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             15.
             
             
               Of
               things
               agreeable
               to
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymie
               ,
               which
               are
               Naturall
               Phylosophy
               ,
               Devinitie
               ,
               and
               Astrologie
            
          
           
             I.
             
               NAturall
               Phylosophy
               is
               agreable
               to
               medicine
               ,
               and
               yet
               also
               it
               differs
               from
               it
               .
            
          
           
             That
             Medicine
             takes
             his
             Originall
             from
             Natural
             Phylosophy
             is
             most
             certain
             ;
             for
             the
             speculative
             part
             of
             Medicnie
             is
             pure
             natural
             phylosophy
             .
             For
          
           
             
               First
               of
               all
               The
               body
               of
               man
               with
               all
               it's
               parts
               ,
               temperaments
               ,
               facultyes
               ,
               and
               operations
               ,
               every
               one
               that
               knows
               his
               right
               hand
               from
               his
               left
               ,
               knows
               to
               be
               Natural
            
             
               Second
               ,
               Health
               and
               Sickness
               which
               are
               the
               affections
               of
               Nature
               ,
               come
               from
               Naturall
               principles
               .
            
             
               
               Thirdly
               ,
               Nourishment
               and
               Medicament
               by
               which
               these
               facultyes
               and
               the
               actions
               thereof
               are
               maintayned
               ,
               are
               Naturall
               :
               For
               the
               Vertues
               of
               Hearbes
               ,
               Stones
               ,
               and
               Mettals
               ,
               and
               of
               al
               Medicaments
               by
               which
               Physitians
               cure
               Diseases
               ,
               and
               restore
               Health
               and
               Strengthen
               the
               parts
               ,
               are
               al
               Naturall
               and
               pertain
               to
               Naturall
               Philosophy
               ,
               no
               less
               than
               the
               Motions
               of
               the
               Elements
               doth
               ;
               only
               the
               Practical
               part
               ,
               Medicine
               assumes
               to
               it self
               alone
               :
               Thus
               you
               see
               Natural
               Phylosophy
               is
               of
               great
               Use
               for
               ,
               and
               a
               great
               Ornament
               to
               a
               physitian
               ;
               only
               there
               is
               som
               difference
               between
               them
               ,
               and
               the
               differences
               are
               these
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   A
                   naturall
                   Phylosopher
                   treates
                   of
                   a
                   man
                   as
                   he
                   is
                   a
                   naturall
                   body
                   ;
                   A
                   Physitian
                   ,
                   as
                   he
                   is
                   a
                   body
                   cureable
                   by
                   the
                   Art
                   of
                   physick
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   The
                   Naturall
                   Phylosopher
                   treates
                   of
                   sickness
                   and
                   health
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   affections
                   of
                   the
                   Natural
                   body
                   ,
                   and
                   proceed
                   from
                   naturall
                   causes
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             The
             Physitian
             treates
             of
             them
             how
             he
             may
             expell
             the
             disease
             ,
             and
             preserve
             Health
             .
          
           
             Briefly
             thus
             ,
             The
             Naturall
             Phylosopher
             reasons
             of
             things
             as
             they
             are
             barely
             naturall
             .
          
           
             The
             physition
             ,
             how
             he
             may
             remedie
             what
             's
             amisse
             and
             mayntain
             health
             in
             a
             good
             Decorum
             .
          
           
             II
             
               Naturall
               Phylosophy
               is
               agreeable
               to
               Alchymy
               .
            
          
           
             The
             Reasons
             are
             the
             same
             which
             we
             gave
             you
             before
             concerning
             Medicine
             .
          
           
             III.
             
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymie
               are
               Sacred
               Arts
               ,
               and
               therefore
               agreeable
               to
               Divinitie
               .
            
          
           
           
             
               They
               are
               sacred
            
             .
          
           
             First
             in
             respect
             of
             their
             Original
             ;
             Because
             they
             are
             brought
             out
             of
             the
             Treasuries
             of
             the
             goodness
             of
             God
             himselfe
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             In
             regard
             of
             théir
             Institution
             :
             Because
             they
             were
             ordayned
             of
             God
             to
             preserve
             man
             :
             and
             't
             is
             one
             part
             of
             the
             Worship
             of
             god
             to
             admire
             at
             his
             Creatures
             and
             gifts
             :
             and
             one
             part
             of
             the
             Will
             of
             God
             to
             search
             after
             his
             wonderful
             workes
             in
             the
             Creation
             .
             7.
             
             Eccles.
             35.
             
             Let
             it
             not
             greive
             thee
             to
             visit
             the
             sick
             ,
             for
             that
             shall
             make
             thee
             to
             be
             beloved
             .
             And
             Paul
             tels
             you
             in
             the
             Corinthians
             that
             the
             gift
             of
             healing
             is
             one
             of
             the
             gifts
             of
             Gods
             Spirit
             :
             Also
             that
             great
             Physitian
             both
             of
             our
             bodies
             &
             souls
             our
             Lord
             Jesus
             Christ
             ,
             cured
             many
             diseases
             ,
             as
             dropsies
             ,
             palsies
             ,
             leprosies
             ,
             Issues
             of
             blood
             blindness
             ,
             Feavers
             ,
             and
             other
             desperate
             diseases
             by
             his
             wordalone
             .
             And
             God
             by
             his
             word
             alone
             ,
             made
             al
             the
             Creatures
             ,
             &
             gave
             them
             vertues
             to
             do
             the
             like
             :
             Paul
             in
             the
             Epistle
             to
             the
             Colossians
             saith
             ;
             Luke
             the
             beloved
             physitian
             greeteth
             you
             :
             And
             to
             Timothy
             he
             prescribes
             Physick
             himselfe
             ,
             Drinke
             a
             little
             wine
             for
             thy
             stomaks
             sake
             .
             Damascus
             was
             once
             famous
             for
             Physitians
             ,
             especially
             at
             that
             time
             when
             
               Johannes
               Mesut
            
             that
             excelent
             Physitian
             sone
             of
             Abdela
             king
             of
             Damascus
             taught
             Physick
             there
             :
             Suidas
             reports
             that
             king
             Solomon
             wrote
             a
             most
             singular
             volume
             of
             remedyes
             for
             diseases
             ;
             the
             heads
             of
             which
             were
             engraven
             upon
             the
             
             Temple
             gates
             .
             Whence
             it
             appeares
             that
             the
             Jewes
             kept
             the
             Copies
             of
             their
             Medicines
             in
             the
             Temple
             because
             of
             their
             Holines
             ;
             and
             thence
             came
             that
             Blasphemous
             practise
             of
             the
             Heathen
             to
             dedicate
             it
             to
             their
             Gods
             ;
             And
             though
             they
             were
             but
             men
             themselves
             yet
             they
             made
             their
             ablest
             Physitians
             Gods
             ,
             after
             they
             were
             dead
             and
             rotten
             ;
             Witnes
             Aesculapius
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             IIII.
             
               Astrologie
               is
               not
               only
               agreeable
               to
               Medicine
               &
               Alchyme
               ,
               but
               also
               Exceeding
               necessary
               for
               the
               Physitian
               and
               Alchymist
               .
            
          
           
             Astrologie
             is
             that
             part
             of
             Natural
             Phylosophy
             which
             inquires
             after
             the
             Causes
             ,
             properties
             ,
             Natur
             ,
             and
             Effects
             of
             the
             starres
             .
          
           
             If
             it
             be
             a
             part
             of
             Natural
             Phylosophie
             then
             it
             must
             needes
             be
             agreeable
             to
             Physick
             :
             The
             Principles
             of
             Astrologie
             are
             drawne
             from
             Experience
             ,
             which
             Experience
             is
             drawne
             from
             observations
             ,
             which
             seldome
             fayle
             ,
          
           
             It
             makes
             universal
             conclusions
             ;
             and
             from
             the
             demonstration
             of
             one
             ,
             shewes
             the
             Effect
             of
             another
             thing
             ;
             so
             that
             from
             the
             starres
             it
             is
             able
             to
             give
             a
             Judgment
             of
             the
             Natures
             of
             Hearbes
             ,
             Plants
             and
             Mineralls
             .
             And
             therfore
             he
             that
             doth
             not
             reckon
             it
             amongest
             the
             Liberall
             sciences
             as
             well
             as
             Physick
             ,
             doth
             it
             a
             great
             deale
             of
             wrong
             .
             I
             am
             not
             ignorant
             that
             very
             many
             and
             those
             Learned
             ,
             deny
             the
             Art
             of
             Atrologie
             to
             be
             an
             unniversal
             Art
             ,
             and
             that
             only
             some
             few
             Particular
             Observations
             
             happen
             true
             :
             But
             I
             shall
             easily
             prove
             they
             are
             beside
             the
             Cushion
             ;
             and
             thus
             I
             begin
             .
          
           
             Neither
             Medicine
             cureth
             all
             Diseases
             ,
             neither
             doth
             state
             Politicks
             remove
             all
             the
             troubles
             of
             a
             Common-wealth
             :
             And
             yet
             all
             will
             grant
             that
             they
             are
             grounded
             upon
             true
             and
             firme
             precepts
             and
             very
             necessary
             for
             the
             life
             and
             livelyhood
             of
             man
             :
             Is
             not
             the
             Art
             of
             Gunnerie
             good
             ;
             because
             the
             Gunner
             doth
             not
             alwayes
             hit
             the
             Marke
             ?
             So
             may
             the
             Art
             of
             Astrologie
             be
             both
             good
             and
             necessary
             though
             the
             Astrologer
             doe
             not
             alwayes
             predict
             the
             truth
             .
             He
             that
             would
             deny
             Astrologie
             to
             be
             one
             of
             the
             Liberall
             sciences
             must
             of
             Necessity
             deny
             the
             influences
             of
             the
             starres
             upon
             inferior
             bodyes
             .
             What
             if
             I
             should
             goe
             about
             to
             prove
             That
             all
             Physicall
             predictions
             are
             deduced
             from
             Astrologie
             ?
             I
             le
             try
             what
             I
             can
             doe
             .
          
           
             Whatsoever
             science
             teacheth
             the
             Effects
             the
             starres
             have
             upon
             Elements
             and
             mixt
             bodyes
             ;
             The
             Temperament
             ,
             alterations
             and
             Inclynations
             of
             all
             things
             below
             ;
             That
             is
             the
             ground
             of
             all
             Predictions
             ,
             and
             admirably
             useful
             for
             the
             life
             and
             well
             being
             of
             man.
             
          
           
             But
             Astrologie
             doth
             so
             .
          
           
             Ergo.
             
          
           
             
               If
               you
               please
               we
               will
               devide
               this
               into
               a
               few
               branches
               .
            
          
           
             
               1.
               
               T
               is
               doubtful
               to
               none
               ,
               unlesse
               such
               Blockheade
               as
               deny
               manifest
               Experience
               ;
               That
               Infniit
               
               Actions
               both
               Healthful
               and
               unhealthful
               are
               caused
               in
               this
               lower
               world
               by
               the
               Influence
               of
               the
               starres
               .
               Hath
               any
               one
               studyed
               Physick
               seven
               yeares
               ,
               and
               doth
               not
               know
               that
               the
               various
               position
               and
               divers
               Aspects
               of
               the
               starres
               breedes
               variety
               and
               diversity
               of
               Diseases
               ?
               What
               's
               the
               Reason
               of
               Contagious
               and
               Epidemical
               diseases
               ?
               comes
               it
               not
               from
               the
               Ayre
               ?
               And
               how
               can
               the
               Ayre
               doe
               it
               being
               a
               pure
               Element
               ,
               without
               the
               Influence
               of
               the
               starres
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               The
               various
               mixture
               of
               the
               starres
               ,
               makes
               a
               various
               mixture
               of
               the
               Elements
               ,
               which
               if
               it
               bee
               wholsome
               turnes
               to
               the
               Generation
               ;
               if
               unwholsome
               turnes
               to
               the
               destruction
               of
               mankind
               :
               And
               therfore
               wellsayed
               Hypocrates
               when
               he
               said
               That
               the
               seed
               plot
               of
               Epidemicall
               diseases
               was
               an
               Ayre
               corrupted
               by
               Planitary
               influence
               .
               Our
               late
               Physitians
               wil
               say
               God
               doth
               it
               ;
               but
               how
               they
               know
               no
               more
               then
               a
               Hobby
               Horse
               ,
               as
               though
               all
               Epidemicall
               diseases
               were
               Miracles
               :
               Others
               that
               think
               they
               are
               a
               little
               wiser
               say
               ,
               it
               comes
               by
               Infection
               ;
               and
               the
               next
               time
               you
               heare
               one
               say
               so
               ,
               ask
               him
               Who
               infected
               the
               first
               man
               that
               dyed
               of
               it
               .
            
             
               3
               It
               's
               a
               certaine
               Quality
               not
               abounding
               with
               Heat
               nor
               Cold
               ,
               nor
               Drynes
               nor
               Moysture
               ;
               nor
               yet
               an
               imperfect
               mixture
               of
               Elements
               ;
               But
               t'
               is
               a
               more
               hidden
               busines
               ;
               for
               the
               Congress
               
               of
               the
               Superior
               bodys
               above
               Seminate
               Somthing
               in
               things
               below
               ;
               which
               in
               process
               of
               time
               growes
               up
               ,
               and
               according
               to
               it
               's
               owne
               Nature
               either
               rejoyceth
               or
               afflicteth
               the
               Sonnes
               of
               men
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               In
               Eclipses
               of
               the
               Luminaries
               with
               such
               or
               such
               fixed
               starres
               especially
               those
               of
               the
               first
               or
               second
               Magnitude
               ;
               or
               when
               other
               plannets
               are
               Joyned
               or
               opposed
               with
               such
               fixed
               starres
               ;
               Consider
               the
               Degree
               of
               the
               Zodiack
               therein
               ,
               or
               in
               which
               the
               Luminaries
               are
               Eclipsed
               ;
               and
               tell
               me
               if
               things
               here
               below
               correspond
               not
               exactly
               to
               them
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               The
               Beames
               of
               the
               Coelestial
               bodyes
               are
               not
               alwayes
               one
               and
               the
               same
               ,
               for
               somtimes
               they
               are
               in
               the
               same
               sign
               and
               degree
               ;
               &
               that
               's
               called
               a
               Conjunction
               ;
               somtimes
               diametrically
               placed
               ;
               and
               that
               's
               called
               an
               Opposition
               ;
               somtimes
               they
               are
               in
               Trines
               ,
               Squares
               ,
               And
               Sextiles
               ;
               all
               which
               have
               peculiar
               effects
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               The
               seed
               which
               they
               cast
               upon
               Inferiour
               bodyes
               is
               not
               alwayes
               one
               and
               the
               same
               :
               somtimes
               't
               is
               wholsom
               ,
               somtimes
               unholsome
               ,
               and
               according
               as
               the
               seed
               is
               ,
               so
               is
               the
               fruit
               to
               bee
               expected
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               Unhealthful
               or
               Intemperate
               meetings
               of
               the
               Plannets
               (
               For
               that
               's
               it
               wee
               are
               here
               to
               Speake
               to
               )
               Proceeds
               From
               the
               Intemperancy
               of
               the
               Starres
               themselves
               that
               meet
               :
               Imagine
               Saturn
               
               and
               Mars
               to
               which
               add
               the
               Eclypses
               of
               the
               Luminaries
               .
               If
               they
               happen
               in
               an
               Ayrie
               Sign
               they
               may
               cause
               a
               pestilence
               ,
               if
               they
               bee
               with
               malevolent
               fixed
               Starres
               ;
               But
               if
               they
               be
               with
               
                 Jupiter
                 or
                 Venus
              
               or
               benovolent
               Fixed
               Starres
               their
               evil
               is
               mitigated
               .
               The
               time
               wil
               bee
               unhealthful
               by
               reason
               of
               violent
               Feavers
               :
               but
               〈◊〉
               so
               mortal
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               And
               as
               the
               Disease
               drawes
               danger
               of
               Death
               at
               the
               tayle
               of
               it
               ,
               and
               somtimes
               it
               doth
               not
               ,
               so
               the
               conditions
               of
               these
               Diseases
               which
               are
               dangerous
               are
               not
               alwaies
               the
               same
               but
               divers
               ,
               as
               happens
               not
               only
               in
               Malignant
               Feavers
               ,
               but
               also
               most
               commonly
               in
               the
               Pestilence
               :
               Therfore
               he
               that
               would
               bee
               accounted
               a
               Skilful
               Physitian
               must
               be
               well
               Skilled
               in
               the
               whol
               course
               of
               Nature
               of
               which
               Astrologie
               is
               no
               smal
               part
               .
            
             
               9.
               
               The
               ayre
               being
               of
               a
               thin
               substance
               ,
               is
               the
               Medium
               by
               which
               the
               heavenly
               bodies
               〈◊〉
               their
               Influence
               upon
               things
               below
               ,
               and
               thi●
               in
               a
               double
               manner
               ,
               either
               Hidden
               from
               or
               manifest
               to
               sense
               .
            
             
               10
               So
               somtimes
               Epidemical
               diseases
               break
               〈◊〉
               when
               a
               man
               litle
               thinks
               of
               them
               ,
               and
               th●●
               upon
               a
               sudden
               the
               Air
               and
               al
               sublunary
               cause●
               being
               according
               to
               Nature
               ,
               and
               not
               vitiated
               ,
               and
               this
               must
               needes
               come
               by
               the
               Influence
               of
               the
               Starres
               ,
               at
               other
               times
               the
               ayre
               is
               either
               too
               hot
               ,
               or
               too
               cold
               ,
               too
               dry
               or
               too
               moyst
               or
               too
               
               cloudy
               or
               too
               mystie
               :
               or
               the
               winds
               are
               unwholsom
               and
               then
               the
               cause
               of
               Infection
               is
               apparant
               say
               Phisitians
               ,
               and
               they
               can
               give
               a
               reason
               for
               it
               ,
               't
               is
               wel
               they
               know
               anything
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               Although
               the
               Ayre
               bee
               the
               Medium
               by
               which
               the
               Influence
               of
               the
               Planets
               is
               dispersed
               through
               the
               sublunary
               world
               yet
               are
               not
               al
               places
               alike
               infected
               ,
               and
               who
               but
               an
               Astrologer
               can
               give
               a
               reason
               of
               this
               :
               the
               Reason
               is
               from
               the
               hous
               or
               Sign
               of
               the
               Zodiack
               where
               the
               Conjunction
               causing
               the
               Maladie
               happens
               :
               under
               each
               signe
               of
               the
               Zodiack
               are
               certain
               Clymats
               Kingdomes
               ,
               and
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               like
               to
               Suffer
               when
               others
               scape
               .
               Besides
               the
               age
               and
               sex
               of
               the
               Plannets
               is
               to
               bee
               considered
               ,
               and
               Judgment
               to
               be
               Passed
               accordingly
               :
               Also
               the
               Nature
               of
               the
               Signes
               ,
               for
               some
               are
               Humane
               and
               they
               indanger
               Men
               most
               ,
               others
               the
               Signs
               of
               Beastes
               and
               they
               hurt
               Beastes
               most
               especially
               Some
               Specis
               of
               Beastes
               ,
               Imagine
               Horses
               ,
               Sheep
               ,
               Hoggs
               &c.
               
               In
               watery
               Signs
               it
               hurts
               Fishes
               most
               .
            
             
               2
               The
               actions
               of
               the
               Heavens
               Astrologers
               cal
               by
               the
               name
               of
               Universal
               Influence
               ,
               not
               because
               it
               workes
               Universaly
               in
               all
               Sublunary
               creatures
               ,
               for
               wee
               shewed
               the
               contrary
               but
               now
               :
               but
               because
               it
               workes
               of
               it self
               without
               any
               other
               disposing
               cause
               .
            
             
               3
               The
               Planets
               have
               a
               disposition
               to
               act
               ,
               Sublunary
               bodyes
               to
               suffer
               ;
               by
               action
               and
               passion
               are
               all
               
               things
               generated
               ,
               therfore
               are
               alwayes
               subject
               to
               them
               .
               And
               the
               whol
               Creation
               being
               taken
               as
               one
               United
               body
               ,
               one
               part
               of
               it
               must
               needs
               be
               Subject
               to
               the
               other
            
             
               14
               There
               is
               such
               a
               Harmonie
               in
               the
               Creation
               that
               every
               particular
               Constellation
               Produceth
               Effects
               according
               to
               its
               own
               Nature
               .
            
             
               15
               Therfore
               when
               the
               Horoscope
               ,
               or
               the
               degree
               ascending
               at
               the
               nativity
               of
               any
               man
               or
               beast
               ,
               or
               the
               building
               of
               a
               Town
               ,
               setting
               of
               a
               Tree
               ,
               sowing
               of
               Corne
               ,
               Changing
               of
               the
               Goverment
               of
               a
               Commonwealth
               or
               of
               a
               City
               is
               afflicted
               by
               the
               Conjunction
               of
               evil
               Plannets
               or
               Eclypse
               of
               the
               Luminaries
               :
               It
               threatens
               the
               distruction
               of
               them
               ;
               and
               the
               time
               when
               you
               may
               know
               by
               Direction
               or
               progression
               .
            
             
               16
               Hence
               it
               appeares
               that
               the
               Operation
               of
               these
               is
               two
               sold
               ,
               first
               upon
               those
               Clymates
               ,
               Provinces
               and
               Kingdomes
               under
               that
               Signe
               the
               Conjunction
               or
               Eclypse
               happens
               ,
               and
               secondly
               upon
               those
               Living
               Creatures
               In
               whose
               Genesis
               that
               sign
               ascended
               or
               upon
               Trees
               and
               Plants
               sowed
               under
               that
               signe
            
             
               17
               Neither
               are
               wee
               to
               thinke
               this
               cause
               worketh
               altogether
               absolute
               and
               simply
               of
               it selfe
               ,
               But
               other
               causes
               also
               intervene
               ,
               as
               il
               Diet
               ,
               want
               of
               convenient
               Remedie
               &c.
               
            
             
               18.
               
               By
               al
               that
               hath
               been
               spoken
               you
               may
               see
               how
               absolutely
               necessary
               the
               knowledg
               of
               
               Astrologie
               is
               to
               a
               Physitian
               ,
               that
               so
               when
               such
               Accidents
               happen
               so
               the
               Ascendent
               of
               a
               mans
               Nativitie
               or
               any
               other
               Hylegiacal
               part
               ,
               or
               indeed
               when
               any
               bad
               Direction
               comes
               which
               may
               signifie
               Death
               ;
               Hee
               may
               keep
               the
               body
               with
               fit
               Diet
               and
               convenient
               Remidies
               ,
               pure
               and
               cleare
               from
               such
               an
               Humore
               as
               at
               such
               a
               time
               will
               take
               fire
               at
               the
               least
               touch
               .
            
          
           
             Thus
             you
             have
             what
             is
             agreeable
             ;
             It
             followes
             what
             is
             disagreeable
             to
             Medicine
             .
          
           
             Desagreeable
             to
             Medicine
             and
             Alchymie
             ,
             are
             Confusion
             ,
             abuse
             and
             ill
             preparation
             of
             Medicine
             ,
             Ignorant
             and
             Blockheaded
             Physitians
             .
             But
             those
             things
             Because
             they
             belong
             not
             to
             the
             Art
             it selfe
             but
             to
             the
             Artist
             ;
             we
             will
             speake
             of
             in
             the
             booke
             following
             .
          
        
         
           And
           thus
           much
           for
           the
           Nature
           of
           Physick
           and
           Alchymie
           and
           also
           for
           this
           first
           Treatise
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Second
           Treatise
           .
           
             Of
             the
             Nature
             and
             Ministers
             of
             the
             Physitian
             and
             Alchymist
             .
          
        
         
           WHerin
           come
           these
           three
           things
           into
           Consideration
           .
        
         
           
             1.
             
             
               The
               Definition
               of
               a
               true
               Physitian
               and
               Alchymist
               .
            
          
           
             2.
             
             
               The
               Office
               and
               Requisites
               of
               them
               both
               .
            
          
           
             3.
             
             
               The
               Witts
               of
               Sophisters
               and
               Impostors
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Chapt.
             1.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Definition
               of
               a
               Physitian
               and
               Alchymist
            
          
           
             1.
             
             
               A
               Physitian
               is
               a
               person
               called
               of
               God
               to
               that
               Office
               ,
               instructed
               by
               Doctor
               Reason
               and
               Doctor
               Experience
               ,
               to
               prserve
               the
               health
               of
               man
               ,
               and
               restore
               it
               being
               lost
               ,
               as
               much
               as
               is
               possible
               .
            
          
           
             The
             more
             difficulty
             there
             is
             in
             Medicine
             ,
             the
             more
             Dignitie
             belongs
             to
             a
             good
             Physitian
             :
             Scaliger
             discribes
             him
             thus
             A
             Physitian
             is
             a
             man
             
             learned
             ,
             and
             as
             honest
             ,
             as
             learned
             ,
             Gentle
             ,
             Diligent
             and
             Fortunat
             a
             man
             that
             trusts
             in
             God
             and
             not
             in
             his
             owne
             Skill
             .
             Hippocrates
             thus
             ,
             A
             Physitian
             ought
             to
             bee
             filled
             with
             the
             Deitie
             ,
             he
             ought
             to
             be
             learned
             ,
             good
             ,
             and
             well
             Skill'd
             in
             his
             Art
             ,
             Hee
             ought
             to
             know
             what
             hee
             would
             do
             ,
             and
             bee
             able
             to
             put
             it
             in
             practise
             ;
             for
             the
             Health
             and
             life
             of
             Mankind
             is
             commited
             into
             his
             hand
             :
             The
             Latins
             derive
             
               Medicus
               a
               Medio
            
             .
             A
             Physitian
             ,
             from
             the
             Meanes
             by
             which
             hee
             Cures
             .
             And
             to
             speake
             ●he
             truth
             ,
             A
             Physitian
             is
             a
             great
             imitater
             of
             Christ
             himselfe
             :
             for
             as
             Christ
             cures
             our
             spirituall
             wounds
             ,
             so
             ought
             a
             Physitian
             our
             Naturall
             .
          
           
             Hee
             ought
             to
             deny
             himselfe
             ,
             to
             bee
             mindfull
             of
             the
             Poore
             ;
             He
             ought
             not
             to
             regard
             Gayne
             for
             that
             's
             the
             bane
             of
             the
             World.
             Hee
             ought
             to
             bee
             one
             that
             knowes
             what
             spirituall
             good
             Christ
             hath
             done
             him
             ,
             that
             so
             at
             the
             same
             rate
             hee
             may
             do
             his
             Brother
             Temporal
             good
             freely
             without
             grumbling
             .
          
           
             II.
             
               An
               Alchymist
               is
               a
               person
               called
               of
               God
               himselfe
               ,
               artificially
               to
               make
               profitable
               Medicines
               ,
               of
               Plants
               ,
               living
               Creatures
               ,
               and
               Mineralls
               ,
               as
               also
               (
               as
               much
               as
               is
               possible
               )
               to
               change
               base
               Mettalls
               into
               Noble
               ,
               that
               so
               they
               may
               bee
               the
               more
               usefull
               unto
               Man
               kind
               which
               are
               his
               Brethren
               .
            
          
           
             I
             told
             you
             before
             that
             such
             as
             dealt
             in
             Mettalls
             gave
             the
             first
             occasion
             of
             finding
             out
             Alchymie
             ;
             for
             they
             first
             found
             out
             how
             ,
             what
             was
             mixed
             by
             
             nature
             might
             be
             seperated
             by
             Art
             :
             And
             when
             they
             noted
             Gold
             to
             bee
             the
             most
             Noble
             Mettall
             ,
             and
             found
             it
             mixed
             with
             much
             drosse
             ,
             they
             conceived
             a
             hope
             of
             changing
             other
             Mettalls
             into
             Gold
             as
             well
             as
             Ore
             ;
             and
             when
             they
             found
             that
             things
             were
             made
             more
             perfect
             by
             Distillation
             and
             separation
             ;
             they
             began
             to
             try
             whether
             the
             same
             might
             not
             bee
             don
             by
             Herbs
             and
             Plants
             :
             and
             by
             trying
             found
             it
             true
             ;
             and
             their
             Operation
             to
             bee
             more
             perfect
             :
             And
             thus
             came
             the
             Art
             of
             Alchymy
             which
             before
             was
             purely
             Natural
             ,
             to
             bee
             Medecinall
             ;
             from
             beeing
             servile
             to
             Houshold
             uses
             ;
             it
             became
             excellent
             to
             restore
             Health
             :
             for
             the
             Art
             of
             transmuting
             Ore
             into
             Mettall
             ,
             begatt
             the
             Art
             of
             transmuting
             Mettall
             into
             Medicine
             :
             To
             which
             Doctor
             Reason
             adjoyning
             himself
             as
             a
             Companion
             (
             for
             he
             loves
             ingenious
             wits
             )
             finding
             that
             Ore
             may
             bee
             separated
             from
             his
             drosse
             ,
             and
             so
             become
             pure
             Mettall
             ;
             presently
             gave
             order
             the
             same
             should
             bee
             tryed
             in
             Hearbs
             and
             plants
             ;
             that
             so
             the
             drosse
             beeing
             separated
             from
             them
             ,
             the
             Medicine
             might
             bee
             most
             pure
             :
             Just
             so
             it
             came
             to
             passe
             ;
             And
             thus
             came
             the
             Art
             of
             an
             Alchymist
             to
             bee
             conversant
             upon
             all
             Naturall
             bodyes
             .
          
           
             The
             art
             of
             an
             Alchymist
             is
             to
             bee
             considered
             under
             a
             double
             notion
             .
          
           
             
               1.
               
               
                 As
                 a
                 Physitian
              
            
             
               2.
               
               
                 As
                 an
                 Apothecary
              
               .
            
          
           
             1.
             
             As
             a
             Physitian
             :
             Because
             he
             knowes
             the
             use
             
             of
             Simple
             Medicines
             ,
             Mettals
             ,
             and
             living
             Creatures
             ;
             and
             knowes
             not
             only
             what
             they
             are
             ,
             but
             what
             they
             are
             good
             for
             ;
             and
             is
             very
             well
             able
             to
             teach
             another
             how
             to
             prepare
             a
             Medicine
             :
          
           
             2.
             
             As
             an
             Apothecary
             ;
             Hee
             prepares
             Medicines
             exactly
             for
             the
             Physitians
             use
             .
             You
             haue
             the
             Definition
             of
             a
             Physitian
             and
             an
             Alchymist
             .
             The
             Requisites
             follow
             .
          
        
         
           
             Chapt
             2.
             
             
               Of
               what
               is
               requisite
               to
               a
               Physitian
               and
               Alchymist
               ,
               in
               the
               generall
               .
            
          
           
             I.
             
               Of
               a
               Physitian
               and
               Alchymist
               are
               two
               things
               required
               Forme
               and
               Beautie
               .
            
          
           
             Forme
             ,
             is
             held
             to
             bee
             an
             Historicall
             knowledge
             of
             certaine
             precepts
             ,
             but
             indeed
             and
             in
             truth
             it
             consisteth
             chiefly
             in
             Example
             and
             Experince
             .
          
           
             II.
             
               Doctor
               Reason
               ,
               and
               Doctor
               Experience
               are
               thetwo
               pillars
               upon
               which
               a
               Physitian
               stands
               :
               the
               Principles
               of
               his
               knowledge
               are
               Drawn
               from
               them
               .
            
          
           
             Doctor
             Reason
             is
             his
             master
             ,
             Doctor
             Experience
             his
             mistris
             ,
             both
             of
             them
             Joyn
             together
             hand
             in
             hand
             to
             teach
             a
             Physitian
             how
             to
             cure
             a
             Disease
             .
             What
             wonders
             can
             a
             Physitian
             do
             unless
             hee
             know
             such
             an
             Hearb
             Performes
             such
             an
             Operation
             :
             Hath
             he
             any
             more
             Skil
             in
             Physick
             without
             〈◊〉
             then
             a
             Parrat
             hath
             in
             Oratory
             ;
             yet
             a
             Physitian
             having
             this
             is
             not
             crowned
             with
             Bayes
             ,
             before
             
             Experience
             comes
             in
             &
             witnesseth
             that
             what
             is
             done
             ,
             is
             wel
             done
             .
             A
             man
             may
             Sooner
             be
             mistaken
             in
             his
             Reason
             then
             hee
             can
             〈◊〉
             in
             his
             Experience
             ,
             and
             therfore
             Almighty
             God
             knowing
             the
             weakness
             of
             man
             hath
             given
             him
             two
             stringes
             to
             his
             bow
             .
             A
             Physitian
             ought
             First
             to
             consult
             with
             Reason
             ,
             because
             hee
             is
             the
             elder
             brother
             ,
             then
             hee
             ought
             to
             take
             counsel
             with
             Experience
             whether
             the
             Dictates
             of
             Reason
             bee
             true
             or
             not
             .
             Vertue
             is
             nothing
             else
             but
             the
             Rules
             of
             Reason
             made
             manifest
             by
             Experience
             ,
             Oh
             what
             baser
             thing
             is
             there
             for
             what
             more
             unbeseeming
             to
             a
             Physitian
             then
             to
             build
             upon
             the
             Formes
             of
             other
             men
             ,
             and
             yet
             every
             corner
             of
             the
             world
             stinks
             of
             such
             Creatures
             at
             this
             day
             .
             If
             you
             look
             into
             the
             world
             of
             Physitians
             ,
             good
             God
             How
             many
             Follow
             Doctor
             Galen
             ,
             how
             few
             Dr.
             Reason
             and
             Dr.
             Experience
             .
             I
             confesse
             I
             desire
             to
             Joyne
             them
             both
             together
             in
             al
             my
             Discourse
             .
          
           
             How
             notably
             spoke
             Calsus
             ,
             It
             happens
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             just
             with
             our
             Physitians
             as
             it
             doth
             with
             Lawyers
             ,
             although
             they
             pretend
             they
             know
             al
             the
             Lawes
             ,
             and
             teach
             them
             to
             others
             ,
             yet
             when
             a
             brangling
             busines
             comes
             before
             them
             they
             are
             so
             uncertaine
             that
             they
             know
             not
             where
             to
             begin
             nor
             how
             to
             end
             ,
             Neither
             shall
             yow
             scarce
             find
             two
             of
             them
             in
             one
             Opinion
             :
             Nay
             so
             contradictory
             they
             will
             bee
             in
             pleading
             ,
             That
             if
             the
             Judge
             and
             
             Jury
             were
             not
             either
             knaves
             or
             Fools
             ,
             they
             would
             burst
             their
             hearts
             with
             laughing
             .
             Now
             if
             their
             Clyents
             would
             bee
             but
             ruled
             by
             Reason
             and
             Experience
             ,
             they
             would
             agree
             ,
             and
             never
             goe
             to
             Law
             ,
             and
             in
             so
             doing
             would
             show
             themselves
             wiser
             than
             either
             their
             Lawyers
             or
             theire
             teachers
             .
          
           
             Just
             so
             for
             all
             the
             world
             it
             is
             with
             Physitians
             .
             An
             Ancient
             grave
             Physitian
             can
             sit
             in
             his
             Chayer
             and
             reason
             of
             all
             the
             parts
             of
             Physick
             ,
             such
             as
             belong
             to
             the
             Diagnosticks
             of
             Diseases
             ,
             and
             the
             Method
             of
             their
             cure
             ,
             Hee
             can
             reason
             of
             the
             Anatomie
             of
             all
             parts
             ;
             of
             the
             Historie
             of
             simples
             ,
             and
             living
             Creatures
             ,
             their
             Natures
             and
             Formes
             ,
             their
             properties
             and
             vertues
             ,
             he
             can
             quote
             Dioscorides
             and
             Theophrastus
             and
             say
             they
             were
             better
             men
             then
             himselfe
             :
             Hee
             can
             tell
             you
             how
             you
             must
             make
             up
             Antidotes
             and
             other
             Medicines
             ,
             and
             for
             them
             hee
             can
             quote
             
               Mesue
               Nicholaus
               Myrepsus
               ,
               and
               Nicholus
               Alexandrinus
               ,
            
             and
             all
             this
             hee
             can
             utter
             Magnificently
             and
             stateliely
             :
             But
             if
             you
             call
             him
             to
             one
             that
             is
             sick
             of
             a
             Plurisie
             or
             a
             Feaver
             ,
             a
             Bloody
             Flux
             ,
             Dropsie
             ,
             or
             a
             Falling
             sicknes
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             disease
             't
             is
             no
             great
             matter
             whether
             it
             bee
             acute
             or
             Cronicall
             ,
             Good
             God
             ,
             in
             what
             an
             astonishment
             is
             my
             learned
             Physitian
             :
             Although
             hee
             feele
             the
             pulce
             and
             gaze
             upon
             the
             urine
             ,
             hee
             scarce
             knowes
             what
             to
             doe
             for
             al
             
               Discorides
               ,
               Theopharstes
            
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             Authors
             ;
             Nay
             it
             may
             bee
             an
             old
             woman
             That
             stands
             by
             may
             teach
             
             him
             his
             Lesson
             a
             little
             better
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             .
             Our
             young
             Physitians
             which
             need
             a
             Master
             to
             instruct
             them
             in
             the
             Rules
             of
             physick
             and
             are
             minded
             to
             practise
             it
             ,
             and
             use
             it
             well
             ;
             I
             commend
             them
             to
             Doctor
             Reason
             and
             Doctor
             Experience
             ,
             which
             two
             alone
             are
             necessary
             to
             this
             profession
             .
             Thus
             Celsus
             .
          
           
             III.
             
               The
               way
               wherby
               Alohymists
               come
               to
               learn
               ,
               is
               by
               the
               light
               of
               Nature
               and
               Grace
               .
            
          
           
             Wee
             will
             not
             deny
             but
             Paracelsians
             make
             use
             of
             Reason
             and
             Expereince
             as
             well
             as
             other
             physitians
             ;
             but
             they
             soar
             a
             little
             higher
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             light
             of
             Nature
             and
             Grace
             .
             That
             's
             the
             Fundamentall
             ,
             the
             other
             are
             but
             means
             how
             to
             use
             it
             .
             There
             is
             within
             a
             man
             an
             Internall
             Angel
             ,
             and
             the
             Light
             of
             Nature
             ;
             you
             need
             not
             ask
             What
             the
             Light
             of
             Nature
             is
             ,
             the
             whole
             Creation
             shewes
             it
             every
             day
             ;
             for
             as
             all
             Naturall
             bodyes
             grow
             out
             of
             the
             earth
             and
             are
             nourished
             from
             it
             ,
             so
             is
             the
             mind
             of
             man
             nourished
             by
             the
             knowledg
             of
             Nature
             :
             By
             Nature
             Doth
             a
             wise
             man
             learne
             all
             his
             Arts
             and
             Factcultis
             as
             a
             tree
             hath
             i'es
             nourishment
             from
             the
             earth
             :
             and
             hee
             that
             learnes
             Arts
             from
             Authors
             learnes
             them
             Just
             as
             a
             parrot
             learnes
             to
             spake
             .
             The
             Motion
             of
             the
             Creation
             is
             the
             Father
             of
             all
             Arts
             whatsoever
             Divinitie
             excepted
             for
             that
             's
             inspired
             into
             men
             by
             the
             spirit
             of
             God
             :
             And
             as
             Divine
             wisdom
             comes
             from
             the
             Divine
             spirit
             :
             so
             Naturall
             wisdom
             ,
             comes
             from
             
             the
             course
             of
             Nature
             .
             Authors
             may
             tell
             you
             ,
             such
             a
             thing
             may
             be
             done
             in
             such
             a
             way
             ;
             but
             what
             Accidents
             will
             come
             in
             the
             doing
             of
             it
             they
             cannot
             tell
             you
             :
             The
             Light
             of
             Nature
             is
             that
             ,
             and
             only
             that
             which
             teacheth
             true
             Phylosophie
             ;
             yet
             is
             Divinitie
             the
             Foundation
             of
             true
             Wisdome
             ;
             for
             God
             is
             the
             revealer
             of
             all
             secrets
             ;
             and
             hee
             will
             reveale
             them
             to
             none
             but
             those
             that
             feare
             him
             .
             As
             for
             the
             Beauty
             of
             Medicine
             which
             wee
             spake
             of
             before
             ,
             wee
             shall
             speak
             of
             more
             by
             and
             by
             ,
             when
             we
             come
             to
             the
             Oath
             prescribed
             to
             Physitians
             ,
             Alchymists
             ,
             and
             Apothecaries
             .
             It
             consists
             cheifly
             in
             Order
             and
             Honestie
             .
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             3.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Ornaments
               of
               a
               Physitians
               mind
               .
            
          
           
             
               1.
               
               
                 The
                 Ornaments
                 of
                 a
                 Physitians
                 mind
                 are
                 the
                 principles
                 and
                 Habit
                 of
                 Phylosophie
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 A
                 Physitian
                 ought
                 to
                 give
                 pure
                 Language
                 ;
                 Neither
                 ought
                 hee
                 to
                 bee
                 ignorant
                 of
                 the
                 Rules
                 of
                 Grammer
                 ,
                 Rhetorick
                 and
                 poetry
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 His
                 Phylosophical
                 Habits
                 pertinent
                 to
                 knowledge
                 and
                 Acttion
                 are
                 various
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 To
                 the
                 knowledge
                 of
                 a
                 Physitian
                 ,
                 some
                 things
                 conduce
                 more
                 ,
                 some
                 lesse
                 ;
                 Devinity
                 is
                 the
                 Basis
                 of
                 all
                 Arts
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 Nature
                 a
                 Physitian
                 ought
                 to
                 bee
                 well
                 Skiled
                 in
                 Anatomie
                 ,
                 the
                 knowledge
                 of
                 plants
                 and
                 making
                 up
                 Medicines
                 :
                 Besides
                 Galen
                 calls
                 
                 all
                 such
                 Physicians
                 as
                 are
                 ignorant
                 of
                 the
                 Mathematicks
                 Murderers
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 An
                 Idea
                 of
                 the
                 Aphorismes
                 of
                 Hipocrates
              
               
                 1.
                 
                 In
                 speaking
                 and
                 discoursing
                 ,
                 let
                 him
                 bee
                 nimble
                 witted
                 and
                 solled
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 In
                 reproving
                 the
                 Errors
                 of
                 the
                 sick
                 and
                 such
                 as
                 stand
                 by
                 them
                 as
                 also
                 of
                 his
                 own
                 schollers
                 let
                 him
                 bee
                 quick
                 wited
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 Let
                 his
                 Mind
                 bee
                 equally
                 ballanced
                 between
                 Feare
                 and
                 Confidence
                 ,
                 let
                 him
                 keep
                 the
                 middle
                 path
                 .
              
               
                 4.
                 
                 Let
                 him
                 keep
                 his
                 body
                 neat
                 ,
                 but
                 his
                 Mind
                 neater
                 :
                 Let
                 him
                 bee
                 temperate
                 in
                 Diet
                 ,
                 and
                 shut
                 the
                 suspicion
                 of
                 venus
                 out
                 of
                 his
                 doores
                 .
              
               
                 5.
                 
                 Let
                 him
                 have
                 base
                 thoughts
                 of
                 Honor
                 unles
                 it
                 bee
                 such
                 as
                 hee
                 gets
                 honestly
                 by
                 his
                 Art
                 ;
                 and
                 let
                 him
                 not
                 beg
                 that
                 neither
                 ,
                 and
                 bee
                 sure
                 let
                 him
                 never
                 Praise
                 himselfe
                 .
              
               
                 6.
                 
                 Let
                 him
                 bee
                 severe
                 towards
                 those
                 which
                 introduce
                 Errors
                 into
                 the
                 Art
                 :
                 Let
                 him
                 be
                 courteous
                 towards
                 others
                 ,
                 and
                 have
                 a
                 fellow
                 feeling
                 of
                 others
                 Miseryes
                 .
              
               
                 7.
                 
                 Let
                 him
                 not
                 bee
                 ashamed
                 to
                 confesse
                 his
                 owne
                 errors
                 but
                 let
                 him
                 give
                 others
                 warning
                 to
                 have
                 a
                 care
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 8.
                 
                 Let
                 him
                 desire
                 the
                 Companie
                 of
                 ,
                 and
                 Commerce
                 with
                 other
                 Physitians
                 .
              
               
                 
                 9.
                 
                 Let
                 not
                 his
                 Tongue
                 make
                 a
                 disease
                 worse
                 then
                 it
                 is
                 .
              
               
                 10.
                 
                 If
                 he
                 know
                 the
                 Event
                 of
                 a
                 Disease
                 ,
                 let
                 him
                 speak
                 it
                 ,
                 not
                 only
                 to
                 stir
                 up
                 the
                 sick
                 to
                 obedience
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 to
                 avoyd
                 the
                 slandering
                 of
                 the
                 Art
                 :
                 Alwayes
                 have
                 a
                 care
                 lest
                 you
                 afflict
                 the
                 mind
                 with
                 the
                 Disease
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 .
              
               
                 11.
                 
                 Keep
                 close
                 such
                 things
                 in
                 the
                 Art
                 as
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 kept
                 close
                 .
              
               
                 12.
                 
                 Observe
                 diligently
                 other
                 mens
                 actions
                 but
                 bee
                 not
                 invective
                 agianst
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 13.
                 
                 Bee
                 not
                 envious
                 against
                 the
                 successe
                 of
                 other
                 men
                 ,
                 neither
                 yet
                 detract
                 any
                 thing
                 from
                 their
                 due
                 praise
                 .
              
               
                 14.
                 
                 Be
                 familliar
                 with
                 all
                 ,
                 but
                 prattle
                 no
                 more
                 then
                 becomes
                 you
                 .
              
               
                 15.
                 
                 Be
                 neither
                 Doggish
                 and
                 Curtish
                 ,
                 nor
                 yet
                 scurrilous
                 and
                 Ridiculous
                 .
              
               
                 16.
                 
                 Love
                 familiatitie
                 ;
                 be
                 diligent
                 in
                 keeping
                 of
                 it
                 ;
                 Give
                 Councel
                 gratis
                 .
              
               
                 17.
                 
                 Use
                 few
                 words
                 but
                 let
                 those
                 few
                 bee
                 pertinent
                 to
                 the
                 purpose
                 .
              
               
                 18.
                 
                 Let
                 Gravitie
                 and
                 Love
                 be
                 read
                 in
                 your
                 Browes
                 .
              
               
                 19.
                 
                 Speak
                 comfortably
                 to
                 the
                 sick
                 ,
                 and
                 visit
                 him
                 often
                 if
                 the
                 Disease
                 require
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 20.
                 
                 Carry
                 thy self
                 Modestly
                 before
                 thy
                 Patient
                 ,
                 both
                 in
                 asking
                 him
                 questions
                 ,
                 feeling
                 his
                 pulse
                 ,
                 and
                 considering
                 his
                 Disease
                 .
              
               
                 
                 21.
                 
                 Let
                 no
                 unseemly
                 action
                 ;
                 nor
                 unseemly
                 word
                 proceed
                 from
                 thee
                 .
              
               
                 22.
                 
                 Let
                 him
                 love
                 Godliness
                 and
                 Honesty
                 ,
                 and
                 be
                 an
                 unblameable
                 servant
                 both
                 to
                 God
                 and
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 23.
                 
                 Let
                 him
                 consult
                 with
                 God
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 all
                 his
                 Cures
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 God
                 thanks
                 after
                 the
                 performance
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 24.
                 
                 Forsake
                 not
                 your
                 sick
                 Patient
                 for
                 any
                 cause
                 whatsoever
                 .
              
               
                 25.
                 
                 Honor
                 your
                 Master
                 as
                 your
                 Father
                 ,
                 and
                 imbrace
                 his
                 Children
                 as
                 your
                 brethren
                 .
              
               
                 26.
                 
                 In
                 consultations
                 with
                 Physitians
                 ,
                 both
                 hear
                 what
                 others
                 say
                 ,
                 and
                 also
                 teach
                 without
                 Envy
                 ,
                 or
                 branding
                 them
                 with
                 nick-names
                 .
              
               
                 27.
                 
                 Let
                 not
                 such
                 a
                 thought
                 enter
                 into
                 your
                 heart
                 as
                 to
                 take
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 not
                 your
                 own
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               II.
               
                 A
                 Physitian
                 as
                 well
                 as
                 a
                 true
                 Alchymist
                 comes
                 to
                 the
                 knowledg
                 of
                 many
                 things
                 which
                 belong
                 to
                 the
                 Health
                 of
                 the
                 sick
                 ,
                 by
                 Astrologie
                 ,
                 and
                 therfore
                 the
                 Art
                 is
                 very
                 necessary
                 for
                 them
                 both
                 .
              
            
             
               And
               't
               is
               true
               enough
               ;
               For
               the
               superior
               bodyes
               work
               upon
               the
               Inferiour
               and
               that
               by
               a
               kind
               of
               necessity
               ,
               for
               without
               operation
               there
               can
               be
               no
               action
               :
               Therfore
               without
               the
               operation
               of
               the
               superior
               bodyes
               there
               could
               be
               no
               production
               in
               the
               inferiour
               .
               This
               they
               do
               thre
               wayes
               .
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 By
                 a
                 way
                 universall
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 By
                 a
                 way
                 particular
                 .
              
               
                 
                 3.
                 
                 By
                 a
                 way
                 of
                 Means
                 .
              
            
             
               1.
               
               Universally
               :
               the
               Coelestial
               bodyes
               act
               in
               things
               below
               by
               Light
               and
               Motion
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Particularly
               .
               By
               Influences
               differently
               upon
               proper
               Nativities
               or
               Revolutions
               ,
            
             
               3.
               
               By
               way
               of
               meanes
               :
               They
               operate
               upon
               such
               as
               are
               of
               the
               same
               Complexion
               with
               themselves
               ;
               As
               Mars
               upon
               Chollerick
               people
               ,
               Saturn
               upon
               Melanchollie
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Also
               wee
               may
               see
               ,
               (
               if
               ;
               our
               eyes
               be
               in
               our
               heads
               )
               what
               force
               they
               have
               in
               changing
               the
               Ayre
               ;
               and
               by
               the
               Ayre
               mens
               bodyes
               :
               To
               make
               this
               appear
               consider
               with
               me
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               Sick
               people
               are
               most
               at
               ease
               ,
               and
               rest
               best
               after
               Midnight
               ,
               although
               then
               the
               Ayre
               be
               coolest
               :
               The
               Reason
               is
               Because
               the
               sun
               then
               draws
               toward
               the
               Ascendant
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               All
               hold
               ,
               the
               cause
               of
               buding
               of
               Trees
               and
               plants
               ,
               is
               the
               heat
               of
               the
               Sun
               ;
               yet
               Trees
               begin
               to
               bud
               in
               Februarie
               ,
               though
               the
               Ayre
               bee
               not
               so
               hot
               ,
               as
               't
               is
               in
               October
               when
               the
               leaves
               fall
               of
               :
               It
               is
               not
               then
               a
               sensitive
               heat
               ,
               but
               an
               Influentiall
               heat
               of
               the
               sun
               approaching
               to
               the
               Equator
               that
               causeth
               it
               .
               Most
               true
               then
               was
               that
               assertion
               of
               Hermes
               in
               his
               
                 Tabula
                 Smaragdina
              
               Superior
               Bodyes
               are
               like
               the
               Inferior
               ,
               and
               Inferior
               like
               the
               Superior
               .
               This
               is
               the
               golden
               chayn
               of
               Homer
               .
               This
               is
               the
               Marriage
               of
               Coelam
               and
               Opis
               .
               This
               was
               the
               Ring
               of
               Plato
               .
               This
               is
               the
               perpetual
               Circulation
               
               of
               the
               Phylosophers
               ;
               Or
               to
               speak
               more
               like
               a
               Divine
               ,
               This
               is
               the
               Providence
               of
               God
               ,
               which
               so
               knits
               the
               Creation
               together
               that
               one
               Part
               of
               it
               stands
               in
               continual
               need
               of
               another
               .
               I
               could
               easily
               prove
               (
               if
               it
               were
               my
               scope
               at
               present
               )
               That
               of
               Natural
               knowledges
               ,
               Astrologie
               is
               most
               necessary
               for
               man
               in
               this
               World
               :
               But
               I
               am
               upon
               Physick
               ,
               and
               therfore
               I
               say
               that
               it
               is
               most
               profitable
               and
               necessary
               for
               a
               Physitian
               :
               How
               can
               you
               find
               out
               the
               Crisis
               of
               a
               Disease
               but
               by
               the
               course
               of
               the
               Moon
               ?
               Or
               how
               can
               Diseases
               be
               better
               cured
               then
               by
               the
               knowledge
               of
               the
               Celestial
               bodyes
               by
               which
               they
               are
               caused
               ?
               We
               reade
               in
               the
               Scripture
               ,
               That
               Christ
               cured
               a
               man
               which
               was
               Lunitick
               ,
               who
               often
               fell
               into
               the
               fire
               ,
               and
               often
               into
               the
               water
               .
               If
               often
               ,
               then
               not
               alwayes
               ;
               If
               Lunatick
               ,
               then
               according
               to
               the
               Course
               of
               the
               Moon
               .
               This
               
                 Hermes
                 Trismegistos
              
               in
               his
               Jathro
               Mathematicks
               (
               the
               word
               sounds
               nothing
               else
               but
               Medicine
               joyned
               with
               Astrologie
               )
               affirmes
               ,
               That
               't
               is
               found
               out
               by
               Exreperince
               ,
               and
               I
               my self
               have
               found
               it
               to
               be
               true
               ,
               That
               the
               Egiptians
               could
               predict
               the
               disposition
               not
               only
               of
               the
               sick
               but
               also
               of
               the
               healthful
               by
               the
               Motions
               of
               the
               Moon
               :
               Therfore
               if
               you
               observe
               it
               ,
               The
               Moon
               in
               the
               place
               of
               Mars
               in
               your
               Genesis
               stirres
               you
               up
               to
               Choller
               ,
               but
               to
               the
               place
               of
               Saturn
               to
               Melancholly
               ;
               judg
               the
               like
               by
               the
               place
               of
               their
               Aspects
               in
               the
               Nativity
               .
            
             
             
               Imagine
               a
               man
               to
               be
               borne
               when
               the
               Fortunes
               were
               in
               Aries
               and
               the
               Infortunes
               in
               Taurus
               :
               This
               man
               when
               the
               Moon
               is
               in
               Aries
               ,
               Cancer
               ,
               Libra
               or
               Capricorne
               will
               doe
               well
               enough
               :
               Let
               him
               look
               sor
               his
               troubles
               when
               the
               Moon
               is
               in
               Taurus
               Leo
               ,
               Scorpio
               ,
               or
               Aquarie
               .
            
             
               Also
               if
               his
               Diseases
               begin
               when
               the
               Moon
               is
               in
               Taurus
               ,
               Leo
               ,
               Scorpio
               ,
               or
               Aquarie
               ,
               they
               are
               like
               to
               proove
               dangerous
               ,
               and
               strike
               at
               life
               .
               But
               if
               the
               Moon
               be
               in
               Aries
               ;
               Cancer
               ,
               Libra
               ,
               or
               Capricorn
               they
               are
               easily
               cured
               :
               This
               not
               only
               the
               Physitians
               ,
               (
               such
               as
               are
               Physitians
               indeed
               )
               and
               Astrologers
               ;
               but
               also
               daylie
               Experience
               witnesseth
               to
               be
               true
               :
               My self
               have
               found
               the
               truth
               of
               it
               oftner
               then
               once
               or
               twice
               .
            
             
               By
               all
               this
               you
               see
               what
               exceeding
               need
               a
               Physitian
               hath
               to
               be
               an
               Astrologier
               .
               Because
               by
               the
               Motions
               of
               the
               Heavens
               ,
               the
               Indications
               are
               so
               varied
               ,
               and
               either
               moved
               forward
               or
               retarded
               :
               so
               that
               a
               Physitian
               that
               is
               ignorant
               of
               Astrologie
               ,
               many
               times
               prescribes
               remedyes
               ,
               Diets
               ,
               and
               Chyrurgical
               observations
               in
               vaine
               .
               'T
               was
               a
               most
               notable
               speech
               of
               Galen
               to
               this
               purpose
               :
               He
               that
               is
               a
               Physitian
               ,
               the
               same
               man
               is
               an
               Astrologer
               ;
               thereby
               deriding
               those
               Physitians
               that
               denyed
               Astrologie
               to
               be
               necessary
               to
               Physick
               .
            
          
           
             
               III.
               
                 A
                 Physitian
                 and
                 Alchymist
                 ought
                 with
                 all
                 diligence
                 to
                 keep
                 the
                 Method
                 of
                 Physick
                 .
              
            
             
               For
               that
               Physitian
               lends
               a
               helping
               hand
               to
               the
               
               sick
               that
               knows
               how
               to
               use
               fit
               Medicines
               at
               a
               fit
               time
               ;
               and
               he
               cannot
               be
               ignorant
               of
               this
               that
               knows
               what
               remedy
               is
               sutable
               to
               each
               disease
               in
               respect
               of
               Quantitie
               Quality
               ,
               Time
               and
               Manner
               of
               Administration
               :
               He
               that
               is
               ignorant
               of
               this
               ,
               is
               as
               ignorant
               of
               the
               Method
               of
               Physick
               :
               The
               Method
               of
               Physick
               teacheth
               to
               Cure.
               
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Safely
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Quickly
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   Delightfully
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Safely
                   :
                
                 
                   Lest
                   you
                   hurt
                   one
                   part
                   by
                   helping
                   another
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Quickly
                   :
                
                 
                   That
                   is
                   act
                   ,
                   not
                   rashly
                   ;
                   Delay
                   not
                   rashly
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   Delightfully
                   :
                
                 
                   That
                   the
                   remedy
                   burden
                   not
                   the
                   sick
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   the
                   disease
                   .
                
              
            
             
               And
               alwayes
               register
               in
               your
               brayn
               that
               speech
               of
               Hypocrates
               .
               Use
               no
               violent
               Medicines
               if
               gentle
               will
               serve
               the
               turn
               .
            
          
           
             
               IIII.
               Paracelsus
               beside
               Phylosophie
               and
               Astrologie
               .
               reckons
               up
               Alchymy
               and
               Magick
               amongst
               the
               Fundamentalls
               of
               Medicines
               ,
               and
               the
               requisites
               of
               a
               Physitian
            
             
               The
               kinds
               of
               Magick
               which
               he
               reckons
               up
               are
               Six
               .
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 Supernatural
                 things
                 somtimes
                 appeares
                 amongst
                 Naturall
                 things
                 ,
                 and
                 carry
                 the
                 resemblance
                 of
                 their
                 bodyes
                 .
                 God
                 hath
                 placed
                 them
                 in
                 Nature
                 to
                 signifie
                 somthing
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 first
                 part
                 
                 of
                 Magick
                 is
                 the
                 interpretation
                 of
                 those
                 .
                 Such
                 was
                 that
                 star
                 which
                 appeared
                 to
                 the
                 Magitians
                 which
                 our
                 translators
                 (
                 to
                 keep
                 the
                 people
                 in
                 ignorance
                 )
                 translated
                 Wise
                 men
                 .
                 that
                 came
                 to
                 worship
                 Christ
                 in
                 his
                 Infancy
                 .
                 Such
                 were
                 the
                 Visions
                 of
                 the
                 Prophets
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 Iohn
                 in
                 the
                 Revelation
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 The
                 transformation
                 of
                 living
                 bodyes
                 ,
                 as
                 was
                 in
                 Moses
                 his
                 time
                 before
                 Pharaoh
                 .
                 and
                 the
                 Transfiguration
                 of
                 Christ.
                 
                   Let
                   no
                   man
                   say
                   I
                   writ
                   Blasphemie
                   in
                   following
                   my
                   Author
                   in
                   this
                   ;
                   and
                   say
                   it
                   was
                   done
                   by
                   Divine
                   power
                   ,
                   I
                   le
                   easily
                   grant
                   it
                   .
                   I'ts
                   by
                   Divine
                   power
                   the
                   Trees
                   blossome
                   ,
                   and
                   bear
                   fruit
                   ;
                   if
                   you
                   say
                   that
                   's
                   according
                   to
                   Nature
                   ,
                   I
                   will
                   quickly
                   answer
                   you
                   .
                   That
                   it
                   is
                   Divine
                   power
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   finger
                   of
                   God
                   himself
                   that
                   upholds
                   Nature
                   and
                   the
                   Creation
                   in
                   the
                   state
                   t
                   is
                   in
                   .
                
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 The
                 third
                 is
                 Characters
                 ,
                 or
                 certain
                 strange
                 words
                 ,
                 which
                 have
                 the
                 same
                 vertue
                 with
                 Harbs
                 &c.
                 and
                 will
                 cure
                 Diseases
                 as
                 well
                 .
              
               
                 4.
                 
                 The
                 fourth
                 is
                 called
                 Gamahew
                 :
                 or
                 Gamaheos
                 .
                 Viz
                 ;
                 Images
                 and
                 sculptures
                 with
                 certain
                 strange
                 Characters
                 engraven
                 upon
                 them
                 which
                 carry
                 the
                 vertues
                 of
                 the
                 Heavenly
                 bodyes
                 ,
                 and
                 mightily
                 strengthen
                 Creatures
                 below
                 ,
                 :
                 For
                 as
                 a
                 key
                 opens
                 a
                 Lock
                 ,
                 a
                 Sword
                 wounds
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 Breast-plat
                 defends
                 ,
                 so
                 the
                 Images
                 of
                 things
                 above
                 engraven
                 upon
                 things
                 below
                 ,
                 have
                 a
                 strange
                 operation
                 upon
                 Sublunarie
                 Creatures
                 .
              
               
                 
                 5.
                 
                 The
                 fift
                 is
                 an
                 action
                 from
                 one
                 to
                 another
                 and
                 that
                 by
                 Images
                 which
                 are
                 like
                 them
                 :
                 I
                 would
                 translate
                 my
                 Author
                 in
                 this
                 particular
                 if
                 I
                 durst
                 ,
                 but
                 I
                 dare
                 not
                 ,
                 before
                 the
                 Nation
                 is
                 honester
                 .
              
               
                 6.
                 
                 The
                 sixth
                 is
                 Art
                 Cabalistick
                 .
                 Cabal
                 amongst
                 the
                 Ancients
                 was
                 nothing
                 else
                 then
                 a
                 certain
                 mistical
                 Symbolicall
                 ,
                 and
                 Aenigmatical
                 Divinity
                 ,
                 it
                 was
                 three
                 fold
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1.
                     
                     That
                     which
                     Adam
                     learned
                     of
                     God
                     ,
                     and
                     taught
                     to
                     his
                     Children
                     .
                  
                   
                     2.
                     
                     That
                     by
                     which
                     God
                     delivered
                     the
                     Law
                     to
                     Moses
                     upon
                     Mount
                     Sinai
                     ,
                     and
                     Moses
                     again
                     taught
                     it
                     to
                     Joshua
                     :
                     This
                     continued
                     by
                     succession
                     unto
                     Ezra
                     :
                     yet
                     was
                     it
                     lawful
                     for
                     few
                     to
                     read
                     it
                     ;
                     and
                     not
                     for
                     those
                     few
                     before
                     they
                     were
                     forty
                     yeares
                     of
                     age
                     .
                  
                   
                     3.
                     
                     The
                     third
                     Cabal
                     was
                     invented
                     by
                     the
                     Jewes
                     Rabbies
                     ,
                     which
                     converts
                     the
                     Letters
                     and
                     sillables
                     of
                     the
                     scripture
                     into
                     Number
                     :
                     and
                     finds
                     out
                     the
                     hidden
                     sence
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               But
               the
               Cable
               of
               Paracelsus
               ,
               manifesteth
               a
               way
               whereby
               Characters
               ,
               Figures
               ,
               Sigills
               ,
               and
               words
               ;
               strang
               things
               which
               some
               think
               is
               impossible
               ,
               may
               be
               Performed
               :
               He
               teacheth
               a
               way
               how
               a
               man
               may
               hear
               ones
               voycé
               cross
               the
               seas
               ;
               Nay
               how
               one
               thet
               dwells
               in
               the
               East
               may
               hear
               ahother
               that
               dwells
               in
               the
               West
               ,
               and
               both
               keep
               their
               stations
               ,
               though
               thay
               are
               above
               a
               hundred
               Germane
               Miles
               distant
               .
            
             
               In
               Naturall
               Magick
               ,
               Imagination
               bears
               a
               great
               
               sway
               not
               only
               in
               gausing
               ,
               but
               also
               in
               curing
               diseases
               :
               For
               proof
               of
               which
               we
               may
               let
               Phylosophie
               alone
               :
               Look
               but
               upon
               a
               woman
               great
               with
               child
               and
               you
               may
               see
               it
               without
               a
               paire
               of
               spectacles
               .
               Imagination
               is
               a
               knowing
               power
               ;
               it
               acts
               potently
               upon
               other
               things
               beside
               it self
               ;
               and
               although
               knowledg
               and
               〈◊〉
               concur
               to
               a
               Local
               Motion
               ,
               yet
               are
               they
               not
               the
               first
               cause
               of
               Motion
               ,
               neither
               can
               they
               work
               alteration
               or
               change
               in
               their
               own
               body
               ,
               much
               lesse
               in
               another
               ,
               But
               Knowledg
               is
               an
               act
               of
               the
               soul
               ,
               and
               appetite
               alwayes
               followes
               it
               or
               alwayes
               should
               :
               Neither
               is
               the
               soul
               of
               man
               conversant
               only
               in
               it's
               own
               body
               ,
               if
               it
               were
               ,
               How
               could
               one
               man
               love
               another
               ?
               And
               if
               the
               souls
               of
               men
               produce
               Mutuall
               Love
               ,
               why
               not
               a
               Mutual
               help
               by
               the
               same
               Rule
               :
               Hence
               it
               comes
               to
               passe
               that
               many
               times
               a
               sick
               man
               is
               more
               cheered
               by
               the
               sight
               and
               Companie
               of
               one
               man
               ,
               then
               he
               is
               by
               the
               help
               of
               another
               :
               It
               's
               in
               vayn
               to
               object
               That
               Humors
               and
               Spirits
               are
               immediately
               and
               directly
               moved
               by
               Imagination
               ;
               for
               't
               is
               only
               Accidental
               :
               They
               are
               moved
               by
               the
               Attractive
               ,
               Retentive
               ,
               and
               Expulsive
               Faculties
               .
               Weconfesse
               a
               sudden
               fear
               will
               make
               a
               man
               tremble
               :
               though
               there
               be
               no
               reallity
               in
               it
               ;
               so
               then
               the
               Humors
               and
               Spirits
               are
               the
               second
               cause
               of
               the
               chang
               of
               mans
               body
               ,
               but
               the
               first
               and
               remote
               cause
               is
               Imagination
               .
            
             
               You
               may
               see
               it
               clearly
               in
               all
               Epidemical
               diseases
               ,
               who
               is
               sooner
               taken
               with
               them
               then
               they
               that
               fear
               
               them
               ?
               Or
               I
               'le
               make
               it
               more
               clear
               by
               a
               simillitude
               ;
               An
               Apple-tte
               is
               the
               second
               cause
               of
               bearing
               the
               Apple
               ;
               but
               the
               first
               and
               remote
               cause
               is
               the
               sun
               which
               causeth
               the
               tree
               to
               spring
               and
               grow
               ,
               blow
               and
               bear
               :
               But
               the
               first
               cause
               seldom
               produceth
               an
               act
               without
               the
               help
               of
               the
               second
               cause
               :
               For
               Example
               :
               In
               a
               Pestilential
               time
               Imagination
               it self
               will
               infect
               a
               man
               ;
               but
               't
               is
               fear
               and
               terror
               caused
               by
               that
               Imagination
               which
               corrupts
               the
               Humors
               ,
               and
               changeth
               them
               into
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               thing
               feared
               .
               Those
               that
               have
               read
               Physical
               Authors
               know
               what
               strang
               Imaginations
               a
               Melancholly
               Fancie
               will
               introduce
               into
               men
               ;
               As
               one
               that
               conceited
               his
               Nose
               to
               be
               bigger
               then
               al
               his
               body
               :
               Another
               that
               he
               had
               no
               Head.
               A
               third
               that
               he
               was
               made
               of
               Butter
               ;
               who
               being
               a
               Baker
               by
               Trade
               durst
               not
               come
               near
               his
               Oven
               lest
               he
               should
               be
               melted
               :
               Another
               that
               he
               had
               gotten
               a
               Fish
               in
               his
               blood
               ;
               But
               to
               let
               passe
               others
               :
               My self
               the
               translator
               of
               this
               work
               .
               Anno
               1642.
               had
               a
               Patient
               in
               Old
               street
               London
               ,
               who
               being
               troubled
               with
               a
               Melancholly
               distemper
               ,
               conceited
               himself
               only
               a
               man
               ,
               and
               all
               others
               that
               came
               neer
               him
               Wild
               Beasts
               that
               came
               to
               devoure
               him
               :
               To
               see
               whether
               this
               Fancie
               might
               be
               removed
               or
               no
               ,
               I
               perswaded
               him
               He
               was
               made
               of
               a
               black
               pot
               :
               This
               also
               wrought
               upon
               his
               Imagination
               ;
               and
               then
               he
               durst
               let
               no
               body
               touch
               him
               for
               fear
               they
               should
               break
               him
               :
               until
               at
               last
               ,
               his
               cure
               drawing
               
               neer
               ,
               such
               vayn
               delusions
               vanish't
               .
            
             
               To
               return
               to
               my
               Author
               .
            
             
               The
               strongth
               of
               Imagination
               appeares
               in
               this
               ;
               (
               to
               goe
               no
               further
               )
               In
               that
               Women
               with
               child
               ,
               will
               not
               only
               desire
               ,
               but
               also
               eat
               such
               things
               as
               are
               not
               fitting
               to
               be
               eaten
               ;
               and
               their
               health
               is
               so
               far
               from
               being
               impayred
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               much
               amended
               by
               so
               doing
               .
            
             
               That
               the
               Imagination
               of
               one
               man
               will
               work
               upon
               another
               is
               very
               conspicuous
               by
               a
               Woman
               with
               child
               ;
               the
               child
               bearing
               the
               mark
               upon
               it's
               body
               of
               what
               the
               Mother
               desired
               .
               Nay
               ,
               if
               we
               doe
               but
               consider
               what
               Union
               there
               is
               between
               our
               Spirits
               and
               the
               Angels
               and
               Intelligences
               ;
               nay
               (
               to
               reach
               a
               little
               higher
               )
               If
               man
               be
               united
               to
               God
               by
               the
               person
               of
               Jesus
               Christ
               ,
               what
               wonder
               is
               it
               that
               one
               man
               should
               be
               united
               to
               another
               by
               Imagination
               ?
               He
               that
               would
               know
               more
               of
               this
               ,
               let
               him
               read
               Synertus
               his
               book
               of
               Alchymie
               .
            
          
           
             
               V.
               
                 A
                 Physitian
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 busied
                 in
                 diligent
                 speculation
                 and
                 happy
                 Imitation
                 of
                 Nature
                 .
              
            
             
               A
               Physitian
               ought
               perpetually
               to
               watch
               the
               Motions
               of
               Nature
               ,
               and
               order
               his
               Physick
               accordingly
               ,
               that
               he
               may
               expel
               the
               infirmities
               of
               Nature
               that
               way
               .
               If
               he
               drive
               the
               same
               course
               Nature
               drives
               ,
               the
               Cure
               will
               bee
               easy
               ,
               because
               Nature
               helps
               ;
               and
               safe
               ,
               because
               't
               is
               Natural
               .
               Let
               all
               Physitians
               know
               that
               they
               are
               servants
               ,
               and
               not
               Masters
               to
               Nature
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               VI.
               
                 Physitians
                 are
                 Rulers
                 over
                 both
                 body
                 and
                 Mind
                 .
              
            
             
               We
               told
               you
               before
               ,
               the
               subject
               of
               a
               Physitian
               was
               the
               whole
               body
               of
               man
               taken
               universally
               :
               And
               he
               that
               doth
               not
               know
               that
               the
               Conditions
               of
               the
               body
               follow
               the
               Temperature
               of
               the
               Mind
               ,
               is
               a
               fool
               .
               The
               words
               were
               Galen's
               :
               And
               Arnoldus
               saith
               ,
               A
               Physitian
               may
               make
               a
               Covetous
               man
               prodigal
               ,
               and
               a
               Lecherous
               man
               chast
               ;
               and
               a
               fearfull
               man
               valiant
               :
               The
               blood
               beeing
               altered
               from
               it's
               present
               temperature
               ,
               alters
               the
               Complexion
               ,
               and
               the
               Complexion
               being
               altered
               ,
               so
               is
               the
               inclynation
               of
               the
               Mind
               :
               And
               this
               is
               the
               greatest
               secret
               in
               Physick
               .
               This
               is
               clearly
               seen
               in
               Melancholy
               persons
               ,
               who
               if
               they
               mind
               Religi
               o
               n
               at
               all
               when
               they
               are
               in
               health
               ,
               in
               their
               sickness
               think
               themselves
               Reprobates
               :
               Remove
               but
               their
               Melancholly
               distemper
               ,
               the
               grace
               of
               God
               will
               come
               again
               :
               And
               thus
               you
               see
               the
               Assertion
               clearly
               prooved
               ;
               That
               Physitians
               are
               rulers
               both
               of
               body
               and
               Mind
               .
               Thus
               much
               for
               the
               Ornaments
               of
               a
               Physitians
               mind
               :
               The
               Ornaments
               of
               his
               body
               follow
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             4.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Ornaments
               of
               the
               body
               of
               a
               Physitian
               and
               Alchymist
               .
            
          
           
             
               I.
               
                 Let
                 the
                 Ornaments
                 of
                 a
                 Physitians
                 body
                 bee
                 sutable
                 to
                 those
                 of
                 his
                 mind
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 An
                 Idea
                 of
                 Hypocrates
                 his
                 Aphorisms
                 .
              
               
                 1.
                 
                 Let
                 him
                 keep
                 his
                 body
                 in
                 a
                 due
                 Decorum
                 ,
                 but
                 his
                 mind
                 in
                 a
                 better
                 ,
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 Let
                 him
                 be
                 very
                 temperate
                 in
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 But
                 more
                 temperate
                 in
                 the
                 sports
                 of
                 Venus
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 In
                 his
                 youth
                 Let
                 him
                 be
                 patient
                 and
                 doubtful
                 :
                 In
                 his
                 old
                 age
                 Wise
                 and
                 Judicious
                 ;
                 and
                 let
                 his
                 middle
                 age
                 take
                 part
                 with
                 all
                 four
                 .
              
               
                 4.
                 
                 Let
                 his
                 body
                 be
                 personable
                 ,
                 lest
                 that
                 old
                 taunt
                 be
                 cast
                 in
                 his
                 dish
                 Physitian
                 cure
                 thy self
                 .
              
               
                 5.
                 
                 Let
                 his
                 garments
                 neither
                 proclaym
                 him
                 a
                 sloven
                 nor
                 proud
                 ;
                 but
                 clenly
                 ,
                 and
                 thrifty
                 .
              
               
                 6.
                 
                 Let
                 him
                 go
                 so
                 as
                 he
                 may
                 not
                 be
                 despised
                 of
                 others
                 ,
                 nor
                 proud
                 of
                 himself
                 .
              
               
                 7.
                 
                 Let
                 him
                 abstayn
                 from
                 perfumes
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               II.
               
                 A
                 Physitian
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 able
                 not
                 only
                 to
                 write
                 Receipts
                 ,
                 but
                 to
                 make
                 up
                 all
                 his
                 .
                 Medicines
                 himselfe
                 .
              
            
             
               Is
               a
               man
               a
               Physitian
               ;
               and
               doth
               he
               not
               know
               his
               Art
               belongs
               to
               action
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               Contemplation
               ?
               Contemplation
               teacheth
               men
               how
               to
               dispute
               of
               ,
               and
               not
               how
               to
               cure
               the
               sick
               :
               Imagine
               a
               Physitian
               to
               be
               an
               excellent
               Linguist
               ,
               and
               to
               understand
               ,
               Hebrew
               ,
               Greek
               and
               Latine
               ;
               we
               confesse
               t
               is
               a
               great
               Ornament
               to
               a
               Physitian
               ;
               but
               they
               teach
               him
               only
               how
               to
               discourse
               ,
               not
               how
               to
               Cure
               :
               'T
               is
               the
               true
               knowledge
               of
               the
               light
               of
               Nature
               ,
               verified
               by
               Experience
               in
               making
               up
               Medicines
               that
               teacheth
               a
               
               Physitian
               what
               Medicines
               are
               to
               be
               used
               ,
               what
               to
               be
               refused
               :
               you
               shal
               oftentimes
               find
               Physitians
               vapouring
               what
               Linguist
               they
               are
               and
               what
               breding
               their
               friends
               have
               bestowed
               upon
               them
               ;
               and
               yet
               an
               Emperick
               ,
               nay
               perhaps
               an
               old
               woman
               can
               come
               and
               cure
               a
               disease
               which
               it
               may
               be
               they
               cannot
               :
               Therfore
               well
               sayd
               Celsus
               .
               Physitians
               prate
               of
               their
               wit
               and
               shew
               their
               Eloquence
               ,
               but
               t
               is
               Medicines
               ,
               and
               not
               words
               must
               cure
               the
               disease
               ;
               and
               truly
               Galen
               was
               also
               of
               the
               same
               Iudgment
               T'
               is
               action
               saith
               he
               ,
               and
               not
               pratling
               that
               shewes
               a
               man
               to
               be
               a
               Physitian
               indeed
               :
               And
               in
               truth
               I
               desire
               from
               my
               heart
               ,
               all
               those
               that
               take
               upon
               them
               the
               practise
               of
               physick
               that
               they
               would
               not
               dwel
               upon
               those
               generalls
               ,
               which
               have
               been
               left
               ,
               them
               by
               Ancients
               ;
               but
               search
               into
               the
               Closet
               of
               Nature
               and
               see
               what
               wonders
               the
               eternal
               God
               hath
               layed
               up
               there
               for
               them
               to
               busy
               their
               brains
               about
               .
            
          
           
             
               III.
               
                 The
                 true
                 Alchymist
                 by
                 making
                 up
                 his
                 Medicines
                 diserves
                 the
                 name
                 of
                 a
                 Physitian
                 .
              
            
             
               We
               told
               you
               before
               ,
               that
               an
               Alchymist
               was
               to
               be
               considered
               two
               wayes
               .
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 As
                 he
                 makes
                 up
                 Medicines
                 for
                 Physitians
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 he
                 performes
                 the
                 office
                 of
                 an
                 Apothecarie
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 As
                 he
                 finds
                 out-secrets
                 in
                 nature
                 by
                 his
                 own
                 brayn
                 ;
                 and
                 knows
                 how
                 to
                 use
                 them
                 when
                 he
                 hath
                 done
                 :
                 and
                 so
                 he
                 deserves
                 the
                 name
                 of
                 a
                 Physitian
                 .
              
            
             
               And
               this
               no
               man
               breathing
               wil
               deny
               unlesse
               it
               
               be
               such
               as
               are
               their
               Masters
               Apes
               ,
               and
               wil
               swear
               what
               er'e
               they
               say
               though
               they
               say
               Black
               is
               white
               ,
               or
               whit
               black
               :
               I
               beseech
               you
               ,
               what
               greater
               argument
               of
               a
               mans
               weaknes
               can
               be
               delivered
               ,
               then
               to
               say
               ,
               My
               Master
               said
               so
               ?
               T
               is
               true
               ,
               these
               men
               ,
               they
               may
               be
               deck't
               with
               gold
               Rings
               and
               Jewels
               ,
               but
               they
               are
               no
               Physitians
               '
               they
               say
            
             
               
                 The
                 operation
                 and
                 preparation
                 of
                 Medicines
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 left
                 to
                 Alchymists
                 and
                 Apothecaries
                 ,
                 as
                 being
                 a
                 thing
                 unworthy
                 the
                 Majestie
                 of
                 a
                 Physitian
                 whose
                 statliniss
                 admits
                 him
                 only
                 to
                 prescribe
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 to
                 make
                 up
                 Medicines
                 .
              
            
             
               Good
               God
               ,
               to
               what
               Prid
               hath
               the
               fayned
               Majestie
               and
               deceitful
               pompe
               of
               this
               World
               brought
               Physitians
               too
               !
               Imagine
               they
               lived
               in
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               there
               were
               sent
               for
               to
               visit
               a
               Sick
               partie
               ,
               where
               neither
               Apothecarie
               nor
               Chirurgion
               were
               neer
               ,
               as
               oftentimes
               it
               comes
               to
               passe
               :
               The
               disease
               also
               may
               be
               violent
               ,
               and
               admits
               of
               no
               delay
               ,
               but
               speedy
               help
               must
               be
               had
               :
               What
               will
               the
               Majesty
               of
               my
               venerable
               Doctor
               do
               in
               such
               a
               case
               ?
               Will
               the
               disease
               be
               affrayd
               of
               his
               Prid
               ?
               Must
               he
               not
               act
               somthing
               himself
               or
               else
               plainly
               and
               downrightly
               Murder
               the
               Sick
               ?
               Doth
               such
               a
               famous
               fellow
               deserve
               the
               name
               of
               a
               Physitian
               ?
               you
               see
               the
               folly
               of
               such
               as
               hold
               ,
               it
               is
               the
               duty
               of
               a
               Physitian
               to
               prescribe
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               act
               .
            
             
               To
               proced
               a
               little
               further
               .
            
             
               Difference
               of
               Clymates
               ,
               difference
               of
               places
               ,
               
               difference
               of
               parts
               of
               the
               body
               aflicted
               ;
               difference
               of
               Complexion
               in
               the
               parties
               aflicted
               ,
               require
               different
               formes
               ,
               and
               different
               preperations
               of
               Medicines
               :
               Both
               matter
               and
               form
               is
               to
               be
               altered
               according
               to
               these
               circumstances
               ,
               which
               cannot
               be
               done
               without
               long
               use
               and
               experience
               in
               making
               up
               Medicins
               :
               which
               may
               indeed
               be
               disired
               ,
               but
               cannot
               be
               so
               much
               as
               hoped
               for
               ;
               much
               less
               expected
               from
               such
               titular
               Physitians
               as
               our
               times
               affords
               ;
               whose
               sacred
               Majestie
               leads
               them
               to
               fill
               their
               own
               purses
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               benefit
               the
               Sick.
               Antiquitie
               will
               lead
               them
               and
               us
               unto
               better
               maners
               if
               we
               had
               but
               Honesty
               enough
               to
               follow
               it
               .
               Hippocrates
               would
               have
               spit
               in
               that
               mans
               face
               that
               should
               have
               taken
               from
               him
               the
               power
               of
               making
               up
               his
               own
               Medicines
               :
               And
               the
               Ancients
               taught
               their
               Children
               and
               servants
               the
               way
               of
               doing
               it
               ;
               and
               thought
               it
               as
               great
               a
               Sin
               to
               deny
               them
               that
               ,
               as
               to
               deny
               them
               the
               use
               of
               Fire
               and
               water
               :
               and
               howsoever
               they
               boast
               themselves
               to
               be
               Galenists
               ,
               and
               are
               ignorant
               in
               making
               up
               Medicines
               ;
               what
               doe
               they
               else
               but
               brand
               the
               Name
               of
               dead
               Galen
               with
               a
               blot
               of
               Ignomy
               ,
               who
               had
               more
               wit
               in
               his
               little
               Finger
               ,
               then
               they
               have
               in
               all
               their
               bodyes
               ?
            
             
               Againe
               .
               That
               great
               writer
               of
               Physick
               Hippocrates
               ,
               in
               his
               Epistle
               to
               Democritus
               writes
               :
               That
               a
               Physitian
               could
               never
               find
               out
               an
               absolute
               form
               of
               Medicine
               ,
               that
               he
               durst
               say
               was
               perfect
               :
               and
               
               we
               (
               and
               if
               we
               wil
               be
               honest
               )
               must
               ingeniously
               confess
               ,
               That
               the
               Ancient
               Physitians
               were
               not
               only
               ignorant
               in
               some
               things
               ,
               but
               also
               erred
               in
               many
               :
               What
               then
               shal
               we
               think
               of
               those
               that
               build
               their
               whol
               Practice
               upon
               the
               Prescripts
               of
               the
               Ancients
               !
               We
               cannot
               chuse
               but
               admire
               what
               slavish
               Brains
               they
               are
               indued
               withal
               ,
               who
               had
               rather
               err
               with
               the
               Ancients
               ,
               than
               take
               the
               pains
               to
               find
               out
               a
               Truth
               themselves
               .
               Of
               how
               much
               better
               Opinion
               was
               
                 Julius
                 Scaliger
              
               ;
               I
               have
               often
               (
               said
               he
               )
               admired
               at
               the
               boldness
               and
               impudence
               of
               Mortal
               Men
               ,
               who
               build
               their
               faith
               upon
               such
               errors
               of
               the
               Ancients
               ,
               which
               they
               would
               have
               amended
               if
               they
               had
               lived
               ;
               for
               it
               is
               not
               high
               base
               to
               commit
               an
               Error
               ,
               because
               it
               is
               the
               beginning
               of
               Wisdom
               ;
               but
               to
               cherish
               Errors
               is
               madness
               in
               the
               highest
               degree
               .
            
          
           
             
               IV.
               
                 A
                 Physitian
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 very
                 diligent
                 of
                 another
                 Mans
                 Health
                 ,
                 though
                 in
                 the
                 mean
                 time
                 he
                 be
                 negligent
                 of
                 his
                 own
                 .
              
            
             
               A
               Faithful
               Physitian
               (
               and
               ther
               's
               but
               few
               of
               them
               )
               regards
               the
               health
               of
               the
               sick
               in
               the
               first
               place
               :
               He
               undergoes
               any
               danger
               to
               help
               them
               ;
               nay
               ,
               he
               hath
               a
               fellow
               feeling
               of
               their
               Miseries
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               help
               of
               others
               is
               a
               trouble
               to
               himself
               ;
               because
               he
               knows
               the
               Subject
               of
               his
               Art
               is
               Man
               ,
               that
               noble
               piece
               of
               Gods
               Workmanship
               ,
               and
               the
               Tabernacle
               in
               which
               the
               holy
               Ghost
               dwels
               .
               You
               have
               the
               Ornaments
               of
               the
               Body
               .
               The
               Ornaments
               of
               the
               Estate
               follow
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Chap.
             5.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Ornaments
               of
               Estate
               belonging
               to
               a
               Physitian
               and
               Alchymist
               .
            
          
           
             
               I.
               A
               
                 Physitian
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 adorned
                 ,
                 not
                 only
                 with
                 Ornaments
                 of
                 Body
                 and
                 mind
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 of
                 Estate
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 An
                 Idea
                 of
                 Hippocrates
                 his
                 Aphorisms
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Leave
                 vaporing
                 of
                 outward
                 Pomp
                 ,
                 and
                 Letters
                 Pattents
                 from
                 Princes
                 for
                 Mountebanks
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Let
                 Study
                 and
                 not
                 Gain
                 ,
                 be
                 the
                 motive
                 Cause
                 of
                 your
                 Practice
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Never
                 make
                 your
                 bargain
                 for
                 Reward
                 ,
                 unless
                 it
                 be
                 to
                 make
                 the
                 sick
                 confident
                 of
                 his
                 Cure.
                 
              
               
                 4
                 Be
                 not
                 too
                 hasty
                 for
                 your
                 reward
                 of
                 those
                 that
                 are
                 able
                 to
                 give
                 it
                 ,
                 never
                 ask
                 for
                 it
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 not
                 able
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Do
                 not
                 Measure
                 the
                 excellency
                 of
                 your
                 Remedy
                 by
                 the
                 price
                 of
                 it
                 :
                 Give
                 freely
                 to
                 the
                 Poor
                 .
                 The
                 tender
                 Mercies
                 of
                 God
                 are
                 over
                 al
                 his
                 Works
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Boast
                 not
                 of
                 thy
                 own
                 Cures
                 ,
                 unless
                 it
                 be
                 to
                 move
                 the
                 sick
                 to
                 confidence
                 in
                 thee
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Regard
                 Reason
                 in
                 al
                 Cures
                 ,
                 and
                 look
                 not
                 after
                 the
                 Estate
                 of
                 thy
                 Patient
                 ;
                 so
                 thou
                 shalt
                 shew
                 thy self
                 a
                 Workman
                 wel
                 pleasing
                 to
                 God.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               
               II.
               
                 The
                 Dignity
                 and
                 Honor
                 of
                 a
                 Physical
                 Alchymist
                 is
                 exceeding
                 great
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               Dignity
               of
               a
               Physitian
               is
               known
               by
               Object
               and
               End.
               
            
             
               The
               Object
               of
               a
               Physitian
               ,
               is
               Man.
               
            
             
               The
               End
               ,
               Health
               .
            
             
               As
               much
               then
               as
               a
               Man
               excels
               other
               Creatures
               ,
               so
               much
               doth
               he
               that
               is
               a
               Physitian
               indeed
               ,
               excel
               other
               men
               ;
               and
               as
               a
               man
               prizeth
               his
               Health
               ,
               so
               let
               him
               prize
               the
               Physitian
               .
               Therefore
               in
               Ancient
               times
               ,
               Kings
               were
               Physitians
               ,
               and
               such
               as
               were
               ablest
               in
               Physick
               were
               chosen
               to
               be
               Rulers
               ,
               and
               that
               not
               only
               amongst
               the
               Heathens
               ,
               but
               also
               amongst
               the
               Jews
               ,
               as
               appears
               by
               Esay
               3.
               6
               ,
               7.
               
               
                 A
                 man
                 shal
                 take
                 hold
                 of
                 his
                 Brother
                 and
                 say
                 ,
                 Thou
                 hast
                 clothing
                 ,
                 be
                 thou
                 our
                 Ruler
                 ;
                 and
                 he
                 shal
                 answer
                 ,
                 I
                 am
                 no
                 Physitian
              
               ;
               by
               which
               it
               is
               cleer
               ,
               That
               al
               the
               cause
               he
               brings
               why
               he
               would
               not
               be
               a
               Ruler
               ,
               was
               ,
               Because
               he
               was
               no
               Physitian
               ,
               and
               therfore
               not
               fit
               to
               take
               the
               Dignity
               of
               a
               Prince
               upon
               him
               .
               Whence
               that
               Ecclesiasticus
               .
               38.
               
               
                 Honor
                 the
                 Physitian
                 because
                 the
                 Lord
                 hath
                 created
                 him
                 for
                 thy
                 necessity
                 ;
                 for
                 al
                 Healing
                 is
                 from
                 the
                 most
                 High
                 ;
                 and
                 he
                 shal
                 receive
                 the
                 Honor
                 of
                 a
                 King.
              
               We
               do
               not
               deny
               but
               God
               may
               give
               these
               gifts
               even
               to
               wicked
               men
               :
               yet
               this
               we
               say
               ,
               A
               true
               Physitian
               deserves
               praise
               ,
               as
               wel
               as
               reward
               .
               And
               this
               we
               affirm
               is
               the
               property
               of
               a
               good
               ,
               honest
               ,
               and
               prudent
               Physitian
               ,
               not
               to
               gape
               after
               reward
               like
               a
               Stage-Player
               ,
               but
               
               to
               be
               content
               with
               what
               is
               given
               him
               .
               Menecrates
               the
               Scicilian
               ,
               howsoever
               later
               Pens
               have
               thrown
               dirt
               enough
               in
               his
               Face
               ;
               yet
               Suidas
               reports
               in
               his
               6.
               
               Book
               ,
               38.
               
               Chap.
               That
               he
               never
               took
               any
               reward
               at
               al
               for
               his
               Cures
               ,
               but
               rested
               himself
               infinitely
               contented
               if
               he
               could
               but
               perform
               the
               Cure
               ;
               often
               protesting
               ,
               that
               he
               was
               born
               a
               Servent
               to
               men
               and
               not
               a
               Master
               .
            
          
           
             
               III.
               
                 As
                 Diligence
                 is
                 required
                 of
                 the
                 Physitian
                 in
                 curing
                 ,
                 so
                 thankfulness
                 is
                 required
                 in
                 the
                 Parties
                 cured
                 .
              
            
             
               Therfore
               the
               Roman
               Emperors
               ,
               when
               they
               had
               observed
               any
               that
               were
               excellent
               in
               the
               Art
               of
               Phyfick
               ,
               they
               gave
               them
               a
               yeerly
               Stipend
               ,
               sufficient
               to
               maintain
               them
               in
               a
               good
               Decorum
               ,
               that
               so
               they
               might
               give
               Physick
               to
               the
               Vulgar
               freely
               ,
               without
               any
               desire
               ,
               or
               hope
               of
               reward
               :
               and
               indeed
               't
               is
               usual
               with
               people
               after
               they
               are
               cured
               by
               the
               great
               labor
               and
               diligence
               of
               the
               Physitian
               ,
               to
               give
               him
               ingratitude
               for
               a
               recompence
               of
               his
               pains
               and
               care
               :
               Thence
               came
               that
               vulgar
               speech
               of
               Diogenes
               ,
               Give
               thy
               Cook
               ,
               ten
               Pound
               ;
               thy
               Flatterer
               ,
               five
               Talents
               ;
               thy
               Physitian
               ,
               a
               Groat
               ;
               and
               the
               Phylosophers
               ,
               three
               Farthings
               :
               Hence
               came
               that
               Proverb
               in
               use
               :
            
             
               
                 Exige
                 dum
                 dolor
                 est
                 ,
                 nam
                 postquam
                 pena
                 recessit
              
               
                 Audebit
                 sanus
                 dicere
                 multa
                 dedi
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 Whilst
                 that
                 your
                 Patient
                 is
                 in
                 pain
              
               
                 Be
                 sure
                 you
                 ask
                 your
                 Pay
                 ;
              
               
                 For
                 when
                 as
                 he
                 is
                 well
                 again
                 ,
              
               
                 You
                 have
                 had
                 enough
                 ,
                 he
                 'l
                 say
                 .
              
            
             
               But
               this
               is
               most
               base
               ,
               and
               most
               dishonest
               ;
               the
               Heathens
               shal
               rise
               up
               in
               judgment
               against
               such
               fellows
               and
               condemn
               them
               ,
               who
               built
               Altars
               for
               
                 Chyron
                 ,
                 Machaon
                 ,
                 Podalirius
              
               ,
               and
               Hippocrates
               and
               for
               their
               excellency
               in
               their
               Art
               honor'd
               them
               as
               gods
               :
               but
               enough
               of
               this
               ,
               if
               not
               too
               much
               ,
               considering
               that
               I
               know
               ,
               and
               am
               very
               wel
               vers'd
               in
               it
               ,
               That
               the
               ultimate
               end
               of
               studying
               Arts
               ,
               is
               not
               reward
               and
               gain
               ;
               but
               the
               finding
               out
               of
               the
               Truth
               ,
               and
               the
               using
               of
               it
               to
               the
               glory
               of
               God
               ,
               and
               the
               health
               of
               the
               sick
               ,
               being
               found
               out
               .
               Riches
               are
               but
               the
               goods
               of
               Fortune
               ,
               and
               wicked
               men
               have
               usually
               the
               greatest
               shares
               of
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               IV.
               
                 A
                 Physitian
                 stands
                 in
                 some
                 need
                 of
                 Estate
                 ,
                 besides
                 his
                 Knowledg
                 and
                 Art.
                 
              
            
             
               For
               although
               he
               that
               knows
               any
               thing
               ,
               knows
               wel
               enough
               that
               a
               man
               may
               give
               Physick
               wel
               if
               he
               have
               it
               ,
               whether
               he
               have
               Estate
               or
               not
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               Estate
               of
               a
               Physitian
               conduceth
               not
               a
               whit
               to
               make
               him
               either
               the
               more
               knowing
               ,
               or
               less
               knowing
               ;
               but
               it
               enables
               him
               wherewithal
               to
               get
               fit
               Medicines
               to
               give
               :
               What
               good
               doth
               a
               mans
               knowledg
               do
               him
               unless
               he
               bring
               it
               into
               practice
               ?
               
               So
               then
               a
               Physitian
               take
               him
               as
               a
               Student
               he
               needs
               no
               Estate
               ,
               but
               take
               him
               as
               a
               Practitioner
               ,
               he
               doth
               :
               Neither
               indeed
               is
               it
               convenient
               ,
               That
               a
               man
               whom
               Nature
               hath
               enriched
               with
               knowledg
               ,
               should
               want
               wherwithal
               to
               put
               it
               in
               practice
               .
               I
               could
               wish
               there
               were
               in
               this
               respect
               such
               a
               Harmony
               between
               men
               as
               God
               hath
               made
               in
               the
               Creation
               :
               Therefore
               
                 Cornelius
                 Celsus
              
               said
               well
               ,
               That
               a
               Physitian
               stood
               in
               as
               much
               need
               of
               an
               Estate
               to
               make
               up
               his
               Medicines
               ,
               as
               a
               man
               in
               health
               did
               to
               buy
               him
               Bread
               :
               And
               Aristotle
               was
               excellent
               in
               the
               point
               ,
               Fools
               that
               know
               nothing
               ,
               but
               are
               ignorant
               of
               the
               causes
               of
               things
               regarding
               only
               to
               get
               vast
               Estates
               ;
               if
               they
               suffer
               in
               their
               Diseases
               ,
               let
               them
               impute
               it
               to
               themselves
               .
               And
               the
               truth
               is
               ,
               I
               do
               not
               know
               but
               it
               belongs
               to
               the
               Governors
               of
               a
               Common-wealth
               to
               provide
               for
               the
               health
               of
               their
               Subjects
               .
            
          
           
             
               V.
               
                 The
                 more
                 the
                 Physitian
                 is
                 confided
                 in
                 ,
                 the
                 sooner
                 he
                 cures
                 .
              
            
             
               And
               this
               is
               true
               enough
               ;
               Confidence
               in
               the
               Physitian
               begets
               Hope
               ,
               Hope
               begets
               Joy
               ,
               Joy
               cheers
               the
               Spirits
               ,
               Cheerfulness
               of
               the
               spirits
               helps
               to
               expel
               the
               Disease
               ,
               and
               wonderfully
               promotes
               the
               operation
               of
               the
               Medicine
               .
               On
               the
               contrary
               ,
               If
               the
               sick
               abhor
               the
               Physitian
               ,
               the
               sight
               of
               the
               Physitian
               terrifies
               him
               :
               Terrifying
               weakens
               the
               spirits
               ,
               weakning
               of
               the
               spirits
               encroaseth
               the
               Disease
               ,
               and
               makes
               way
               for
               Death
               .
            
          
           
             
               
               VI.
               
                 The
                 Physitian
                 gets
                 confidence
                 of
                 the
                 sick
                 Party
                 ,
                 partly
                 by
                 his
                 own
                 Nature
                 ,
                 partly
                 by
                 the
                 help
                 of
                 other
                 men
                 .
              
            
             
               That
               a
               Physitian
               may
               get
               confidence
               in
               his
               Patient
               by
               his
               own
               Nature
               ,
               let
               him
               carry
               himself
               like
               a
               wise
               man
               ,
               as
               wel
               as
               like
               an
               Artist
               :
               Cicero
               said
               true
               when
               he
               said
               ,
               That
               in
               all
               Arts
               nothing
               memorable
               ,
               or
               worthy
               of
               praise
               ,
               could
               be
               done
               without
               Wisdom
               .
               If
               a
               Physitian
               carry
               himself
               rigidly
               ,
               and
               not
               respectively
               towards
               his
               Patients
               ,
               he
               affrights
               them
               ;
               if
               they
               like
               not
               his
               person
               ,
               they
               wil
               like
               his
               Medicine
               much
               less
               :
               you
               may
               see
               this
               in
               Chyrurgions
               when
               they
               let
               people
               blood
               ;
               If
               the
               sick
               be
               afraid
               ,
               the
               blood
               retires
               ,
               and
               he
               seldom
               bleeds
               as
               he
               should
               do
               :
               But
               if
               he
               come
               cheerfully
               ,
               and
               have
               good
               confidence
               in
               his
               Chyrurgion
               ,
               he
               bleeds
               wel
               :
               So
               if
               the
               party
               dislike
               the
               Medicine
               ,
               either
               he
               vomits
               it
               up
               again
               ,
               or
               retains
               it
               in
               his
               Body
               that
               it
               never
               operates
               .
               
                 Cornelius
                 Celsus
              
               was
               of
               opinion
               ,
               That
               the
               prudence
               of
               a
               Physitian
               did
               more
               good
               than
               his
               Art
               :
               and
               Socrates
               included
               al
               Vertues
               in
               this
               one
               word
               Prudence
               .
               And
               Celcus
               held
               ,
               That
               a
               pratling
               Physitian
               was
               another
               Disease
               to
               the
               sick
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             6.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Authority
               of
               Physick
            
             .
          
           
             PHysical
             Authority
             endowed
             with
             the
             Ornaments
             of
             Body
             ,
             Mind
             ,
             and
             Estate
             ,
             coming
             
             out
             into
             the
             World
             to
             act
             ,
             is
             to
             consider
             ,
          
           
             
               1
               
                 Its
                 Duties
              
               .
            
             
               2
               
                 The
                 Persons
              
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 An
                 Idea
                 of
                 Hippocrates
                 his
                 Aphorisms
                 concerning
                 Duties
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Duties
                 of
                 a
                 Physitian
                 ,
                 unless
                 limited
                 within
                 the
                 bounds
                 of
                 Method
                 ,
                 are
                 innumerable
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 He
                 ought
                 to
                 have
                 a
                 quick
                 eye
                 to
                 the
                 Air
                 ,
                 Earth
                 ,
                 and
                 Water
                 of
                 the
                 place
                 where
                 the
                 sick
                 is
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 He
                 ought
                 to
                 observe
                 the
                 operation
                 of
                 the
                 Chyrurgion
                 ;
                 seek
                 out
                 fit
                 Remedy
                 for
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 leave
                 necessary
                 Precepts
                 with
                 those
                 about
                 the
                 sick
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 He
                 ought
                 to
                 enquire
                 after
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 of
                 the
                 sick
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 those
                 that
                 stand
                 by
                 ;
                 diligently
                 to
                 heed
                 when
                 the
                 change
                 wil
                 be
                 ,
                 and
                 what
                 the
                 event
                 wil
                 be
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 whol
                 course
                 of
                 his
                 Physick
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 only
                 an
                 Imitation
                 of
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 He
                 ought
                 to
                 communicate
                 what
                 he
                 knows
                 to
                 be
                 true
                 ,
                 to
                 his
                 Scholers
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 He
                 ought
                 to
                 warn
                 the
                 sick
                 of
                 their
                 Duty
                 ,
                 to
                 terrifie
                 them
                 that
                 are
                 secure
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 cheer
                 up
                 those
                 that
                 are
                 faint
                 hearted
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Let
                 him
                 not
                 perform
                 his
                 Office
                 negligently
                 ,
                 nor
                 rashly
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Let
                 him
                 take
                 Occasion
                 by
                 the
                 Fore-top
                 ,
                 and
                 expect
                 patiently
                 what
                 the
                 end
                 wil
                 be
                 .
              
               
                 
                 10
                 Let
                 him
                 not
                 be
                 too
                 confident
                 in
                 what
                 he
                 expects
                 ,
                 neither
                 let
                 his
                 courage
                 fail
                 if
                 it
                 fal
                 out
                 otherwise
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 When
                 he
                 takes
                 a
                 Patient
                 in
                 hand
                 let
                 him
                 shut
                 rashness
                 and
                 fearfulness
                 out
                 of
                 doors
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 Let
                 him
                 be
                 ashamed
                 of
                 no
                 work
                 ,
                 or
                 operation
                 that
                 belongs
                 to
                 Physick
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 Let
                 him
                 fly
                 rashness
                 and
                 headiness
                 in
                 al
                 his
                 actions
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 Let
                 him
                 use
                 Gravity
                 in
                 his
                 Apparel
                 ,
                 Speech
                 ,
                 Gate
                 ,
                 and
                 every
                 thing
                 else
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 In
                 commanding
                 things
                 necessary
                 ,
                 in
                 forbidding
                 things
                 hurtful
                 ,
                 in
                 reproving
                 Errors
                 ,
                 let
                 him
                 be
                 of
                 an
                 Heroical
                 spirit
                 ,
                 and
                 do
                 it
                 with
                 Authority
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 Let
                 him
                 be
                 very
                 gentle
                 to
                 ,
                 and
                 familiar
                 with
                 sick
                 people
                 .
              
               
                 17
                 Let
                 him
                 give
                 Physick
                 to
                 the
                 poor
                 freely
                 ,
                 and
                 without
                 reward
                 .
              
               
                 18
                 Let
                 him
                 have
                 a
                 special
                 care
                 of
                 sick
                 strangers
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 In
                 dangerous
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 let
                 him
                 do
                 good
                 to
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 ingrateful
                 and
                 Covetous
                 .
              
               
                 20
                 Let
                 him
                 be
                 ready
                 ,
                 nimble
                 ,
                 and
                 clever
                 in
                 all
                 his
                 actions
                 .
              
               
                 21
                 Let
                 him
                 want
                 no
                 Physical
                 Instruments
                 at
                 home
                 ,
                 but
                 carry
                 only
                 such
                 abroad
                 as
                 are
                 necessary
                 .
              
               
                 22
                 Let
                 him
                 keep
                 the
                 Forms
                 as
                 wel
                 of
                 Compound
                 as
                 Simple
                 Medicines
                 in
                 his
                 memory
                 .
              
               
                 
                 23
                 Let
                 him
                 prescribe
                 as
                 wel
                 what
                 Diet
                 ,
                 as
                 what
                 Medicine
                 the
                 sick
                 ought
                 to
                 use
                 .
              
               
                 24
                 As
                 for
                 such
                 things
                 the
                 sick
                 hath
                 a
                 desire
                 to
                 ,
                 let
                 him
                 not
                 so
                 follow
                 his
                 humor
                 that
                 he
                 encrease
                 his
                 Disease
                 ;
                 nor
                 so
                 rigidly
                 oppose
                 him
                 that
                 he
                 perplex
                 his
                 mind
                 .
              
               
                 25
                 Let
                 him
                 be
                 wel
                 skil'd
                 in
                 the
                 operations
                 of
                 Chyrurgery
                 ,
                 that
                 so
                 if
                 a
                 Chyrurgion
                 be
                 wanting
                 ,
                 he
                 may
                 perform
                 his
                 place
                 ,
                 speedily
                 ,
                 securely
                 ,
                 and
                 safely
                 .
              
               
                 26
                 Let
                 him
                 alwaies
                 have
                 a
                 special
                 regard
                 to
                 the
                 former
                 Custom
                 ,
                 and
                 present
                 strength
                 of
                 the
                 sick
                 .
              
               
                 27
                 Concerning
                 Duty
                 ,
                 his
                 Office
                 is
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   
                     First
                     ,
                     To
                     prescribe
                     a
                     Diet
                     which
                     strengthens
                     Nature
                     ,
                     and
                     resists
                     the
                     Disease
                     .
                  
                   
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     To
                     loosen
                     the
                     Belly
                     with
                     gentle
                     Remedies
                     ,
                     as
                     Subpositoris
                     ,
                     Clysters
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                  
                   
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     If
                     Blood
                     abound
                     ,
                     to
                     breath
                     a
                     Vein
                     .
                  
                   
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     To
                     use
                     Apozemes
                     to
                     cut
                     the
                     matter
                     causing
                     the
                     Disease
                     .
                  
                   
                     Fiftly
                     ,
                     To
                     prepare
                     tough
                     humors
                     for
                     expulsion
                     .
                  
                   
                     Sixtly
                     ,
                     To
                     purge
                     them
                     out
                     .
                  
                   
                     Seventhly
                     ,
                     To
                     draw
                     humors
                     back
                     to
                     use
                     Diurecticks
                     ,
                     Rubbings
                     ,
                     Cupping
                     Glasses
                     ,
                     to
                     cause
                     sweat
                     .
                  
                   
                     Eightly
                     ,
                     To
                     draw
                     the
                     Disease
                     to
                     the
                     external
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Body
                     .
                  
                   
                     Ninthly
                     ,
                     To
                     draw
                     it
                     out
                     by
                     Baths
                     or
                     Issues
                     .
                  
                   
                     
                     Tenthly
                     ,
                     To
                     dissipate
                     the
                     matter
                     remaining
                     ,
                     and
                     strengthen
                     the
                     part
                  
                   
                     Eleventhly
                     ,
                     To
                     recover
                     strength
                     with
                     good
                     Diet.
                     
                  
                
              
               
                 28
                 Let
                 him
                 keep
                 a
                 Method
                 of
                 Physick
                 in
                 his
                 Study
                 such
                 a
                 one
                 as
                 you
                 shal
                 find
                 in
                 the
                 following
                 Scheam
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     First
                     ,
                     Let
                     him
                     have
                     a
                     Catalogue
                     of
                     Authors
                     ,
                     both
                     
                       Galenists
                       ,
                       Paracelsians
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Empericks
                     .
                  
                   
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     If
                     he
                     travel
                     ,
                     let
                     him
                     keep
                     a
                     Diary
                     .
                  
                   
                     Thirdly
                     .
                     Let
                     him
                     set
                     down
                     by
                     themselves
                     what
                     things
                     he
                     finds
                     worthy
                     of
                     observation
                     .
                  
                   
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     Let
                     him
                     keep
                     a
                     Garden
                     of
                     Herbs
                     of
                     his
                     own
                     .
                  
                   
                     Fiftly
                     ,
                     Let
                     him
                     set
                     down
                     his
                     best
                     Experiments
                     in
                     such
                     an
                     order
                     that
                     he
                     may
                     know
                     redily
                     how
                     to
                     find
                     them
                     .
                  
                   
                     Sixtly
                     ,
                     In
                     the
                     morning
                     let
                     him
                     cal
                     to
                     mind
                     what
                     he
                     did
                     the
                     day
                     before
                     .
                  
                   
                     Seventhly
                     ,
                     In
                     the
                     afternoon
                     ,
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         1
                         Let
                         him
                         walk
                         abroad
                         to
                         know
                         and
                         gather
                         Simples
                         .
                      
                       
                         2
                         Let
                         him
                         confer
                         with
                         
                           Galenists
                           ,
                           Paracelsians
                        
                         ,
                         and
                         Empericks
                         .
                      
                       
                         3
                         Let
                         him
                         visit
                         the
                         sick
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     Eightly
                     ,
                     In
                     the
                     Evening
                     ,
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         1
                         Let
                         him
                         consider
                         what
                         he
                         hath
                         done
                         all
                         day
                         .
                      
                       
                         2
                         Let
                         him
                         commit
                         somthing
                         to
                         memory
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 An
                 Idea
                 of
                 Hippocrates
                 his
                 Aphorisms
                 concerning
                 Persons
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   Persons
                   ,
                
                 
                   Some
                   regard
                   the
                   Sick.
                   
                
                 
                   Some
                   those
                   that
                   stand
                   by
                   :
                   And
                
                 
                   Others
                   the
                   Physitian
                   .
                
              
               
                 2
                 Cure
                 the
                 mind
                 of
                 the
                 Sick
                 with
                 good
                 Language
                 ,
                 before
                 you
                 attempt
                 to
                 cure
                 his
                 body
                 with
                 Medicine
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Declare
                 in
                 loving
                 Language
                 to
                 the
                 Sick
                 what
                 is
                 fitting
                 for
                 him
                 to
                 know
                 ;
                 so
                 carry
                 yourself
                 towards
                 him
                 that
                 he
                 may
                 not
                 be
                 too
                 confident
                 of
                 Life
                 ,
                 nor
                 too
                 fearful
                 of
                 Death
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 What
                 the
                 Sick
                 ought
                 to
                 do
                 command
                 peremptorily
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 him
                 not
                 too
                 confident
                 of
                 his
                 life
                 ,
                 lest
                 he
                 disobey
                 your
                 Command
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Keep
                 close
                 from
                 the
                 Sick
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 not
                 fitting
                 for
                 him
                 to
                 know
                 ,
                 and
                 if
                 he
                 suspect
                 it
                 ,
                 either
                 craftily
                 dissemble
                 it
                 ,
                 or
                 cunningly
                 make
                 the
                 best
                 Interpretation
                 of
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 If
                 the
                 Patient
                 be
                 stubborn
                 ,
                 make
                 the
                 Disease
                 worse
                 than
                 it
                 is
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 may
                 obey
                 :
                 If
                 he
                 be
                 faint
                 hearted
                 ,
                 tel
                 him
                 it
                 is
                 better
                 than
                 it
                 is
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 may
                 not
                 despair
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Promise
                 nothing
                 directly
                 ,
                 but
                 tel
                 the
                 Patient
                 ,
                 all
                 the
                 Work
                 lies
                 in
                 the
                 Power
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 and
                 his
                 obedience
                 .
              
               
                 
                 8
                 Somtimes
                 use
                 many
                 Remedies
                 .
                 somtimes
                 but
                 few
                 ,
                 according
                 as
                 the
                 disposition
                 of
                 your
                 Patient
                 is
                 ,
                 either
                 stout
                 ,
                 or
                 faint-hearted
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Let
                 a
                 Physitian
                 be
                 neither
                 Covetous
                 nor
                 unfaithful
                 :
                 above
                 al
                 things
                 let
                 him
                 not
                 neglect
                 his
                 Patients
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Let
                 the
                 Physitian
                 abstain
                 from
                 threatnings
                 ,
                 unless
                 he
                 deal
                 with
                 Mad-men
                 :
                 Let
                 him
                 use
                 modest
                 Language
                 ,
                 and
                 gentle
                 admonition
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Let
                 him
                 suffer
                 none
                 to
                 be
                 about
                 the
                 Sick
                 ,
                 but
                 such
                 as
                 the
                 Sick
                 loves
                 ;
                 let
                 him
                 cause
                 the
                 rest
                 to
                 be
                 turn'd
                 out
                 of
                 doors
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 If
                 the
                 Sick
                 be
                 a
                 knowing
                 man
                 let
                 him
                 tell
                 him
                 the
                 Cause
                 and
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 his
                 Disease
                 ;
                 and
                 let
                 him
                 explain
                 it
                 to
                 him
                 ,
                 not
                 with
                 a
                 Budget
                 ful
                 of
                 prittle
                 prattle
                 ,
                 but
                 by
                 apt
                 Similitudes
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 Let
                 him
                 give
                 himself
                 to
                 know
                 what
                 the
                 event
                 of
                 Diseases
                 wil
                 be
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 Let
                 him
                 rid
                 the
                 Chamber
                 of
                 al
                 such
                 guests
                 as
                 have
                 more
                 tongue
                 than
                 wit.
                 
              
               
                 15
                 Exhort
                 those
                 that
                 are
                 neer
                 the
                 Sick
                 to
                 perform
                 what
                 you
                 command
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 use
                 either
                 promises
                 or
                 threatnings
                 ,
                 which
                 you
                 think
                 sittest
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 Trust
                 as
                 little
                 as
                 you
                 can
                 to
                 the
                 Fidelity
                 of
                 those
                 that
                 are
                 neer
                 the
                 Sick
                 ;
                 but
                 as
                 much
                 as
                 possible
                 lies
                 in
                 your
                 power
                 see
                 the
                 Medicine
                 taken
                 your self
                 .
              
               
                 17
                 In
                 dangerous
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 desire
                 the
                 advice
                 of
                 
                 other
                 Physitians
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 you
                 are
                 called
                 to
                 counsel
                 by
                 others
                 ,
                 by
                 no
                 means
                 refuse
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 18
                 Give
                 Counsel
                 to
                 other
                 Physitians
                 without
                 contention
                 ,
                 or
                 wrangling
                 ;
                 envy
                 ,
                 or
                 desire
                 of
                 gain
                 :
                 Let
                 the
                 Health
                 of
                 the
                 Sick
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 sinding
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Truth
                 ,
                 be
                 the
                 mark
                 you
                 shoot
                 at
                 in
                 al
                 your
                 actions
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 Examine
                 the
                 Counsel
                 of
                 Empericks
                 before
                 you
                 follow
                 it
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 are
                 ignorant
                 of
                 Method
                 :
                 but
                 if
                 when
                 you
                 have
                 weighed
                 them
                 in
                 the
                 ballance
                 of
                 Reason
                 ,
                 you
                 find
                 it
                 good
                 ,
                 follow
                 it
                 ,
                 for
                 Nature
                 hath
                 given
                 them
                 gifts
                 as
                 wel
                 as
                 you
                 .
              
               
                 20
                 Make
                 use
                 of
                 your
                 former
                 Experiences
                 :
                 If
                 you
                 keep
                 those
                 you
                 had
                 when
                 you
                 were
                 yong
                 ,
                 they
                 wil
                 do
                 you
                 good
                 when
                 you
                 are
                 old
                 .
              
               
                 21
                 Communicate
                 al
                 things
                 faithfully
                 to
                 your
                 Scholers
                 ;
                 shew
                 them
                 your
                 Examples
                 ;
                 teach
                 them
                 how
                 ,
                 and
                 when
                 Medicines
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 ;
                 let
                 them
                 be
                 your
                 Companions
                 ,
                 lookers
                 on
                 ,
                 and
                 standers
                 by
                 in
                 your
                 Cures
                 ;
                 that
                 so
                 the
                 blessing
                 of
                 God
                 may
                 be
                 upon
                 you
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 when
                 they
                 come
                 to
                 age
                 may
                 bless
                 you
                 .
              
            
             
               You
               have
               the
               Authority
               of
               Physick
               :
               The
               Oath
               of
               Physicians
               follows
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Chap.
             7.
             
             
               The
               Oath
               of
               Physitians
               according
               to
            
             Hippocrates
             .
          
           
             I
             Swear
             by
             that
             great
             Physitian
             Apollo
             ;
             as
             also
             by
             Aesculapius
             ,
             and
             his
             two
             Daughters
             Hygieam
             ,
             and
             Panacea
             ;
             and
             I
             cal
             al
             the
             Gods
             and
             Goddesses
             to
             witness
             ,
             That
             I
             wil
             keep
             this
             Oath
             under
             written
             entirely
             ,
             and
             without
             any
             mental
             reservation
             whatsoever
             ,
             according
             as
             God
             shal
             give
             me
             strength
             and
             Judgment
             .
          
           
             1
             I
             wil
             will
             the
             same
             Honor
             to
             my
             Master
             that
             taught
             me
             this
             Art
             ,
             as
             I
             wil
             give
             to
             my
             Parents
             :
             If
             he
             want
             temporal
             goods
             ,
             I
             wil
             supply
             him
             ,
             so
             far
             as
             God
             shal
             enable
             me
             with
             Estate
             :
             his
             Children
             I
             wil
             account
             of
             as
             my
             own
             Brethren
             ;
             I
             wil
             instruct
             them
             in
             al
             the
             parts
             of
             Art
             which
             God
             hath
             endowed
             me
             with
             ,
             without
             either
             asking
             or
             hoping
             for
             reward
             .
             To
             my
             Scholers
             that
             I
             undertake
             to
             teach
             ,
             will
             I
             impart
             whatsoever
             God
             hath
             imparted
             to
             me
             ;
             namely
             ,
             To
             al
             such
             as
             take
             this
             Oath
             ,
             and
             to
             no
             others
             wil
             I
             be
             free
             in
             what
             I
             know
             in
             Physick
             .
          
           
             2
             To
             those
             which
             are
             sick
             (
             according
             to
             my
             power
             and
             ability
             )
             wil
             I
             give
             speedy
             Health
             ,
             without
             any
             delay
             of
             time
             for
             hope
             of
             gain
             :
             I
             wil
             never
             give
             two
             Medicines
             ,
             when
             one
             will
             serve
             the
             turn
             .
          
           
             3
             The
             intreaty
             nor
             Fees
             of
             other
             men
             shal
             never
             
             move
             me
             to
             give
             preposterous
             Physick
             ;
             but
             I
             wil
             give
             warning
             to
             the
             Magistrate
             of
             such
             as
             do
             it
             .
          
           
             4
             I
             wil
             give
             nothing
             to
             any
             Woman
             to
             kil
             her
             Conception
             ,
             neither
             will
             I
             declare
             to
             any
             body
             ,
             which
             way
             it
             may
             be
             done
             .
          
           
             5
             I
             wil
             manage
             my
             Life
             and
             Art
             in
             that
             manner
             ,
             that
             I
             wil
             not
             be
             afraid
             to
             answer
             for
             them
             another
             day
             .
          
           
             6
             I
             wil
             cut
             none
             for
             the
             Stone
             ,
             but
             give
             place
             to
             others
             to
             do
             it
             that
             pretend
             they
             have
             more
             skil
             than
             I
             have
             .
          
           
             7
             When
             I
             enter
             into
             the
             house
             of
             a
             sick
             Party
             ,
             my
             motive
             cause
             shal
             be
             the
             Health
             of
             the
             sick
             ,
             which
             I
             wil
             labor
             for
             with
             al
             my
             might
             .
          
           
             8
             I
             wil
             keep
             my
             Body
             in
             temperance
             from
             all
             unlawful
             Venereal
             actions
             .
          
           
             9
             I
             wil
             give
             Physick
             without
             respect
             of
             persons
             ,
             whether
             they
             be
             Poor
             or
             Rich
             ,
             Masters
             or
             Servants
             .
          
           
             10
             I
             wil
             keep
             close
             the
             infirmities
             of
             the
             Sick
             ,
             as
             being
             the
             greatest
             secrets
             a
             Physitian
             hath
             to
             keep
             .
          
           
             This
             Oath
             ,
             whilst
             I
             keep
             purely
             and
             umblamably
             according
             to
             my
             Power
             and
             Skil
             ,
             I
             desire
             the
             blessing
             of
             God
             upon
             my
             Person
             and
             my
             Art
             ,
             together
             with
             renown
             in
             this
             World
             ,
             and
             glory
             in
             that
             to
             come
             .
             If
             herein
             willingly
             I
             fail
             ,
             may
             the
             contrary
             to
             this
             fal
             upon
             me
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Chap.
             8.
             
             
               The
               Oath
               of
               Apothecaries
            
             .
          
           
             I
             
               Call
               the
               Creator
               of
               all
               things
               to
               witness
               ,
               the
               one
               God
               manifested
               in
               Trinity
               ,
               whom
               I
               serve
               ,
               That
               I
               will
               with
               all
               diligence
               perform
               these
               things
               following
               .
            
          
           
             1
             I
             wil
             live
             and
             die
             in
             the
             Christian
             Faith.
             
          
           
             2
             During
             life
             I
             wil
             carry
             my self
             dutifully
             to
             my
             Parents
             .
          
           
             3
             Be
             obsequious
             to
             my
             Masters
             and
             Physitians
             that
             imploy
             me
             .
          
           
             4
             I
             'le
             give
             rayling
             Rhetorick
             ,
             neither
             to
             those
             of
             my
             own
             Profession
             ,
             nor
             yet
             to
             others
             .
          
           
             5
             I
             'le
             labor
             what
             lies
             in
             my
             power
             to
             adorn
             the
             dignity
             of
             my
             Art.
             
          
           
             6
             What
             is
             to
             be
             kept
             close
             ,
             I
             will
             reveal
             to
             none
             .
          
           
             7
             I
             will
             attempt
             nothing
             unadvisedly
             for
             hope
             of
             gain
             .
          
           
             8
             In
             acute
             Diseases
             I
             wil
             give
             no
             purging
             Medicine
             without
             consent
             of
             a
             Physitian
             .
          
           
             9
             I
             wil
             not
             meddle
             with
             the
             secrets
             of
             Women
             ,
             unless
             it
             be
             to
             apply
             Medicines
             to
             them
             .
          
           
             10
             I
             will
             reveal
             the
             secrets
             of
             none
             to
             the
             World.
             
          
           
             11
             I
             wil
             give
             Poyson
             to
             no
             Body
             .
          
           
             12
             I
             'le
             not
             perswade
             it
             to
             be
             given
             ,
             no
             not
             to
             an
             Enemy
             .
          
           
             13
             I
             'le
             neither
             give
             ,
             nor
             sel
             any
             Medicine
             that
             destroyes
             Conception
             .
          
           
           
             14
             I
             'le
             prepare
             no
             Medicine
             to
             cause
             Delivery
             in
             Women
             without
             advice
             of
             a
             Physitian
             .
          
           
             15
             The
             Prescripts
             of
             a
             Physitian
             I
             wil
             in
             no
             wise
             alter
             .
          
           
             16
             I
             will
             not
             give
             one
             thing
             for
             another
             ,
             though
             they
             be
             both
             of
             a
             Nature
             .
          
           
             17
             I
             'le
             never
             turn
             Emperick
             while
             I
             have
             a
             day
             to
             live
             .
          
           
             18
             I
             'le
             give
             Medicines
             freely
             to
             those
             that
             have
             no
             money
             to
             pay
             for
             them
             .
          
           
             19
             I
             wil
             not
             keep
             corrupted
             Medicines
             in
             my
             Shop
             .
          
           
             These
             things
             I
             performing
             ,
             the
             Lord
             bless
             me
             in
             all
             my
             Actions
             .
          
           
             You
             have
             the
             Requisites
             of
             a
             Physitian
             :
             The
             Marks
             and
             Vices
             of
             Sophisters
             and
             Impostors
             follow
             .
          
        
         
           
             Chap
             9.
             
             
               Of
               things
               repugnant
               to
               Physick
               and
               Alchymy
               :
            
             Or
             ,
             
               Of
               the
               Marks
               and
               Vices
               of
               Sophisters
               ,
               and
               Impostors
               in
               those
               Arts.
               
            
          
           
             
               1.
               
               
                 The
                 Marks
                 and
                 Vices
                 of
                 Mountebanks
                 ,
                 Sophisters
                 ,
                 and
                 Impostors
                 ,
                 which
                 make
                 a
                 stately
                 flourish
                 only
                 for
                 Gain
                 and
                 Ambition
                 ,
                 are
                 contrary
                 to
                 the
                 Notes
                 and
                 Marks
                 of
                 true
                 Physitians
                 .
              
            
             
               OF
               this
               number
               are
               ,
            
             
               
                 1
                 Company
                 of
                 dirty
                 Rogues
                 ,
                 that
                 carry
                 
                 all
                 their
                 Medicines
                 in
                 one
                 Pot
                 ,
                 having
                 no
                 more
                 Medicines
                 but
                 one
                 ;
                 and
                 are
                 as
                 excellent
                 in
                 the
                 Art
                 of
                 Physick
                 ,
                 as
                 an
                 Ass
                 is
                 in
                 Musick
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Such
                 as
                 run
                 up
                 and
                 down
                 from
                 Town
                 to
                 Town
                 ,
                 and
                 from
                 Market
                 to
                 Market
                 ,
                 and
                 having
                 gotten
                 a
                 few
                 terms
                 of
                 Art
                 in
                 their
                 Noddles
                 ,
                 make
                 the
                 common
                 people
                 beleeve
                 they
                 can
                 do
                 wonders
                 ,
                 being
                 in
                 deed
                 and
                 in
                 truth
                 as
                 absolute
                 Physitians
                 as
                 he
                 is
                 a
                 King
                 that
                 Acts
                 a
                 Kings
                 part
                 in
                 a
                 Play.
                 When
                 they
                 meet
                 with
                 sick
                 people
                 ,
                 they
                 get
                 money
                 right
                 or
                 wrong
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Such
                 as
                 have
                 formerly
                 been
                 Monks
                 ,
                 and
                 leave
                 their
                 Professions
                 ;
                 or
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 been
                 Parish
                 Priests
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 so
                 lazy
                 they
                 wil
                 preach
                 no
                 longer
                 ;
                 Barbers
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 shaved
                 men
                 but
                 yester
                 day
                 ,
                 turn
                 Censurers
                 of
                 Diseases
                 to
                 day
                 ;
                 Old
                 Women
                 with
                 never
                 a
                 Tooth
                 in
                 their
                 heads
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               II.
               
                 All
                 abuses
                 of
                 the
                 Art
                 are
                 repugnant
                 to
                 true
                 Alchymy
                 .
              
            
             
               And
               first
               of
               al
               truly
               ,
               Unskilful
               Alchymists
               ,
               a
               company
               of
               ungodly
               wretches
               ,
               that
               vapor
               up
               and
               down
               ,
               they
               can
               transmute
               Mettals
               ,
               they
               can
               prepare
               Medicines
               ,
               I
               by
               al
               means
               ;
               and
               yet
               they
               have
               neither
               Judgment
               nor
               Method
               ,
               nor
               Skil
               ,
               unless
               it
               be
               to
               do
               mischief
               to
               the
               Sick.
               If
               by
               Chance-medley
               they
               hap
               to
               cure
               one
               ,
               Oh
               that
               's
               a
               gallant
               Experiment
               ,
               and
               that
               Medicine
               wil
               serve
               for
               al
               Diseases
               :
               And
               this
               is
               one
               Reason
               true
               Alchymists
               are
               so
               evil
               spoken
               of
               as
               they
               are
               .
               But
               in
               truth
               it
               is
               not
               fitting
               ,
               
               neither
               ought
               such
               a
               thing
               to
               be
               amongst
               Christians
               ,
               that
               a
               most
               excellent
               Art
               should
               be
               condemned
               because
               of
               the
               abuse
               of
               it
               :
               For
               as
               Mountebanks
               and
               old
               doting
               Women
               ,
               detract
               nothing
               from
               the
               Splendor
               of
               true
               Medicine
               ;
               so
               Ideots
               ,
               and
               such
               as
               profess
               Alchymy
               without
               wit
               or
               reason
               ,
               detract
               nothing
               from
               the
               dignity
               of
               true
               Alchymy
               :
               Neither
               are
               they
               worthy
               of
               the
               Name
               of
               Alchymists
               that
               spend
               al
               their
               time
               and
               means
               in
               trying
               Experiences
               ,
               not
               knowing
               what
               Rule
               they
               go
               by
               ,
               nor
               what
               end
               they
               drive
               at
               :
               as
               he
               said
               wel
               that
               said
               ,
               They
               seek
               and
               find
               nothing
               ,
               but
               seek
               after
               what
               they
               have
               found
               .
               Let
               no
               man
               give
               any
               credit
               to
               those
               who
               promise
               ,
               they
               wil
               tel
               the
               Art
               of
               changing
               Mettals
               into
               Silver
               or
               Gold
               for
               Money
               :
               The
               Deceits
               of
               such
               Impostors
               are
               these
               ,
               and
               such
               as
               these
               that
               sollow
               :
            
             
               
                 1
                 They
                 dip
                 their
                 wooden
                 sticks
                 ,
                 with
                 which
                 they
                 stir
                 their
                 melted
                 Mettals
                 ,
                 with
                 Silver
                 or
                 Gold
                 dissolved
                 in
                 
                   Aqua
                   fortis
                
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 the
                 like
                 Water
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Instead
                 of
                 Ink
                 ,
                 they
                 write
                 in
                 the
                 paper
                 in
                 which
                 they
                 wrap
                 up
                 their
                 matter
                 to
                 be
                 reduced
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 Solution
                 of
                 Silver
                 or
                 Gold.
                 
              
               
                 3
                 Or
                 else
                 instead
                 of
                 Sand
                 ,
                 they
                 dry
                 their
                 Writings
                 with
                 the
                 Filings
                 of
                 Gold
                 or
                 Silver
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Others
                 put
                 in
                 Pouder
                 of
                 Charcoal
                 mixed
                 with
                 the
                 Solution
                 of
                 Gold
                 or
                 Silver
                 amongst
                 their
                 Mettal
                 when
                 it
                 is
                 melting
                 .
              
               
                 ●
                 Others
                 melt
                 it
                 in
                 Vessels
                 with
                 a
                 double
                 bottom
                 ,
                 
                 the
                 lowermost
                 being
                 filled
                 with
                 Gold
                 ;
                 and
                 they
                 break
                 the
                 uppermost
                 bottom
                 as
                 they
                 are
                 stirring
                 it
                 up
                 and
                 down
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Others
                 put
                 great
                 Charcoals
                 into
                 their
                 Mettal
                 ,
                 which
                 they
                 have
                 made
                 hollow
                 for
                 the
                 purpose
                 ,
                 and
                 filled
                 with
                 Gold.
                 
              
               
                 7
                 Others
                 stir
                 the
                 Mettal
                 with
                 wooden
                 sticks
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 Instruments
                 which
                 are
                 hollow
                 ,
                 which
                 hollowness
                 they
                 fil
                 with
                 Gold.
                 
              
               
                 8
                 Others
                 wrap
                 up
                 a
                 Mass
                 of
                 Gold
                 or
                 Silver
                 in
                 the
                 Lead
                 ,
                 and
                 melting
                 of
                 them
                 both
                 together
                 ,
                 make
                 them
                 beleeve
                 al
                 is
                 turned
                 into
                 Gold.
                 
              
               
                 9
                 Others
                 color
                 over
                 Silver
                 with
                 Copper
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 melting
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 make
                 people
                 beleeve
                 the
                 Copper
                 is
                 turned
                 into
                 Silver
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Others
                 cunningly
                 and
                 subtilly
                 put
                 in
                 the
                 filings
                 of
                 Gold
                 amongst
                 it
                 whilst
                 it
                 is
                 melting
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Others
                 put
                 in
                 some
                 other
                 Pouder
                 that
                 makes
                 it
                 look
                 like
                 the
                 color
                 of
                 Gold
                 ,
                 when
                 't
                 is
                 no
                 such
                 Mettal
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 Others
                 put
                 in
                 Antimony
                 mixed
                 with
                 Gold
                 ,
                 instead
                 of
                 common
                 Antimony
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 Others
                 for
                 common
                 Precipitate
                 ,
                 put
                 in
                 Gold
                 precipitated
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 Others
                 instead
                 of
                 common
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 put
                 in
                 the
                 Amalgama
                 of
                 Gold.
                 
              
               
                 15
                 Others
                 instead
                 of
                 common
                 
                   Aqua
                   fortis
                
                 ,
                 put
                 in
                 
                   Aqua
                   fortis
                
                 in
                 which
                 Silver
                 or
                 Gold
                 hath
                 been
                 dissolved
                 .
              
               
                 
                 16
                 Others
                 color
                 over
                 Gold
                 with
                 Silver
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 melting
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 make
                 people
                 beleeve
                 the
                 Silver
                 is
                 transmuted
                 into
                 Gold.
                 
              
               
                 17
                 Some
                 steal
                 a
                 little
                 of
                 the
                 true
                 Tincture
                 or
                 else
                 get
                 it
                 by
                 some
                 sinister
                 means
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 they
                 can
                 perform
                 the
                 business
                 as
                 they
                 should
                 do
                 ,
                 so
                 long
                 as
                 their
                 Tincture
                 lasts
                 ;
                 which
                 usually
                 they
                 make
                 last
                 so
                 long
                 till
                 they
                 have
                 deceived
                 people
                 of
                 Money
                 enough
                 :
                 But
                 their
                 Tincture
                 being
                 gone
                 ,
                 they
                 being
                 ignorant
                 of
                 the
                 Art
                 can
                 do
                 no
                 more
                 feats
                 .
              
               
                 18
                 Others
                 having
                 wit
                 enough
                 to
                 prepare
                 Quick-silver
                 partly
                 as
                 they
                 should
                 do
                 ,
                 mix
                 it
                 with
                 Gold
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 they
                 wil
                 make
                 a
                 little
                 more
                 of
                 it
                 .
              
            
             
               Therfore
               let
               all
               Men
               beware
               of
               such
               Impostors
               .
            
             
               A
               certain
               famous
               Alchymist
               at
               Rome
               ,
               many
               looking
               on
               him
               ,
               put
               only
               one
               scruple
               of
               pure
               Gold
               into
               two
               ounces
               of
               Quick-silver
               over
               a
               hot
               fire
               ,
               and
               turned
               it
               al
               into
               most
               pure
               Gold
               ;
               not
               without
               the
               admiration
               of
               the
               Beholders
               .
            
          
        
         
           An
           End
           of
           the
           Second
           Treatise
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Third
           Treatise
           .
           
             Containing
             a
             Physical
             Idea
             of
             the
             Hermonical
             Systeme
             .
          
        
         
           Wherein
           (
           as
           it
           were
           in
           a
           Platform
           )
           is
           shewed
           ,
           What
           the
           Labor
           is
           ;
           What
           the
           Order
           and
           Series
           ;
           And
           what
           the
           Work
           in
           our
           Systeme
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           we
           will
           consider
           ,
        
         
           
             1
             
               The
               Definition
               and
               Division
               of
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymy
               .
            
          
           
             2
             
               The
               Method
               of
               the
               Hermonical
               Systeme
               ;
               and
               the
               Idea
               of
               the
               whol
               Practice
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             1.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Definition
               of
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymy
               .
            
          
           
             
               I.
               
                 The
                 Definitions
                 of
                 Medicine
                 which
              
               Galen
               ,
               
                 and
                 most
                 others
                 have
                 brought
                 ,
                 are
                 rather
                 Descriptions
                 than
                 Definitions
                 .
              
            
             
               HIppocrates
               his
               Definition
               is
               this
               :
               Medicine
               is
               an
               adding
               of
               things
               necessary
               and
               a
               substracting
               of
               things
               not
               necessary
               .
               
               But
               this
               includes
               a
               Description
               of
               the
               Office
               of
               a
               Physitian
               :
               For
               al
               Diseases
               coming
               either
               of
               Emptiness
               or
               Fulness
               ,
               the
               first
               is
               cured
               by
               Addition
               ,
               the
               second
               by
               Substraction
               .
            
             
               Others
               Define
               Medicine
               thus
               :
            
             
               Medicine
               is
               a
               Knowledg
               restoring
               and
               preserserving
               the
               health
               of
               the
               Body
               of
               Man.
               
            
             
               Others
               thus
               :
            
             
               Medicine
               is
               a
               knowledg
               ,
               preserving
               Health
               ,
               and
               expelling
               Diseases
               .
            
             
               Others
               thus
               :
            
             
               Medicine
               prescribes
               a
               right
               Diet
               to
               people
               in
               Health
               ,
               and
               cures
               such
               as
               are
               sick
               .
               But
               never
               a
               one
               of
               these
               are
               true
               Definitions
               :
            
             
               
                 1
                 Because
                 Medicine
                 it self
                 doth
                 not
                 this
                 ,
                 but
                 it
                 appoints
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 do
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 not
                 alwaies
                 neither
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Health
                 is
                 the
                 Proposition
                 of
                 the
                 Art
                 of
                 Physick
                 ,
                 and
                 its
                 End
                 is
                 the
                 obtaining
                 of
                 it
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 necessary
                 for
                 a
                 Physitian
                 to
                 know
                 by
                 what
                 means
                 Health
                 may
                 be
                 maintained
                 being
                 present
                 ;
                 and
                 restored
                 ,
                 being
                 absent
                 .
              
            
             
               Herophilus
               had
               another
               Definition
               .
            
             
               Medicine
               is
               the
               Knowledg
               of
               things
               Healthful
               ,
               not
               Healthful
               ,
               and
               Neuters
               ,
               between
               both
               .
            
             
               Things
               are
               said
               to
               be
               Healthful
               or
               Unhealthful
               ,
               three
               waies
               :
            
             
               
                 1
                 
                   As
                   a
                   Body
                
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 
                   As
                   a
                   Cause
                
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 
                   As
                   a
                   Sign
                
                 .
              
            
             
             
               A
               Body
               is
               said
               to
               be
               Healthful
               when
               it
               is
               in
               health
               ,
               Unhealthful
               when
               diseased
               .
            
             
               A
               Cause
               is
               Healthful
               which
               causeth
               Health
               ,
               Unhealthful
               which
               causeth
               Diseases
               .
            
             
               The
               Sign
               is
               Healthful
               which
               shews
               Health
               a
               coming
               ;
               Unhealthful
               which
               shews
               encrease
               ,
               or
               il
               end
               of
               the
               Disease
               .
            
             
               The
               knowledg
               of
               Neuters
               is
               two-fold
               .
            
             
               
                 1
                 In
                 respect
                 of
                 Desidence
                 ,
                 when
                 any
                 declines
                 from
                 the
                 integrity
                 of
                 Action
                 ,
                 and
                 receives
                 hurt
                 thereby
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 A
                 Neuter
                 of
                 Recovery
                 ,
                 when
                 any
                 first
                 of
                 al
                 begin
                 to
                 mend
                 of
                 a
                 Disease
                 .
              
            
             
               Hence
               others
               make
               another
               Definition
               of
               Medicine
               ,
               which
               is
               this
               :
            
             
               Medicine
               is
               an
               Art
               which
               conserveth
               sound
               Men
               in
               Health
               ,
               restores
               the
               Sick
               ,
               and
               preserveth
               Neuters
               from
               Diseases
               .
            
             
               Or
               if
               you
               wil
               have
               it
               plainer
               thus
               :
            
             
               Medicine
               is
               the
               Knowledg
               of
               things
               Natural
               ,
               not
               Natural
               ,
               and
               against
               Nature
               .
            
             
               But
               this
               belongs
               to
               the
               Practice
               ,
               and
               Definition
               is
               only
               Theorical
               ;
               whence
               it
               appears
               that
               they
               are
               imperfect
               .
               I
               shal
               satisfie
               my self
               with
               this
               short
               ,
               yet
               compleat
               Definition
               .
            
          
           
             
               II.
               
                 Medicine
                 is
                 an
                 Art
                 of
                 Healing
                 well
                 .
              
            
             
               This
               Definition
               is
               perfect
               ,
               consisting
               of
               Genus
               and
               Form.
               
            
             
             
               As
               for
               Genus
               ,
               't
               is
               an
               Art
               (
               as
               we
               shewed
               you
               before
               ,
               that
               Medicine
               was
               an
               Art.
               
            
             
               The
               Form
               is
               manifested
               in
               this
               word
               Healing
               ,
               by
               which
               it
               is
               made
               to
               differ
               from
               other
               Arts.
               And
               I
               ad
               the
               word
               Well
               ,
               to
               shew
               a
               difference
               betwixt
               the
               skilful
               Physitian
               and
               a
               Mountebank
               .
               And
               this
               Definition
               contains
               ,
               not
               only
               al
               the
               parts
               of
               Medicine
               ,
               but
               also
               al
               the
               Offices
               of
               a
               Physitian
               .
            
          
           
             
               III.
               
                 Alchymy
                 is
                 an
                 Art
                 of
                 dissolving
                 all
                 Natural
                 Compound
                 Bodies
                 from
                 that
                 whereof
                 they
                 Naturally
                 consist
                 ,
                 thereby
                 making
                 them
                 purer
                 and
                 stronger
                 ,
                 and
                 fitter
                 Medicines
                 for
                 the
                 Physitians
                 use
                 :
                 Or
                 may
                 serve
                 for
                 the
                 perfecting
                 and
                 transmuting
                 of
                 Mettals
                 .
              
            
             
               Some
               hold
               Alchymy
               to
               be
               nothing
               else
               but
               a
               separation
               of
               what
               is
               pure
               from
               what
               is
               impure
               :
               But
               this
               is
               too
               general
               by
               half
               ;
               for
               an
               Apothecary
               doth
               so
               when
               he
               scrapes
               the
               dirt
               off
               from
               Roots
               :
               neither
               doth
               he
               any
               less
               when
               he
               clarifies
               and
               strains
               Syrups
               .
               And
               although
               it
               be
               true
               an
               Alchymist
               doth
               this
               ,
               yet
               is
               not
               his
               Industry
               limited
               under
               such
               a
               Bound
               as
               this
               is
               :
               For
               his
               work
               is
               not
               only
               external
               ,
               but
               he
               penetrates
               to
               the
               internal
               parts
               ,
               dissolves
               and
               separates
               Natural
               Bodies
               from
               what
               they
               Naturally
               consist
               of
               ;
               he
               severeth
               what
               is
               profitable
               from
               what
               is
               unprofitable
               ;
               he
               purifieth
               ,
               altereth
               ,
               and
               perfecteth
               al
               ,
               and
               if
               need
               be
               joyns
               them
               together
               again
               .
               You
               have
               the
               Definition
               :
               The
               Division
               follows
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Chap.
             2.
             
             
               Of
               the
               Definition
               of
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymy
               in
               general
               .
            
          
           
             
               I.
               
                 Medicine
                 is
                 either
                 Theorical
                 or
                 Practical
                 .
              
            
             
               THere
               are
               those
               that
               reject
               this
               Definition
               ,
               as
               not
               accurate
               enough
               .
            
             
               
                 1
                 Because
                 by
                 this
                 means
                 it
                 is
                 not
                 divided
                 into
                 opposite
                 parts
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Because
                 al
                 Medicine
                 is
                 one
                 Discipline
                 ,
                 and
                 hath
                 but
                 one
                 Habit
                 ,
                 namely
                 ,
                 Practical
                 and
                 Operative
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Because
                 al
                 Disciplines
                 take
                 their
                 Denominations
                 ,
                 not
                 from
                 particular
                 things
                 which
                 are
                 handled
                 in
                 them
                 ,
                 but
                 from
                 the
                 Subject
                 and
                 End
                 to
                 which
                 they
                 are
                 directed
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Because
                 ,
                 although
                 some
                 things
                 which
                 are
                 handled
                 in
                 Medicine
                 seem
                 to
                 belong
                 to
                 Theorical
                 Discipline
                 ,
                 yet
                 because
                 al
                 of
                 them
                 are
                 not
                 handled
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 knowledg
                 ,
                 but
                 directed
                 to
                 some
                 common
                 operation
                 or
                 end
                 ,
                 they
                 are
                 partly
                 referred
                 to
                 the
                 Subject
                 ,
                 and
                 partly
                 to
                 the
                 End.
                 
              
            
             
               We
               thought
               good
               to
               hold
               fast
               this
               Definition
               ,
               not
               only
               because
               it
               is
               found
               in
               the
               Schools
               of
               Physitians
               ,
               but
               also
               confirmed
               by
               reason
               and
               Authority
               ;
               for
               both
               Hippocrates
               and
               Galen
               confessed
               ,
               A
               Physitian
               ought
               to
               be
               a
               Natural
               Phylosopher
               :
               And
               the
               words
               Naturallist
               ,
               and
               Physitian
               are
               the
               
               same
               :
               And
               that
               Natural
               Phylosophy
               is
               divided
               into
               Theorick
               and
               Practick
               ,
               we
               prove
               by
               these
               Reasons
               :
            
             
               
                 
                   1
                   Phylosophy
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Ancients
                   very
                   wisely
                   said
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   kind
                   of
                   Physick
                   to
                   cure
                   the
                   Diseases
                   of
                   the
                   Mind
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Diseases
                   of
                   the
                   Mind
                   may
                   be
                   divided
                   into
                   two
                   Parts
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     First
                     ,
                     Dulness
                     of
                     the
                     Understanding
                     ;
                     the
                     effects
                     of
                     which
                     is
                     ,
                     Ignorance
                     of
                     the
                     Truth
                     .
                  
                   
                     
                       Secondly
                       ,
                       Corruptions
                       of
                       Manners
                       ;
                       the
                       effects
                       of
                       which
                       ,
                       is
                       ,
                       A
                       vicious
                       Life
                       .
                    
                     
                       The
                       Speculative
                       part
                       of
                       Phylosophy
                       is
                       a
                       Medicine
                       for
                       the
                       first
                       .
                    
                     
                       The
                       Practical
                       part
                       for
                       the
                       last
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 2
                 Because
                 every
                 Man
                 naturally
                 desires
                 Knowledg
                 ,
                 both
                 of
                 those
                 things
                 which
                 pertain
                 to
                 Humane
                 actions
                 ,
                 which
                 the
                 Practice
                 of
                 Moral
                 Phylosophy
                 wil
                 amply
                 instruct
                 you
                 in
                 ;
                 as
                 also
                 of
                 those
                 things
                 which
                 make
                 for
                 the
                 finding
                 out
                 of
                 Truth
                 ;
                 which
                 knowledg
                 Speculative
                 Phylosophy
                 wil
                 bestow
                 upon
                 you
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Because
                 the
                 Subject
                 of
                 Knowledg
                 is
                 the
                 Understanding
                 which
                 is
                 two
                 fold
                 ,
                 Speculative
                 and
                 Practick
                 ,
                 as
                 Aristotle
                 wel
                 teacheth
                 in
                 his
                 Ethicks
                 :
                 Therfore
                 Phylosophy
                 must
                 also
                 be
                 two
                 fold
                 ,
                 Practick
                 and
                 Speculative
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Because
                 the
                 Basis
                 of
                 Phylosophy
                 is
                 to
                 direct
                 the
                 life
                 of
                 Man
                 in
                 an
                 happy
                 way
                 .
                 But
                 to
                 this
                 belongs
                 
                 both
                 Speculation
                 and
                 Practice
                 ,
                 therefore
                 Phylosophy
                 is
                 two
                 fold
                 ,
                 viz.
                 Speculative
                 and
                 Practick
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Because
                 every
                 Learning
                 tends
                 to
                 some
                 good
                 end
                 :
                 to
                 attain
                 which
                 ,
                 is
                 required
                 Knowledg
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 Speculative
                 part
                 ;
                 and
                 Operation
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 Practick
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 All
                 Learning
                 was
                 invented
                 to
                 direct
                 those
                 operations
                 of
                 Man
                 which
                 are
                 in
                 our
                 own
                 power
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 al
                 viciated
                 by
                 the
                 Fal
                 of
                 Adam
                 .
                 There
                 are
                 three
                 sorts
                 of
                 Actions
                 then
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 rectified
                 by
                 Learning
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     The
                     Operations
                     of
                     the
                     Understanding
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     rectified
                     by
                     Speculative
                     Phylosophy
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Operations
                     of
                     Appetite
                     both
                     Rational
                     and
                     Sensitive
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     rectified
                     by
                     Moral
                     Phylosophy
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Very
                     many
                     other
                     operations
                     of
                     Man
                     ,
                     either
                     inherent
                     in
                     their
                     Members
                     ,
                     as
                     Running
                     and
                     Leaping
                     &c.
                     
                     Or
                     acted
                     upon
                     other
                     things
                     ,
                     as
                     Building
                     ,
                     Painting
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                     And
                     so
                     both
                     Mechanical
                     Arts
                     as
                     wel
                     as
                     Liberal
                     ,
                     are
                     rectified
                     by
                     Practick
                     Phylosophy
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 7
                 Because
                 the
                 Unity
                 and
                 Distinction
                 of
                 Knowledg
                 ,
                 are
                 taken
                 from
                 the
                 Uniny
                 and
                 Distinction
                 of
                 the
                 Object
                 .
                 But
                 the
                 Objects
                 or
                 Matters
                 of
                 Knowledg
                 are
                 three
                 ;
                 for
                 they
                 fall
                 either
                 under
                 the
                 Action
                 ,
                 or
                 Effect
                 ,
                 or
                 only
                 under
                 the
                 Knowledg
                 :
                 
                 For
                 whatsoever
                 is
                 only
                 Speculative
                 ,
                 was
                 not
                 made
                 only
                 to
                 look
                 upon
                 ,
                 but
                 to
                 be
                 produced
                 to
                 act
                 or
                 action
                 .
                 Hence
                 you
                 see
                 that
                 this
                 division
                 of
                 Phylosophy
                 into
                 two
                 parts
                 ,
                 namely
                 ,
                 Theorick
                 and
                 Practick
                 ,
                 is
                 very
                 good
                 :
                 And
                 if
                 of
                 Phylosophy
                 ,
                 then
                 of
                 Physick
                 ,
                 which
                 indeed
                 is
                 but
                 the
                 putting
                 of
                 Phylosophy
                 into
                 practice
                 ,
                 the
                 one
                 being
                 Essential
                 the
                 other
                 Remote
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               II.
               
                 Theory
                 is
                 the
                 remoter
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 common
                 part
                 of
                 Medicine
                 delivering
                 a
                 certain
                 Method
                 both
                 of
                 Medicinal
                 matter
                 ,
                 and
                 preserving
                 the
                 Health
                 of
                 Man.
                 
              
            
             
               It
               is
               indeed
               ,
               to
               speak
               briefly
               ,
               the
               Proaemium
               ,
               or
               Preparation
               to
               Practice
               :
               It
               consists
               in
               the
               knowledg
               of
               things
               Natural
               ,
               both
               General
               and
               Special
               ;
               as
               also
               of
               things
               against
               Nature
               .
            
          
           
             
               III.
               
                 Practice
                 is
                 the
                 next
                 ,
                 and
                 Essential
                 part
                 of
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 giving
                 a
                 Reason
                 of
                 the
                 Means
                 both
                 of
                 preserving
                 and
                 restoring
                 Health
                 .
              
            
             
               This
               comes
               to
               the
               very
               Operation
               and
               End
               of
               Medicine
               ,
               and
               indeed
               is
               the
               very
               Essence
               of
               it
               :
               It
               stirs
               up
               Nature
               ,
               incites
               her
               to
               action
               ,
               tels
               her
               what
               must
               be
               done
               :
               It
               administers
               aid
               to
               Nature
               where
               she
               is
               too
               weak
               ,
               and
               routs
               her
               Enemies
               when
               they
               are
               too
               strong
               for
               her
               .
            
          
           
             
               IV.
               
                 The
                 parts
                 of
                 Practical
                 Medicine
                 are
                 two
                 ,
                 First
                 ,
                 called
                 not
                 Natural
                 ;
                 Secondly
                 ,
                 Proper
                 ,
                 or
                 Method
                 of
                 Cure.
                 
              
            
             
               This
               is
               Galen's
               Division
               ;
               namely
               ,
               First
               of
               all
               
               concerning
               the
               use
               of
               things
               not
               Natural
               ,
               which
               respects
               most
               the
               Diet
               and
               ordering
               of
               the
               Body
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               The
               Method
               of
               Curing
               ,
               which
               concerns
               the
               administration
               of
               necessary
               Medicines
               .
            
             
               For
               a
               Physitian
               considering
               that
               his
               Duty
               is
               no
               less
               to
               look
               after
               present
               Health
               ,
               than
               to
               restore
               it
               when
               it
               is
               lost
               :
               therfore
               although
               things
               not
               Natural
               appertain
               to
               the
               Theorical
               Part
               ;
               yet
               in
               this
               respect
               it
               is
               broughr
               into
               Practice
               ,
               and
               is
               made
               the
               first
               part
               of
               it
               :
               For
               as
               Theory
               is
               to
               be
               considered
               under
               a
               double
               Nature
               ;
               namely
               ,
               as
               a
               man
               is
               either
               Healthful
               or
               Sick
               :
               So
               Practice
               works
               upon
               both
               these
               Natures
               ,
               namely
               ,
               things
               not
               Natural
               to
               preserve
               Health
               ;
               things
               Medicinal
               to
               cure
               Diseases
               .
               Moreover
               ,
               The
               Medicinal
               part
               of
               Physick
               is
               double
               ,
               General
               and
               Special
               :
               General
               which
               shews
               the
               Method
               of
               Curing
               :
               Special
               which
               shews
               the
               Instruments
               to
               cure
               by
               .
            
          
           
             
               V.
               
                 Alchymy
                 ,
                 or
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophy
                 is
                 Theorick
                 and
                 Practick
                 .
              
            
             
               Theorick
               by
               Paracelsians
               is
               divided
               into
               Vital
               and
               Local
               .
            
             
               By
               Vital
               they
               understand
               things
               Natural
               .
            
             
               By
               Local
               ,
               things
               
                 against
                 Nature
              
               .
            
          
           
             
               VI.
               
                 Practical
                 Alchymy
                 is
                 divided
                 by
                 Paracelsians
                 into
                 Method
                 and
                 the
                 Instruments
                 of
                 Healing
                 .
              
            
             
             
               In
               Method
               they
               observe
               not
               only
               Physical
               Indications
               ,
               but
               also
               the
               motion
               of
               the
               Heavens
               .
               As
               pertaining
               to
               Instruments
               ;
               they
               consider
               the
               Difference
               ,
               Composition
               ,
               and
               Proportion
               of
               Medicines
               both
               Chyrurgical
               and
               Physical
               ;
               they
               never
               regard
               Diet
               much
               in
               the
               Cure
               of
               Diseases
               :
               and
               this
               Paracelsus
               not
               only
               taught
               ,
               but
               also
               practised
               ;
               for
               he
               would
               drink
               with
               his
               Patients
               night
               and
               day
               ,
               or
               else
               he
               is
               belyed
               .
            
             
               Thus
               you
               have
               the
               general
               Definition
               of
               Medicine
               :
               What
               follows
               now
               but
               that
               we
               give
               you
               an
               Idea
               of
               our
               Hermonical
               Systeme
               in
               two
               Tomes
               .
               Whereof
               the
               first
               shal
               contain
               the
               Theorick
               ,
               and
               the
               latter
               the
               Practical
               part
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Tome
             I.
             
               Of
               the
               Theorical
               part
               of
               Medicine
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             is
             divided
             into
             two
             parts
             ,
             Remote
             and
             Neer
             .
          
           
             Remote
             ,
             which
             is
             common
             both
             to
             Physick
             and
             Natural
             Phylosophy
             ,
             and
             is
             called
             the
             Knowledg
             of
             things
             Natural
             ,
             is
             either
             General
             or
             Special
             .
          
           
             
             
               Of
               the
               General
               Knowledg
               of
               things
               Natural
               ,
               Or
               the
               Object
               of
               Medicine
               and
               Alchymy
               .
            
             
               1
               THe
               General
               knowledg
               of
               things
               Natural
               ,
               is
               the
               Remote
               part
               of
               the
               Theory
               of
               Medicine
               ;
               which
               treateth
               of
               the
               Object
               of
               Medicine
               ,
               or
               Matter
               of
               curing
               ;
               the
               Natures
               ,
               Parts
               and
               other
               Accidents
               of
               al
               Elementary
               Bodies
               .
               By
               others
               't
               is
               called
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               .
            
             
               2
               The
               Common
               Affections
               thereof
               ,
               as
               also
               the
               Species
               ,
               are
               to
               be
               considered
               .
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               I.
               
                 The
                 Common
                 Affections
                 are
                 called
                 Special
                 .
              
            
             
               1
               SToicheiologia
               Special
               ,
               is
               that
               which
               delivers
               the
               common
               Principles
               of
               Elementary
               Bodies
               .
            
             
               2
               It
               is
               derived
               from
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ;
               which
               signifies
               an
               Element
               ,
               an
               λέγω
               ,
               which
               signifies
               to
               speak
               .
            
             
               3
               Its
               Parts
               are
               either
               the
               first
               ,
               or
               those
               which
               arise
               from
               the
               first
               .
            
             
               4
               The
               first
               are
               
                 Principles
                 ,
                 Elements
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Qualities
               which
               are
               in
               the
               Elements
               .
            
             
             
               5
               Parts
               arising
               from
               the
               first
               ,
               are
               Mixture
               and
               Generation
               ,
               and
               the
               Temperament
               which
               ariseth
               from
               the
               Mixture
               of
               Qualities
               .
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 1.
                 
                 
                   Of
                   Principles
                
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 A
                 Principle
                 is
                 that
                 whereby
                 one
                 thing
                 or
                 another
                 gets
                 its
                 beginning
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 And
                 this
                 is
                 called
                 either
                 the
                 First
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 rising
                 from
                 the
                 First
                 .
                 The
                 first
                 is
                 called
                 
                   Nature
                   Naturing
                
                 ;
                 the
                 second
                 ,
                 
                   Nature
                   Natured
                
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 First
                 is
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 ,
                 and
                 from
                 which
                 all
                 things
                 are
                 made
                 ;
                 but
                 that
                 subsisteth
                 by
                 it self
                 ,
                 and
                 draweth
                 the
                 original
                 of
                 its
                 Essence
                 from
                 nothing
                 ;
                 and
                 therfore
                 Plato
                 in
                 his
                 Phoedon
                 cals
                 God
                 ,
                 Nature
                 Naturing
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 That
                 which
                 hath
                 his
                 Original
                 from
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 which
                 we
                 cal
                 Nature
                 Natured
                 ,
                 is
                 that
                 by
                 which
                 all
                 Natural
                 things
                 subsist
                 ,
                 and
                 from
                 which
                 they
                 borrow
                 their
                 Name
                 ,
                 viz.
                 Natural
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Nature
                 then
                 is
                 double
                 ,
                 Universal
                 and
                 Particular
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Universal
                 is
                 the
                 Power
                 of
                 the
                 God-head
                 spread
                 through
                 the
                 whol
                 World
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 which
                 Nature
                 acts
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 This
                 is
                 taken
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   For
                   that
                   Divine
                   Vertue
                   which
                   God
                   hath
                   planted
                   in
                   al
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   For
                   the
                   Influence
                   of
                   the
                   Stars
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   he
                   acts
                   it
                   in
                   al
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   3
                   For
                   the
                   Moderater
                   ,
                   and
                   Nourisher
                   of
                   all
                   Natural
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Pithagoreans
                   ,
                   call'd
                   it
                   God
                   himself
                   ;
                   Virgil
                   ,
                   an
                   Internal
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   and
                   Plato
                   ,
                   the
                   Soul
                   of
                   the
                   World.
                   
                
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 Particular
                 Principle
                 or
                 Nature
                 ,
                 is
                 every
                 Natural
                 Body
                 taken
                 as
                 consisting
                 in
                 Matter
                 and
                 Form.
                 
              
               
                 9
                 Matter
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 first
                 Subject
                 by
                 which
                 things
                 are
                 made
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Form
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 Manner
                 ,
                 or
                 Example
                 they
                 are
                 made
                 by
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 2.
                 
                 
                   Of
                   Elements
                
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 AN
                 Element
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 
                   Philip
                   Melancton
                
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 Simple
                 Body
                 ,
                 containing
                 in
                 it
                 the
                 Seeds
                 of
                 all
                 mixt
                 Bodies
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 It
                 is
                 two-fold
                 ,
                 either
                 Opacous
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 an
                 Object
                 of
                 the
                 Sight
                 ;
                 or
                 Transparant
                 .
              
               
                 Transparant
                 either
                 more
                 or
                 less
                 .
              
               
                 Less
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Water
                 .
              
               
                 More
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Air
                 and
                 Fire
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Earth
                 is
                 an
                 Element
                 obscure
                 ,
                 cold
                 ,
                 and
                 dry
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Water
                 is
                 an
                 Element
                 less
                 cleer
                 ,
                 very
                 moist
                 ,
                 and
                 somthing
                 cold
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Air
                 is
                 an
                 Element
                 very
                 cleer
                 ,
                 somthing
                 moist
                 ,
                 and
                 very
                 cold
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Fire
                 is
                 an
                 Element
                 ,
                 cleerest
                 ,
                 dryest
                 ,
                 and
                 hottest
                 .
              
               
               
                 7
                 Elements
                 and
                 Principles
                 differ
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Elements
                   are
                   Corporeal
                   ;
                   Principles
                   Incorporeal
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Principles
                   are
                   the
                   Objects
                   of
                   Reason
                   ;
                   Elements
                   of
                   Sence
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Principles
                   are
                   first
                   and
                   immediate
                   ,
                   Elements
                   compounded
                   of
                   the
                   Principles
                   ,
                   for
                   they
                   consist
                   of
                   Matter
                   and
                   Form
                   ;
                   and
                   if
                   you
                   wil
                   take
                   Elements
                   as
                   Principles
                   ,
                   then
                   take
                   them
                   as
                   Sensible
                   Principles
                   ,
                   consisting
                   of
                   Matter
                   and
                   Form.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 3.
                 
                 
                   Of
                   the
                   three
                   Principles
                   of
                   Alchymists
                   which
                   are
                   contained
                   in
                   every
                   Natural
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   give
                   it
                   its
                   Constitution
                   :
                   as
                   also
                   of
                   the
                   Faculties
                   and
                   Properties
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   and
                   their
                   Number
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Doctrine
                   of
                
                 Hermes
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 IN
                 this
                 particular
                 ,
                 Alchymists
                 reject
                 the
                 Opinion
                 of
                 Aristotle
                 altogether
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 According
                 to
                 Paracelsus
                 ,
                 the
                 first
                 Matter
                 of
                 al
                 things
                 is
                 a
                 certain
                 great
                 Mystery
                 ,
                 not
                 perspicable
                 to
                 Sense
                 ,
                 which
                 contains
                 in
                 it
                 somthing
                 after
                 an
                 hidden
                 and
                 invisible
                 way
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 According
                 to
                 the
                 Opinion
                 of
                 later
                 Alchymists
                 
                 it
                 is
                 an
                 Essential
                 Subject
                 containing
                 all
                 Forms
                 in
                 it
                 :
                 or
                 a
                 certain
                 Punct
                 from
                 which
                 all
                 things
                 flow
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 which
                 they
                 return
                 as
                 to
                 their
                 Center
                 .
                 Plato
                 cals
                 it
                 the
                 Soul
                 of
                 the
                 World.
                 
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Principles
                 are
                 either
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 are
                 Simple
                 ,
                 or
                 Bodies
                 composed
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Simples
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 consist
                 of
                 themselves
                 ,
                 from
                 whence
                 al
                 other
                 things
                 come
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 which
                 they
                 return
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Compounds
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 made
                 of
                 these
                 Simples
                 ,
                 and
                 return
                 to
                 them
                 again
                 :
                 and
                 they
                 are
                 divided
                 into
                 Bodies
                 ,
                 Formal
                 and
                 Material
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Both
                 Simples
                 and
                 Compounds
                 then
                 ,
                 are
                 ,
                 either
                 Invisible
                 ,
                 as
                 Formal
                 and
                 Spiritual
                 :
                 or
                 Visible
                 ,
                 as
                 Material
                 and
                 Corporeal
                 :
                 and
                 these
                 are
                 contained
                 in
                 every
                 individual
                 Substance
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Those
                 that
                 are
                 Invisible
                 ,
                 are
                 contained
                 within
                 those
                 that
                 are
                 Bodily
                 :
                 as
                 the
                 Soul
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Spirit
                 in
                 whatsoever
                 lives
                 ,
                 whereby
                 it
                 not
                 only
                 preserves
                 it self
                 ,
                 but
                 begets
                 its
                 like
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 They
                 are
                 double
                 ,
                 Active
                 ,
                 and
                 Passive
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Actives
                 ,
                 are
                 nothing
                 else
                 but
                 the
                 Forms
                 of
                 Natural
                 things
                 ,
                 which
                 God
                 gave
                 by
                 his
                 blessing
                 at
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 have
                 continued
                 ever
                 since
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Passive
                 ,
                 as
                 Seeds
                 ,
                 Roots
                 ,
                 Plants
                 ,
                 Constellations
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 12
                 Seeds
                 are
                 a
                 vital
                 beginning
                 ,
                 containing
                 within
                 it self
                 the
                 Spirit
                 of
                 what
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 Seed
                 of
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 it
                 produceth
                 again
                 its
                 own
                 Body
                 ,
                 Tast
                 ,
                 Color
                 ,
                 
                 Quality
                 ,
                 Magnitude
                 ,
                 and
                 Figure
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 Constellations
                 are
                 ordained
                 by
                 their
                 Motions
                 to
                 order
                 the
                 Actions
                 of
                 Natural
                 things
                 ,
                 both
                 of
                 Herbs
                 ,
                 living
                 Creatures
                 ,
                 and
                 Minerals
                 to
                 concoct
                 their
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 to
                 separate
                 their
                 Excrements
                 ,
                 to
                 supply
                 them
                 in
                 matters
                 belonging
                 to
                 Procreation
                 and
                 Increase
                 ,
                 both
                 continually
                 and
                 constantly
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 Roots
                 ,
                 are
                 that
                 which
                 dispose
                 to
                 Action
                 ,
                 Maturity
                 ,
                 and
                 Fruitfulness
                 ,
                 both
                 Plants
                 and
                 Trees
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 Seeds
                 act
                 by
                 another
                 invisible
                 way
                 ,
                 and
                 have
                 a
                 strange
                 kind
                 of
                 Power
                 within
                 them
                 to
                 beget
                 their
                 like
                 ,
                 having
                 their
                 like
                 within
                 them
                 only
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 Power
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   Living
                   Creatures
                   provoked
                   by
                   the
                   power
                   of
                   Venus
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   Plants
                   ,
                   shut
                   up
                   in
                   their
                   Seeds
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   cover'd
                   with
                   a
                   bulk
                   of
                   Rubbish
                   .
                
              
               
                 Al
                 these
                 have
                 hidden
                 Spirits
                 in
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 The
                 Formal
                 Principles
                 ,
                 or
                 Active
                 Bodies
                 are
                 three
                 ;
                 whereof
                 two
                 are
                 moist
                 ,
                 and
                 one
                 dry
                 :
                 The
                 two
                 moist
                 are
                 ,
                 Mercury
                 and
                 Sulphur
                 :
                 That
                 which
                 is
                 dry
                 ,
                 is
                 Sal.
                 These
                 ,
                 Hermetical
                 Physophers
                 cal
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 Soul
                 ,
                 and
                 Body
                 .
                 These
                 three
                 Principles
                 ,
                 although
                 they
                 are
                 Spiritual
                 ,
                 yet
                 being
                 joyned
                 with
                 Simple
                 Elements
                 ,
                 they
                 make
                 up
                 Material
                 and
                 mixt
                 Bodies
                 .
              
               
               
                 17
                 Mercury
                 is
                 that
                 sharp
                 ,
                 penetrating
                 ,
                 pure
                 ,
                 and
                 Aetherial
                 Body
                 ;
                 that
                 Aerial
                 ,
                 Subtil
                 ,
                 and
                 Spiritual
                 Substance
                 ,
                 the
                 next
                 Instrument
                 of
                 Life
                 and
                 Form.
                 
              
               
                 18
                 Sulphur
                 is
                 that
                 moist
                 ,
                 sweet
                 ,
                 oyly
                 ,
                 viscuous
                 Substance
                 ,
                 the
                 food
                 of
                 heat
                 indued
                 with
                 a
                 glutinative
                 Quality
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 Sal
                 ,
                 is
                 that
                 salt
                 ,
                 dry
                 and
                 purely
                 terrene
                 quality
                 ,
                 representing
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 Salt
                 ,
                 indued
                 with
                 wonderful
                 Vertues
                 ,
                 having
                 power
                 to
                 dissolve
                 ,
                 coagulate
                 ,
                 clense
                 ,
                 evacuate
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 perform
                 such
                 like
                 actions
                 .
              
               
                 20
                 The
                 Visible
                 Elements
                 are
                 two
                 ;
                 one
                 dry
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 Earth
                 ;
                 the
                 other
                 moist
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 Water
                 .
              
               
                 21
                 The
                 Earth
                 is
                 a
                 Body
                 separated
                 by
                 the
                 Water
                 from
                 
                   Sal
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Mercury
                 ;
                 It
                 is
                 called
                 
                   Terra
                   damnata
                
                 ,
                 Ashes
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Caput
                   mortuum
                
                 .
              
               
                 22
                 The
                 Water
                 is
                 an
                 insipid
                 flegm
                 ,
                 destitute
                 both
                 of
                 Sal
                 and
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 only
                 moistening
                 ,
                 without
                 any
                 manifest
                 strength
                 or
                 force
                 .
              
               
                 23
                 There
                 are
                 two
                 Elements
                 then
                 you
                 see
                 ,
                 Earth
                 and
                 Water
                 .
              
               
                 24
                 The
                 Air
                 ,
                 seeing
                 it
                 cannot
                 be
                 separated
                 ,
                 is
                 therefore
                 mixed
                 with
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 especially
                 with
                 Mercury
                 .
              
               
                 25
                 We
                 acknowledg
                 no
                 other
                 Fire
                 ,
                 than
                 that
                 which
                 they
                 cal
                 in
                 English
                 the
                 Sky
                 ;
                 the
                 Greeks
                 Aether
                 ,
                 from
                 burning
                 .
              
               
               
                 26
                 The
                 Heaven
                 is
                 then
                 the
                 fourth
                 Formal
                 or
                 Essential
                 Element
                 ,
                 or
                 rather
                 the
                 fourth
                 Essence
                 extracted
                 from
                 Elements
                 and
                 Principles
                 .
              
               
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Principles
                 and
                 Elements
                 :
                 The
                 Qualities
                 follow
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 4.
                 
                 
                   Of
                   both
                   first
                   and
                   second
                   Qualities
                   .
                
              
               
                 1
                 QUality
                 is
                 an
                 Affection
                 of
                 Body
                 which
                 demonstrates
                 what
                 it
                 is
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Form
                 which
                 moveth
                 the
                 Sences
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Qualities
                 are
                 either
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 are
                 in
                 Elements
                 and
                 Simple
                 Bodies
                 :
                 or
                 such
                 as
                 arise
                 from
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 called
                 Compounds
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Quality
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 manifest
                 or
                 hidden
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Manifest
                 and
                 first
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Active
                 ,
                 as
                 Heat
                 and
                 Cold
                 :
                 or
                 Passive
                 ,
                 as
                 Driness
                 and
                 Moisture
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Heat
                 is
                 the
                 first
                 Quality
                 which
                 heateth
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Cold
                 is
                 the
                 first
                 Quality
                 which
                 cooleth
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Moisture
                 is
                 the
                 first
                 Quality
                 which
                 moistneth
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Driness
                 is
                 the
                 first
                 Quality
                 which
                 dryeth
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Heaven
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 Plato
                 and
                 the
                 Astrologers
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 first
                 Principle
                 of
                 Heat
                 :
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Peripateticks
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 Elementary
                 Fire
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 first
                 Qualities
                 :
                 Those
                 which
                 arise
                 from
                 them
                 follow
                 :
                 And
                 they
                 are
                 either
                 Simple
                 or
                 Mixed
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Simple
                 ,
                 are
                 such
                 which
                 principally
                 consist
                 from
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 as
              
               
                 
                 
                   1
                   Rarity
                   and
                   Lightness
                   ,
                   from
                   Heat
                   ,
                   which
                   moves
                   upwards
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Thickness
                   ,
                   from
                   Cold
                   ;
                   which
                   moves
                   downwards
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Softness
                   and
                   Thinness
                   ,
                   from
                   moisture
                   ;
                   which
                   yeilds
                   to
                   touching
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Hardness
                   ,
                   from
                   Driness
                   ;
                   which
                   resists
                   touching
                   .
                
              
               
                 12
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Simple
                 Qualities
                 ;
                 the
                 Mixt
                 follow
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 ,
                 Tast
                 ,
                 Smel
                 ,
                 and
                 Color
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 Tast
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 Quality
                 arising
                 from
                 a
                 straining
                 of
                 an
                 Earthy
                 Body
                 through
                 a
                 Moist
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 force
                 of
                 Heat
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 It
                 is
                 double
                 ,
                 Mean
                 and
                 Extream
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 Mean
                 ,
                 causeth
                 Sweetness
                 and
                 Fatness
                 ,
                 consisting
                 of
                 an
                 hot
                 and
                 moist
                 Quality
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 Extream
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 shews
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   More
                   Heat
                   ,
                   as
                   sharp
                   ,
                   bitter
                   ,
                   and
                   Salt.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   Remiss
                   Heat
                   ,
                   or
                   rather
                   Cold
                   ,
                   as
                   Tart
                   ,
                   Austere
                   ,
                   and
                   Sower
                   .
                
              
               
                 17
                 A
                 sharp
                 tast
                 proceedeth
                 from
                 strong
                 heat
                 ,
                 and
                 thin
                 driness
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 Pepper
                 ,
                 Onions
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 18
                 Bitter
                 ,
                 hath
                 not
                 so
                 subtil
                 a
                 Driness
                 ,
                 nor
                 yet
                 so
                 strong
                 an
                 heat
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 Wormwood
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 A
                 Salt
                 tast
                 ,
                 hath
                 a
                 thicker
                 Driness
                 ,
                 and
                 less
                 Heat
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 Salt.
                 
              
               
                 20
                 A
                 Tart
                 tast
                 ,
                 consists
                 of
                 very
                 much
                 Cold
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 of
                 very
                 remiss
                 Heat
                 and
                 Driness
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 Crabs
                 ,
                 Verjuyce
                 ,
                 and
                 wild
                 Pears
                 .
              
               
               
                 21
                 Austere
                 ,
                 consists
                 of
                 less
                 Coldness
                 and
                 Driness
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 our
                 English
                 Grapes
                 .
              
               
                 22
                 Sowr
                 ,
                 consists
                 of
                 a
                 thin
                 driness
                 ,
                 and
                 mean
                 cold
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 Vinegar
                 .
              
               
                 23
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Tast
                 ;
                 the
                 Smel
                 follows
                 :
              
               
                 Smell
                 .
                 is
                 a
                 Quality
                 arising
                 from
                 the
                 straining
                 of
                 Moisture
                 through
                 Driness
                 ,
                 caused
                 by
                 Heat
                 .
              
               
                 24
                 'T
                 is
                 either
                 Mean
                 ,
                 as
                 Sweet
                 and
                 Fat
                 ;
                 Or
                 Extream
                 ,
                 in
                 which
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   By
                   greater
                   Heat
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   Sharp
                   ,
                   Bitter
                   and
                   Salt
                
                 
                   2
                   By
                   remiss
                   Heat
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   Tart
                   ,
                   Austere
                   ,
                   and
                   Sowr
                   .
                
              
               
                 25
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Smel
                 ;
                 the
                 Color
                 follows
                 :
              
               
                 Color
                 (
                 according
                 to
                 
                   Philip
                   Melancton
                
                 )
                 is
                 mixture
                 of
                 Transparant
                 Bodies
                 with
                 Opacous
                 .
              
               
                 26
                 It
                 is
                 either
                 Simple
                 ,
                 or
                 Mixed
                 .
              
               
                 27
                 Simple
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 immediately
                 consists
                 from
                 the
                 qualities
                 .
              
               
                 28
                 It
                 is
                 either
                 exactly
                 Mean
                 ,
                 as
                 Redness
                 ;
                 or
                 less
                 Mean
                 ,
                 as
                 other
                 Colors
                 .
              
               
                 29
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 the
                 
                   Manifest
                   Qualities
                
                 ;
                 the
                 Hidden
                 follow
                 :
                 Which
                 are
                 certain
                 special
                 Vertues
                 ,
                 which
                 Physitians
                 can
                 give
                 no
                 Reason
                 for
                 .
              
               
                 30
                 These
                 are
                 two-fold
                 ,
                 which
                 the
                 Learned
                 cal
                 Idiocratia
                 ,
                 and
                 Pathema
                 .
              
               
                 31
                 Idiocratia
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 Property
                 working
                 by
                 it self
                 ,
                 for
                 which
                 a
                 Reason
                 cannot
                 be
                 given
                 ;
                 neither
                 
                 doth
                 it
                 cal
                 for
                 help
                 from
                 any
                 thing
                 else
                 .
                 And
                 so
                 Fennel
                 cures
                 the
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 and
                 Peony
                 the
                 Falling-sickness
                 .
              
               
                 32
                 Pathema
                 consists
                 in
                 Sympathy
                 and
                 
                   Antipathy
                   :
                   Sympathy
                
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 mutual
                 Love
                 one
                 thing
                 hath
                 with
                 another
                 .
              
               
                 Antipathy
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 Hatred
                 in
                 the
                 like
                 Nature
                 :
                 Both
                 of
                 them
                 are
                 Natural
                 ,
                 and
                 may
                 cleerly
                 be
                 seen
                 both
                 in
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 ,
                 Plants
                 and
                 Minerals
                 .
              
               
                 And
                 now
                 by
                 the
                 leave
                 of
                 my
                 Author
                 :
                 I
                 would
                 fain
                 demand
                 of
                 some
                 of
                 the
                 Rabbies
                 of
                 our
                 times
                 ,
                 Whether
                 God
                 when
                 he
                 made
                 the
                 Creation
                 ,
                 made
                 not
                 a
                 Rational
                 piece
                 of
                 Work
                 ?
                 If
                 so
                 ,
                 Whether
                 a
                 Reason
                 may
                 not
                 be
                 given
                 for
                 every
                 thing
                 in
                 the
                 Creation
                 ?
                 If
                 that
                 be
                 granted
                 me
                 too
                 ,
                 then
                 ,
                 What
                 hidden
                 Vertue
                 can
                 there
                 be
                 in
                 things
                 ?
                 I
                 cannot
                 indure
                 such
                 sleepy
                 businesses
                 which
                 are
                 maintained
                 by
                 few
                 ,
                 the
                 Brats
                 of
                 Dr.
                 Ignorance
                 ,
                 and
                 Dr.
                 Laziness
                 excepted
                 .
              
               
                 33
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Principles
                 ,
                 Elements
                 ,
                 and
                 Qualities
                 of
                 the
                 Dogmatists
                 ,
                 which
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 very
                 ingeniously
                 comprehend
                 in
                 Principles
                 ,
                 Visible
                 and
                 Invisible
                 .
                 Mixture
                 and
                 Generation
                 arising
                 from
                 these
                 now
                 follows
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 Chap.
                 5.
                 
                 
                   Of
                   Mixture
                   and
                   Generation
                   in
                   the
                   General
                   .
                
              
               
                 1
                 HEre
                 come
                 Two
                 things
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   General
                   :
                   That
                   which
                   is
                   needful
                   to
                   Generation
                   and
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   as
                   Alteration
                   and
                   Mixture
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Special
                   :
                   as
                   Generation
                   and
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Temperature
                   which
                   comes
                   from
                   Mixture
                   and
                   Alteration
                   .
                
              
               
                 2
                 Alteration
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 Motion
                 or
                 Effect
                 whereby
                 another
                 quality
                 is
                 procured
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 And
                 it
                 is
                 either
                 Simple
                 or
                 Compound
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 That
                 is
                 Simple
                 which
                 contains
                 but
                 one
                 quality
                 in
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 operates
                 either
                 in
                 Actives
                 or
                 Passives
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 In
                 Actives
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 Heating
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 an
                 Alteration
                 whereby
                 the
                 Cold
                 is
                 expelled
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 a
                 cooling
                 ,
                 wherby
                 Heat
                 is
                 served
                 with
                 the
                 same
                 Sawce
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 In
                 Passives
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 moistning
                 ,
                 whereby
                 Dryness
                 is
                 converted
                 into
                 Moisture
                 :
                 or
                 else
                 a
                 Drying
                 ,
                 whereby
                 Moisture
                 is
                 changed
                 into
                 Driness
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 A
                 Compound
                 Alteration
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 contains
                 more
                 qualities
                 in
                 it self
                 ,
                 and
                 't
                 is
                 called
                 Concoction
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Concoction
                 ,
                 to
                 wit
                 ,
                 of
                 mixt
                 things
                 (
                 for
                 the
                 Concoction
                 of
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 is
                 another
                 manner
                 of
                 business
                 )
                 is
                 an
                 Alteration
                 tending
                 to
                 Perfection
                 .
              
               
               
                 9
                 It
                 is
                 Three-fold
                 ,
                 
                   Maturation
                   ,
                   Elixation
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Assation
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Maturation
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 Concoction
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 the
                 Fruits
                 of
                 Trees
                 and
                 Plants
                 wax
                 ripe
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Elixation
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 Concoction
                 made
                 by
                 the
                 Heat
                 and
                 moisture
                 of
                 a
                 thing
                 which
                 is
                 within
                 it self
                 ;
                 as
                 things
                 putrefie
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 Assation
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 Concoction
                 made
                 by
                 external
                 Heat
                 and
                 Driness
                 ,
                 as
                 Meat
                 is
                 roasted
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 6.
                 
                 
                   Of
                   Mixture
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Opinion
                   of
                   the
                   Dogmatists
                   ,
                   and
                   Hermetical
                   Phylosophers
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   FIrst
                   ,
                   According
                   to
                   the
                   Opinion
                   of
                   the
                   Dogmatists
                   :
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Mixture
                       is
                       an
                       Union
                       of
                       Bodies
                       to
                       be
                       mixed
                       for
                       Alteration
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       In
                       matters
                       of
                       Passion
                       ,
                       it
                       consists
                       in
                       qualitie
                       or
                       substance
                       .
                       Matters
                       Active
                       ,
                       are
                       imployed
                       in
                       acting
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       The
                       four
                       Elements
                       are
                       in
                       al
                       mixt
                       Bodies
                       according
                       to
                       form
                       and
                       quality
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   According
                   to
                   Hermetical
                   Phylosophers
                   .
                
              
               
                 1
                 They
                 can
                 by
                 no
                 means
                 close
                 with
                 this
                 Doctrine
                 ;
                 for
                 they
                 demand
                 (
                 seeing
                 Mixture
                 is
                 a
                 certain
                 Motion
                 )
                 Who
                 is
                 the
                 Mover
                 ?
                 By
                 what
                 Powter
                 ●he
                 Elements
                 tend
                 to
                 Mixture
                 in
                 such
                 just
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               
               
                 2
                 The
                 Mover
                 is
                 a
                 Vital
                 Principle
                 indued
                 with
                 Knowledg
                 ,
                 the
                 Form
                 ,
                 Species
                 ,
                 Seed
                 ,
                 Constellation
                 by
                 whose
                 Power
                 and
                 Knowledg
                 such
                 Divine
                 Offices
                 of
                 Mixture
                 are
                 administred
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Transplantation
                 is
                 a
                 certain
                 accident
                 of
                 Mixture
                 and
                 Generation
                 ,
                 when
                 not
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 intended
                 ,
                 but
                 another
                 thing
                 is
                 Generated
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 comes
                 to
                 pass
                 two
                 waies
                 :
              
               
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   By
                   a
                   confusion
                   of
                   Seed
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   of
                   a
                   Horse
                   and
                   a
                   shee
                   Ass
                   a
                   Mule
                   is
                   ingendred
                   :
                   Or
                   the
                   Seeds
                   of
                   many
                   Plants
                   put
                   close
                   together
                   ,
                   will
                   produce
                   but
                   one
                   Plant.
                   
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   By
                   Degeneration
                   ,
                   when
                   not
                   the
                   same
                   Seed
                   comes
                   up
                   which
                   you
                   Sow
                   ;
                   so
                   Wheat
                   often
                   degenerates
                   into
                   Darnel
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Chap.
                 7.
                 
                 
                   Of
                   Generation
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   opinion
                   of
                   Dogmatists
                   and
                   Hermetical
                   Phylosophers
                   .
                
              
               
                 1
                 GEneration
                 is
                 a
                 Mutation
                 from
                 qualities
                 ,
                 having
                 respect
                 to
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 each
                 Subject
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 For
                 as
                 
                   Philip
                   Melancton
                
                 saith
                 ,
                 Heat
                 being
                 tempered
                 with
                 cold
                 ,
                 and
                 joyned
                 with
                 driness
                 and
                 moisture
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 mixt
                 body
                 of
                 al
                 qualities
                 and
                 Elements
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Putrefaction
                 is
                 an
                 Alteration
                 bringing
                 Corruption
                 ,
                 from
                 whence
                 is
                 bred
                 Consent
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Consent
                 is
                 a
                 Transit
                 of
                 one
                 thing
                 into
                 another
                 by
                 certain
                 Nurseries
                 ,
              
               
               
                 5
                 According
                 to
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 .
                 Generation
                 is
                 the
                 progression
                 of
                 the
                 Seminal
                 Spirit
                 out
                 of
                 its
                 Fountain
                 and
                 vital
                 Principle
                 into
                 the
                 Stage
                 of
                 the
                 World
                 :
                 whereby
                 of
                 Invisible
                 it
                 becomes
                 Visible
                 ,
                 and
                 produceth
                 Color
                 ,
                 Smel
                 ,
                 Tast
                 ,
                 Heat
                 ,
                 Cold
                 ,
                 Moisture
                 ,
                 Driness
                 .
                 Magnitude
                 ,
                 and
                 Form
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 Ornaments
                 of
                 Body
                 ;
                 and
                 by
                 this
                 Renovation
                 maintains
                 a
                 perpetuity
                 of
                 its
                 own
                 Species
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Whatsoever
                 new
                 things
                 we
                 see
                 every
                 day
                 ,
                 they
                 had
                 a
                 being
                 before
                 in
                 the
                 Seeds
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Whatsoever
                 we
                 see
                 corrupted
                 here
                 every
                 day
                 ,
                 they
                 are
                 not
                 brought
                 again
                 to
                 nothing
                 ,
                 but
                 return
                 again
                 to
                 their
                 Fountains
                 from
                 whence
                 they
                 came
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 For
                 this
                 cause
                 are
                 Elements
                 necessary
                 to
                 Generation
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 the
                 Wombs
                 that
                 contain
                 the
                 Seeds
                 ,
                 and
                 Principles
                 of
                 al
                 Bodies
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Places
                 ,
                 Elements
                 and
                 Bodies
                 must
                 be
                 agreeable
                 to
                 the
                 Seeds
                 ;
                 for
                 the
                 Seeds
                 themselves
                 have
                 this
                 Power
                 ,
                 to
                 find
                 out
                 what
                 is
                 agreeable
                 to
                 their
                 own
                 Natures
                 ;
                 and
                 therefore
                 such
                 Seeds
                 grow
                 Naturally
                 in
                 hot
                 places
                 ,
                 such
                 in
                 Cold
                 ,
                 such
                 in
                 Moist
                 and
                 such
                 in
                 Dry.
                 
              
               
                 Sulphur
                 is
                 best
                 found
                 in
                 one
                 place
                 ,
                 Mercnry
                 in
                 another
                 ,
                 and
                 Salt
                 in
                 a
                 third
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 The
                 Seeds
                 perform
                 their
                 Progress
                 and
                 Operation
                 by
                 the
                 help
                 of
                 the
                 sensible
                 Mechanical
                 spirits
                 .
              
               
               
                 11
                 The
                 Mechanical
                 Spirits
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 adorned
                 with
                 an
                 inbred
                 Knowledg
                 ,
                 and
                 instructed
                 with
                 an
                 Artificial
                 Workmanship
                 ,
                 whereby
                 they
                 cause
                 Tast
                 ,
                 Color
                 ,
                 Smel
                 Order
                 ,
                 and
                 Proportion
                 in
                 Natural
                 things
                 :
                 He
                 that
                 dreams
                 of
                 Spirits
                 without
                 these
                 endowments
                 ,
                 dreams
                 of
                 nothing
                 but
                 Vapor
                 and
                 Smoke
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 In
                 this
                 inferior
                 Globe
                 ,
                 are
                 three
                 famous
                 differences
                 of
                 Generation
                 ;
                 namely
                 ,
                 of
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 ,
                 Plants
                 ,
                 and
                 Minerals
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 In
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 ,
                 the
                 Seminal
                 Matter
                 is
                 contained
                 in
                 the
                 Natural
                 Balsom
                 ;
                 in
                 the
                 Vital
                 ,
                 Sulphur
                 ;
                 in
                 the
                 Vital
                 spirit
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Mummy
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Radical
                 and
                 first
                 matter
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 14
                 The
                 Generations
                 of
                 the
                 superior
                 Globe
                 ,
                 are
                 certain
                 ,
                 but
                 far
                 different
                 .
                 For
                 in
                 the
                 Coelestial
                 Sphears
                 ,
                 they
                 continue
                 perfect
                 til
                 the
                 Consumation
                 of
                 al
                 things
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 Generation
                 comes
                 not
                 by
                 Putrefaction
                 as
                 people
                 think
                 :
                 Putrefaction
                 doth
                 but
                 administer
                 heat
                 ,
                 wherby
                 the
                 vital
                 vertue
                 is
                 stirred
                 up
                 to
                 action
                 :
                 For
                 as
                 in
                 the
                 Earth
                 it
                 were
                 a
                 Madness
                 to
                 think
                 that
                 one
                 Plant
                 was
                 changed
                 into
                 another
                 by
                 Putrefaction
                 :
                 so
                 above
                 the
                 Earth
                 ,
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 beget
                 their
                 like
                 ,
                 not
                 by
                 Putrefaction
                 ,
                 but
                 by
                 the
                 Vital
                 spirit
                 of
                 the
                 seed
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 Chap.
                 8.
                 
                 
                   Of
                   Temperaments
                
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 TEmperament
                 is
                 either
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 Mixture
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Form
                 of
                 the
                 thing
                 mixed
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Principle
                 of
                 Natural
                 Facultie
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Soul
                 makes
                 use
                 of
                 the
                 Temperament
                 as
                 an
                 Instrument
                 to
                 perform
                 its
                 Actions
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Temperament
                 is
                 the
                 Principle
                 without
                 which
                 actions
                 cannot
                 be
                 performed
                 :
                 Take
                 away
                 the
                 Temperature
                 of
                 a
                 Particular
                 part
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Natural
                 Actions
                 thereof
                 cease
                 also
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Temperament
                 of
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 is
                 one
                 thing
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 Creatures
                 without
                 life
                 another
                 ;
                 and
                 yet
                 some
                 question
                 whether
                 there
                 be
                 any
                 Creatures
                 without
                 life
                 or
                 not
                 ;
                 and
                 my self
                 (
                 by
                 the
                 leave
                 of
                 my
                 Author
                 )
                 could
                 afford
                 to
                 be
                 one
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Temperament
                 of
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 is
                 either
                 Total
                 or
                 Partial
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Total
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Influential
                 or
                 Radical
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Influential
                 ariseth
                 from
                 the
                 Elements
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Radical
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 Justice
                 ,
                 or
                 due
                 giving
                 to
                 every
                 one
                 his
                 own
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Justice
                 ,
                 is
                 Simple
                 or
                 Compound
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Simple
                 is
                 Four-fold
                 ,
                 Hot
                 ,
                 Cold
                 ,
                 Dry
                 ,
                 and
                 Moist
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Compound
                 is
                 Four-fold
                 ,
                 Hot
                 and
                 Moist
                 ,
                 Hot
                 and
                 Dry
                 ,
                 Cold
                 and
                 Moist
                 ,
                 Cold
                 and
                 Dry.
                 
              
               
               
                 12
                 Temperament
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 in
                 respect
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   Sex.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   Age.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   Place
                   or
                   Region
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Of
                   the
                   Seasons
                   of
                   the
                   Year
                   .
                
              
               
                 13
                 It
                 is
                 called
                 Temperament
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   For
                   its
                   Excellency
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Absulutely
                   ,
                   or
                   Comparatively
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   By
                   act
                   or
                   power
                   of
                   acting
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   By
                   it self
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   accident
                   .
                
              
               
                 Also
                 it
                 is
                 either
                 Healthful
                 or
                 Sickly
                 ,
                 either
                 alone
                 by
                 itself
                 ,
                 or
                 with
                 Flux
                 of
                 Matter
                 .
              
               
                 Fluxes
                 of
                 Matter
                 which
                 hinder
                 Temperament
                 are
                 Blood
                 ,
                 Choller
                 ,
                 Flegm
                 Melancholly
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 Al
                 these
                 ,
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 cal
                 Salts
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 of
                 divers
                 abilities
                 .
                 And
                 thus
                 much
                 of
                 the
                 Common
                 Affections
                 :
                 The
                 Species
                 followeth
                 ,
                 to
                 wit
                 ,
                 A
                 Body
                 with
                 Life
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 A
                 Body
                 with
                 Life
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 It
                 is
                 either
                 not
                 sensible
                 as
                 Plants
                 and
                 Mettals
                 :
                 or
                 sensible
                 ,
                 as
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 are
                 either
                 Rational
                 ,
                 or
                 Irrational
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Irrational
                 ,
                 are
                 Beasts
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 some
                 have
                 Blood
                 ,
                 and
                 some
                 have
                 none
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Such
                 as
                 have
                 Blood
                 ,
                 some
                 have
                 Feet
                 ,
                 and
                 some
                 have
                 none
                 .
              
               
               
                 5
                 Of
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 Feet
                 ,
                 some
                 have
                 two
                 ,
                 as
                 Birds
                 ;
                 some
                 have
                 four
                 ,
                 as
                 Beasts
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Of
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 no
                 Feet
                 ,
                 some
                 have
                 Fins
                 ,
                 as
                 Fishes
                 ;
                 some
                 no
                 Fins
                 ,
                 as
                 Serpents
                 .
                 Of
                 al
                 these
                 in
                 Order
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             The
             second
             Part
             of
             the
             first
             Tome
             .
             
               Of
               Living
               Bodies
               ,
               not
               Sensible
               ,
               and
               Sensible
               .
            
          
           
             1
             A
             Living
             Body
             not
             sensible
             ,
             is
             that
             which
             we
             cal
             Vegetative
             .
          
           
             2
             It
             is
             either
             perfectly
             Living
             ,
             as
             Plants
             ;
             or
             imperfectly
             ,
             as
             Mettals
             .
          
           
             3
             The
             Doctrine
             of
             Plants
             is
             called
             Botanical
             .
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               I.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 Art
                 Botanical
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 ART
                 Botanical
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 Anatomy
                 of
                 Plants
                 .
                 2
                 The
                 Instruments
                 to
                 be
                 compared
                 for
                 this
                 Art.
                 as
                 also
                 for
                 all
                 other
                 Arts
                 ,
                 are
                 Skill
                 and
                 Exercise
                 .
              
               
               
                 3
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 this
                 Art
                 are
                 Two
                 ,
                 The
                 shewing
                 the
                 Reason
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 History
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 shewing
                 the
                 Reason
                 of
                 Plants
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 It
                 is
                 the
                 first
                 part
                 of
                 Art
                 Botanical
                 ,
                 which
                 finds
                 out
                 the
                 common
                 Natures
                 of
                 Plants
                 from
                 their
                 Causes
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 A
                 Plant
                 is
                 a
                 Vegetable
                 Essence
                 ,
                 growing
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Earth
                 or
                 Water
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Its
                 parts
                 are
                 two
                 ,
                 A
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 Soul
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 the
                 Body
                 is
                 nourished
                 ,
                 encreased
                 ,
                 and
                 brings
                 forth
                 seed
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Kinds
                 of
                 Plants
                 are
                 two
                 ,
                 Simple
                 and
                 Compound
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 simple
                 are
                 Garden
                 and
                 Wild.
                 
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 parts
                 of
                 a
                 Plant
                 are
                 like
                 or
                 unlike
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 As
                 in
                 men
                 there
                 are
                 Ages
                 ,
                 so
                 there
                 are
                 in
                 Plants
                 ,
                 and
                 also
                 in
                 Herbs
                 ;
                 namely
                 ,
                 before
                 they
                 run
                 to
                 Flower
                 :
                 in
                 flower
                 ,
                 in
                 seed
                 ,
                 or
                 Fruit
                 ,
                 and
                 when
                 they
                 shed
                 their
                 seed
                 or
                 Fruit.
                 
              
               
                 7
                 Of
                 Herbs
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 nourishing
                 ,
                 as
                 Wheat
                 ,
                 Barly
                 ,
                 Oats
                 ;
                 some
                 less
                 nourishing
                 ,
                 as
                 Violets
                 ,
                 Marjoram
                 ,
                 Lavender
                 ;
                 some
                 Medicinal
                 ,
                 as
                 Saffron
                 ,
                 Ginger
                 ,
                 Zedoary
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
                 You
                 have
                 had
                 the
                 Reason
                 ;
                 the
                 History
                 of
                 Plants
                 follows
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               LIB
               .
               II
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 History
                 of
                 Plants
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 THe
                 History
                 of
                 Plants
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 second
                 part
                 of
                 Art
                 Botanical
                 :
                 and
                 it
                 treats
                 of
                 the
                 several
                 kinds
                 of
                 Plants
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 We
                 divide
                 the
                 whol
                 History
                 of
                 Plants
                 into
                 ten
                 parts
                 :
                 namely
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Fungous
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Mossie
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Reeds
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Pulses
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Solid
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Such
                   as
                   stain
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Such
                   as
                   do
                   stain
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   Such
                   as
                   are
                   of
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   Poppies
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   Such
                   as
                   are
                   propped
                   up
                   .
                
                 
                   10
                   Such
                   as
                   strengthen
                   .
                
              
               
                 3
                 Of
                 these
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 more
                 rude
                 ,
                 as
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 Fungous
                 and
                 Mossie
                 ;
                 others
                 more
                 absolute
                 and
                 perfect
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 other
                 eight
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Such
                   as
                   are
                   Fungous
                   ,
                   contain
                   Toad-stools
                   ,
                   so
                   called
                   of
                   their
                   killing
                   property
                   :
                   
                     Fungus
                     ,
                     a
                     funere
                     dictus
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Mosses
                   ,
                   contains
                   both
                   such
                   as
                   have
                   narrow
                   and
                   broad
                   Leaves
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Reeds
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   sort
                   are
                   some
                   Grasses
                   ,
                   
                   Reeds
                   Bul-rushes
                   ,
                   Jacynth
                   ,
                   Daffodil
                   ,
                   Saffion
                   ,
                   Satyrion
                   ,
                   Lillies
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   4
                   Under
                   Pulses
                   are
                   all
                   such
                   as
                   bear
                   their
                   Fruit
                   in
                   Cods
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Such
                   as
                   are
                   solid
                   ,
                   are
                   Fern
                   ,
                   Ivy
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   6
                   Such
                   as
                   stain
                   not
                   are
                   Endive
                   ,
                   Succory
                   ,
                   Scabious
                   ,
                   Carduus
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   7
                   Such
                   as
                   stain
                   ,
                   are
                   Housleek
                   ,
                   St.
                   Johns
                   wort
                   ,
                   Spurge
                   ,
                   Plantane
                   ,
                   Mints
                   ,
                   Arrach
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   Beets
                   .
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   8
                   Under
                   Poppies
                   ,
                   are
                   al
                   sorts
                   of
                   Poppies
                   ,
                   Mallows
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   9
                   To
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   propped
                   up
                   ,
                   belong
                   Ivy
                   ,
                   Sarsaparilla
                   ,
                   Vines
                   ,
                   Cucumers
                   ,
                   all
                   sorts
                   of
                   Climers
                   .
                
                 
                   10
                   Strengthening
                   Plants
                   ,
                   are
                   Willow
                   ,
                   Olive
                   ,
                   Mirtle
                   Bay
                   ,
                   Oak
                   &c.
                   
                
              
               
                 4
                 You
                 have
                 Botanical
                 Art
                 :
                 Exercise
                 remains
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 done
                 two
                 waies
                 ;
                 by
                 Analysis
                 and
                 Genesis
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 In
                 Plants
                 ,
                 five
                 things
                 are
                 especially
                 to
                 be
                 regarded
                 ;
                 Name
                 ,
                 Color
                 ,
                 Gathering
                 ,
                 Place
                 ,
                 and
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 Thus
                 you
                 have
                 a
                 Body
                 perfectly
                 living
                 in
                 Plants
                 ,
                 that
                 which
                 lives
                 in
                 Mettals
                 follows
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               LIB
               III
            
             
               
                 
                   Of
                   Metalography
                
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Knowledg
                   of
                   Mettals
                
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 MEtalography
                 is
                 the
                 Anatomy
                 of
                 Mettals
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Mettal
                 is
                 a
                 Body
                 imperfectly
                 Living
                 ,
                 growing
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 in
                 the
                 Veins
                 of
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Of
                 Mettals
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 more
                 ducible
                 ,
                 some
                 less
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 More
                 Ducible
                 are
                 First
                 and
                 Second
                 :
                 First
                 are
                 ,
                 Quick
                 silver
                 and
                 Brimstone
                 :
                 The
                 Second
                 are
                 ,
                 Natural
                 or
                 Artificial
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Natural
                 are
                 more
                 precious
                 ,
                 as
                 Gold
                 and
                 Silver
                 :
                 or
                 less
                 precious
                 ,
                 as
                 Copper
                 ,
                 Iron
                 ,
                 and
                 Lead
                 .
                 Artificial
                 ,
                 are
                 Steel
                 ,
                 Pewter
                 ,
                 or
                 Brass
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Mettals
                 less
                 Ducible
                 ,
                 are
                 hard
                 ,
                 or
                 such
                 as
                 people
                 throw
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 hard
                 ,
                 are
                 some
                 more
                 precious
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 called
                 Gems
                 ;
                 or
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 taken
                 for
                 Gems
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Of
                 Gems
                 ,
                 some
                 have
                 many
                 colors
                 ,
                 others
                 but
                 one
                 .
                 Such
                 as
                 have
                 many
                 Colors
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 more
                 or
                 less
                 Transparant
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 More
                 Transparant
                 are
                 Crystalline
                 ,
                 Diamond
                 ,
                 Saphire
                 ,
                 Emerald
                 ,
                 Sardonix
                 .
                 Less
                 Transparant
                 
                 are
                 either
                 cleer
                 ,
                 as
                 Carbuncles
                 ,
                 Calcidony
                 ,
                 Ruby
                 ,
                 Topaz
                 Jacynth
                 :
                 or
                 Opacous
                 ,
                 as
                 Corral
                 ,
                 the
                 Load-stone
                 ,
                 Alectoris
                 ,
                 and
                 Lapis
                 Lazuli
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Stones
                 of
                 one
                 color
                 are
                 ,
                 Achates
                 ,
                 Chrysopas
                 Hematites
                 ,
                 Chrysolite
                 ,
                 Aetites
                 ,
                 Beril
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Stones
                 improperly
                 taken
                 as
                 Gems
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Such
                   as
                   are
                   taken
                   from
                   Creatures
                   living
                   in
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   as
                   Pearls
                   ,
                   Crabs-eyes
                   ,
                   stones
                   of
                   the
                   Perch
                   ,
                   and
                   Carp
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   Such
                   as
                   are
                   taken
                   out
                   of
                   Land
                   Creatures
                   ,
                   as
                   those
                   that
                   are
                   taken
                   out
                   of
                   Snakes
                   ,
                   Toads
                   ,
                   Snails
                   ,
                   Lapis
                   Lincis
                   ,
                   Bezoar
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   Such
                   as
                   are
                   taken
                   out
                   of
                   flying
                   Creatures
                   ,
                   as
                   Alectorius
                   ,
                   or
                   Cock
                   stone
                   ;
                   Celidonius
                   ,
                   or
                   Swallows
                   stone
                   ;
                   the
                   stone
                   of
                   a
                   Vultur
                   and
                   Lapwing
                   .
                
              
               
                 12
                 Mettals
                 which
                 are
                 thrown
                 up
                 and
                 down
                 ,
                 are
                 some
                 Common
                 ,
                 others
                 not
                 Common
                 .
                 Common
                 are
                 stones
                 of
                 al
                 sorts
                 ,
                 Sand
                 ,
                 Flints
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 Not
                 Common
                 are
                 either
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Earths
                   :
                   as
                   Terra
                   Lémnia
                   :
                   Terra
                   Armenia
                   :
                   Terra
                   Sylesia
                   :
                   Chalk
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   Or
                   Juyces
                   made
                   thick
                   :
                   as
                   Amber
                   :
                   Allum
                   :
                   Salt
                   :
                   Bitumen
                   :
                   Vitriol
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   Or
                   things
                   made
                   of
                   Mettals
                   :
                   as
                   Stibium
                   :
                   Auripigmentum
                   :
                   Chrysocolla
                   :
                   Sanderach
                   :
                   Glass
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Another
                 Division
                 of
                 Stones
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 OF
                 stones
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 more
                 precious
                 ,
                 some
                 less
                 .
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 more
                 precious
                 ,
                 alter
                 by
                 a
                 quality
                 Manifest
                 or
                 Hidden
                 .
              
               
                 They
                 that
                 alter
                 by
                 a
                 way
                 Manifest
                 do
                 it
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 first
                 or
                 second
                 quality
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 According
                 to
                 the
                 first
                 quality
                 ;
                 they
                 are
                 cold
              
               
                 
                   1
                   In
                   the
                   first
                   Degree
                   :
                   as
                   Jacynth
                   :
                   Saphire
                   :
                   Emerald
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   In
                   the
                   second
                   Degree
                   :
                   as
                   Ruby
                   :
                   Carbuncle
                   :
                   Granate
                   :
                   Sardine
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   In
                   the
                   fourth
                   Degree
                   :
                   as
                   Diamonds
                   .
                
              
               
                 3
                 By
                 the
                 second
                 manifest
                 quality
                 they
                 resist
                 Poyson
                 and
                 Inchantment
                 :
                 as
                 Bezoar
                 :
                 Jacynth
                 :
                 Saphire
                 :
                 Emerald
                 :
                 Carbuncle
                 :
                 Granate
                 :
                 Amethist
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Such
                 as
                 alter
                 by
                 a
                 hidden
                 quality
                 :
                 are
                 Bezoar
                 :
                 Topaz
                 :
                 Snake-stone
                 :
                 Cock-stone
                 :
                 Amethist
                 :
                 Lapis
                 Nephriticus
                 :
                 Lapis
                 Tyburonum
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Stones
                 less
                 precious
                 are
                 either
                 altering
                 or
                 purging
                 .
                 Such
                 as
                 alter
                 do
                 it
                 by
                 a
                 way
                 either
                 Manifest
                 or
                 Hidden
                 .
                 Manifest
                 by
                 a
                 first
                 or
                 second
                 quality
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Such
                 as
                 alter
                 by
                 a
                 first
                 quality
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 hot
                 :
                 as
                 Hematites
                 :
                 Pyrites
                 :
                 Thyites
                 :
                 Smiris
                 :
                 Lapis
                 Asius
                 .
                 Or
                 cold
                 :
                 as
                 Cristal
                 :
                 Lapis
                 Phrigius
                 :
                 Lapis
                 Samius
                 :
                 Or
                 dry
                 :
                 as
                 Sand.
                 
              
               
                 7
                 Such
                 as
                 alter
                 by
                 a
                 second
                 quality
                 are
                 binding
                 :
                 as
                 Lapis
                 Asius
                 :
                 Whetstone
                 of
                 Naxos
                 :
                 Pumice
                 
                 stone
                 .
                 Or
                 secondly
                 ,
                 Emollient
                 ,
                 as
                 Alablaster
                 ,
                 Jet
                 ,
                 Lapis
                 Thracius
                 .
                 Or
                 stupifying
                 ,
                 as
                 Jasper
                 ,
                 Ophites
                 ,
                 Memphites
                 .
                 Or
                 clensing
                 ,
                 as
                 that
                 Arabick
                 stone
                 that
                 dryeth
                 up
                 the
                 Hemorrhoids
                 .
                 Or
                 Glutinating
                 ,
                 as
                 Galactices
                 ,
                 Melites
                 .
                 Or
                 Scarifying
                 ,
                 as
                 Galaxia
                 .
                 Or
                 breaking
                 the
                 stone
                 ,
                 as
                 Lapis
                 Lincis
                 ,
                 and
                 Judaicus
                 .
                 Or
                 retaining
                 the
                 Birth
                 ,
                 as
                 Lapis
                 Aetitis
                 being
                 tied
                 to
                 the
                 left
                 Arm
                 ,
                 staies
                 the
                 Birth
                 :
                 Being
                 boyled
                 in
                 Beer
                 ,
                 or
                 put
                 into
                 Bread
                 ,
                 he
                 that
                 hath
                 stolen
                 any
                 thing
                 from
                 you
                 cannot
                 either
                 eat
                 or
                 drink
                 .
                 Or
                 provoking
                 the
                 Terms
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 stones
                 of
                 Oysters
                 ,
                 a
                 dram
                 of
                 them
                 being
                 taken
                 in
                 Wine
                 .
                 Or
                 resisting
                 Poyson
                 and
                 Inchantment
                 ,
                 as
                 Selenites
                 ,
                 and
                 Amyanthus
                 .
                 The
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 head
                 of
                 a
                 Toad
                 being
                 born
                 about
                 one
                 ,
                 easeth
                 the
                 pains
                 of
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 and
                 hindreth
                 the
                 breeding
                 of
                 the
                 stone
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Stones
                 less
                 precious
                 ,
                 altering
                 by
                 a
                 hidden
                 quality
                 ,
                 are
                 Spongites
                 ,
                 Pantarbes
                 ,
                 which
                 draws
                 Gold
                 as
                 the
                 Load-stone
                 doth
                 Iron
                 .
                 Swallows
                 stone
                 ,
                 Load-stone
                 ,
                 the
                 Pouder
                 whereof
                 being
                 drunk
                 in
                 Juyce
                 of
                 Fennel
                 cures
                 the
                 Dropsie
                 .
                 All
                 Stones
                 found
                 in
                 the
                 heads
                 of
                 any
                 Fishes
                 whatsoever
                 ,
                 being
                 beaten
                 into
                 Pouder
                 ,
                 and
                 drunk
                 in
                 Wine
                 ,
                 break
                 the
                 stone
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 easie
                 Labor
                 to
                 Women
                 in
                 Travel
                 .
                 The
                 stone
                 of
                 a
                 Vultur
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 a
                 Lapwing
                 ,
                 Lapis
                 Lyncurius
                 ,
                 Coral
                 ,
                 ten
                 grains
                 being
                 given
                 to
                 an
                 Infant
                 in
                 breast
                 milk
                 for
                 the
                 first
                 food
                 it
                 takes
                 after
                 it
                 is
                 born
                 ,
                 keeps
                 
                 a
                 Child
                 from
                 ever
                 being
                 troubled
                 with
                 the
                 Falling
                 sickness
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Another
                 Division
                 of
                 Stones
                 .
              
               
                 OF
                 Stones
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 Red
                 ,
                 others
                 Green
                 ,
                 some
                 Yellow
                 ,
                 others
                 Purple
                 ,
                 some
                 Black
                 ,
                 others
                 White
                 ,
                 and
                 some
                 of
                 such
                 a
                 Color
                 ,
                 we
                 know
                 not
                 what
                 denomination
                 to
                 give
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 
                   I.
                   
                     Stones
                     of
                     a
                     Red
                     Color
                  
                   ,
                   are
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Anthracites
                       ,
                       which
                       burns
                       like
                       fire
                       :
                       being
                       put
                       into
                       the
                       fire
                       it
                       ceaseth
                       burning
                       ;
                       being
                       sprinkled
                       with
                       Water
                       ,
                       it
                       burns
                       again
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Baalagius
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Carbuncle
                       .
                    
                     
                       4
                       One
                       kind
                       of
                       the
                       Swallows
                       stone
                       ;
                       for
                       if
                       you
                       take
                       yong
                       Swallows
                       out
                       of
                       their
                       nest
                       &
                       cut
                       them
                       open
                       before
                       they
                       touch
                       the
                       ground
                       ,
                       between
                       the
                       time
                       they
                       are
                       hatched
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       next
                       full
                       Moon
                       ;
                       you
                       shall
                       find
                       two
                       little
                       stones
                       in
                       their
                       Ventricle
                       ,
                       the
                       one
                       of
                       which
                       is
                       Red
                       ,
                       the
                       other
                       Black.
                       The
                       Red
                       cures
                       Feavers
                       ,
                       and
                       causeth
                       love
                       between
                       people
                       :
                       The
                       Black
                       one
                       being
                       bound
                       under
                       the
                       Arm-pit
                       ,
                       helps
                       the
                       Falling-sickness
                       ;
                       or
                       if
                       you
                       wil
                       ,
                       you
                       may
                       beat
                       it
                       into
                       Pouder
                       ,
                       and
                       drink
                       it
                       in
                       some
                       Liquor
                       ,
                       for
                       the
                       same
                       use
                       .
                    
                     
                       5
                       Red
                       Coral
                       is
                       good
                       against
                       the
                       Falling-sickness
                       .
                    
                     
                       6
                       Granate
                       .
                    
                     
                       7
                       Hematites
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                       8
                       Red
                       Jacynth
                       .
                    
                     
                       9
                       Lychnis
                       .
                    
                     
                       10
                       Ruby
                       ,
                       which
                       being
                       worn
                       in
                       a
                       Ring
                       takes
                       away
                       evil
                       Dreams
                       .
                    
                     
                       11
                       Sardine
                       ;
                       which
                       is
                       an
                       excellent
                       Remedy
                       against
                       Poyson
                       ,
                       and
                       vain
                       Fears
                       ;
                       and
                       quickens
                       the
                       Wit.
                       
                    
                     
                       12
                       Red
                       Carniolus
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   II.
                   
                     Stones
                     of
                     a
                     Green
                     Color
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       One
                       of
                       the
                       Sorts
                       of
                       Achates
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Lapis
                       Armenius
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Beril
                       .
                    
                     
                       4
                       Chrysolite
                       ;
                       being
                       worn
                       in
                       a
                       Gold
                       Ring
                       ,
                       it
                       takes
                       away
                       Melancholly
                       .
                    
                     
                       5
                       Chrysophras
                       ;
                       't
                       is
                       a
                       stone
                       hard
                       to
                       come
                       by
                       :
                       it
                       shines
                       in
                       the
                       dark
                       ,
                       and
                       strengthens
                       the
                       heart
                       and
                       Sight
                       .
                    
                     
                       6
                       Jasper
                       ,
                       takes
                       away
                       Feavers
                       and
                       Dropsies
                       ;
                       it
                       wonderfully
                       helps
                       Conception
                       in
                       Women
                       ;
                       and
                       yet
                       makes
                       a
                       man
                       but
                       dul
                       in
                       the
                       sports
                       of
                       Venus
                       .
                    
                     
                       7
                       Lapis
                       Lazuli
                       ,
                       rids
                       the
                       body
                       of
                       melancholly
                       Afflictions
                       .
                    
                     
                       8
                       Indian
                       Pearls
                       ,
                       which
                       cause
                       joy
                       .
                    
                     
                       9
                       Indian
                       Saphire
                       .
                    
                     
                       10
                       Emeralds
                       ,
                       which
                       are
                       found
                       in
                       the
                       Silver
                       Mines
                       in
                       great
                       Brittain
                       ,
                       and
                       are
                       profitable
                       against
                       Poysons
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   III.
                   
                     Stones
                     of
                     a
                     Yellow
                     Color
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Cleer
                       Carniolus
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       of
                       the
                       Color
                       of
                       
                       Gold
                       :
                       being
                       born
                       about
                       one
                       ,
                       it
                       represseth
                       Anger
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Chrysoberillus
                       ,
                       defends
                       men
                       from
                       their
                       Enemies
                       ,
                       and
                       makes
                       man
                       and
                       wife
                       live
                       quietly
                       together
                       :
                       being
                       beaten
                       into
                       Pouder
                       and
                       taken
                       inwardly
                       ,
                       it
                       helps
                       the
                       weakness
                       of
                       the
                       Stomach
                       and
                       Liver
                       ,
                       helps
                       the
                       Asthma
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Yellow
                       Amber
                       .
                    
                     
                       4
                       One
                       kind
                       of
                       Jacinth
                       .
                    
                     
                       5
                       Yellow
                       Jet
                       ,
                       which
                       being
                       born
                       about
                       one
                       ,
                       helps
                       idle
                       Fancies
                       ;
                       being
                       laid
                       in
                       steep
                       three
                       daies
                       in
                       Water
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       Water
                       drunk
                       ,
                       it
                       gives
                       a
                       quick
                       deliverance
                       to
                       Women
                       .
                    
                     
                       6
                       Lyncurius
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       of
                       the
                       color
                       of
                       Amber
                       ;
                       It
                       is
                       ingendred
                       by
                       the
                       Urine
                       of
                       a
                       Lynx
                       ;
                       helps
                       pains
                       in
                       the
                       Stomach
                       ,
                       Fluxes
                       ;
                       it
                       draws
                       Iron
                       out
                       of
                       Wounds
                       ,
                       being
                       held
                       to
                       them
                       ;
                       it
                       opens
                       obstructions
                       ,
                       and
                       loosens
                       the
                       Belly
                       .
                    
                     
                       7
                       Topaz
                       ,
                       being
                       put
                       into
                       boyling
                       Water
                       ,
                       cools
                       it
                       so
                       ,
                       that
                       you
                       may
                       put
                       in
                       your
                       hands
                       and
                       take
                       it
                       out
                       :
                       it
                       stops
                       Lust
                       ,
                       and
                       staies
                       the
                       bleeding
                       of
                       Wounds
                       .
                    
                     
                       8
                       A
                       Water-Snake
                       hung
                       up
                       by
                       the
                       tail
                       ,
                       casts
                       a
                       stone
                       out
                       of
                       his
                       mouth
                       ,
                       which
                       stone
                       being
                       bound
                       to
                       the
                       Navil
                       of
                       one
                       that
                       hath
                       the
                       Dropsie
                       ,
                       presently
                       draws
                       out
                       al
                       the
                       Water
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   IV.
                   
                     Stones
                     of
                     a
                     Purple
                     Color
                  
                   :
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       One
                       sort
                       of
                       Achates
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Amethist
                       ,
                       being
                       bound
                       to
                       the
                       Navil
                       of
                       one
                       
                       that
                       is
                       drunk
                       ,
                       instantly
                       it
                       makes
                       him
                       sober
                       :
                       it
                       drives
                       away
                       troubled
                       thoughts
                       ,
                       and
                       makes
                       men
                       a
                       little
                       more
                       Rational
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Calcidony
                       ,
                       both
                       Male
                       and
                       Female
                       ,
                       help
                       men
                       against
                       sadness
                       and
                       foolish
                       apparitions
                       :
                       The
                       stone
                       shines
                       like
                       a
                       Star.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   V.
                   
                     Stones
                     of
                     a
                     Black
                     Color
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       One
                       sort
                       of
                       Achates
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       spotted
                       with
                       white
                       or
                       yellow
                       Veins
                       ;
                       It
                       cures
                       the
                       striking
                       of
                       a
                       Scorpion
                       ,
                       or
                       the
                       biting
                       of
                       a
                       Serpent
                       ,
                       being
                       applied
                       to
                       the
                       place
                       :
                       being
                       taken
                       inwardly
                       ,
                       it
                       encreaseth
                       Eloquence
                       ,
                       and
                       good
                       wil
                       with
                       men
                       ,
                       but
                       it
                       causeth
                       many
                       Dreams
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Jet
                       ,
                       being
                       taken
                       inwardly
                       ,
                       it
                       helps
                       the
                       fits
                       of
                       the
                       Mother
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       One
                       of
                       the
                       Swallows
                       stones
                       which
                       is
                       black
                       ;
                       being
                       bound
                       under
                       the
                       left
                       Arm
                       it
                       gives
                       Men
                       favor
                       with
                       great
                       Men
                       ,
                       and
                       is
                       a
                       present
                       remedy
                       for
                       Madness
                       and
                       Falling-sickness
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   VI.
                   
                     Stones
                     of
                     a
                     White
                     Color
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       One
                       kind
                       of
                       Achates
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Absynthius
                    
                     
                       3
                       Diamond
                       ,
                       which
                       being
                       worn
                       on
                       the
                       left
                       Arm
                       ,
                       takes
                       away
                       vain
                       fears
                       ,
                       as
                       of
                       Spirits
                       ,
                       Hobgoblins
                       &c.
                       
                    
                     
                       4
                       Alectorius
                       ,
                       being
                       a
                       stone
                       taken
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       Head
                       of
                       a
                       Cock
                       ,
                       Hen
                       ,
                       or
                       Capon
                       of
                       nine
                       yeers
                       of
                       age
                       :
                       It
                       encreaseth
                       Lust.
                       
                    
                     
                       5
                       White
                       Onyx
                       ,
                       the
                       best
                       comes
                       out
                       of
                       India
                       ,
                       
                       the
                       worst
                       from
                       Capadocia
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       of
                       a
                       Honey
                       color
                       ,
                       and
                       not
                       Transparant
                       :
                       It
                       causeth
                       Victory
                       over
                       Enemies
                       ,
                       admirable
                       true
                       Dreams
                       ,
                       opens
                       obstructions
                       ,
                       and
                       easeth
                       pains
                       in
                       the
                       Stomach
                       being
                       applied
                       to
                       it
                       .
                    
                     
                       6
                       Amyantes
                       .
                    
                     
                       7
                       Andromata
                       .
                    
                     
                       8
                       Anthrasites
                       ,
                       that
                       which
                       comes
                       from
                       the
                       Red
                       Sea
                       ,
                       and
                       is
                       hard
                       like
                       a
                       Diamond
                       :
                       It
                       helps
                       Madness
                       .
                    
                     
                       9
                       Lapis
                       Armenius
                       .
                    
                     
                       10
                       Lapis
                       Aetites
                       .
                    
                     
                       11
                       Asbestos
                       ,
                       coming
                       from
                       Arabia
                       ,
                       which
                       once
                       being
                       kindled
                       ,
                       it
                       cannot
                       be
                       put
                       out
                       .
                    
                     
                       12
                       Azrius
                       ,
                       coming
                       from
                       Alexandria
                       :
                       It
                       helps
                       Ulcers
                       ,
                       Fistulaes
                       ,
                       Wounds
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       Gout
                       .
                    
                     
                       13
                       A
                       sterites
                       .
                    
                     
                       14
                       White
                       Coral
                       .
                    
                     
                       15
                       Jacynth
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       of
                       three
                       sorts
                       ,
                       Red
                       ,
                       Purple
                       ,
                       and
                       White
                       .
                       The
                       Red
                       is
                       cold
                       ,
                       and
                       strengthens
                       the
                       Body
                       ,
                       begets
                       Friendship
                       ,
                       is
                       very
                       good
                       against
                       Poyson
                       or
                       Witchcraft
                       .
                    
                     
                       16
                       Galaxias
                       .
                    
                     
                       17
                       Galactites
                       ,
                       which
                       being
                       beaten
                       into
                       Pouper
                       ,
                       moistens
                       the
                       Mouth
                       like
                       Milk
                       :
                       Being
                       hung
                       about
                       the
                       Neck
                       ,
                       so
                       as
                       it
                       touch
                       the
                       Breasts
                       ,
                       makes
                       Women
                       Fruitful
                       :
                       Being
                       bound
                       to
                       their
                       Thigh
                       ,
                       itquickens
                       their
                       Labor
                       :
                       being
                       mixed
                       with
                       Water
                       and
                       Salt
                       ,
                       and
                       sprinkled
                       amongst
                       your
                       Sheep
                       in
                       the
                       
                       Evening
                       ,
                       it
                       makes
                       them
                       give
                       much
                       Milk
                       ,
                       and
                       cures
                       them
                       of
                       the
                       Scab
                       .
                    
                     
                       18
                       Sardonix
                       ,
                       staies
                       Lust.
                       
                    
                     
                       19
                       Selenites
                       :
                       In
                       the
                       night
                       time
                       it
                       is
                       found
                       just
                       like
                       the
                       Moon
                       ,
                       and
                       encreaseth
                       and
                       decreaseth
                       as
                       she
                       doth
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Lastly
                   ;
                   
                     Stones
                     of
                     an
                     uncertain
                     color
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Bezoar
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       held
                       to
                       be
                       the
                       Tear
                       of
                       a
                       Stag
                       :
                       for
                       when
                       he
                       hath
                       drawn
                       Serpents
                       out
                       of
                       their
                       holes
                       with
                       his
                       Breath
                       ,
                       this
                       grows
                       in
                       the
                       corners
                       of
                       his
                       Eyes
                       ;
                       therfore
                       't
                       is
                       a
                       Divine
                       Antidote
                       against
                       al
                       Poyson
                       and
                       Pestilence
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Cantarius
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Carcinas
                       .
                    
                     
                       4
                       Chelonites
                       .
                    
                     
                       5
                       Cristal
                       :
                       It
                       quencheth
                       Thirst
                       being
                       held
                       under
                       the
                       Tongue
                       :
                       being
                       beaten
                       into
                       very
                       fine
                       pouder
                       ,
                       if
                       a
                       Woman
                       take
                       half
                       a
                       dram
                       of
                       it
                       at
                       a
                       time
                       ,
                       it
                       encreaseth
                       her
                       Milk
                       ;
                       and
                       hung
                       about
                       the
                       neck
                       it
                       helps
                       the
                       Vertigo
                       .
                    
                     
                       6
                       Draconites
                       ,
                       a
                       stone
                       taken
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       head
                       of
                       a
                       live
                       Dragon
                       .
                    
                     
                       7
                       Psamianthos
                       .
                    
                     
                       8
                       Pardalios
                       .
                    
                     
                       9
                       Syrenites
                       ,
                       a
                       stone
                       found
                       in
                       the
                       Bladder
                       of
                       a
                       Wolf.
                       
                    
                     
                       10
                       Smyris
                       ,
                       a
                       stone
                       as
                       hard
                       as
                       a
                       Diamond
                       :
                       It
                       strengthens
                       the
                       Gums
                       .
                    
                     
                       11
                       Sagda
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                       12
                       Lapis
                       Samius
                       ,
                       a
                       stone
                       of
                       a
                       contrary
                       Nature
                       to
                       Aetites
                       :
                       It
                       helps
                       the
                       Vertigo
                       ,
                       and
                       strengthens
                       the
                       Brain
                       ;
                       being
                       bound
                       to
                       the
                       Thigh
                       ,
                       or
                       the
                       Foot
                       ,
                       it
                       hinders
                       the
                       Birth
                       ;
                       but
                       being
                       bound
                       to
                       the
                       Arm
                       it
                       hastens
                       it
                       .
                    
                     
                       13
                       Sea
                       Sand
                       ,
                       one
                       that
                       hath
                       a
                       Dropsie
                       being
                       set
                       up
                       to
                       the
                       Neck
                       in
                       it
                       ,
                       it
                       quickly
                       cures
                       him
                       .
                    
                     
                       14
                       Toadstone
                       ,
                       being
                       held
                       to
                       a
                       Wound
                       made
                       by
                       a
                       venemous
                       Beast
                       ,
                       cures
                       it
                       to
                       admiration
                       .
                    
                     
                       15
                       Lapis
                       Nephriticus
                       :
                       It
                       is
                       brought
                       from
                       
                         New
                         Spain
                      
                       ,
                       and
                       is
                       of
                       a
                       darkish
                       green
                       color
                       :
                       being
                       worn
                       about
                       the
                       Body
                       ,
                       so
                       as
                       it
                       touch
                       the
                       Skin
                       ,
                       it
                       breaks
                       ,
                       and
                       brings
                       away
                       the
                       Stone
                       both
                       in
                       the
                       Reins
                       and
                       Bladder
                       :
                       An
                       Angel
                       can
                       scarce
                       do
                       it
                       with
                       more
                       speed
                       or
                       ease
                       .
                    
                     
                       16
                       Lapis
                       Tyburonum
                       .
                       A
                       stone
                       taken
                       out
                       of
                       a
                       strong
                       fighting
                       Fish
                       in
                       the
                       Red
                       Sea
                       :
                       helps
                       the
                       stone
                       and
                       difficulty
                       of
                       Urine
                       .
                    
                     
                       17
                       Geodes
                       ,
                       a
                       stone
                       that
                       comes
                       out
                       of
                       Saxony
                       .
                    
                     
                       18
                       Memphites
                       .
                    
                     
                       19
                       Ophites
                       .
                    
                     
                       20
                       Lapis
                       Arabicus
                       ,
                       dries
                       up
                       the
                       Hemorrhoids
                       .
                    
                     
                       21
                       Lapis
                       Lyncis
                       .
                    
                     
                       22
                       Lapis
                       Judaicus
                       .
                    
                     
                       23
                       A
                       stone
                       that
                       is
                       found
                       in
                       a
                       Spunge
                       .
                    
                     
                       24
                       Ostrasites
                       .
                    
                     
                       25
                       Amyanthus
                       ,
                       resisteth
                       Poysons
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Mettals
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 SOme
                 alter
                 by
                 Conservation
                 ,
                 some
                 by
                 Corruption
                 .
              
               
                 Those
                 which
                 alter
                 by
                 Conservation
                 ,
                 do
                 it
                 by
                 a
                 Quality
                 either
                 Manifest
                 or
                 Hidden
                 .
                 They
                 which
                 alter
                 by
                 a
                 way
                 Manifest
                 ,
                 do
                 it
                 by
                 a
                 first
                 or
                 second
                 Quality
                 .
              
               
                 By
                 a
                 first
                 Quality
                 they
                 are
                 Temperate
                 ,
                 as
                 Gold
                 ;
                 or
                 Intemperate
                 ,
                 namely
                 ,
                 Hot
                 and
                 Dry
                 ,
                 or
                 Cold.
                 
              
               
                 2
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 Hot
                 and
                 Dry
                 ,
                 are
                 so
                 either
              
               
                 
                   1
                   In
                   the
                   second
                   Degree
                   ,
                   as
                   Iron
                   ,
                   and
                   Crocus
                   Martis
                   ,
                   Cynnabaris
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   In
                   the
                   third
                   Degree
                   ;
                   as
                   Vert-de-greece
                   ,
                   Burnt
                   Brass
                   ,
                   Scales
                   of
                   Brass
                   ,
                   Allum
                   ,
                   Salt
                   Niter
                   ,
                   Brimstone
                   ,
                   Chalsites
                   .
                   Or
                
                 
                   3
                   In
                   the
                   fourth
                   Degree
                   ;
                   as
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   Sandarach
                   ,
                   Chrysocolla
                   ,
                   Misy
                   ,
                   Sory
                   ,
                   Melanteria
                   .
                
              
               
                 3
                 Intemperately
                 Cold
                 and
                 dry
                 ,
                 are
                 either
              
               
                 
                   1
                   In
                   the
                   first
                   Degree
                   ;
                   as
                   Silver
                   ,
                   Litharge
                   of
                   Silver
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   In
                   the
                   second
                   Degree
                   ;
                   as
                   Quick-silver
                   ,
                   Lead
                   ,
                   Plumbago
                   ,
                   wash'd
                   Lead
                   ,
                   burnt
                   Lead
                   ,
                   Ceruss
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 Altering
                 by
                 a
                 second
                 Quality
                 ,
                 are
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Binding
                   ;
                   as
                   Allum
                   ,
                   Tutty
                   ,
                   Pompholix
                   ,
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   Spodium
                   ,
                   Antispodium
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   2
                   Glutinative
                   ;
                   as
                   Lead
                   ,
                   Allum
                   ,
                   Cadmia
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
               
                 5
                 Some
                 by
                 corrupting
                 are
                 venemous
                 ;
                 as
                 Quick-silver
                 ,
                 Auripigmentum
                 ,
                 Morter
                 of
                 a
                 Wall
                 ,
                 Litharge
                 ,
                 Ceruss
                 ,
                 Sandarach
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Earths
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 SOme
                 expel
                 Poyson
                 ;
                 as
                 Bole
                 Armoniack
                 ,
                 Terra
                 Lemnia
                 ,
                 Terra
                 Samia
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 2
                 Al
                 Earths
                 Cool
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Thus
                 much
                 of
                 Living
                 Bodies
                 not
                 sensible
                 :
                 Sensible
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 follow
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 are
                 either
                 Irrational
                 ,
                 as
                 bruit
                 Beasts
                 :
                 or
                 Rational
                 ,
                 as
                 Man.
                 
              
               
                 But
                 whether
                 Beasts
                 be
                 Rational
                 or
                 no
                 ,
                 is
                 more
                 than
                 my
                 Author
                 can
                 tel
                 :
                 I
                 am
                 deceived
                 if
                 he
                 do
                 not
                 contradict
                 himself
                 in
                 this
                 very
                 particular
                 ,
                 for
                 in
                 his
                 first
                 Book
                 ,
                 Chap.
                 8.
                 he
                 confesseth
                 that
                 Man
                 learned
                 both
                 Physick
                 and
                 Alchymy
                 from
                 the
                 Beasts
                 :
                 Is
                 not
                 he
                 that
                 teacheth
                 more
                 knowing
                 than
                 he
                 that
                 is
                 taught
                 ?
                 If
                 my
                 Author
                 be
                 minded
                 to
                 leave
                 the
                 Truth
                 ,
                 and
                 follow
                 Aristotle
                 ,
                 he
                 should
                 have
                 said
                 so
                 .
                 But
                 to
                 follow
                 my
                 Authors
                 Method
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 leave
                 his
                 failings
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Doctrine
                 of
                 Bruits
                 is
                 called
                 Zoography
                 :
                 but
                 the
                 special
                 knowledg
                 of
                 Men
                 Physiologie
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               LIB
               .
               IV.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 Zoography
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 ZOography
                 is
                 the
                 Anatomy
                 of
                 Bruits
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 Of
                 Bruits
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 Insecta
                 ,
                 others
                 whol
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Insecta
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 Wings
                 ,
                 or
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 none
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Such
                 as
                 have
                 Wings
                 ,
                 are
                 such
                 as
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Have
                   but
                   two
                   Wings
                   ,
                   as
                   Flyes
                   ,
                   Gnats
                   ,
                   Butter-flyes
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Such
                   as
                   have
                   four
                   Wings
                   ,
                   as
                   Bees
                   Wasps
                   ,
                   Grashoppers
                   ,
                   Beetles
                   ,
                   Cantharides
                   .
                
              
               
                 5
                 Such
                 as
                 have
                 no
                 Wings
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 go
                 upon
                 the
                 ground
                 ,
                 as
                 Emmets
                 ,
                 Spiders
                 ,
                 Palmer
                 Worms
                 ,
                 Woodlice
                 ,
                 Locusts
                 ,
                 Moths
                 ,
                 Fleas
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 these
                 some
                 walk
                 ,
                 some
                 creep
                 ,
                 some
                 leap
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 whol
                 ,
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 either
                 live
                 in
                 one
                 place
                 or
                 in
                 divers
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Such
                 as
                 live
                 in
                 divers
                 places
                 ,
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 live
                 both
                 on
                 the
                 Land
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 Water
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Such
                 are
                 Otters
                 ,
                 Water
                 Rats
                 ,
                 Sea
                 Horses
                 ,
                 Crocodiles
                 ,
                 Crabs
                 ,
                 Frogs
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Such
                 as
                 live
                 only
                 in
                 one
                 place
                 ;
                 are
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Such
                   as
                   fly
                   ,
                   as
                   Birds
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Such
                   as
                   live
                   upon
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   as
                   four
                   footed
                   Beasts
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   3
                   Such
                   as
                   live
                   in
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   as
                   Fishes
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Of
                 Flying
                 Creatures
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 These
                 that
                 fly
                 in
                 the
                 Air
                 are
                 called
                 Birds
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Besides
                 those
                 parts
                 which
                 they
                 have
                 common
                 with
                 other
                 living
                 Creatures
                 ,
                 they
                 have
                 some
                 peculiar
                 to
                 themselves
                 :
                 as
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Instead
                   of
                   a
                   Mouth
                   ,
                   some
                   have
                   a
                   crooked
                   Beak
                   ,
                   as
                   Kites
                   ,
                   Hawks
                   ,
                   Eagles
                   ,
                   Parrots
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Some
                   have
                   a
                   straight
                   Bil
                   ,
                   as
                   Crows
                   ,
                   Ravens
                   ,
                   Mag-pies
                   ,
                   Storks
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Some
                   have
                   a
                   broad
                   Bill
                   ,
                   as
                   Ducks
                   and
                   Geese
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Some
                   have
                   a
                   sharp
                   Bill
                   ,
                   as
                   Wood-pickers
                   ,
                   Thrushes
                   and
                   Finches
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Some
                   have
                   short
                   Necks
                   ,
                   as
                   Crows
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   6
                   Some
                   have
                   long
                   Necks
                   ,
                   as
                   Storks
                   Cranes
                   ,
                   Swans
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   7
                   Some
                   their
                   Tails
                   stick
                   out
                   right
                   ,
                   as
                   Hawks
                   ,
                   Black-birds
                   ,
                   Mag
                   pies
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   8
                   Some
                   their
                   Tails
                   are
                   crooked
                   ,
                   as
                   Cocks
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   Some
                   their
                   Tails
                   stick
                   upright
                   ,
                   as
                   Ostridges
                
                 
                   10
                   Some
                   walk
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   hop
                   .
                
                 
                   11
                   Some
                   seldom
                   fly
                   at
                   all
                   ,
                   as
                   Peacocks
                   ,
                   Hens
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 Of
                 four
                 footed
                 Beasts
                 that
                 go
                 upon
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 They
                 are
                 either
                 with
                 Horns
                 ,
                 or
                 without
                 Horns
                 .
              
               
               
                 Such
                 as
                 have
                 Horns
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 greater
                 or
                 lesser
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 greater
                 are
                 either
                 Domestical
                 ,
                 as
                 Bulls
                 and
                 Cows
                 :
                 or
                 Savage
                 ,
                 as
                 Stags
                 ,
                 Unicorns
                 ,
                 Rhinocerots
                 Wild
                 Asses
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Of
                 Beasts
                 without
                 Horns
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 Domestical
                 ,
                 and
                 others
                 Savage
                 .
                 Domestical
                 are
                 either
                 greater
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 Horse
                 ,
                 an
                 Ass
                 ,
                 a
                 Mule
                 :
                 or
                 lesser
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 Sheep
                 ,
                 a
                 Hog
                 ,
                 a
                 Cat
                 ,
                 a
                 Dog.
                 
              
               
                 4
                 Savage
                 Beasts
                 are
                 greater
                 or
                 lesser
                 .
                 The
                 greater
                 are
                 ,
                 a
                 Lyon
                 ,
                 an
                 Elephant
                 ,
                 a
                 Dromedary
                 ,
                 a
                 Leopard
                 ,
                 a
                 Wolf
                 ,
                 a
                 Cammel
                 ,
                 a
                 Pardel
                 ,
                 a
                 Bear
                 ,
                 a
                 Tiger
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
                 The
                 lesser
                 are
                 ,
                 a
                 Fox
                 ,
                 an
                 Ape
                 a
                 Dormouse
                 ,
                 a
                 Hedg-hog
                 ,
                 a
                 Mouse
                 ,
                 a
                 Coney
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Of
                 Creatures
                 living
                 in
                 the
                 Water
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 A
                 Fish
                 is
                 a
                 Creature
                 of
                 a
                 cold
                 and
                 moist
                 substance
                 ,
                 long
                 Body
                 and
                 lives
                 only
                 in
                 the
                 Water
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 They
                 have
                 no
                 Necks
                 ,
                 but
                 their
                 Heads
                 are
                 joyned
                 to
                 their
                 Breasts
                 :
                 Their
                 Liver
                 is
                 usually
                 divided
                 into
                 two
                 parts
                 .
                 But
                 whereas
                 my
                 Author
                 saith
                 ,
                 they
                 have
                 no
                 Lungs
                 ,
                 he
                 is
                 mightily
                 besides
                 the
                 Cushion
                 ;
                 for
                 many
                 River
                 Fish
                 have
                 Lungs
                 ;
                 neither
                 can
                 they
                 live
                 with
                 out
                 breathing
                 ,
                 as
                 Carps
                 ,
                 Pikes
                 .
                 &c.
                 He
                 was
                 mistaken
                 before
                 in
                 saying
                 Bees
                 have
                 but
                 four
                 Wings
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 I
                 am
                 mistaken
                 in
                 thinking
                 they
                 have
                 six
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Of
                 Fishes
                 ,
                 some
                 live
                 in
                 the
                 Sea
                 ,
                 Some
                 in
                 the
                 Rivers
                 ;
                 some
                 have
                 scales
                 ,
                 some
                 have
                 none
                 .
              
               
               
                 4
                 Thus
                 much
                 of
                 Zoography
                 :
                 In
                 which
                 my
                 Author
                 hath
                 taken
                 much
                 pains
                 to
                 little
                 purpose
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Tome
             I.
             Part
             III.
             
               Of
               special
               Physiologie
               :
               Or
               ,
               the
               Subject
               and
               Object
               of
               the
               Physitian
               .
            
          
           
             1
             
               SPecial
               Physiologie
            
             is
             the
             Theorical
             part
             of
             Medicine
             ,
             and
             treats
             of
             things
             according
             to
             Nature
             .
          
           
             2
             The
             things
             which
             constitute
             our
             Nature
             are
             ,
             Elements
             Temperaments
             ,
             Humors
             ,
             Spirits
             ,
             Faculties
             ,
             and
             Parts
             .
          
           
             3
             The
             common
             Affections
             of
             Man
             are
             to
             be
             considered
             as
             Elements
             and
             Temperaments
             ,
             of
             which
             before
             .
             Or
             else
             the
             special
             .
          
           
             4
             Special
             parts
             of
             Man
             are
             ,
             Soul
             and
             Body
             .
             The
             knowledg
             concerning
             the
             Soul
             is
             called
             Psychologia
             :
             The
             knowledg
             concerning
             the
             Body
             is
             called
             Anatomy
             .
          
           
             
             
               LIB
               .
               I.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Faculties
                 and
                 Functions
                 of
                 the
                 Soul
                 both
                 General
                 and
                 Special
                 .
              
               
                 1.
                 
                 PSychologie
                 is
                 the
                 knowledg
                 of
                 the
                 Soul.
                 
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Soul
                 is
                 Proper
                 or
                 Common
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Common
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 more
                 or
                 less
                 Common
                 :
                 More
                 Common
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 we
                 cal
                 Vegetable
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 in
                 al
                 living
                 Bodies
                 .
                 Less
                 Common
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 we
                 call
                 Sensible
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 only
                 in
                 Men
                 and
                 Beasts
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 in
                 Plants
                 .
                 But
                 by
                 my
                 Authors
                 leave
                 ,
                 Why
                 not
                 in
                 Plants
                 ?
                 I
                 think
                 Aristotle
                 hath
                 led
                 al
                 the
                 World
                 into
                 Errors
                 .
                 If
                 it
                 were
                 my
                 present
                 scope
                 ,
                 I
                 could
                 prove
                 both
                 by
                 Scripture
                 and
                 Reason
                 ,
                 that
                 Man
                 consists
                 of
                 three
                 parts
                 ,
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 Soul
                 ,
                 and
                 Body
                 :
                 But
                 to
                 let
                 this
                 pass
                 ,
                 Our
                 London
                 Gentlemen
                 that
                 Nurse
                 Curiosities
                 in
                 their
                 Gardens
                 ,
                 know
                 wel
                 enough
                 ,
                 that
                 divers
                 Plants
                 are
                 sensible
                 ,
                 and
                 few
                 that
                 have
                 written
                 Herbals
                 ,
                 but
                 have
                 written
                 of
                 them
                 .
                 Besides
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 apparant
                 ,
                 That
                 vulgar
                 Herbs
                 which
                 we
                 tread
                 upon
                 when
                 we
                 walk
                 the
                 Fields
                 are
                 not
                 only
                 sensible
                 of
                 what
                 is
                 present
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 have
                 a
                 fore-knowledg
                 of
                 a
                 thing
                 before
                 it
                 comes
                 ;
                 else
                 what
                 's
                 the
                 reason
                 the
                 Leavs
                 both
                 of
                 Cynkfoyl
                 and
                 Trefoyl
                 usually
                 appear
                 not
                 only
                 disordered
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 discolored
                 twenty
                 four
                 
                 hours
                 before
                 a
                 storm
                 comes
                 .
                 It
                 were
                 a
                 good
                 thing
                 if
                 men
                 would
                 first
                 learn
                 to
                 know
                 themselves
                 ,
                 they
                 might
                 know
                 the
                 better
                 what
                 's
                 in
                 Herbs
                 afterwards
                 .
                 But
                 to
                 return
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Soul
                 of
                 Man
                 consists
                 in
                 Faculties
                 and
                 Functions
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Of
                 these
                 Faculties
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 incited
                 in
                 Man
                 ,
                 others
                 Influential
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Influential
                 parts
                 are
                 three
                 ,
                 Animal
                 ,
                 Vital
                 ,
                 Natural
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Animal
                 is
                 double
                 ,
                 Sensitive
                 and
                 Intellective
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 Sensitive
                 is
                 either
                 Apprehensive
                 or
                 Motive
                 .
                 The
                 Sensitive
                 is
                 called
                 Sense
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Senses
                 are
                 Internal
                 or
                 External
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 The
                 External
                 are
                 five
                 ,
                 Seeing
                 ,
                 Hearing
                 ,
                 Tasting
                 ,
                 Smelling
                 ,
                 and
                 Feeling
                 ,
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 Internal
                 Senses
                 are
                 ,
                 Common
                 sense
                 ,
                 Fancy
                 ,
                 and
                 Memory
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 Motive
                 senses
                 are
                 two-fold
                 ,
                 Appetite
                 ,
                 and
                 Motive
                 according
                 to
                 place
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 Appetite
                 is
                 three-fold
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Natural
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   desire
                   of
                   Meat
                   and
                   Drink
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Affectional
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Motion
                   of
                   the
                   Will.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   desire
                   of
                   Pleasure
                   .
                
              
               
                 14
                 The
                 Intellective
                 Animal
                 Vertue
                 is
                 called
                 Understanding
                 ,
                 and
                 consists
                 either
                 in
                 doing
                 or
                 suffering
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 Of
                 the
                 Vital
                 Faculty
                 are
                 three
                 differences
                 .
              
               
                 
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Vital
                   Spirit
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Pulsifying
                   Spirit
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Faculty
                   causing
                   Anger
                   .
                
              
               
                 16
                 Of
                 the
                 Natural
                 Faculties
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 more
                 ,
                 some
                 less
                 Principal
                 ,
                 or
                 administring
                 .
              
               
                 17
                 The
                 more
                 Principal
                 are
                 three
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Nourishing
                   ,
                   which
                   preserves
                   the
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Increasing
                   ,
                   which
                   brings
                   it
                   to
                   its
                   just
                   bigness
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Generative
                   ,
                   which
                   begets
                   its
                   like
                   ,
                   thereby
                   preserving
                   the
                   Species
                   .
                
              
               
                 18
                 Less
                 Principal
                 or
                 Administring
                 ,
                 are
                 subservient
                 ,
                 some
                 of
                 them
                 to
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 others
                 to
                 Increase
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 third
                 sort
                 to
                 Generation
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 To
                 Nourishment
                 and
                 Increase
                 are
                 four
                 subservient
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Digestion
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Attraction
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Retention
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Expulsion
                   .
                
              
               
                 20
                 That
                 which
                 peculiarly
                 administers
                 to
                 Generation
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 seed
                 .
              
               
                 21
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Faculties
                 .
                 The
                 Functions
                 follow
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 but
                 the
                 Eeffects
                 of
                 the
                 Faculties
                 .
              
               
                 22
                 The
                 Functions
                 are
                 either
                 Ingrafted
                 or
                 Influential
                 .
              
               
                 23
                 The
                 Influential
                 are
                 three
                 ,
                 Animal
                 ,
                 Vital
                 ,
                 Natural
                 .
              
               
               
                 24
                 The
                 Animal
                 Function
                 is
                 called
                 Knowledg
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 three-fold
                 ,
                 Understanding
                 ,
                 Sensation
                 ,
                 Motion
                 .
              
               
                 25
                 Understanding
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 Apprehension
                 ,
                 Composition
                 ,
                 and
                 Division
                 of
                 a
                 thing
                 ;
                 as
                 also
                 Discourse
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 a
                 Reasoning
                 or
                 Ordination
                 .
              
               
                 26
                 Sensation
                 is
                 either
                 Internal
                 or
                 External
                 .
              
               
                 27
                 The
                 Internal
                 Species
                 of
                 it
                 are
                 ,
                 Judging
                 ,
                 Composition
                 and
                 Conservation
                 of
                 a
                 thing
                 :
                 The
                 External
                 are
                 ,
                 Dividing
                 ,
                 or
                 Seeing
                 ,
                 Hearing
                 ,
                 Smelling
                 ,
                 Tasting
                 ,
                 or
                 Feeling
                 of
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 28
                 Motion
                 is
                 double
                 ,
                 Appetite
                 ,
                 and
                 change
                 of
                 Place
                 .
              
               
                 29
                 Appetite
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 Motion
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 ,
                 is
                 not
                 properly
                 called
                 a
                 Motion
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 but
                 rather
                 of
                 the
                 Will
                 ,
                 and
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 directed
                 by
                 Reason
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 before
                 .
              
               
                 30
                 Mutation
                 of
                 place
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Total
                 ,
                 or
                 Partial
                 .
              
               
                 31
                 Total
                 ,
                 is
                 Going
                 ,
                 Flying
                 ,
                 Swimming
                 ,
                 Creeping
                 .
              
               
                 32
                 Partial
                 ,
                 is
                 Breathing
                 ,
                 and
                 Pulse
                 ,
                 of
                 which
                 latter
                 we
                 shal
                 speak
                 in
                 its
                 proper
                 place
                 .
              
               
                 33
                 Breathing
                 is
                 a
                 mixt
                 Action
                 ,
                 partly
                 Animal
                 ,
                 partly
                 Natural
                 .
                 Its
                 parts
                 are
                 ,
                 Inspiration
                 ,
                 and
                 Expiration
                 :
                 One
                 of
                 which
                 is
                 Free
                 ,
                 the
                 other
                 Coactive
                 .
              
               
                 34
                 The
                 Function
                 of
                 the
                 Vital
                 Faculty
                 is
                 called
                 Life
                 .
              
               
               
                 25
                 Life
                 is
                 distinguished
                 into
                 three
                 Ages
                 ,
                 Incréasing
                 ,
                 standing
                 at
                 a
                 stay
                 ,
                 and
                 Decreasing
                 .
              
               
                 26
                 Increasing
                 Age
                 contains
                 ,
                 Infancy
                 ,
                 Childhood
                 ,
                 and
                 Youth
                 ;
                 standing
                 at
                 a
                 stay
                 is
                 called
                 Man-hood
                 .
              
               
                 37
                 Decreasing
                 is
                 called
                 Old
                 Age
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 divided
                 into
                 Gravity
                 and
                 Decrippedness
                 ,
                 or
                 Doting
                 .
              
               
                 38
                 The
                 Functions
                 of
                 the
                 Vital
                 Spirit
                 according
                 to
                 Galen
                 are
                 three
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Generation
                   of
                   Vital
                   Spirit
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   stirring
                   up
                   of
                   the
                   Pulses
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   stirring
                   up
                   of
                   the
                   Affections
                   .
                
              
               
                 Of
                 the
                 two
                 first
                 of
                 which
                 we
                 shal
                 speak
                 in
                 their
                 proper
                 places
                 .
              
               
                 39
                 The
                 Affections
                 are
                 either
                 Simple
                 or
                 Mixed
                 .
              
               
                 40
                 The
                 Simple
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Object
                 of
                 Good
                 or
                 Evil
                 ;
                 and
                 of
                 both
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 either
                 present
                 or
                 to
                 come
                 :
                 The
                 Object
                 of
                 Good
                 stirs
                 up
                 the
                 Will.
                 
              
               
                 41
                 This
                 happens
                 when
                 things
                 fal
                 prosperously
                 either
                 with
                 our selves
                 or
                 others
                 :
                 If
                 the
                 business
                 fal
                 wel
                 with
                 our selves
                 ,
                 it
                 moves
                 Joy
                 ,
                 Gladness
                 ,
                 Vaporing
                 ,
                 which
                 should
                 do
                 so
                 when
                 it
                 fals
                 wel
                 with
                 others
                 ,
                 but
                 it
                 usually
                 produceth
                 Envy
                 .
              
               
                 42
                 The
                 Object
                 of
                 present
                 Evil
                 is
                 grief
                 of
                 mind
                 ;
                 the
                 species
                 or
                 differences
                 of
                 which
                 are
                 ,
                 Affliction
                 ,
                 Sadness
                 ,
                 Grief
                 ,
                 Desperation
                 ,
                 Pain
                 ,
                 Envy
                 ,
                 Lamentation
                 ,
                 Mourning
                 ,
                 Care.
                 
              
               
                 43
                 The
                 Object
                 of
                 Good
                 to
                 come
                 ,
                 is
                 Hope
                 ;
                 the
                 Companions
                 of
                 which
                 are
                 ,
                 Ambition
                 ,
                 Covetousness
                 ,
                 
                 Desire
                 ,
                 Anger
                 ,
                 Lust
                 :
                 The
                 Concomitants
                 of
                 anger
                 in
                 this
                 Nature
                 are
                 ,
                 Bitterness
                 ,
                 Cruelty
                 ,
                 Wrath
                 ,
                 Hatred
                 .
              
               
                 44
                 The
                 Objects
                 of
                 Evil
                 to
                 come
                 are
                 ,
                 Fear
                 ,
                 Astonishment
                 ,
                 Dread
                 ,
                 Slothfulness
                 ,
                 Quivering
                 ,
                 Horror
                 ,
                 Terror
                 .
              
               
                 45
                 Mixt
                 Affections
                 are
                 ,
                 Anger
                 as
                 it
                 is
                 joyned
                 with
                 Sadness
                 ,
                 Hatred
                 ,
                 Shamefac'dness
                 ,
                 or
                 Zeal
                 .
              
               
                 46
                 The
                 Natural
                 Function
                 is
                 commonly
                 called
                 Vegetative
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 more
                 Principal
                 or
                 less
                 Principal
                 .
              
               
                 47
                 More
                 Principal
                 is
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 Increasing
                 ,
                 or
                 Generation
                 .
              
               
                 48
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 Generation
                 are
                 either
                 Common
                 or
                 Proper
                 .
                 Common
                 are
                 ,
                 Copulation
                 ,
                 Conception
                 ,
                 Perfection
                 of
                 the
                 Child
                 ,
                 and
                 bringing
                 of
                 it
                 forth
                 into
                 the
                 World.
                 
              
               
                 49
                 The
                 Proper
                 parts
                 of
                 Generation
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Uniting
                   of
                   the
                   Seed
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   A
                   Delineation
                   of
                   the
                   Parts
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   A
                   filling
                   of
                   the
                   Parts
                   with
                   Flesh.
                   
                
                 
                   4
                   An
                   absolute
                   forming
                   of
                   the
                   Child
                   .
                
              
               
                 50
                 Natural
                 Functions
                 less
                 Principal
                 are
                 ,
                 Attraction
                 ,
                 Retention
                 ,
                 Digestion
                 ,
                 Expulsion
                 .
              
               
                 51
                 Appetite
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 of
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 or
                 ,
                 of
                 Copulation
                 .
                 Appetite
                 of
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 of
                 Meat
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 Drink
                 :
                 Of
                 Meat
                 ,
                 is
                 called
                 Hunger
                 ;
                 of
                 Drink
                 ,
                 Thirst.
                 
              
               
                 52
                 Digestion
                 is
                 either
                 Natural
                 or
                 Artificial
                 :
                 
                 Natural
                 is
                 either
                 Publick
                 or
                 Private
                 .
              
               
                 And
                 thus
                 much
                 of
                 Psychologie
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               II.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Anatomy
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 ANatomy
                 teacheth
                 the
                 Dissection
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man.
                 
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 is
                 a
                 Mass
                 made
                 of
                 Earth
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 Elements
                 which
                 we
                 see
                 and
                 feel
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 not
                 much
                 unlike
                 to
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Beasts
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Parts
                 thereof
                 are
                 two
                 ,
                 Containing
                 ,
                 and
                 Contained
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Containing
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 Form
                 and
                 solid
                 Substance
                 ,
                 and
                 consist
                 of
                 themselves
                 without
                 the
                 help
                 of
                 any
                 other
                 parts
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 To
                 find
                 out
                 the
                 parts
                 Contained
                 ,
                 is
                 required
                 Knowledg
                 and
                 Dissection
                 .
                 The
                 Difference
                 of
                 the
                 Parts
                 is
                 the
                 Object
                 of
                 Knowledg
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Of
                 the
                 Parts
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 Similar
                 and
                 Simple
                 ,
                 others
                 Dissimilar
                 and
                 Compound
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Similar
                 Parts
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Similar
                 Parts
                 are
                 Ten.
                 
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Skin
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Membrana
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Fibrae
                   ,
                   or
                   strings
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Bones
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   5
                   Cartilages
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Nerves
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Arteries
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   Veins
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   Ligaments
                   .
                
                 
                   10
                   Muscles
                   .
                
              
               
                 To
                 these
                 you
                 may
                 ad
                 (
                 if
                 you
                 please
                 )
                 Fat
                 ,
                 Marrow
                 Hair
                 ,
                 Nails
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 2
                 Of
                 these
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 Properly
                 so
                 called
                 ,
                 others
                 Improperly
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Properly
                 so
                 called
                 ,
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 Spermatical
                 ,
                 or
                 Fleshy
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Spermatical
                 are
                 either
                 simply
                 such
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Secundum
                   quid
                
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Simply
                 such
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 softer
                 or
                 harder
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Softer
                 are
                 the
                 Skin
                 ,
                 
                   Membranae
                   &
                   Fibrae
                
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Skin
                 is
                 either
                 the
                 outward
                 or
                 Scarf-skin
                 ;
                 or
                 inward
                 ,
                 and
                 true
                 Skin
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 Membranae
                 are
                 either
                 with
                 Names
                 ,
                 or
                 without
                 Names
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 With
                 Names
                 ,
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 Common
                 ,
                 or
                 Proper
                 to
                 certain
                 parts
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Common
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 compass
                 the
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 the
                 Muscles
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Bones
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Proper
                 to
                 certain
                 parts
                 or
                 particular
                 ,
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 subserviant
                 to
                 the
                 three
                 Ventricles
                 ,
                 viz.
                 The
                 Highest
                 ,
                 Lowermost
                 ,
                 or
                 Middlemost
                 :
                 Or
                 if
                 I
                 would
                 speak
                 a
                 little
                 plainer
                 than
                 my
                 Author
                 doth
                 ,
                 I
                 would
                 say
                 ,
                 the
                 Brain
                 ,
                 Liver
                 ,
                 and
                 Heart
                 .
              
               
               
                 12
                 Those
                 of
                 the
                 uper
                 Vehtricle
                 are
                 some
                 within
                 the
                 Skul
                 ,
                 some
                 without
                 ,
                 and
                 some
                 ,
                 belonging
                 to
                 the
                 Face
                 .
                 Without
                 the
                 Skul
                 is
                 the
                 Pericraneum
                 .
                 Within
                 the
                 Skul
                 the
                 Pia
                 and
                 
                   Dura
                   Mater
                
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 The
                 Membranae
                 of
                 the
                 Face
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 of
                 the
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 the
                 Ears
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 Eyes
                 there
                 are
                 seven
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 are
                 called
                 by
                 these
                 Names
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Adnata
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Cornea
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Aranea
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Innominata
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Retina
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Vitria
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Uvia
                   .
                
              
               
                 As
                 for
                 the
                 Ears
                 ,
                 they
                 have
                 but
                 one
                 only
                 Membrana
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 is
                 called
                 
                   Timpana
                   .
                   Anglice
                
                 ,
                 A
                 Drum.
                 
              
               
                 And
                 now
                 give
                 me
                 leave
                 to
                 leave
                 my
                 Author
                 a
                 little
                 ,
                 and
                 tel
                 my
                 Country
                 men
                 what
                 use
                 this
                 same
                 Membrana
                 is
                 of
                 :
                 I
                 would
                 fain
                 make
                 them
                 wise
                 ;
                 if
                 I
                 could
                 but
                 do
                 so
                 ,
                 I
                 should
                 think
                 I
                 had
                 lived
                 long
                 enough
                 .
                 The
                 Membrana
                 (
                 which
                 is
                 but
                 a
                 kind
                 of
                 skin
                 )
                 reflects
                 the
                 outward
                 sound
                 to
                 the
                 Internal
                 Sences
                 .
                 When
                 a
                 Man
                 speaks
                 ,
                 the
                 voyce
                 comes
                 from
                 him
                 ,
                 But
                 how
                 come
                 you
                 to
                 hear
                 it
                 ?
                 Thus
                 :
                 As
                 a
                 House
                 casts
                 an
                 Eccho
                 to
                 a
                 Voyce
                 ;
                 so
                 this
                 skin
                 casts
                 the
                 Eccho
                 of
                 all
                 Voyces
                 to
                 the
                 Sences
                 :
                 And
                 that
                 which
                 causeth
                 Deafness
                 ,
                 is
                 an
                 impediment
                 lying
                 
                 either
                 within
                 or
                 without
                 this
                 Skin
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 The
                 Membranae
                 of
                 the
                 middle
                 Ventricle
                 are
                 six
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Diaphragma
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   M●diastinum
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Pleura
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Pericardium
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Sygmoides
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Trisulsae
                   .
                
              
               
                 15
                 Those
                 of
                 the
                 lower
                 Ventricle
                 are
                 nine
                 ,
                 and
                 called
                 by
                 these
                 nine
                 names
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Allantoides
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Amnios
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Chorion
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Darton
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Erythroides
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Mesenterium
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Omentum
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   Peritoneum
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   Scrotum
                   .
                
              
               
                 16
                 The
                 Tunicle
                 of
                 the
                 Arteries
                 is
                 either
                 superior
                 ,
                 or
                 inferior
                 .
              
               
                 17
                 The
                 Fibrae
                 are
                 either
                 constituting
                 or
                 subservient
                 .
              
               
                 18
                 Constituting
                 are
                 those
                 which
                 make
                 up
                 the
                 substance
                 of
                 the
                 Muscles
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 take
                 their
                 Original
                 ,
                 partly
                 from
                 the
                 Nerves
                 ,
                 partly
                 from
                 the
                 Ligaments
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 subservient
                 are
                 ,
                 Direct
                 ,
                 Oblick
                 ,
                 and
                 Transverse
                 .
              
               
               
                 20
                 The
                 harder
                 spermatical
                 Parts
                 ,
                 are
                 Bones
                 and
                 Cartilages
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Bones
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Bones
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 ,
                 take
                 them
                 Universally
                 are
                 318.
                 
                 Of
                 which
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 of
                 the
                 Ventricles
                 ,
                 others
                 of
                 the
                 Limbs
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Ventricles
                 have
                 gotten
                 one
                 hnndred
                 and
                 forty
                 :
                 Of
                 which
                 ,
                 the
                 uper
                 Ventricle
                 hath
                 some
                 the
                 middle
                 others
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 lower
                 Ventricle
                 the
                 remainder
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 uper
                 Ventricle
                 hath
                 seventy
                 and
                 seven
                 :
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 the
                 Head
                 hath
                 got
                 some
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Neck
                 the
                 rest
                 .
                 The
                 Head
                 hath
                 fifty
                 nine
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 the
                 Skul
                 hath
                 some
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Cheek
                 other
                 some
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Skul
                 hath
                 fourteen
                 ,
                 to
                 wit
                 ,
                 Each
                 Ear
                 three
                 ,
                 called
                 by
                 name
                 ,
                 
                   Inchus
                   ,
                   Malleus
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Stapes
                 .
                 The
                 Forehead
                 :
                 1
                 The
                 hinder
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Head
                 :
                 1
                 The
                 Temples
                 ,
                 2
                 The
                 Crown
                 of
                 the
                 Head.
                 2
                 And
                 those
                 two
                 which
                 are
                 called
                 Sphoenoides
                 and
                 E●hmoides
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Cheeks
                 have
                 got
                 forty
                 five
                 ;
                 whereof
                 some
                 are
                 superior
                 ,
                 some
                 inferior
                 ,
                 and
                 some
                 common
                 .
                 The
                 superior
                 are
                 twelve
                 :
                 the
                 inferior
                 only
                 one
                 (
                 but
                 that
                 's
                 a
                 good
                 big
                 one
                 .
                 )
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 common
                 to
                 both
                 are
                 the
                 Teeth
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 ,
                 or
                 should
                 be
                 in
                 Number
                 thirty
                 two
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Bones
                 of
                 the
                 Neck
                 are
                 eighteen
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 eleven
                 belong
                 to
                 the
                 
                   Os
                   Hyois
                
                 ;
                 the
                 word
                 
                 is
                 derived
                 from
                 ὑω
                 to
                 gape
                 .
                 (
                 Take
                 notice
                 of
                 the
                 Ignorance
                 of
                 our
                 Chyrurgions
                 :
                 Ask
                 them
                 what
                 Hyois
                 is
                 ,
                 they
                 can
                 shew
                 it
                 you
                 ,
                 but
                 cannot
                 tell
                 what
                 it
                 is
                 .
                 )
                 The
                 rest
                 are
                 the
                 Vertebrae
                 ,
                 or
                 joynts
                 of
                 the
                 Neck
                 and
                 are
                 in
                 Numbea
                 seven
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 some
                 have
                 Names
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 rest
                 have
                 none
                 .
                 Those
                 which
                 have
                 Names
                 are
                 called
                 ,
                 
                   Atlas
                   ,
                   Epitropheus
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Axis
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Bones
                 of
                 the
                 middle
                 Ventricle
                 or
                 Breast
                 are
                 forty
                 three
                 in
                 Number
                 ,
                 and
                 thus
                 distinguished
                 :
                 1
                 Clavicula
                 on
                 each
                 side
                 :
                 1
                 Scapula
                 on
                 each
                 side
                 .
                 The
                 Sternum
                 ,
                 or
                 Bone
                 before
                 the
                 Breast
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 three
                 fold
                 .
                 The
                 Vertebrae
                 ,
                 or
                 Joynts
                 are
                 twelve
                 .
                 The
                 Ribs
                 are
                 a
                 Dozen
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 the
                 seven
                 upermost
                 are
                 called
                 true
                 ;
                 the
                 other
                 five
                 ,
                 Bastard
                 Ribs
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 lower
                 Ventricle
                 hath
                 twenty
                 Bones
                 .
                 
                   Os
                   Coccix
                
                 ,
                 three
                 fold
                 :
                 
                   Os
                   Coxendix
                
                 two
                 :
                 Illium
                 two
                 .
                 The
                 Vertebrae
                 ,
                 or
                 Joynes
                 of
                 the
                 Loyns
                 are
                 five
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 two
                 of
                 them
                 were
                 Christned
                 ,
                 namely
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 called
                 Nephrites
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 last
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 called
                 Asphalites
                 .
                 All
                 the
                 rest
                 have
                 no
                 Names
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 bones
                 of
                 the
                 Ventricle
                 :
                 The
                 Bones
                 of
                 the
                 Limbs
                 follow
                 which
                 are
                 in
                 number
                 one
                 hundred
                 ,
                 seventy
                 ,
                 and
                 eight
                 .
                 Of
                 these
                 ,
                 the
                 Hands
                 have
                 gotten
                 some
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Feet
                 the
                 rest
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Bones
                 of
                 the
                 Hands
                 are
                 eighty
                 six
                 which
                 the
                 right
                 Hand
                 and
                 the
                 left
                 ,
                 have
                 equally
                 shared
                 
                 between
                 them
                 ;
                 namely
                 ,
                 forty
                 three
                 apiece
                 :
                 viz.
                 Between
                 the
                 Shoulder
                 and
                 the
                 Elbow
                 ,
                 one
                 :
                 Carpus
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Wrest
                 eight
                 :
                 Cubitus
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Bone
                 between
                 the
                 Elbow
                 and
                 the
                 Wrest
                 ,
                 two
                 ;
                 the
                 greater
                 of
                 which
                 is
                 called
                 Vlna
                 the
                 lesser
                 ,
                 Radius
                 .
                 The
                 Fingers
                 fifteen
                 :
                 The
                 Metacarpus
                 ,
                 or
                 distance
                 between
                 the
                 Wrest
                 and
                 the
                 Fingers
                 ,
                 hath
                 four
                 :
                 The
                 Bones
                 called
                 Sesamina
                 are
                 twelve
                 ;
                 and
                 one
                 between
                 the
                 bone
                 of
                 the
                 Wrest
                 ,
                 and
                 Metacarpus
                 .
                 We
                 wil
                 confess
                 Dr.
                 Reade
                 saith
                 there
                 is
                 but
                 sixty
                 :
                 but
                 we
                 wil
                 leave
                 the
                 matter
                 to
                 be
                 judged
                 by
                 Dr.
                 Experience
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 The
                 Bones
                 of
                 the
                 Feet
                 are
                 ninety
                 two
                 according
                 to
                 my
                 Author
                 (
                 but
                 according
                 to
                 
                   Alexander
                   Reade
                
                 but
                 sixty
                 four
                 )
                 I
                 shal
                 follow
                 my
                 Author
                 now
                 ,
                 and
                 leave
                 Dr.
                 Reade
                 for
                 the
                 present
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Bones
                 of
                 the
                 Feet
                 ,
                 the
                 right
                 side
                 hath
                 gotten
                 one
                 half
                 ,
                 and
                 left
                 the
                 other
                 for
                 the
                 Left.
                 The
                 right
                 side
                 hath
                 one
                 Bone
                 in
                 the
                 Thigh
                 :
                 1
                 Patella
                 :
                 2
                 In
                 the
                 Knee
                 .
                 Two
                 in
                 the
                 Leg
                 :
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 one
                 is
                 called
                 Phibula
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 other
                 Tibia
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 Instep
                 seven
                 ,
                 called
                 by
                 these
                 Names
                 .
                 1
                 Astragatus
                 :
                 2
                 Calx
                 :
                 3
                 Naviculare
                 :
                 4
                 Cubiformae
                 :
                 5
                 Cuneiformae
                 ,
                 the
                 lesser
                 greater
                 ,
                 and
                 middle
                 .
                 The
                 Metatarsus
                 (
                 or
                 distance
                 between
                 the
                 Instep
                 and
                 the
                 Toes
                 )
                 hath
                 five
                 .
                 The
                 Toes
                 fourteen
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 the
                 great
                 Toe
                 hath
                 two
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 other
                 three
                 apice
                 .
                 Sesamina
                 twelve
                 .
                 In
                 Ancient
                 people
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 bony
                 substance
                 opposed
                 to
                 
                 the
                 Cubiformae
                 .
                 Also
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 little
                 Bone
                 in
                 the
                 Articulation
                 of
                 the
                 little
                 toe
                 .
                 These
                 if
                 you
                 reckon
                 the
                 left
                 foot
                 to
                 have
                 no
                 fewer
                 than
                 the
                 right
                 ,
                 wil
                 amount
                 just
                 to
                 the
                 number
                 of
                 ninety
                 two
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 connexion
                 or
                 joyning
                 together
                 of
                 the
                 Bones
                 is
                 also
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 ;
                 which
                 are
                 general
                 or
                 particular
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 General
                 is
                 the
                 joynting
                 of
                 al
                 the
                 bones
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 Particular
                 is
                 the
                 connexing
                 of
                 som
                 particular
                 Bones
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 And
                 that
                 is
                 divided
                 into
                 Arthrosis
                 and
                 Symphysis
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 Arthrosis
                 is
                 divided
                 into
                 these
                 Species
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Diarthrosis
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Arthrodia
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Gynglimos
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Synarthrosis
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Sutura
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Harmonia
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Gomphosis
                   .
                
              
               
                 16
                 Symphysis
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 connexion
                 of
                 bones
                 by
                 Continuity
                 ,
                 by
                 means
                 either
                 of
                 Cartilage
                 ,
                 Nerve
                 ,
                 Ligament
                 ,
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 or
                 Muscles
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Cartilages
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Cartilages
                 in
                 the
                 body
                 of
                 Man
                 are
                 held
                 to
                 be
                 seven
                 .
                 And
                 though
                 my
                 Author
                 name
                 but
                 so
                 many
                 ;
                 yet
                 some
                 whose
                 Eyes
                 are
                 in
                 their
                 Heads
                 have
                 found
                 out
                 very
                 many
                 more
                 .
                 It
                 may
                 be
                 my
                 
                 Author
                 saw
                 none
                 but
                 old
                 men
                 dissected
                 ;
                 for
                 those
                 parts
                 which
                 are
                 Cartilages
                 in
                 Children
                 ,
                 turn
                 to
                 be
                 Bones
                 in
                 Ancient
                 people
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Thus
                 much
                 for
                 Spermatical
                 parts
                 which
                 are
                 simply
                 so
                 .
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 Spermatical
                 
                   Secundum
                   quid
                
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 more
                 principal
                 or
                 less
                 principal
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 More
                 Principal
                 are
                 Nerves
                 ,
                 Arteries
                 ,
                 Veins
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Nerves
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Nerves
                 take
                 their
                 Original
                 from
                 the
                 Brain
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 either
                 softer
                 or
                 harder
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 softer
                 are
                 either
                 Principal
                 ,
                 or
                 arising
                 from
                 the
                 Principal
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Principal
                 are
                 seven
                 Pairs
                 :
                 Bauhinus
                 saith
                 eight
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   first
                   of
                   these
                   are
                   the
                   Optick
                   Nerves
                   ,
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   second
                   is
                   Parmotoreum
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   third
                   goes
                   to
                   the
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Face
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   fourth
                   to
                   the
                   Tongue
                   and
                   the
                   Pallat.
                   
                
                 
                   ●
                   The
                   fifth
                   to
                   the
                   Ears
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   are
                   Instruments
                   of
                   Hearing
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   
                     Par
                     vagum
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   wandring
                   pair
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   seventh
                   pair
                   comes
                   to
                   the
                   Tongue
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   the
                   Instruments
                   of
                   Speaking
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   eight
                   pair
                   is
                   distributed
                   to
                   some
                   of
                   the
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Eye
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 Arising
                 from
                 the
                 Principal
                 of
                 the
                 Softer
                 are
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 arise
                 from
                 the
                 third
                 ,
                 fourth
                 and
                 sixt
                 pairs
                 :
                 
                 From
                 the
                 third
                 arise
                 four
                 Branches
                 ;
                 from
                 the
                 fourth
                 ,
                 three
                 ;
                 from
                 the
                 sixt
                 a
                 rise
                 some
                 that
                 are
                 scattered
                 both
                 to
                 the
                 middle
                 and
                 inferior
                 Ventricle
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 harder
                 Nerves
                 are
                 either
                 Principal
                 ,
                 or
                 arising
                 from
                 the
                 Principal
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Principal
                 are
                 thirty
                 Pair
                 :
                 Seven
                 of
                 the
                 Neck
                 ;
                 twelve
                 of
                 the
                 joynts
                 of
                 the
                 Breast
                 ;
                 five
                 of
                 the
                 Loyns
                 ;
                 six
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Os
                   Sacrum
                
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Such
                 as
                 arise
                 from
                 these
                 ,
                 are
                 those
                 that
                 are
                 branched
                 from
                 them
                 to
                 the
                 Hands
                 and
                 Feet
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Arteries
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Arteries
                 proceed
                 from
                 the
                 Heart
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 either
                 Principal
                 ,
                 or
                 arising
                 from
                 the
                 Principal
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Principal
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 such
                 as
                 proceed
                 from
                 the
                 Heart
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 great
                 Artery
                 called
                 Aorta
                 ;
                 or
                 the
                 Vessels
                 of
                 the
                 Lungs
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   
                     Aspera
                     Arteria
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Wind-pipe
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   
                     Venosa
                     Arteria
                  
                   .
                
              
               
                 3
                 Those
                 which
                 arise
                 from
                 the
                 great
                 Artery
                 are
                 two
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   lesser
                   Trunk
                   ascending
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   greater
                   Trunk
                   descending
                   .
                
              
               
                 All
                 the
                 rest
                 of
                 the
                 Arteries
                 which
                 are
                 innumerable
                 are
                 branched
                 from
                 these
                 two
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 Veins
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Veins
                 are
                 either
                 Principal
                 ,
                 or
                 arising
                 from
                 the
                 Principal
                 .
                 The
                 Principal
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   
                     Vena
                     Porta
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   distributed
                   in
                   the
                   inferior
                   ventricle
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   
                     Vena
                     Cava
                  
                   by
                   the
                   branches
                   of
                   which
                   all
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   nourished
                   .
                   Between
                   the
                   Branches
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Branches
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Vena
                     Porta
                  
                   is
                   no
                   intermixture
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Arterial
                   vein
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   distributed
                   only
                   to
                   the
                   Lungs
                   .
                
              
               
                 2
                 Arising
                 from
                 the
                 Principal
                 are
                 either
                 from
                 the
                 
                   Vena
                   Cava
                
                 ,
                 or
                 from
                 the
                 
                   Vena
                   Porta
                
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 some
                 are
                 Christned
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 not
                 ;
                 I
                 would
                 have
                 said
                 ,
                 some
                 have
                 Names
                 ,
                 and
                 some
                 have
                 none
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Branches
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Vena
                   Porta
                
                 that
                 have
                 Names
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Coronaria
                   ,
                   if
                   my
                   Author
                   be
                   not
                   mistaken
                   ;
                   for
                   I
                   have
                   a
                   shrewd
                   suspition
                   Coronaria
                   is
                   a
                   Branch
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Vena
                     Cava
                  
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   nourisheth
                   the
                   Heart
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   in
                   form
                   of
                   a
                   Crown
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   it
                   takes
                   its
                   name
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   smal
                   Branch
                   which
                   the
                   
                     Vena
                     Cava
                  
                   sends
                   to
                   the
                   Heart
                   to
                   nourish
                   it
                   ,
                   after
                   it
                   hath
                   passed
                   the
                   Pericardium
                   .
                   The
                   
                     Vena
                     Cava
                  
                   carrying
                   Natural
                   Blood
                   to
                   the
                   Heart
                   to
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   vital
                   Blood
                   ;
                   first
                   nourishes
                   the
                   Heart
                   ,
                   that
                   so
                   it
                   
                   may
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   perform
                   its
                   Office
                   ;
                   Nature
                   being
                   none
                   of
                   Pharaohs
                   Task-Masters
                   ;
                   that
                   will
                   not
                   set
                   the
                   Heart
                   to
                   make
                   Bricks
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   will
                   give
                   it
                   straw
                   to
                   burn
                   them
                   with
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Cystica
                   ;
                   and
                   if
                   I
                   be
                   not
                   mistaken
                   ,
                   this
                   the
                   vein
                   that
                   carries
                   the
                   Choller
                   to
                   the
                   Gall.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   Gastriea
                   ,
                   γαστὴς
                   signifies
                   the
                   Belly
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Epiplois
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Gastroepiplois
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Hemorrhoidalis
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Meseraicks
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   Sweetbread
                   ,
                   which
                   it
                   seems
                   my
                   Author
                   takes
                   for
                   a
                   vein
                   :
                   Neither
                   can
                   our
                   Chyrurgions
                   at
                   present
                   living
                   ,
                   tell
                   what
                   the
                   true
                   use
                   of
                   it
                   is
                   .
                   Their
                   general
                   consent
                   is
                   ,
                   That
                   it
                   keeps
                   the
                   vessels
                   from
                   being
                   hurt
                   by
                   the
                   Back-bone
                   .
                   Give
                   me
                   leave
                   to
                   shoot
                   my
                   bolt
                   a
                   little
                   ,
                   (
                   and
                   you
                   know
                   a
                   Fools
                   bolt
                   is
                   soon
                   shot
                   )
                   All
                   late
                   Anatomists
                   hold
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   First
                   .
                   That
                   the
                   Original
                   of
                   the
                   Meseraick
                   (
                   or
                   if
                   you
                   please
                   )
                   the
                   Lacteal
                   veins
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Sweetbread
                   .
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   All
                   hold
                   (
                   
                     nemine
                     contradicente
                  
                   )
                   that
                   the
                   Liver
                   delights
                   in
                   sweet
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   General
                   consent
                   of
                   Physitians
                   also
                   agrees
                   ,
                   That
                   the
                   Meseraick
                   veins
                   carry
                   the
                   Chyle
                   from
                   the
                   Bowels
                   to
                   the
                   Liver
                   .
                
              
               
                 These
                 being
                 taken
                 
                   pro
                   confesso
                
                 ,
                 my
                 own
                 Opinion
                 is
                 ,
                 That
                 the
                 Office
                 of
                 the
                 Sweetbread
                 is
                 to
                 give
                 the
                 Chyle
                 a
                 sweet
                 tast
                 that
                 so
                 the
                 work
                 
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 may
                 be
                 pleasant
                 to
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 distastful
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Trunk
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Vena
                   Cava
                
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Superior
                 ,
                 or
                 Inferior
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   From
                   the
                   Superior
                   arise
                   many
                   veins
                   of
                   note
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Cephalica
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Basilica
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Mediana
                       ,
                       or
                       the
                       middle
                       vein
                       .
                    
                     
                       4
                       Salvatella
                       .
                    
                     
                       5
                       Cornalis
                       :
                       and
                       there
                       my
                       Author
                       hit
                       the
                       Nail
                       on
                       the
                       head
                       .
                    
                     
                       6
                       Solitaria
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2
                   From
                   the
                   Inferior
                   ,
                   the
                   chief
                   veins
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       
                         The
                         Emulgent
                         Veins
                      
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       
                         The
                         Seminal
                         Veins
                      
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Saphaena
                       .
                    
                     
                       4
                       
                         Hip
                         Veins
                      
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 5
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Principal
                 parts
                 
                   Secundum
                   quid
                
                 .
                 Less
                 Principal
                 are
                 Ligaments
                 and
                 Muscles
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Ligaments
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Very
                 few
                 Ligaments
                 have
                 proper
                 names
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Some
                 belong
                 to
                 the
                 Head
                 of
                 Man
                 ;
                 others
                 to
                 the
                 Trunk
                 ,
                 and
                 others
                 to
                 the
                 Limbs
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Ligaments
                 of
                 the
                 Head
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 either
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Knit
                   the
                   Head
                   with
                   the
                   Back-bone
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Knit
                   the
                   Tongue
                   to
                   the
                   Jaws
                   ;
                   and
                   Oh
                   
                   what
                   pity
                   is
                   it
                   they
                   did
                   not
                   knit
                   it
                   closer
                   ;
                   what
                   a
                   deal
                   of
                   mischief
                   might
                   then
                   have
                   been
                   saved
                   !
                
                 
                   3
                   Such
                   as
                   knit
                   the
                   uper
                   Jaw
                   to
                   the
                   lower
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Ligaments
                 of
                 the
                 Trunk
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 knit
                 the
                 Members
                 either
                 internally
                 ,
                 or
                 externally
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Ligaments
                 of
                 the
                 Joynts
                 are
                 two-fold
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Some
                   knit
                   the
                   Bones
                   together
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Others
                   imbrace
                   the
                   Tendons
                   like
                   a
                   Ring
                   .
                
              
               
                 6
                 A
                 Tendon
                 is
                 no
                 hing
                 else
                 but
                 the
                 extremity
                 of
                 a
                 Muscle
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 it
                 moves
                 the
                 Joynts
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Muscles
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Muscles
                 in
                 all
                 the
                 Body
                 are
                 in
                 Number
                 395.
                 according
                 to
                 my
                 Author
                 :
                 of
                 which
                 he
                 saith
                 ,
                 some
                 belong
                 to
                 the
                 ventricles
                 ,
                 and
                 others
                 to
                 the
                 Limbs
                 :
                 But
                 according
                 to
                 Dr.
                 Read
                 ,
                 they
                 are
                 but
                 270.
                 
              
               
                 Popular
                 Applause
                 sounds
                 out
                 the
                 praise
                 of
                 Dr.
                 Read
                 in
                 Muscles
                 .
              
               
                 My
                 Authors
                 Works
                 are
                 sufficient
                 to
                 speak
                 for
                 him
                 :
                 The
                 Use
                 which
                 I
                 shal
                 make
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 is
                 only
                 for
                 Information
                 ,
                 to
                 shew
                 what
                 an
                 uncertain
                 Master
                 
                   They
                   say
                   so
                
                 ,
                 is
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Ventricles
                 have
                 181.
                 
                 Of
                 which
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 Superior
                 ,
                 others
                 Inferior
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 third
                 sort
                 Mean
                 between
                 them
                 both
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Superior
                 are
                 95.
                 
                 Of
                 which
                 ,
                 some
                 belong
                 to
                 the
                 Head
                 in
                 general
                 :
                 others
                 to
                 certain
                 parts
                 .
              
               
               
                 4
                 Those
                 which
                 belong
                 to
                 the
                 Head
                 in
                 general
                 are
                 nine
                 pair
                 :
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 seven
                 extend
                 the
                 Head
                 ,
                 and
                 compass
                 it
                 about
                 ,
                 the
                 other
                 two
                 bow
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Muscles
                 of
                 the
                 other
                 parts
                 are
                 86.
                 wherof
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Ear
                   hath
                   ten
                   ,
                   saith
                   my
                   Anthor
                   :
                   and
                   Dr.
                   Read
                   is
                   just
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   Judgment
                   :
                   of
                   which
                   saith
                   he
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   four
                   pair
                   on
                   the
                   outside
                   ,
                   and
                   two
                   on
                   the
                   inside
                   .
                   The
                   truth
                   is
                   I
                   could
                   never
                   see
                   any
                   at
                   all
                   ;
                   perhaps
                   the
                   Reason
                   is
                   ,
                   because
                   I
                   never
                   wore
                   Spectacles
                   .
                   'T
                   is
                   probable
                   there
                   may
                   be
                   two
                   Muscles
                   on
                   the
                   inside
                   of
                   the
                   Ear
                   ;
                   but
                   those
                   eight
                   on
                   the
                   outside
                   the
                   Ear
                   ,
                   came
                   newly
                   from
                   Utopia
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   good
                   Ship
                   called
                   the
                   Ignorance
                   .
                   That
                   Beasts
                   move
                   their
                   Ears
                   by
                   a
                   proper
                   or
                   voluntary
                   motion
                   is
                   certain
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   Men
                   do
                   ,
                   unless
                   they
                   move
                   Head
                   and
                   al
                   I
                   never
                   yet
                   saw
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   little
                   beleeve
                   .
                   What
                   an
                   abominable
                   Master
                   is
                   Tradition
                   ?
                   Who
                   would
                   have
                   thought
                   my
                   Author
                   Partlicius
                   ,
                   and
                   old
                   
                     Alexander
                     Reade
                  
                   ,
                   should
                   have
                   been
                   led
                   by
                   the
                   Nose
                   by
                   him
                   ?
                   Because
                   Asses
                   move
                   their
                   Ears
                   ,
                   must
                   al
                   Men
                   be
                   Asses
                   ?
                   And
                   now
                   I
                   have
                   left
                   my
                   Author
                   a
                   little
                   ,
                   I
                   care
                   not
                   if
                   I
                   leave
                   him
                   a
                   little
                   longer
                   ,
                   and
                   shew
                   you
                   whence
                   this
                   Error
                   sprung
                   ;
                   as
                   also
                   what
                   it
                   is
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       First
                       ,
                       They
                       say
                       ,
                       The
                       external
                       Muscles
                       of
                       the
                       Ear
                       are
                       four
                       pair
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           1
                           They
                           coyn
                           one
                           pair
                           ,
                           and
                           cal
                           them
                           
                             Par
                             Attollens
                          
                           ;
                           and
                           these
                           they
                           say
                           lift-the
                           Ears
                           up
                           ;
                           
                           but
                           whether
                           I
                           know
                           not
                           ,
                           unless
                           it
                           be
                           upon
                           the
                           Pillory
                           .
                        
                         
                           2
                           
                             Par
                             deprimens
                          
                           ,
                           and
                           they
                           pull
                           them
                           down
                           ;
                           but
                           mine
                           stick
                           up
                           stil
                           ,
                           and
                           so
                           do
                           every
                           honest
                           mans
                           .
                        
                         
                           3
                           
                             Par
                             adducens
                          
                           ,
                           and
                           they
                           move
                           them
                           forward
                           .
                        
                         
                           4
                           
                             Par
                             abducens
                          
                           ,
                           and
                           they
                           pul
                           them
                           backward
                           .
                           'T
                           is
                           wel
                           Democritus
                           is
                           dead
                           ,
                           or
                           else
                           he
                           would
                           have
                           burst
                           his
                           heart
                           with
                           laughing
                           at
                           this
                           and
                           died
                           no
                           other
                           death
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Secondly
                       ,
                       The
                       internal
                       Muscles
                       of
                       the
                       Ear
                       (
                       they
                       say
                       )
                       are
                       two
                       ;
                       One
                       inward
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       other
                       ontward
                       :
                       And
                       if
                       there
                       be
                       any
                       Muscles
                       at
                       al
                       about
                       the
                       Ears
                       ,
                       these
                       are
                       probably
                       like
                       to
                       be
                       they
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     We
                     wil
                     now
                     shew
                     you
                     ,
                     what
                     may
                     probably
                     be
                     the
                     Cause
                     of
                     these
                     Errors
                     .
                  
                   
                     They
                     thought
                     Galen
                     was
                     a
                     famous
                     man
                     (
                     and
                     so
                     he
                     was
                     )
                     and
                     rather
                     than
                     they
                     would
                     make
                     a
                     famous
                     man
                     infamous
                     ,
                     they
                     would
                     be
                     infamous
                     themselves
                     .
                     Reade
                     confesseth
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Ears
                     is
                     obscure
                     ;
                     and
                     so
                     indeed
                     it
                     is
                     ,
                     being
                     clouded
                     with
                     a
                     Mist
                     of
                     Ignorance
                     .
                  
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       first
                       pair
                       is
                       called
                       Attollens
                       ,
                       or
                       lifting
                       up
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       nothing
                       else
                       but
                       a
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       Frontal
                       Muscle
                       fixed
                       neer
                       the
                       Ear
                       ,
                       which
                       when
                       you
                       lift
                       yp
                       your
                       Forehead
                       ,
                       lifts
                       up
                       a
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       Ear
                       too
                       ,
                       though
                       not
                       by
                       a
                       proper
                       motion
                       of
                       the
                       Ear.
                       
                    
                     
                       2
                       The
                       second
                       is
                       
                         Par
                         deprimens
                      
                       ,
                       or
                       pulling
                       down
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       nothing
                       but
                       one
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       Muscles
                       
                       of
                       the
                       Cheeks
                       ,
                       the
                       Tendon
                       of
                       which
                       being
                       fastned
                       to
                       the
                       Ear
                       ,
                       and
                       by
                       pulling
                       down
                       the
                       Cheeks
                       ,
                       pulls
                       down
                       the
                       Ear
                       also
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       The
                       third
                       is
                       
                         Par
                         adducens
                      
                       which
                       is
                       nothing
                       else
                       but
                       a
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       
                         Musculus
                         cutaneus
                      
                       .
                    
                     
                       4
                       The
                       fourth
                       pair
                       is
                       only
                       the
                       transverse
                       Muscles
                       of
                       the
                       Head.
                       Substract
                       me
                       but
                       these
                       Muscles
                       cleverly
                       ,
                       and
                       shew
                       me
                       any
                       other
                       Muscles
                       of
                       the
                       Ears
                       of
                       Man
                       ,
                       with
                       the
                       help
                       of
                       a
                       Perfpective
                       Glass
                       (
                       if
                       you
                       can
                       .
                       )
                       But
                       then
                       they
                       run
                       to
                       the
                       old
                       Argument
                       ,
                       Galen
                       said
                       there
                       was
                       such
                       :
                       and
                       I
                       'le
                       warrant
                       you
                       our
                       Authors
                       are
                       as
                       confident
                       of
                       it
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       Pigmies
                       were
                       of
                       their
                       killing
                       Hercules
                       .
                       But
                       to
                       return
                       to
                       my
                       Author
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Buccae
                   four
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Jaws
                   four
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Forehead
                   two
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   Bones
                   of
                   the
                   Hyois
                   four
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Of
                   the
                   Lips
                   five
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   Larynx
                   nine
                   (
                   Reade
                   saith
                   ten
                   .
                   )
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   Tongue
                   five
                   (
                   Reade
                   saith
                   eight
                   .
                   )
                
                 
                   9
                   The
                   Cheeks
                   ten
                   .
                
                 
                   10
                   The
                   Nostrils
                   eight
                   (
                   Reade
                   saith
                   sixt
                   .
                   )
                
                 
                   11
                   The
                   hinder
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Head
                   two
                   .
                
                 
                   12
                   The
                   Eyes
                   twelve
                   .
                
                 
                   13
                   The
                   Eye-lids
                   four
                   .
                
              
               
                 What
                 do
                 you
                 think
                 the
                 Mind
                 of
                 God
                 is
                 ,
                 by
                 this
                 difference
                 of
                 Authors
                 ?
                 Surely
                 (
                 Courteous
                 Readers
                 )
                 to
                 make
                 you
                 studious
                 and
                 Industrious
                 .
                 
                 
                   Pluris
                   est
                   Occulatus
                   unus
                   testis
                   quam
                   Auriti
                   decem
                   .
                
                 One
                 Eye
                 witness
                 is
                 worth
                 ten
                 Ear-witnesses
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 wil
                 find
                 it
                 so
                 in
                 the
                 winding
                 up
                 :
                 But
                 it
                 is
                 denied
                 the
                 Planets
                 to
                 have
                 Latitude
                 without
                 the
                 Zodiack
                 and
                 therefore
                 I
                 return
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Muscles
                 of
                 the
                 middle
                 Ventricle
                 are
                 65.
                 
                 I
                 shal
                 now
                 let
                 Dr.
                 Reade
                 alone
                 ,
                 for
                 I
                 cannot
                 walk
                 very
                 fast
                 with
                 two
                 Clogs
                 upon
                 my
                 Feet
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Diaphragma
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Mhe
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Back
                   are
                   eight
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Intercostals
                   are
                   forty
                   four
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Breast
                   twelve
                   .
                
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Inferior
                 Ventricle
                 hath
                 21.
                 whereof
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Abdomen
                   hath
                   ten
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Fundament
                   three
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Yard
                   four
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Stones
                   two
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   Bladder
                   two
                   .
                   (
                   Dr.
                   Reade
                   had
                   seen
                   the
                   second
                   ,
                   had
                   he
                   not
                   been
                   pur-blind
                   .
                   )
                
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 Joynts
                 have
                 214.
                 
                 Of
                 which
                 ,
                 some
                 belong
                 to
                 the
                 Hands
                 ,
                 others
                 to
                 the
                 Feet
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 To
                 the
                 Hands
                 belong
                 104.
                 according
                 to
                 my
                 Author
                 ;
                 53.
                 according
                 to
                 Reade
                 :
                 I
                 must
                 follow
                 my
                 Author
                 because
                 of
                 translating
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 these
                 ,
                 some
                 belong
                 to
                 the
                 Right
                 Hand
                 ,
                 some
                 to
                 the
                 Left.
                 
              
               
                 Those
                 belonging
                 to
                 the
                 Right
                 Hand
                 are
                 52.
                 to
                 wit
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Fingers
                   thirteen
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   2
                   Between
                   the
                   Shoulder
                   and
                   the
                   Elbow
                   ,
                   eleven
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Between
                   the
                   Elbow
                   and
                   the
                   Wrest
                   ,
                   eight
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Wrest
                   and
                   parts
                   adjacent
                   ,
                   ten
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   Metacarpus
                   ,
                   ten
                   .
                
              
               
                 The
                 Left
                 Hand
                 hath
                 just
                 so
                 many
                 as
                 the
                 Right
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 The
                 Feet
                 have
                 104
                 Of
                 which
                 ,
                 some
                 belong
                 to
                 the
                 Right
                 side
                 ,
                 others
                 to
                 the
                 Left.
                 
              
               
                 The
                 Right
                 side
                 hath
                 52.
                 viz.
                 
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Toes
                   ,
                   twenty
                   nine
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Thigh
                   ,
                   four
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Instep
                   ,
                   four
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Metatarsus
                   ,
                   four
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   Hip-bone
                   ,
                   seven
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   The
                   Share-bone
                   ,
                   four
                   .
                
              
               
                 If
                 a
                 man
                 is
                 minded
                 to
                 be
                 wise
                 ,
                 his
                 readiest
                 way
                 is
                 ,
                 Not
                 to
                 pin
                 his
                 Faith
                 upon
                 the
                 sleeve
                 of
                 Authors
                 ;
                 for
                 let
                 an
                 Author
                 be
                 never
                 so
                 excellent
                 ,
                 his
                 Works
                 may
                 be
                 abused
                 by
                 a
                 Printer
                 .
                 And
                 of
                 all
                 the
                 Authors
                 which
                 ever
                 I
                 translated
                 ,
                 I
                 never
                 read
                 one
                 more
                 vilely
                 printed
                 than
                 this
                 is
                 .
                 I
                 confess
                 I
                 have
                 corrected
                 the
                 Printer
                 in
                 many
                 places
                 where
                 he
                 most
                 notoriously
                 failed
                 ;
                 but
                 in
                 this
                 I
                 cannot
                 ,
                 as
                 you
                 shal
                 easily
                 find
                 if
                 you
                 observe
                 the
                 disagreeing
                 of
                 his
                 Numbers
                 .
                 Very
                 unwilling
                 was
                 I
                 to
                 do
                 the
                 good
                 soul
                 any
                 wrong
                 ,
                 because
                 he
                 was
                 ingenious
                 :
                 But
                 finding
                 an
                 inability
                 in
                 my self
                 ,
                 I
                 called
                 help
                 of
                 others
                 that
                 were
                 Anatomists
                 ,
                 viz.
                 
                   Galen
                   ,
                   Vesalius
                   ,
                   Columbus
                   ,
                   Ambrose
                   Parrey
                   ,
                   
                   Crooke
                   ,
                
                 and
                 Reade
                 ;
                 but
                 they
                 were
                 gotten
                 so
                 deeply
                 together
                 by
                 the
                 Ears
                 one
                 with
                 another
                 ,
                 that
                 they
                 could
                 afford
                 me
                 no
                 satisfaction
                 :
                 Wherfore
                 I
                 desire
                 the
                 Reader
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Not
                   to
                   impute
                   the
                   failings
                   to
                   my
                   Author
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   the
                   Printer
                   ,
                   whose
                   I
                   am
                   confident
                   they
                   were
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     2
                     To
                     take
                     Counsel
                     of
                     my
                     Brother
                     ,
                     the
                     Son
                     of
                     my
                     Mother
                     ,
                     Doctor
                     Experience
                     .
                  
                   
                     You
                     have
                     the
                     Spermatical
                     Parts
                     :
                     the
                     Fleshy
                     Parts
                     remain
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 Flesh.
                 
              
               
                 1
                 Flesh
                 is
                 commonly
                 accounted
                 to
                 be
                 of
                 three
                 sorts
                 ;
                 to
                 wit
                 ,
                 Musculous
                 ,
                 Glandulous
                 ,
                 and
                 Common
                 Flesh.
                 
              
               
                 2
                 You
                 have
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 properly
                 called
                 Similary
                 Parts
                 .
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 improperly
                 called
                 so
                 follow
                 :
                 Of
                 which
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 solid
                 others
                 fluid
                 :
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 fluid
                 belong
                 to
                 the
                 Parts
                 contained
                 ;
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 solid
                 are
                 ,
                 Hair
                 ,
                 Fat
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
                 But
                 why
                 my
                 Author
                 reckons
                 Fat
                 among
                 the
                 solid
                 Parts
                 ,
                 I
                 know
                 not
                 .
                 nor
                 I
                 think
                 himself
                 neither
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Dissimilar
                 Parts
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Are
                 two-fold
                 ,
                 Superior
                 and
                 Inferior
                 .
                 Superior
                 is
                 called
                 the
                 Head
                 ,
                 or
                 Animal
                 Ventricle
                 :
                 Its
                 parts
                 are
                 the
                 Head
                 and
                 Neck
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Head
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Skul
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 
                 parts
                 within
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 without
                 it
                 .
                 The
                 Parts
                 without
                 the
                 Skul
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 the
                 Face
                 it self
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 parts
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Skul
                 are
                 Bones
                 ,
                 
                   Pericranium
                   ,
                   Dura
                   Mater
                
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Bones
                 are
                 59.
                 
              
               
                 The
                 sutures
                 of
                 the
                 Skul
                 are
                 three
                 ,
                 
                   Coronalis
                   ,
                   Sagitalis
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Lamdoides
                 :
                 to
                 which
                 you
                 may
                 ad
                 those
                 of
                 the
                 Temples
                 called
                 Mendosae
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Parts
                 without
                 the
                 Face
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Lateral
                 ,
                 and
                 on
                 the
                 sides
                 as
                 the
                 foremost
                 ,
                 and
                 hinder
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Head
                 :
                 or
                 else
                 the
                 top
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Crown
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Face
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Forehead
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Temples
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Eyes
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Ears
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   Nose
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   The
                   Cheeks
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   Mouth
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   Hollowness
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   The
                   Chin.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Eyes
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Eyes
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Such
                   as
                   compass
                   them
                   about
                
                 
                   2
                   Such
                   as
                   give
                   them
                   their
                   Form.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   Such
                   as
                   move
                   them
                   .
                
              
               
                 2
                 Such
                 as
                 compass
                 them
                 about
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Eye-lids
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Eye-brows
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Glandulae
                   ,
                   or
                   Kernels
                   .
                
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Eye-lids
                 are
                 either
                 Superior
                 of
                 Inferior
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Parts
                 which
                 form
                 the
                 Eye
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Interior
                 or
                 Exterior
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Exterior
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   white
                   of
                   the
                   Eye
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Iris.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Apple
                   of
                   the
                   Eye
                   .
                
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Humors
                 are
                 three
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Aqueal
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Christalline
                   ,
                   and
                
                 
                   3
                   Vitrial
                   .
                
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Tunicles
                 are
                 seven
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Cornea
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Uvea
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Arnea
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Retina
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Conjunctiva
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Opacia
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Secundina
                   .
                
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 parts
                 which
                 cause
                 Motion
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Muscles
                 and
                 Optick
                 Nerve
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Ears
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Ears
                 are
                 either
                 External
                 or
                 Internal
                 .
                 The
                 External
                 are
                 holes
                 by
                 which
                 the
                 sound
                 passeth
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 in
                 number
                 five
                 ;
                 three
                 
                 without
                 the
                 Skul
                 ,
                 and
                 two
                 within
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Internal
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Eir
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Nerve
                   ,
                   which
                   brings
                   the
                   Sence
                   of
                   Hearing
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Timpanum
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Two
                   Bony
                   substances
                   of
                   each
                   side
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Three
                   smal
                   Bones
                   knit
                   together
                   by
                   a
                   Skin
                   ,
                   or
                   Membrana
                   ;
                   whereof
                   the
                   first
                   is
                   called
                   Malleus
                   ,
                   the
                   second
                   Incus
                   ,
                   the
                   third
                   Stapes
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Nose
                 ,
                 Cheeks
                 ,
                 and
                 Mouth
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Nose
                 are
                 Internal
                 or
                 External
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 External
                 are
                 the
                 Nostrils
                 ,
                 the
                 sides
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Bridg
                 in
                 the
                 Middle
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Internal
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Cribrum
                 ,
                 and
                 Caruncula
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Cheeks
                 are
                 two
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Superior
                 which
                 is
                 called
                 Mala
                 :
                 And
              
               
                 The
                 Inferior
                 which
                 is
                 called
                 Buccae
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Mouth
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Fleshy
                 or
                 Bony
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Fleshy
                 parts
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Lips
                 ,
                 Tongue
                 ,
                 and
                 Pallat
                 the
                 Gums
                 ,
                 Jaws
                 ,
                 
                   Gurgulio
                   ,
                   Larynx
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Tonsillae
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Bony
                 parts
                 are
                 32.
                 
                 Teeth
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 the
                 uper
                 Jaw
                 hath
                 one
                 half
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 lower
                 Jaw
                 the
                 other
                 .
              
               
               
                 8
                 The
                 Cavities
                 are
                 three
                 ,
                 
                   Conchola
                   ,
                   Labirinthus
                
                 and
                 Coclea
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Chin
                 is
                 that
                 part
                 where
                 the
                 Beard
                 grows
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Thus
                 much
                 for
                 the
                 parts
                 without
                 the
                 Skul
                 :
                 the
                 parts
                 within
                 the
                 Skul
                 follow
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 called
                 Brain
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Brain
                 are
                 two
                 ,
                 Cerebrum
                 ,
                 and
                 Cerebellum
                 ,
                 from
                 both
                 which
                 arise
                 the
                 Marrow
                 of
                 the
                 Back
                 ;
                 as
                 also
                 all
                 the
                 Nerves
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Brain
                 are
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   
                     Glandula
                     Pituitaria
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Fornix
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Infundibulum
                
                 
                   4
                   Nates
                   ,
                   and
                   Testes
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Pelvis
                
                 
                   6
                   Penis
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   
                     Plexus
                     Choroides
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   
                     Processus
                     vermi
                     formis
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   
                     Rete
                     Mirabile
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   10
                   Sella
                   .
                
                 
                   11
                   
                     Pia
                     Mater
                  
                   .
                
              
               
                 13
                 Thus
                 much
                 of
                 the
                 Head
                 :
                 Now
                 follows
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Neck
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Neck
                 are
                 Internal
                 or
                 External
                 .
              
               
                 External
                 are
                 either
                 before
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Throat
                 ;
                 or
                 behind
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Neck
                 .
              
               
               
                 
                   
                     
                       The
                       internal
                       are
                       ,
                    
                     
                       The
                       Wind-pipe
                       ,
                       and
                    
                     
                       The
                       Passage
                       of
                       Food
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 2
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Animal
                 Ventricle
                 ,
                 or
                 Superior
                 part
                 :
                 The
                 Inferior
                 follows
                 :
                 
                   
                     
                       Which
                       is
                       either
                    
                     
                       The
                       Trunk
                       ,
                       or
                    
                     
                       The
                       Limbs
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       The
                       Trunk
                       containeth
                    
                     
                       The
                       Vital
                       Ventricles
                       .
                    
                     
                       &
                       Natural
                       Ventricles
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Middle
                 or
                 Vital
                 Ventricle
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     
                       The
                       Parts
                       of
                       the
                       middle
                       Ventricle
                       are
                       either
                    
                     
                       External
                       ,
                       or
                    
                     
                       Internal
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       The
                       External
                       are
                       either
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Before
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       Breast
                       ;
                       or
                    
                     
                       Behind
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       Back
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Breast
                 are
                 either
                 Fleshy
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Muscles
                 ,
                 the
                 Breast
                 and
                 the
                 Nepples
                 :
                 or
                 Bony
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Sternum
                 and
                 the
                 Ribs
                 :
                 or
                 Skinny
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Pleura
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Back
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Shoulders
                 ,
                 the
                 scapula
                 ,
                 the
                 Back-bone
                 ,
                 the
                 Vertebrae
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Marrow
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Interior
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 middle
                 Ventricle
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Involucra
                 ,
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Channels
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Involucra
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 
                   Pleura
                   ,
                   Mediastinum
                   ,
                   Diaphragma
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Pericardium
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Bowels
                 are
                 two
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Vital
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Heart
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Spiritual
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Lungs
                   .
                
              
               
               
                 8
                 In
                 the
                 Heart
                 are
                 considerable
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Two
                   Ventricles
                   ;
                   the
                   Right
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Left.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   Its
                   Motion
                   ,
                   or
                   Pulse
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Two
                   deaf
                   Ears
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Eleven
                   Valvulae
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   Coronal
                   Vein
                   .
                
              
               
                 9
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Lungs
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Lobi
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   divided
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Into
                       Right
                       and
                       Left.
                       
                    
                     
                       2
                       Into
                       Superior
                       and
                       Inferior
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Vessels
                   which
                   enter
                   the
                   Lungs
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   are
                   three
                   :
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Wind-pipe
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Venal
                       Artery
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       The
                       Arterial
                       Vein
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 10
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 middle
                 Ventricle
                 :
                 the
                 lowermost
                 yet
                 remains
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Lowermost
                 ,
                 or
                 Natural
                 Ventricle
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Lower
                 Ventricle
                 are
                 either
                 External
                 or
                 Internal
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 External
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Behind
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Loyns
                   and
                   Hips
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Before
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Belly
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   On
                   the
                   sides
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Hypochondria
                   .
                
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Loyns
                 consist
                 of
                 five
                 Bones
                 ,
                 under
                 which
                 the
                 Kidneys
                 are
                 placed
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Hips
                 are
                 either
                 Bony
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Hip
                 bones
                 ,
                 
                   Os
                   Sacrum
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Coccix
                 :
                 or
                 Fleshy
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Buttocks
                 .
              
               
               
                 5
                 The
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Belly
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Similar
                 ,
                 or
                 Dissimilar
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Similar
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   
                     Paeritoneum
                     ,
                     Omentum
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Mesenterium
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Dissimilar
                   ,
                   as
                   Stomachalis
                   ,
                   the
                   Navel
                   ,
                   and
                   Abdomen
                   .
                
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Hypochondria
                 are
                 two
                 ;
                 the
                 Right
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Left.
                 
              
               
                 7
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Exterior
                 Part
                 :
                 the
                 Interior
                 are
                 the
                 Bowels
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Bowels
                 serve
                 either
                 for
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 or
                 Generation
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Such
                 as
                 serve
                 for
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 for
                 Digestion
                 ,
                 or
                 Evacuation
                 .
              
               
                 For
                 Digestion
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Such
                   as
                   belong
                   to
                   the
                   first
                   Concoction
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Tunicle
                   of
                   the
                   Stomach
                   :
                   Or
                
                 
                   2
                   Such
                   as
                   belong
                   to
                   the
                   second
                   Concoction
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Liver
                   .
                
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Ventricle
                 are
                 two
                 :
                 the
                 Tunicles
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Mouths
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 The
                 Tunicles
                 are
                 in
                 number
                 three
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Mouths
                 two
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 Liver
                 is
                 placed
                 in
                 the
                 Right
                 Hypochondria
                 ,
                 under
                 the
                 Diaphragma
                 .
              
               
                 Its
                 parts
                 are
                 two
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Uper
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   ariseth
                   the
                   
                     Vena
                     Cava
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   carries
                   the
                   Blood
                   to
                   the
                   Heart
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   2
                   The
                   Inferior
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   ariseth
                   the
                   
                     Vena
                     Porta
                  
                   which
                   carries
                   the
                   Chyle
                   from
                   the
                   Bowels
                   to
                   the
                   Liver
                   .
                   Both
                   these
                   consist
                   of
                   red
                   Flesh
                   ,
                   called
                   Parenchyma
                   ;
                   throughout
                   which
                   ,
                   the
                   veins
                   of
                   the
                   Liver
                   are
                   disseminated
                   .
                
              
               
                 12
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Digestive
                 Bowels
                 :
                 the
                 Bowels
                 dedicated
                 to
                 Evacuation
                 follow
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Gall
                 ,
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 Reins
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 and
                 Guts
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 The
                 Channels
                 of
                 the
                 Bladder
                 are
                 two
                 :
                 the
                 one
                 of
                 which
                 is
                 turned
                 upwards
                 ,
                 the
                 other
                 downwards
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 The
                 Reins
                 or
                 Kidneys
                 are
                 two
                 ,
                 placed
                 under
                 the
                 Liver
                 and
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 and
                 receive
                 the
                 watery
                 Humor
                 from
                 the
                 Liver
                 by
                 the
                 Emulgent
                 veins
                 and
                 having
                 clarified
                 it
                 ,
                 send
                 it
                 to
                 the
                 Bladder
                 by
                 the
                 Ureters
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 In
                 the
                 Bladder
                 consider
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   It
                   s
                   two
                   Tunicles
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Its
                   Neck
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Its
                   Bottom
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Hairs
                   which
                   draw
                   and
                   retein
                   the
                   Urine
                   .
                
              
               
                 16.
                 
                 The
                 Guts
                 are
                 either
                 the
                 uppermost
                 ,
                 and
                 smal
                 ones
                 :
                 as
                 the
                 
                   Duodenum
                   ,
                   Jejunium
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Illium
                 :
                 or
                 else
                 the
                 lowermost
                 ,
                 and
                 thick
                 ones
                 ,
                 whose
                 names
                 are
                 
                   Caecum
                   ,
                   Colon
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Rectum
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 strait
                 Gut.
                 
              
               
                 17
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Bowels
                 dedicated
                 to
                 Nourishment
                 .
              
               
               
                 Those
                 which
                 serve
                 for
                 Generation
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 common
                 to
                 both
                 Sexes
                 ,
                 or
                 peculiar
                 to
                 one
                 .
              
               
                 18
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 Common
                 both
                 to
                 Man
                 and
                 Woman
                 are
                 the
                 Seminal
                 Vessels
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Stones
                 ,
                 Parastatae
                 ,
                 and
                 Pecten
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 The
                 Testicles
                 or
                 Stones
                 are
                 two
                 :
                 The
                 Parastatae
                 are
                 two
                 Vessels
                 placed
                 at
                 the
                 Mouth
                 of
                 the
                 Pecten
                 .
              
               
                 20
                 The
                 Peculiar
                 Vessels
                 to
                 each
                 Sex
                 are
                 ,
                 In
                 Men
                 ,
                 the
                 Yard
                 ;
                 in
                 Women
                 ,
                 the
                 Womb
                 and
                 Matrix
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 al
                 these
                 ,
                 see
                 more
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Directory
                   for
                   Midwives
                
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Branches
                 ,
                 or
                 Limbs
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Limbs
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Hands
                 and
                 Feet
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Hand
                 is
                 divided
                 into
                 ,
                 the
                 Arm
                 ,
                 the
                 Cubit
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Hand
                 it self
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Hand
                 it self
                 consists
                 of
                 many
                 parts
                 ,
                 
                   Carpus
                   ,
                   Metacarpus
                   ,
                   Nodi
                   ,
                   Vola
                   ,
                   Hypothener
                   ,
                   Palma
                   ,
                   Pecten
                   ,
                
                 five
                 Fingers
                 called
                 by
                 these
                 Names
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Pollex
                   ,
                   the
                   Thumb
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Index
                   the
                   Fore
                   Finger
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Medius
                   ,
                   the
                   Middle
                   Finger
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Annularis
                   ,
                   the
                   Ring
                   Finger
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     5
                     Auricularis
                     ,
                     the
                     Little
                     Finger
                     .
                  
                   
                     The
                     Nails
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 4
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Feet
                 are
                 three
                 ,
                 the
                 Thigh
                 ,
                 the
                 Leg
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Foot.
                 
              
               
               
                 5
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Leg
                 are
                 two
                 ,
                 the
                 Calf
                 &
                 the
                 Shin
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Parts
                 of
                 the
                 Foot
                 are
                 ,
                 
                   Talus
                   ,
                   Malleolus
                   ,
                   Calx
                   ,
                   Planta
                   ,
                   Dorsum
                   ,
                   Digiti
                   ,
                   Ungues
                   .
                
                 In
                 English
                 thus
                 ,
                 The
                 Ancle
                 ,
                 the
                 Instep
                 ,
                 the
                 Heel
                 ,
                 the
                 top
                 of
                 the
                 Foot
                 ,
                 the
                 Sole
                 of
                 the
                 Foot
                 ,
                 the
                 Toes
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Nails
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Another
                 Division
                 of
                 the
                 Parts
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Hitherto
                 of
                 the
                 Parts
                 as
                 they
                 are
                 Similar
                 or
                 Dissimilar
                 .
              
               
                 We
                 shal
                 now
                 speak
                 a
                 word
                 of
                 them
                 as
                 they
                 are
                 Organical
                 :
                 and
                 so
                 they
                 are
                 either
                 more
                 or
                 less
                 Principal
                 ,
                 and
                 formed
                 either
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 Seed
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 perfect
                 Organical
                 parts
                 are
                 two-fold
                 ,
                 Principal
                 and
                 Administring
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Administring
                 are
                 three-fold
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Such
                   without
                   which
                   the
                   Action
                   cannot
                   be
                   performed
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Such
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   Action
                   is
                   performed
                   better
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Such
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   performed
                   safer
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Principal
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 are
                 four
                 ,
                 the
                 Brain
                 ,
                 Liver
                 ,
                 Heart
                 ,
                 and
                 Testicles
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Administring
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Nerves
                   ,
                   which
                   administer
                   to
                   the
                   Brain
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Arteries
                   which
                   administer
                   to
                   the
                   Heart
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Veins
                   ,
                   which
                   administer
                   to
                   the
                   Liver
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   4
                   The
                   Seminal
                   Vessels
                   ,
                   which
                   administer
                   to
                   the
                   Stones
                   .
                
              
               
                 5
                 Less
                 Principal
                 are
                 two
                 fold
                 ,
                 some
                 common
                 to
                 the
                 whol
                 Body
                 ;
                 others
                 only
                 to
                 some
                 particular
                 part
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 common
                 to
                 the
                 whol
                 Body
                 are
                 ,
                 Fat
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 Cartilages
                 ,
                 Skin
                 ,
                 Ligaments
                 ,
                 Membranae
                 ,
                 Bones
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Those
                 which
                 belong
                 to
                 some
                 particular
                 part
                 are
                 ,
                 Arteries
                 ,
                 Nerves
                 ,
                 Marrow
                 of
                 the
                 Back
                 ,
                 Veins
                 ,
                 Spermatick
                 Vessels
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Some
                 parts
                 only
                 are
                 subservient
                 to
                 themselves
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 no
                 other
                 part
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Gall
                 ,
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 and
                 Bladder
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 knowledge
                 and
                 difference
                 of
                 the
                 Parts
                 :
                 the
                 Administration
                 and
                 Dissecting
                 of
                 them
                 remains
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Administration
                 ,
                 Dissection
                 ,
                 Or
                 Anatomy
                 of
                 the
                 Corps
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 THe
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 consists
                 either
                 of
                 Ventricles
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 the
                 Principals
                 ;
                 or
                 else
                 of
                 Limbs
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 inferior
                 Ventricle
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 dwelling
                 place
                 of
                 the
                 Natural
                 Spirits
                 .
              
               
                 
                   I.
                   
                     The
                     Anatomy
                     of
                     the
                     inferior
                     Ventricle
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   All
                   Dissections
                   begin
                   here
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   Excrements
                   
                   contained
                   in
                   the
                   Guts
                   ,
                   wil
                   soon
                   putrifie
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   hinder
                   the
                   Dissection
                   of
                   other
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   inferior
                   Ventricle
                   is
                   all
                   that
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   compassed
                   round
                   with
                   the
                   Sword-like
                   Cartilage
                   above
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   
                     Os
                     Pubis
                  
                   beneath
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   the
                   Ribs
                   on
                   each
                   side
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Its
                   parts
                   are
                   two
                   ,
                   Forward
                   and
                   Backward
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Forward
                   ,
                   the
                   Greeks
                   cal
                   Epigastrium
                   ;
                   the
                   Arabians
                   ,
                   Mirach
                   :
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   which
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     The
                     Superior
                     ,
                     or
                     Hypochondria
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Middle
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     Navel
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     Lower
                     ,
                     or
                     Hypogastrium
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   hinder
                   part
                   is
                   either
                   Superior
                   ,
                   which
                   makes
                   the
                   Loyns
                   ;
                   or
                   Inferior
                   ,
                   which
                   makes
                   the
                   Hips
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   It
                   is
                   otherwise
                   divided
                   into
                   two
                   parts
                   ;
                   namely
                   The
                   parts
                   containing
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   parts
                   contained
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   parts
                   containing
                   ,
                   are
                   either
                   Proper
                   or
                   Common
                   ;
                   the
                   Common
                   are
                   ,
                   Scarf-skin
                   ,
                   Skin
                   ,
                   Fat
                   ,
                   a
                   Panicle
                   .
                
                 
                   Proper
                   are
                   ,
                   Muscles
                   ,
                   the
                   Peritoneum
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   oblick
                   Muscles
                   are
                   four
                   ,
                   two
                   ascending
                   ,
                   and
                   two
                   descending
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Muscles
                   called
                   Piramidales
                   are
                   four
                   ,
                   wherof
                   two
                   are
                   straight
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   transverse
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   Parts
                   contained
                   ,
                   some
                   belong
                   to
                   Man
                   when
                   he
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   Womb
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   when
                   he
                   is
                   out
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   
                     1
                     Those
                     that
                     belong
                     to
                     man
                     while
                     he
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     Mothers
                     Belly
                     are
                     ,
                     the
                     Navel
                     Vessels
                     ,
                     and
                     Skins
                     that
                     cover
                     him
                     :
                     which
                     are
                     amply
                     described
                     in
                     my
                     
                       Directory
                       for
                       Midwives
                    
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     Those
                     which
                     belong
                     to
                     Man
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Womb
                     are
                     subservient
                     some
                     to
                     Nourishment
                     ,
                     others
                     to
                     Propagation
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   9
                   Those
                   that
                   belong
                   to
                   Nourishment
                   ,
                   are
                   either
                   for
                   turning
                   Food
                   into
                   Chyle
                   ,
                   or
                   for
                   turning
                   Chyle
                   into
                   Blood.
                   
                
                 
                   10
                   Those
                   which
                   turn
                   Food
                   into
                   Chyle
                   ,
                   some
                   make
                   the
                   Chyle
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Stomach
                   ;
                   others
                   are
                   joyned
                   to
                   the
                   Mesenterium
                   .
                
                 
                   11
                   They
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Such
                     as
                     help
                     towards
                     the
                     Concoction
                     of
                     the
                     Chyle
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Omentum
                     and
                     Sweet-bread
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     Some
                     distribute
                     and
                     perfect
                     the
                     Chyle
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Duodenum
                       ,
                       Jejunum
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Illion
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Other
                     take
                     away
                     the
                     Excrements
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     great
                     Guts
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   12
                   Those
                   which
                   conduce
                   to
                   the
                   making
                   of
                   Blood
                   ,
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Some
                     prepare
                     the
                     Blood
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Meseraick
                     veins
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     Some
                     make
                     it
                     into
                     blood
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Liver
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Some
                     distribute
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     body
                     being
                     made
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Vena
                       Cava
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     its
                     branches
                     .
                  
                   
                     
                     4
                     Some
                     receive
                     the
                     Excrements
                     of
                     Blood
                     ,
                     as
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         First
                         ,
                         Choller
                         ,
                         the
                         thinnest
                         of
                         which
                         is
                         taken
                         by
                         the
                         Gall
                         :
                         the
                         thickest
                         is
                         carryed
                         to
                         the
                         Right
                         Gut
                         by
                         a
                         Vessel
                         for
                         that
                         purpose
                         .
                      
                       
                         Secondly
                         ,
                         Melancholly
                         ,
                         the
                         Receptacle
                         of
                         which
                         is
                         the
                         Spleen
                         ,
                         which
                         concocts
                         it
                         ,
                         and
                         with
                         the
                         best
                         of
                         it
                         ,
                         nourishes
                         it self
                         :
                         other
                         of
                         it
                         ,
                         it
                         sends
                         up
                         to
                         the
                         Stomach
                         to
                         provoke
                         appetite
                         :
                         and
                         some
                         it
                         sends
                         down
                         somtimes
                         to
                         the
                         Hemorrhoidal
                         Veins
                         .
                      
                       
                         Thirdly
                         ,
                         The
                         watery
                         blood
                         is
                         carryed
                         to
                         the
                         two
                         Kidneys
                         ,
                         who
                         having
                         separated
                         the
                         blood
                         for
                         their
                         own
                         Nourishment
                         ,
                         send
                         the
                         Water
                         down
                         to
                         the
                         bladder
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   13
                   The
                   parts
                   which
                   are
                   subservient
                   for
                   propagation
                   ,
                   are
                   either
                   belonging
                   to
                   Men
                   or
                   Women
                   .
                   Belonging
                   to
                   Men
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Such
                     as
                     carry
                     the
                     Matter
                     whereof
                     the
                     Seed
                     is
                     made
                     ,
                     and
                     prepare
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Vasa
                       Preparantia
                    
                     :
                     or
                     work
                     it
                     together
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Corpus
                       Varicosum
                    
                     :
                     or
                     give
                     it
                     its
                     Generative
                     power
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Stones
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     sustained
                     by
                     the
                     Muscles
                     called
                     Cremasters
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     Such
                     as
                     carry
                     the
                     Seed
                     from
                     the
                     Stones
                     ,
                     being
                     perfected
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Vasa
                       Deferentia
                    
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Such
                     as
                     receive
                     the
                     Seed
                     and
                     keep
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Glandulae
                       Prostatae
                    
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     Such
                     as
                     contain
                     an
                     Oyly
                     Substance
                     ,
                     to
                     
                     make
                     the
                     Passage
                     slippery
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   14
                   The
                   parts
                   of
                   Generation
                   in
                   Women
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Such
                     as
                     carry
                     the
                     Matter
                     to
                     be
                     made
                     into
                     Seed
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Spermatical
                     Vessels
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     Such
                     as
                     make
                     it
                     into
                     Seed
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Corpus
                       Varicosum
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Testicles
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Such
                     as
                     receive
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Womb.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   15
                   The
                   Internal
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   lower
                   Ventricle
                   are
                   subservient
                   to
                   the
                   other
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Either
                     to
                     Nourishment
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Vena
                       Porta
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Cava
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     Branches
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     To
                     vital
                     Heat
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Arteries
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     To
                     Sence
                     and
                     Motion
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Nerves
                     and
                     Arteries
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   You
                   have
                   the
                   Anatomy
                   of
                   the
                   lower
                   ventricle
                   :
                   the
                   Anatomy
                   of
                   the
                   middle
                   ventricle
                   or
                   breast
                   follows
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   II.
                   
                     The
                     Anatomy
                     of
                     the
                     Middle
                     Ventricle
                     or
                     Breast
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Breast
                   is
                   properly
                   that
                   part
                   which
                   is
                   compassed
                   round
                   with
                   the
                   Ribs
                   ,
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   lower
                   ventricle
                   by
                   the
                   Diaphragma
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   the
                   seat
                   of
                   the
                   vital
                   Spirit
                   :
                   neither
                   is
                   it
                   altogether
                   bony
                   like
                   the
                   Skul
                   ,
                   for
                   then
                   it
                   could
                   not
                   move
                   :
                   neither
                   altogether
                   Fleshy
                   like
                   the
                   lower
                   ventricle
                   ,
                   for
                   then
                   it
                   could
                   not
                   be
                   sustained
                   :
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   moved
                   by
                   Muscles
                   ,
                   and
                   Articulated
                   by
                   bones
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   2
                   It
                   is
                   divided
                   into
                   the
                   former
                   part
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Sternon
                   :
                   the
                   hinder
                   part
                   called
                   the
                   Back
                   :
                   and
                   on
                   both
                   sides
                   by
                   the
                   Ribs
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Parts
                   of
                   it
                   are
                   either
                   Containing
                   ,
                   or
                   Contained
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Containing
                   are
                   either
                   Common
                   or
                   Proper
                   .
                
                 
                   Common
                   are
                   the
                   Scaf
                   skin
                   ,
                   Skin
                   ,
                   Fat
                   ,
                   Membranae
                   ,
                   and
                   Panicles
                   ,
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Proper
                   are
                   soft
                   or
                   hard
                   .
                   The
                   soft
                   are
                   either
                   properly
                   so
                   called
                   ,
                   or
                   improperly
                   .
                
                 
                   Properly
                   so
                   called
                   are
                   Muscles
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   either
                   of
                   the
                   Breast
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   the
                   Neck
                   :
                   Of
                   the
                   Breast
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   either
                   upon
                   the
                   Ribs
                   ,
                   or
                   between
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   therfore
                   are
                   called
                   Intercostals
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Those
                   upon
                   the
                   Ribs
                   are
                   placed
                   either
                   above
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Pectoralis
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     major
                     &
                     minor
                     .
                  
                   Those
                   that
                   are
                   placed
                   below
                   are
                   ,
                   
                     Cucularis
                     ,
                     Rhombdoides
                     ,
                     Serratus
                     posticus
                  
                   both
                   the
                   higher
                   and
                   lower
                   ,
                   
                     Sacro
                     lumbus
                     ,
                     Semispinatus
                     ,
                     Splenius
                     ,
                     Complexus
                     :
                  
                   These
                   are
                   without
                   .
                   The
                   Triangular
                   Muscle
                   is
                   within
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   The
                   Intercostal
                   Muscles
                   are
                   eleven
                   External
                   ,
                   twelve
                   Internal
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Diaphragma
                   is
                   common
                   to
                   both
                   sides
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Neck
                   ,
                   are
                   some
                   in
                   the
                   hinder
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Neck
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Cucullaris
                     ,
                     Levator
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     Complexus
                     ,
                  
                   the
                   greater
                   and
                   lesser
                   straight
                   Muscles
                   ,
                   the
                   uper
                   and
                   lower
                   oblick
                   Muscles
                   ,
                   the
                   transverse
                   Muscles
                   ,
                   
                     Scalenus
                     ,
                     Spinatus
                  
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   Some
                   are
                   in
                   the
                   Fore
                   part
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Quadratus
                     ,
                     Mastoides
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     Choracohyoides
                     ,
                     Oesophygies
                     ,
                     Longi
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   Muscles
                   improperly
                   called
                   soft
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   Bodies
                   of
                   the
                   Breasts
                   ,
                   the
                   Pleura
                   ,
                   and
                   Mediastinum
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   The
                   proper
                   parts
                   containing
                   which
                   are
                   hard
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   Bones
                   and
                   Cartilages
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Bones
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Before
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Sternum
                     ,
                     which
                     consists
                     of
                     three
                     or
                     four
                     Bones
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     two
                     〈◊〉
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     On
                     the
                     sides
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     seven
                     true
                     Ribs
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     five
                     Bastard
                     Ribs
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Behind
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     twelve
                     joynts
                     in
                     the
                     Back
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   10
                   Cartilages
                   ;
                   some
                   serve
                   for
                   the
                   inarticulation
                   of
                   the
                   Ribs
                   with
                   the
                   Sternon
                   ;
                   others
                   the
                   bastard
                   Ribs
                   end
                   in
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Sword-like
                   Cartilage
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   .
                
                 
                   11
                   The
                   parts
                   contained
                   ,
                   are
                   Bowels
                   or
                   vessels
                   .
                   Bowels
                   are
                   the
                   Heart
                   and
                   Lungs
                   .
                
                 
                   12
                   The
                   Heart
                   of
                   Man
                   is
                   covered
                   with
                   the
                   Pericardium
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   vessels
                   belonging
                   to
                   the
                   Heart
                   are
                   four
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     
                       The
                       Vena
                       Cava
                    
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     
                       The
                       Arterial
                       Vein
                    
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     
                       The
                       Venal
                       Artery
                    
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     
                       The
                       great
                       Artery
                    
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   To
                   these
                   vessels
                   are
                   appointed
                   certain
                   Shutters
                   ;
                   two
                   resemble
                   a
                   Miter
                   ,
                   and
                   three
                   the
                   Letter
                   S.
                   and
                   
                   are
                   therfore
                   called
                   Sygmoides
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   ventricles
                   of
                   the
                   Heart
                   are
                   two
                   ,
                   to
                   each
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   adjoyned
                   a
                   deaf
                   Ear.
                   
                
                 
                   13
                   The
                   vessels
                   of
                   the
                   Lungs
                   are
                   ,
                   the
                   Wind-pipe
                   ,
                   the
                   Arterial
                   vein
                   ,
                   the
                   venal
                   Artery
                   .
                
                 
                   14
                   The
                   vessels
                   contained
                   are
                   veins
                   ,
                   nerves
                   ,
                   and
                   arteries
                   .
                
                 
                   15
                   The
                   Bones
                   are
                   either
                   the
                   Joynts
                   of
                   the
                   Back
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   twelve
                   ;
                   or
                   the
                   Joynts
                   of
                   the
                   Neck
                   which
                   are
                   seven
                   ;
                   or
                   the
                   two
                   shoulder
                   bones
                   which
                   are
                   joyned
                   together
                   with
                   Cartilages
                   and
                   Ligaments
                   .
                
                 
                   16
                   You
                   have
                   the
                   middle
                   ventricle
                   :
                   the
                   upper
                   follows
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   III.
                   
                     The
                     Anatomy
                     of
                     the
                     Higher
                     Ventricle
                     ,
                     or
                     Head.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Head
                   is
                   the
                   third
                   ventricle
                   :
                   the
                   Seat
                   of
                   the
                   Animal
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   the
                   Principle
                   of
                   Sence
                   and
                   Motion
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   placed
                   in
                   the
                   highest
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   partly
                   for
                   the
                   Eyes
                   sake
                   ,
                   that
                   so
                   they
                   may
                   see
                   the
                   further
                   ;
                   partly
                   for
                   the
                   Brains
                   sake
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   the
                   Rational
                   part
                   may
                   not
                   be
                   disturbed
                   by
                   the
                   Irrational
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Head
                   ,
                   are
                   either
                   such
                   as
                   have
                   Hair
                   ,
                   or
                   such
                   as
                   have
                   none
                   .
                   Both
                   of
                   them
                   are
                   either
                   Containing
                   ,
                   or
                   Contained
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Containing
                   are
                   Proper
                   or
                   Common
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   Common
                   are
                   the
                   Scarf-skin
                   ,
                   the
                   Skin
                   ,
                   Fat
                   ,
                   and
                   Fleshy
                   Panicle
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Proper
                   parts
                   are
                   either
                   internal
                   or
                   external
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   External
                   are
                   ,
                   the
                   Pericraneum
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Skul
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Internal
                   are
                   ,
                   the
                   Pia
                   and
                   
                     Dura
                     Mater
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Bones
                   of
                   the
                   Skul
                   are
                   fourteen
                   ,
                   whereof
                   some
                   are
                   proper
                   to
                   the
                   Skul
                   alone
                   ;
                   others
                   common
                   to
                   the
                   uper
                   Cheek
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Cuneiformi
                   ,
                   and
                   Spongeosum
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   proper
                   to
                   the
                   Skul
                   are
                   twelve
                   ,
                   whereof
                   six
                   make
                   up
                   the
                   Skul
                   .
                   The
                   Fore-head
                   hath
                   one
                   ,
                   the
                   fore
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Head
                   two
                   ,
                   the
                   hind
                   part
                   one
                   ,
                   the
                   temples
                   two
                   :
                   these
                   are
                   joyned
                   together
                   by
                   either
                   true
                   or
                   counterfet
                   sutures
                   .
                   The
                   true
                   〈◊〉
                   are
                   three
                   ,
                   
                     Sagittalis
                     ,
                     Coronalis
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Lambdoides
                   .
                   The
                   Counterfet
                   sutures
                   are
                   six
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   The
                   things
                   contained
                   by
                   the
                   Skull
                   is
                   the
                   Brain
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   brain
                   is
                   either
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   soft
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Cerebellum
                   ,
                   from
                   both
                   which
                   arise
                   the
                   Marrow
                   of
                   the
                   back
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Nerves
                   ,
                   some
                   of
                   them
                   arise
                   from
                   within
                   the
                   skul
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   are
                   seven
                   or
                   eight
                   pair
                   ;
                   most
                   of
                   which
                   are
                   distributed
                   upon
                   the
                   Head
                   ,
                   and
                   Organs
                   of
                   Sences
                   .
                   The
                   rest
                   of
                   the
                   Nerves
                   arise
                   from
                   the
                   Marrow
                   of
                   the
                   back
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   rather
                   from
                   the
                   brain
                   of
                   the
                   back
                   (
                   if
                   people
                   would
                   but
                   learn
                   to
                   call
                   it
                   by
                   its
                   right
                   name
                   .
                   )
                   They
                   are
                   in
                   number
                   thirty
                   pair
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   distributed
                   amongst
                   the
                   parts
                   below
                   
                   the
                   Head
                   ,
                   being
                   all
                   covered
                   with
                   three
                   skins
                   apiece
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   vessels
                   are
                   veins
                   and
                   arteries
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   veins
                   arise
                   from
                   the
                   Jugulars
                   ;
                   two
                   of
                   which
                   are
                   distributed
                   within
                   the
                   skul
                   ,
                   and
                   three
                   without
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   Of
                   the
                   Face
                   ,
                   some
                   parts
                   are
                   Containing
                   ,
                   others
                   Contained
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Parts
                   Containing
                   are
                   Proper
                   or
                   Common
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Common
                   are
                   scaf-skin
                   ,
                   skin
                   ,
                   Fat
                   ,
                   and
                   Panicle
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   Proper
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Face
                   are
                   Muscles
                   ,
                   as
                   two
                   of
                   the
                   Fore-head
                   ,
                   two
                   of
                   the
                   Eye-brows
                   ,
                   two
                   of
                   each
                   Eye-lid
                   ,
                   eight
                   of
                   the
                   Nose
                   ,
                   four
                   〈◊〉
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Ears
                   ,
                   six
                   of
                   the
                   Lips
                   ,
                   the
                   Bucca
                   two
                   ,
                   the
                   inferior
                   Cheek
                   ten
                   .
                
                 
                   Bones
                   of
                   the
                   Forehead
                   and
                   Eyes
                   six
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Nose
                   three
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   uper
                   Cheek
                   twelve
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   lower
                   one
                   .
                
                 
                   Cartilages
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Nose
                   five
                   ,
                   of
                   each
                   Ear
                   one
                   .
                
                 
                   10
                   The
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Face
                   contained
                   ,
                   are
                   either
                   the
                   seats
                   of
                   the
                   Sences
                   ,
                   or
                   else
                   the
                   vessels
                   .
                
                 
                   11
                   The
                   seats
                   of
                   the
                   sences
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     The
                     sight
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     contained
                     in
                     the
                     Eyes
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     Smelling
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     Nose
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Hearing
                     in
                     the
                     Ears
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     Tasting
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     Mouth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   12
                   The
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   tast
                   are
                   two-fold
                   ;
                   some
                   compass
                   the
                   Mouth
                   about
                   ,
                   some
                   are
                   contained
                   in
                   the
                   Mouth
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   Those
                   which
                   compass
                   the
                   Mouth
                   about
                   are
                   the
                   Muscles
                   common
                   to
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   and
                   the
                   Lips
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   two
                   〈◊〉
                   each
                   side
                   ;
                   the
                   uper
                   Lip
                   two
                   on
                   each
                   side
                   ;
                   the
                   lower
                   Lip
                   one
                   on
                   each
                   side
                   :
                   the
                   lower
                   Cheek
                   five
                   on
                   each
                   side
                   .
                
                 
                   13
                   The
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   tast
                   contained
                   in
                   the
                   Mouth
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     The
                     Instrument
                     of
                     tast
                     and
                     speech
                     ,
                     the
                     tongue
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     ten
                     Muscles
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Muscles
                     of
                     the
                     Jaws
                     eight
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Larynx
                     ,
                     whose
                     Cartilages
                     are
                     five
                     ,
                     and
                     Muscles
                     sixteen
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     
                       Os
                       Hyois
                    
                     ,
                     consisting
                     of
                     five
                     bones
                     ,
                     and
                     nine
                     pair
                     of
                     muscles
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     The
                     〈◊〉
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     The
                     teeth
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     people
                     grown
                     up
                     is
                     usually
                     sixteen
                     in
                     each
                     Jaw
                     ;
                     namely
                     ,
                     four
                     Cutters
                     ,
                     two
                     Dog-teeth
                     ,
                     ten
                     Grinders
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   My
                   Author
                   hath
                   kept
                   a
                   fearful
                   racket
                   about
                   the
                   Tast
                   ,
                   and
                   written
                   more
                   than
                   I
                   can
                   beleeve
                   :
                   I
                   have
                   often
                   heard
                   ,
                   the
                   teeth
                   were
                   instruments
                   of
                   biting
                   ,
                   but
                   never
                   of
                   tasting
                   before
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   in
                   vain
                   to
                   object
                   ,
                   That
                   a
                   mans
                   teeth
                   may
                   be
                   set
                   on
                   edg
                   by
                   eating
                   sowr
                   things
                   ,
                   Ergo
                   they
                   tast
                   :
                   So
                   wil
                   a
                   Sythe
                   by
                   cutting
                   Crabs
                   (
                   as
                   they
                   know
                   that
                   are
                   accustomed
                   to
                   Mow
                   )
                   Must
                   it
                   therfore
                   be
                   capable
                   of
                   the
                   sence
                   of
                   tasting
                   ?
                
                 
                   14
                   You
                   have
                   the
                   Ventricles
                   :
                   the
                   Limbs
                   remain
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   Hands
                   and
                   Feet
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   IV
                   
                     The
                     Anatomy
                     of
                     the
                     Hands
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Hand
                   is
                   an
                   Instrument
                   of
                   all
                   Instruments
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   that
                   whereby
                   a
                   Man
                   defends
                   himself
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   wounds
                   his
                   Enemies
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   very
                   necessary
                   for
                   the
                   learning
                   of
                   al
                   Arts
                   and
                   Sciences
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   That
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Hand
                   which
                   reacheth
                   from
                   the
                   Shoulder
                   to
                   the
                   top
                   of
                   the
                   Fingers
                   ;
                   and
                   is
                   divided
                   into
                   the
                   Arm
                   ,
                   the
                   Cubit
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   vulgarly
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Hand
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   parts
                   are
                   Containing
                   ,
                   or
                   Contained
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Containing
                   are
                   Common
                   and
                   Proper
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Common
                   are
                   ,
                   Scaf-skin
                   ,
                   Skin
                   ,
                   Fat
                   ,
                   Membrana
                   ,
                   and
                   Fleshy
                   Panicle
                   .
                
                 
                   Proper
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Membrana
                   of
                   the
                   Muscles
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Parts
                   Contained
                   ,
                   are
                   Muscles
                   ,
                   Vessels
                   ,
                   and
                   Bones
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Muscles
                   are
                   fifty
                   five
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   ad
                   those
                   four
                   of
                   the
                   Shoulder
                   ;
                   and
                   they
                   belong
                   either
                   to
                   the
                   Shoulder
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   the
                   Arm
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   the
                   Cubit
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   the
                   Hand
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Arm
                   are
                   seven
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Pectoralis
                     ,
                     draws
                     it
                     to
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     Dectois
                     ,
                     lifts
                     it
                     up
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     
                       Latissimus
                       ,
                       &
                       Rotundus
                       major
                    
                     ,
                     draw
                     it
                     down
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     Superscapularis
                     ,
                     superior
                     and
                     inferior
                     ,
                     move
                     it
                     in
                     a
                     Circular
                     Motion
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     The
                     fifth
                     is
                     called
                     Subscapularis
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   6
                   The
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Cubit
                   are
                   four
                   :
                   two
                   bended
                   as
                   
                     Biceps
                     &
                     Branchiaeus
                  
                   ;
                   two
                   extended
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Longus
                     &
                     Brevis
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Hand
                   are
                   fourty
                   ;
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   the
                   Fingers
                   have
                   twenty
                   nine
                   ;
                   the
                   other
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Hand
                   eleven
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   Vessels
                   of
                   the
                   Hand
                   ,
                   are
                   Veins
                   ,
                   Arteries
                   ,
                   and
                   Nerves
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   The
                   vein
                   of
                   the
                   hand
                   is
                   a
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   axilla
                   vein
                   .
                
                 
                   10
                   It
                   is
                   divided
                   into
                   the
                   superior
                   Branch
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Cephalica
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Inferior
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Basilica
                   .
                
                 
                   11
                   The
                   Cephalica
                   is
                   divided
                   into
                   two
                   Branches
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     The
                     Internal
                     ,
                     which
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     Basilica
                     ,
                     make
                     the
                     Median
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     external
                     ,
                     which
                     maketh
                     the
                     Salvatella
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   12
                   The
                   Basilica
                   is
                   either
                   the
                   Right
                   ,
                   called
                   the
                   Liver
                   vein
                   ;
                   or
                   the
                   Left
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   vein
                   of
                   the
                   Spleen
                   .
                
                 
                   13
                   The
                   Artery
                   is
                   a
                   Branch
                   of
                   the
                   Axillar
                   Artery
                   .
                
                 
                   14
                   After
                   it
                   hath
                   passed
                   the
                   Elbow
                   it
                   is
                   divided
                   into
                   two
                   Branches
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     Physitians
                     feel
                     when
                     they
                     say
                     they
                     feel
                     the
                     Pulse
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     second
                     passeth
                     internally
                     to
                     the
                     Fingers
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   15
                   The
                   Nerves
                   arise
                   from
                   the
                   Marrow
                   of
                   the
                   Back
                   ;
                   either
                   from
                   the
                   fifth
                   ,
                   sixth
                   ,
                   and
                   seventh
                   Joynts
                   in
                   the
                   Neck
                   ;
                   or
                   else
                   from
                   the
                   first
                   and
                   second
                   
                   of
                   the
                   Breast
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   divided
                   into
                   many
                   Branches
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   distributed
                   amongst
                   the
                   Muscles
                   and
                   Skin
                   .
                
                 
                   16
                   You
                   have
                   the
                   Anatomy
                   of
                   the
                   Hand
                   :
                   the
                   Foot
                   remains
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   V.
                   
                     The
                     Anatomy
                     of
                     the
                     Foot.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Foot
                   is
                   the
                   Instrument
                   of
                   Walking
                   ,
                   and
                   contains
                   all
                   that
                   part
                   that
                   is
                   between
                   the
                   Hip-bone
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   top
                   of
                   the
                   toes
                   ,
                   and
                   imitates
                   the
                   Hand
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   may
                   be
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   divided
                   into
                   three
                   parts
                   ,
                   the
                   Thigh
                   ,
                   the
                   Leg
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   we
                   cal
                   the
                   Foot
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   also
                   divided
                   into
                   three
                   parts
                   ,
                   
                     Tarsus
                     ,
                     Metatarsus
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Toes
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Parts
                   of
                   the
                   Foot
                   ,
                   are
                   either
                   Containing
                   or
                   Contained
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Parts
                   Containing
                   are
                   either
                   Proper
                   or
                   Common
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Common
                   are
                   ,
                   Scarf-skin
                   ,
                   Skin
                   Flesh
                   ,
                   Membrana
                   ,
                   and
                   Fleshy
                   Panicle
                   .
                
                 
                   Proper
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Membrana
                   of
                   the
                   Muscles
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Parts
                   contained
                   ,
                   are
                   Muscles
                   ,
                   Vessels
                   ,
                   and
                   Bones
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Muscles
                   are
                   either
                   the
                   thigh
                   ,
                   leg
                   ,
                   foot
                   ,
                   or
                   toes
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Thigh
                   are
                   eleven
                   ;
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Five
                     stretch
                     it
                     out
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Gluteus
                       major
                       ,
                       Me
                       dius
                       &
                       minor
                       ,
                       Iliacus
                       ,
                       Externus
                       Piriformis
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     Triceps
                     .
                  
                   
                     
                     2
                     Three
                     Muscles
                     bow
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Lumbalis
                       ,
                       〈◊〉
                       internus
                       ,
                       &
                       Lividus
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     other
                     move
                     it
                     Circularly
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Leg
                   are
                   ten
                   ,
                   whereof
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Five
                     bend
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Longissimus
                       ,
                       Gracilis
                       ,
                       Senervosus
                       ,
                       Biceps
                       ,
                       〈◊〉
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     2
                     Some
                     extend
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     these
                     four
                     ,
                     
                       Membranosus
                       ,
                       Vastus
                       ,
                       internus
                       ,
                       externus
                       &
                       〈◊〉
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     other
                     Muscle
                     Popliteus
                     moves
                     it
                     oblickly
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   6
                   The
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Feet
                   are
                   eight
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Five
                     extend
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Castrominius
                       ,
                       internus
                       &
                       externus
                       ,
                       Plantaris
                       ,
                       Soleus
                       ,
                       Tibiaeus
                       Posticus
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     other
                     three
                     bend
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Tibiaeus
                       anticus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     two
                     Periei
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Toes
                   are
                   twenty
                   three
                   ,
                   whereof
                   some
                   bend
                   them
                   ,
                   some
                   extend
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   others
                   draw
                   them
                   transversly
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   Vessels
                   of
                   the
                   Feet
                   are
                   ,
                   Veins
                   ,
                   Arteries
                   ,
                   and
                   Nerves
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   The
                   Vein
                   of
                   the
                   Leg
                   is
                   branched
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Into
                     the
                     Saphaena
                     ,
                     which
                     passeth
                     by
                     the
                     inside
                     of
                     the
                     Ancle
                     ,
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     branched
                     into
                     four
                     parts
                     ,
                     and
                     distributed
                     amongst
                     the
                     Toes
                     .
                     This
                     is
                     the
                     vein
                     which
                     is
                     opened
                     in
                     afflictions
                     of
                     the
                     Womb
                     and
                     Head.
                     
                  
                   
                     2
                     Ischias
                     ,
                     which
                     passeth
                     by
                     the
                     outward
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Leg.
                     
                  
                   
                     
                     3
                     That
                     which
                     passeth
                     to
                     the
                     Muscles
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     Suralis
                     ,
                     which
                     at
                     the
                     Knee
                     is
                     divided
                     into
                     two
                     Branches
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     takes
                     the
                     inside
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     the
                     outside
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   10
                   The
                   Artery
                   is
                   divided
                   above
                   the
                   Knee
                   ,
                   and
                   administers
                   Branches
                   both
                   to
                   the
                   Skin
                   ,
                   and
                   al
                   the
                   Muscles
                   .
                
                 
                   11
                   The
                   Nerves
                   arise
                   from
                   the
                   Marrow
                   of
                   the
                   Back
                   ,
                   and
                   pass
                   through
                   either
                   the
                   Joynts
                   of
                   the
                   Loyns
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   
                     Os
                     Sacrum
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   12
                   The
                   Bones
                   in
                   each
                   Foot
                   are
                   forty
                   six
                   ,
                   One
                   of
                   the
                   Thigh
                   ,
                   one
                   Patella
                   ,
                   two
                   of
                   the
                   Knee
                   ,
                   two
                   of
                   the
                   Leg
                   ,
                   and
                   forty
                   of
                   the
                   Foot.
                   Thus
                   you
                   have
                   the
                   Parts
                   Containing
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Parts
                   Contained
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   fluid
                   ,
                   soft
                   ,
                   and
                   upheld
                   by
                   others
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Parts
                 Contained
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Parts
                 contained
                 are
                 either
                 Humors
                 ,
                 or
                 Spirits
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Humors
                 are
                 either
                 Natural
                 ,
                 or
                 Influential
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Natural
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 called
                 
                   Humidum
                   Radicale
                
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Influential
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Primary
                 ,
                 or
                 Secundary
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Primary
                   ,
                   is
                   either
                   Natural
                   or
                   not
                   Natural
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Natural
                   ,
                   is
                   either
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Nourishing
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Excrementitious
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Participates
                       of
                       both
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 5
                 Nourishing
                 ,
                 is
                 Blood
                 and
                 Flegm
                 .
              
               
               
                 Excrementitious
                 is
                 either
                 Profitable
                 ,
                 or
                 Unprofitable
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Profitable
                 ,
                 is
                 Milk
                 ,
                 Seed
                 ,
                 the
                 Water
                 of
                 the
                 Blood
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Water
                 arising
                 from
                 the
                 first
                 Concoction
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Unprofitable
                 are
                 ,
                 Tears
                 ,
                 Snot
                 ,
                 Spittle
                 ,
                 Menstruis
                 Blood
                 ,
                 Sweat
                 ,
                 and
                 Urine
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 both
                 Excrementitious
                 and
                 Nourishing
                 are
                 ,
                 Choller
                 and
                 Melancholly
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Humors
                 not
                 Natural
                 ,
                 are
                 the
                 same
                 with
                 these
                 ;
                 only
                 they
                 keep
                 not
                 a
                 due
                 Decorum
                 ,
                 in
                 Quantity
                 ,
                 Quality
                 ,
                 Motion
                 ,
                 and
                 Rest.
                 
              
               
                 10
                 They
                 offend
                 in
                 Quantity
                 two
                 waies
                 ,
                 either
                 by
                 Abundance
                 ,
                 or
                 Defect
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Abundance
                 or
                 Repletion
                 is
                 two-fold
                 ,
                 Plethora
                 ,
                 and
                 Cacochymia
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 Cacochymia
                 is
                 either
                 Simple
                 or
                 Compound
                 .
                 Simple
                 is
                 of
                 Choller
                 ,
                 Flegm
                 ,
                 and
                 Melancholly
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 The
                 failings
                 of
                 Quality
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 more
                 Common
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 Proper
                 .
              
               
                 More
                 Common
                 are
                 ,
                 Corruption
                 ,
                 Putrefaction
                 ,
                 Malignity
                 ,
                 Crudity
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 More
                 Proper
                 are
                 ,
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 certain
                 Humors
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Choller
                   corrupted
                   is
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Vitiline
                       ,
                       or
                       like
                       Yolks
                       of
                       Egs.
                       
                    
                     
                       2
                       Eruginous
                       ,
                       like
                       Vert-de-greece
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Prassine
                       ,
                       like
                       Juyce
                       of
                       Herbs
                       .
                    
                     
                       4
                       Azure
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                   2
                   Flegm
                   is
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Acide
                       ,
                       sowr
                       like
                       Vinegar
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Vitrial
                       ,
                       like
                       melted
                       Glass
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Salt
                       ,
                       like
                       Brine
                       .
                    
                     
                       4
                       Gypsum
                       ,
                       like
                       white
                       Mortar
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3
                   Melancholly
                   adust
                   ,
                   proceeding
                   either
                   of
                   burnt
                   Blood
                   ,
                   burnt
                   Choller
                   ,
                   or
                   salt
                   Flegm
                   .
                
              
               
                 15
                 Thus
                 much
                 of
                 Hmors
                 :
                 the
                 Spirits
                 remain
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 Spirits
                 are
                 insited
                 in
                 ,
                 or
                 influential
                 .
              
               
                 17
                 Spirits
                 insited
                 in
                 are
                 two
                 ,
                 either
                 innate
                 Moisture
                 ,
                 or
                 innate
                 Heat
                 .
              
               
                 18
                 Spirits
                 Influential
                 are
                 ,
                 either
                 Vital
                 or
                 Animal
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 The
                 Innate
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 ,
                 is
                 ,
                 An
                 Astral
                 and
                 vital
                 Body
                 ,
                 a
                 Natural
                 Balsom
                 ,
                 a
                 vital
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 vital
                 Mummy
                 .
              
               
                 Hitherto
                 of
                 a
                 Corporal
                 Anatomy
                 :
                 A
                 Vertual
                 Anatomy
                 follows
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 They
                 have
                 a
                 double
                 kind
                 of
                 Anatomy
                 ;
                 the
                 one
                 Local
                 ,
                 the
                 other
                 Essential
                 ,
                 Vital
                 ,
                 or
                 Formal
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Local
                 (
                 say
                 they
                 )
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 every
                 Butcher
                 doth
                 when
                 he
                 cuts
                 open
                 an
                 Ox
                 or
                 a
                 Calf
                 ;
                 which
                 although
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 do
                 not
                 reject
                 ,
                 yet
                 they
                 would
                 not
                 have
                 Physitians
                 spend
                 all
                 their
                 daies
                 in
                 pering
                 upon
                 that
                 ,
                 and
                 neglect
                 businesses
                 of
                 greater
                 import
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 A
                 vi
                 tal
                 Anatomy
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 dissolves
                 every
                 
                 Body
                 into
                 its
                 first
                 Principles
                 :
                 He
                 that
                 drives
                 such
                 a
                 Model
                 of
                 Physick
                 ,
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 wel
                 versed
                 in
                 the
                 Natures
                 and
                 Properties
                 of
                 Seeds
                 ;
                 the
                 Office
                 of
                 Elements
                 and
                 Principles
                 ;
                 the
                 Generation
                 and
                 transplantation
                 of
                 Roots
                 ;
                 the
                 Motion
                 and
                 Influence
                 of
                 the
                 Heavens
                 ,
                 and
                 Heavenly
                 Bodies
                 ;
                 the
                 Disposition
                 not
                 only
                 of
                 Dead
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 of
                 Living
                 Bodies
                 .
                 They
                 do
                 not
                 cal
                 that
                 Lump
                 of
                 Flesh
                 only
                 ,
                 the
                 Heart
                 ,
                 which
                 others
                 do
                 ;
                 but
                 whatsoever
                 hath
                 vital
                 heat
                 in
                 it
                 .
                 They
                 cal
                 every
                 Cavity
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 nay
                 ,
                 every
                 place
                 in
                 which
                 there
                 is
                 any
                 Concoction
                 :
                 Every
                 place
                 〈◊〉
                 contains
                 any
                 fruitful
                 Seed
                 is
                 a
                 Womb
                 with
                 them
                 .
                 But
                 the
                 main
                 Basis
                 of
                 their
                 Art
                 is
                 the
                 Harmony
                 of
                 the
                 Creation
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 due
                 Consideration
                 of
                 that
                 notable
                 Agreement
                 between
                 things
                 above
                 ,
                 and
                 things
                 below
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Tome
             I.
             Part
             IV.
             
               Of
               Vertual
               Anatomy
               ,
               Or
               the
               Harmony
               between
               the
               Macrocosm
               and
               Microcosm
               .
            
          
           
             VErtual
             Anatomy
             teacheth
             the
             Harmony
             between
             one
             part
             of
             the
             Creation
             and
             another
             ;
             
             the
             Analogical
             Comparation
             and
             Reductions
             of
             things
             ;
             therby
             fetching
             its
             remedies
             ,
             and
             learning
             their
             strengths
             and
             vertues
             from
             the
             Book
             of
             Nature
             ,
             not
             of
             Galen
             .
          
           
             2
             For
             whatsoever
             is
             in
             the
             Universal
             World
             is
             also
             in
             Man
             ;
             not
             according
             to
             a
             certain
             superficial
             similitude
             as
             some
             Fools
             prattle
             ;
             but
             in
             Deed
             ,
             and
             in
             Reality
             ,
             are
             contained
             in
             him
             whatsoever
             is
             in
             the
             whol
             Theater
             of
             the
             World.
             
          
           
             3
             The
             Spirit
             of
             a
             Man
             communicates
             with
             God
             himself
             ;
             the
             Rational
             Soul
             with
             the
             Angels
             ;
             and
             the
             Body
             with
             the
             Stars
             and
             Earth
             .
          
           
             4
             Paracelsus
             ,
             and
             most
             other
             Hermerical
             Phylosophers
             ,
             hold
             that
             Man
             hath
             a
             double
             Body
             :
             the
             one
             Natural
             ,
             Elementary
             .
             visible
             ,
             and
             tangable
             ,
             which
             was
             first
             made
             of
             the
             Slime
             of
             the
             Earth
             :
             the
             other
             Invisible
             ,
             Insensible
             ,
             deduced
             from
             the
             Coelestial
             Influence
             of
             the
             Stars
             ;
             and
             this
             Crollius
             cals
             the
             Genius
             of
             Man
             ;
             his
             Domestick
             Laris
             ,
             the
             Instructer
             of
             Wise
             Men
             (
             for
             he
             cannot
             abide
             Fools
             .
             )
          
           
             5
             This
             Analogical
             Comparation
             is
             to
             be
             considered
             in
             a
             double
             Manner
             .
          
           
             
               1
               In
               respect
               of
               the
               Heavenly
               Bodies
               themselves
               .
            
             
               2
               In
               respect
               of
               Medicines
               caused
               by
               their
               Influence
               .
            
          
           
             Of
             these
             ,
             the
             Galenists
             knew
             either
             very
             little
             ,
             or
             nothing
             at
             all
             .
          
           
             
             
               LIB
               .
               I.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Analogical
                 Comparation
                 of
                 the
                 Heavens
                 with
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man.
                 
              
               
                 1
                 ALL
                 things
                 that
                 are
                 above
                 ,
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 found
                 in
                 things
                 below
                 :
                 or
                 if
                 you
                 would
                 have
                 it
                 a
                 little
                 plainer
                 ;
                 Terrestial
                 things
                 are
                 in
                 Heaven
                 after
                 a
                 Celestial
                 manner
                 :
                 Celestial
                 things
                 upon
                 Earth
                 after
                 a
                 Terrestial
                 manner
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 ,
                 none
                 but
                 a
                 few
                 people
                 that
                 are
                 scarce
                 wel
                 in
                 their
                 Wits
                 wil
                 deny
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 We
                 shal
                 only
                 here
                 give
                 you
                 the
                 Sum
                 of
                 the
                 Analogy
                 and
                 Harmony
                 of
                 the
                 Universal
                 World
                 with
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 ,
                 which
                 we
                 shal
                 (
                 God
                 willing
                 )
                 treat
                 more
                 plainly
                 and
                 fully
                 of
                 in
                 our
                 Harmony
                 of
                 both
                 Worlds
                 .
              
               
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   Of
                   the
                   Coupling
                   of
                   the
                   Celeftial
                   Orbs
                   with
                   our
                   Bodies
                   and
                   Eyes
                   .
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Of
                   the
                   Coupling
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   and
                   Heavens
                   with
                   our
                   Rational
                   Soul.
                   
                
                 
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   Of
                   the
                   Comparation
                   of
                   the
                   Beams
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   with
                   the
                   Spirits
                   of
                   Mans
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   Fourthly
                   ,
                   Of
                   the
                   Comparation
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   with
                   the
                   Heart
                   of
                   Man
                
                 
                   Fiftly
                   ,
                   Of
                   the
                   application
                   of
                   the
                   Heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   to
                   the
                   Native
                   Heat
                   of
                   Mans
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   Sixtly
                   〈◊〉
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   of
                   the
                   beams
                   of
                   the
                   Moon
                   with
                   the
                   Animal
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Man.
                   
                
                 
                   Seventhly
                   ,
                   The
                   comparing
                   the
                   Course
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   and
                   Moon
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   Course
                   of
                   Mans
                   Life
                   .
                
                 
                   Eightly
                   ,
                   The
                   Comparing
                   of
                   the
                   Faculties
                   of
                   the
                   Beams
                   of
                   the
                   Planets
                   with
                   the
                   Faculties
                   of
                   Mans
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   Ninthly
                   ,
                   The
                   comparing
                   of
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   the
                   Stars
                   with
                   the
                   Humors
                   in
                   Mans
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   Tenthly
                   ,
                   The
                   comparing
                   the
                   several
                   Stars
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   several
                   Parts
                   of
                   Mans
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   Eleventhly
                   ,
                   The
                   comparing
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   with
                   the
                   Affections
                   of
                   Man.
                   
                
              
               
                 3
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Analogy
                 of
                 the
                 Heavens
                 with
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 :
                 The
                 Anatomy
                 ,
                 or
                 Analogy
                 of
                 Medicines
                 follows
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 two-fold
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   According
                   to
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   Stars
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   is
                   called
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     Anat
                     my
                  
                   .
                   Or
                
                 
                   2
                   With
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Man
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   is
                   called
                   Signatura
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               II
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Influential
                 Harmony
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 INfluential
                 Harmony
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 teacheth
                 the
                 Influence
                 and
                 Dominion
                 of
                 the
                 Planets
                 both
                 over
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Medicines
                 which
                 〈◊〉
                 to
                 cure
                 them
                 .
              
               
               
                 2
                 The
                 Course
                 of
                 the
                 Planets
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 Diseases
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 each
                 Planet
                 ,
                 upon
                 those
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 which
                 they
                 rule
                 :
                 so
                 Saturn
                 〈◊〉
                 the
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 Jupiter
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 and
                 Mars
                 the
                 Gal
                 ;
                 the
                 Sun
                 the
                 Heart
                 Venus
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 the
                 Lungs
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Moon
                 the
                 Brain
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 So
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 Saturn
                 proceed
                 Melancholly
                 ,
                 failings
                 of
                 the
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 and
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Hypochondria
                 .
              
               
                 Jupiter
                 causeth
                 distempers
                 and
                 obstructions
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 Cachexia
                 ,
                 Dropsie
                 ,
                 yellow
                 Jaundice
                 .
              
               
                 Mars
                 causeth
                 al
                 distempers
                 of
                 the
                 Gall
                 ,
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 and
                 Obstructions
                 ,
                 Fulness
                 and
                 Emptiness
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Sun
                 causeth
                 distempers
                 of
                 heat
                 ,
                 tremblings
                 ,
                 pantings
                 of
                 Heart
                 ,
                 faintings
                 ,
                 weakness
                 .
              
               
                 Vinus
                 causeth
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Reins
                 .
              
               
                 Mercury
                 the
                 Phthisick
                 ,
                 Pleuresie
                 ,
                 Asthma
                 ,
                 and
                 Cough
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Moon
                 causeth
                 Diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Brain
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 confess
                 I
                 am
                 not
                 altogether
                 of
                 my
                 Authors
                 Opinion
                 in
                 some
                 of
                 these
                 ;
                 and
                 what
                 my
                 Jugdment
                 is
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 find
                 if
                 you
                 please
                 to
                 peruse
                 my
                 
                   Semeiotica
                   Uranica
                
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Diseases
                 are
                 cured
                 either
                 by
                 Sympathy
                 or
                 Antipathy
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 A
                 Disease
                 is
                 cured
                 by
                 Sympathy
                 ,
                 when
                 it
                 is
                 cured
                 by
                 such
                 remedies
                 as
                 are
                 under
                 the
                 Planet
                 that
                 rules
                 the
                 part
                 afflicted
                 :
                 And
                 so
                 such
                 Medicines
                 〈◊〉
                 are
                 under
                 the
                 Dominion
                 of
                 the
                 Moon
                 and
                 
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 help
                 the
                 Brain
                 :
                 and
                 if
                 Mercury
                 cause
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 your
                 only
                 way
                 is
                 to
                 use
                 such
                 Medicines
                 as
                 are
                 under
                 the
                 Dominion
                 of
                 Jupiter
                 :
                 Not
                 only
                 because
                 of
                 the
                 Antipathy
                 between
                 him
                 and
                 Mercury
                 ;
                 but
                 also
                 because
                 Jupiter
                 is
                 〈◊〉
                 in
                 the
                 House
                 of
                 the
                 Moon
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Diseases
                 are
                 cured
                 by
                 Antipathy
                 ,
                 when
                 they
                 are
                 cured
                 by
                 the
                 Remedies
                 of
                 the
                 contrary
                 Plannet
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 two
                 waies
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   When
                   their
                   Houses
                   are
                   contrary
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   Mars
                   cures
                   the
                   ill
                   effects
                   of
                   Venus
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   When
                   their
                   Natures
                   are
                   contrary
                   :
                   so
                   Saturn
                   cures
                   the
                   ill
                   effects
                   Venereal
                   Lust
                   causeth
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               III.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Faculties
                 of
                 Simples
                 ,
                 which
                 the
                 Dogmatists
                 make
                 use
                 of
                 to
                 find
                 out
                 their
                 Natures
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 EXperience
                 and
                 Signiture
                 first
                 found
                 out
                 the
                 Vertues
                 of
                 Plants
                 :
                 so
                 Hemlock
                 was
                 found
                 out
                 to
                 be
                 hurtful
                 by
                 Experience
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Signature
                 is
                 either
                 External
                 or
                 Internal
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 External
                 is
                 a
                 meer
                 accidental
                 business
                 ,
                 the
                 Basis
                 and
                 Foundation
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 is
                 nothing
                 else
                 ,
                 than
                 the
                 Form
                 or
                 Figure
                 ,
                 Color
                 or
                 Feeling
                 of
                 a
                 Plant.
                 
              
               
               
                 4
                 Internal
                 is
                 the
                 Temperament
                 or
                 Quality
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 Principle
                 and
                 Foundation
                 of
                 their
                 〈◊〉
                 and
                 Vertues
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Temperament
                 or
                 Qualities
                 consist
                 most
                 in
                 their
                 Tast
                 ,
                 less
                 in
                 their
                 Smel
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 〈◊〉
                 by
                 which
                 their
                 strength
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 are
                 known
                 ,
                 ar
                 nine
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Three
                   〈◊〉
                   testimonies
                   of
                   heat
                   ,
                   as
                   Sharp
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   Salt.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   Three
                   give
                   testimonies
                   of
                   Cold
                   ,
                   as
                   Tart
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   Sowr
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Three
                   give
                   testimonies
                   of
                   temperance
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   Fat
                   and
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                
              
               
                 7
                 Seing
                 Simple
                 Medicines
                 have
                 two
                 Qualities
                 ,
                 and
                 somtimes
                 three
                 ;
                 then
                 the
                 first
                 is
                 called
                 Simple
                 and
                 Elementary
                 ,
                 which
                 ariseth
                 from
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 the
                 four
                 〈◊〉
                 .
                 The
                 other
                 is
                 called
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 which
                 ariseth
                 from
                 the
                 consistence
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 &
                 diversity
                 of
                 Proportion
                 .
              
               
                 Besides
                 these
                 two
                 ,
                 some
                 have
                 a
                 third
                 Quality
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 Purging
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 by
                 〈◊〉
                 called
                 Hidden
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 is
                 〈◊〉
                 from
                 al
                 Block
                 heads
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 In
                 general
                 some
                 Simples
                 conduce
                 to
                 Health
                 ,
                 others
                 to
                 Ornament
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Such
                 as
                 conduce
                 to
                 Health
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Alterating
                 ,
                 or
                 Evacuating
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Alterating
                 are
                 either
                 Common
                 ,
                 or
                 appropriated
                 to
                 some
                 certain
                 part
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 Common
                 do
                 it
                 either
                 by
                 a
                 〈◊〉
                 Quality
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 a
                 Hidden
                 .
              
               
               
                 12
                 By
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 they
                 〈◊〉
                 it
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 second
                 ,
                 or
                 third
                 degree
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 First
                 Quality
                 is
                 either
                 Temperate
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 Intemperate
                 is
                 Hot
                 ,
                 Cold
                 ,
                 Moist
                 and
                 Dry.
                 
              
               
                 14
                 These
                 Qualities
                 they
                 call
                 D'grees
                 ,
                 but
                 might
                 〈◊〉
                 properly
                 have
                 called
                 them
                 Orders
                 :
                 Galen
                 cals
                 them
                 Numbers
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 The
                 Orders
                 of
                 Intemperature
                 ,
                 reach
                 to
                 four
                 Degrees
                 ,
                 both
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 Heat
                 ,
                 Cold
                 ,
                 and
                 Dryness
                 ,
                 but
                 not
                 of
                 Moisture
                 ,
                 although
                 my
                 Author
                 affirm
                 it
                 ,
                 because
                 Moisture
                 is
                 inconsistent
                 both
                 with
                 Heat
                 and
                 Coldness
                 ,
                 it
                 being
                 dried
                 by
                 the
                 one
                 ,
                 and
                 congealed
                 by
                 the
                 other
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 The
                 second
                 Faculties
                 of
                 Simples
                 ,
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 these
                 :
              
               
                 
                   I.
                   Emollient
                   ,
                   as
                   Butter
                   ,
                   Saffron
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   Purifying
                   ,
                   as
                   Cadmea
                   ,
                   Fat
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   III.
                   Hardning
                   ,
                   as
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   IV.
                   
                     Making
                     thin
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Chamomel
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   V.
                   
                     Making
                     thick
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   most
                   cold
                   Herbs
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Opening
                   ,
                   as
                   Garlick
                   ,
                   Gall
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Binding
                   ,
                   as
                   Bole
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   as
                   Juyce
                   of
                   unripe
                   Grapes
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Drawing
                   ,
                   as
                   Birthwort
                   ,
                   Pepper
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   X.
                   Discussing
                   ,
                   as
                   Southernwood
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   as
                   Honey
                   ,
                   Barley
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   
                   XII
                   .
                   Purging
                   ,
                   as
                   Lupines
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Attenuating
                   ,
                   as
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   Acorus
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Emplasticks
                   ,
                   as
                   Oyl
                   Butter
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Stopping
                   ,
                   as
                   Chalk
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Putrefying
                   ,
                   as
                   Aconitum
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   
                     Causing
                     pain
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Mustard-seed
                   .
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   
                     Easing
                     pain
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Dill
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                   Stupefying
                   ,
                   as
                   Opium
                   ,
                   Hemlock
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
               
                 17
                 The
                 third
                 Faculties
                 arise
                 from
                 the
                 Conjunction
                 of
                 the
                 first
                 and
                 second
                 .
              
               
                 Such
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   I.
                   Suppuring
                   ,
                   as
                   Saffron
                   ,
                   White
                   Lilly
                   Roots
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   
                     Breeding
                     Flesh
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Barly
                   Meal
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   III.
                   Glutinating
                   ,
                   as
                   Aloes
                   ,
                   Allum
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Scarrifying
                   as
                   Frankinsence
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   V.
                   
                     Provoking
                     the
                     Terms
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Annis
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   VI.
                   
                     Bringing
                     a
                     Callus
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Terra
                   Samia
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   
                     Stopping
                     the
                     Terms
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Acasia
                   ,
                   Lillies
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Pectorals
                   ,
                   as
                   Scabious
                   ,
                   Orris
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   
                     Breeding
                     Milk
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   Smallage
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   X.
                   
                     Breeding
                     Seed
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Pease
                   ,
                   Beans
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   
                     Extinguishing
                     Seed
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Rue
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   
                     Helps
                     Burnings
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Plantane
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   
                     Dissolves
                     swellings
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Marsh-Mallows
                   ,
                   Orris
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
               
                 18
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Manifest
                 Qualities
                 of
                 Simples
                 :
                 the
                 Hidden
                 Qualities
                 follow
                 .
              
               
               
                 19
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 all
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 cannot
                 tell
                 what
                 to
                 make
                 of
                 ;
                 only
                 their
                 Ancestors
                 gave
                 them
                 with
                 good
                 -
                 〈◊〉
                 :
                 They
                 have
                 nothing
                 to
                 say
                 for
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 but
                 only
                 Tradition
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 that
                 they
                 are
                 led
                 by
                 the
                 Noses
                 as
                 they
                 use
                 to
                 lead
                 Bears
                 along
                 the
                 street
                 :
                 And
                 in
                 so
                 doing
                 ,
                 pray
                 tell
                 me
                 how
                 much
                 they
                 differ
                 from
                 Empericks
                 .
              
               
                 20
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 common
                 Altering
                 Qualities
                 :
                 the
                 Proper
                 follow
                 ,
                 as
                 they
                 are
                 attributed
                 to
                 certain
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
                 Such
                 are
                 ,
                 Cephalick
                 ,
                 Pectorals
                 ,
                 Cordials
                 ,
                 Stomachicals
                 ,
                 Hepaticals
                 ,
                 Spleeneticals
                 .
                 Nephriticals
                 ,
                 Histericals
                 ,
                 Arthriticals
                 :
                 〈◊〉
                 if
                 a
                 Man
                 should
                 write
                 plain
                 English
                 ;
                 they
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 appropriated
                 to
                 the
                 Head
                 ,
                 Breast
                 ,
                 Heart
                 ,
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 Liver
                 ,
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 Break
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 Cherish
                 the
                 Womb
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Joynts
                 .
              
               
                 21
                 You
                 have
                 such
                 as
                 Alter
                 :
                 those
                 that
                 Evacuate
                 Chacochymia
                 follow
                 :
                 And
                 they
                 do
                 it
                 by
                 a
                 Quality
                 either
                 Manifest
                 or
                 Hidden
                 .
              
               
                 22
                 They
                 which
                 Evacuate
                 by
                 a
                 Manifest
                 Quality
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 washing
                 ,
                 clensing
                 ,
                 or
                 making
                 slippery
                 .
              
               
                 23
                 They
                 which
                 Evacnate
                 by
                 a
                 Hidden
                 Quality
                 (
                 as
                 they
                 cal
                 it
                 )
                 do
                 it
                 either
                 Insensibly
                 ,
                 as
                 Sweating
                 ;
                 or
                 Sensibly
                 :
                 and
                 that
                 either
                 upwards
                 ,
                 as
                 Vomiting
                 ;
                 or
                 downwards
                 ,
                 as
                 Purging
                 by
                 Urin
                 or
                 Stool
                 .
              
               
                 24
                 Purging
                 is
                 either
                 Moderate
                 ,
                 or
                 Strong
                 ,
                 and
                 
                 〈◊〉
                 certain
                 Humors
                 ,
                 as
                 Choller
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 Water
                 .
              
               
                 25
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Qualities
                 of
                 Simples
                 conducing
                 to
                 Health
                 :
                 those
                 conducing
                 to
                 Ornament
                 should
                 follow
                 ;
                 which
                 because
                 they
                 rather
                 consist
                 of
                 Compounds
                 than
                 of
                 Simples
                 ,
                 we
                 wil
                 refer
                 them
                 to
                 their
                 proper
                 place
                 .
              
               
                 26
                 Thus
                 have
                 you
                 the
                 qualities
                 of
                 Simples
                 considered
                 in
                 General
                 ;
                 what
                 now
                 remains
                 ,
                 but
                 that
                 we
                 enquire
                 after
                 the
                 Special
                 Anatomy
                 of
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 27
                 In
                 every
                 Medicine
                 we
                 must
                 consider
                 its
                 common
                 Affections
                 ,
                 and
                 its
                 Species
                 .
              
               
                 28
                 It
                 s
                 Common
                 Affections
                 are
                 either
                 its
                 Subject
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 place
                 of
                 gathering
                 and
                 preserving
                 of
                 them
                 :
                 or
                 Adjunct
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 gathering
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 their
                 durance
                 .
              
               
                 29
                 According
                 to
                 Species
                 ,
                 the
                 Medicine
                 is
                 made
                 either
                 of
                 simple
                 bodies
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 mixed
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 simple
                 Bodies
                 ,
                 as
                 Fir
                 ,
                 Air
                 ,
                 Water
                 ,
                 Earth
                 .
              
               
                 30
                 Of
                 mixt
                 Bodies
                 ,
                 either
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 life
                 and
                 not
                 sence
                 ;
                 or
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 life
                 and
                 sence
                 :
                 Such
                 as
                 want
                 sence
                 ,
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 come
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Sea
                 ,
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Land
                 ,
                 as
                 Mettals
                 ,
                 Plants
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 parts
                 .
              
               
                 Thus
                 you
                 have
                 the
                 Signatures
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 no
                 certainer
                 than
                 they
                 should
                 be
                 :
                 The
                 Signatures
                 of
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 follow
                 ;
                 which
                 if
                 you
                 try
                 ,
                 you
                 shal
                 find
                 a
                 little
                 more
                 certain
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               LIB
               .
               IV.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Signatures
                 of
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 ,
                 both
                 Internal
                 and
                 External
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 they
                 find
                 out
                 the
                 Vertues
                 of
                 things
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 A
                 Signature
                 is
                 either
                 Internal
                 ,
                 or
                 External
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 External
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 shews
                 the
                 Efficacy
                 of
                 a
                 thing
                 ,
                 and
                 somtimes
                 the
                 Temperature
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 It
                 contains
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Signatures
                   of
                   Men
                   taken
                   from
                   other
                   Living
                   Creatures
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Signatures
                   of
                   Plants
                   ,
                   by
                   their
                   similitude
                   to
                   some
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Man.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Signatures
                   of
                   Diseases
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Medicines
                   which
                   help
                   by
                   similitude
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 Internal
                 Signature
                 is
                 the
                 Principle
                 ,
                 Cause
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 Foundation
                 ,
                 shewing
                 the
                 Vertue
                 and
                 Efficacy
                 of
                 a
                 thing
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 called
                 Vital
                 Essential
                 ,
                 and
                 Formal
                 〈◊〉
                 or
                 Anatomy
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 These
                 Internal
                 Principles
                 are
                 three
                 ,
                 
                   Sal
                   ,
                   Sulpher
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Mercury
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 In
                 these
                 three
                 constituting
                 and
                 vertual
                 Principles
                 ,
                 the
                 qualities
                 ,
                 that
                 is
                 ,
                 Tast
                 ,
                 Smel
                 ,
                 and
                 Color
                 
                 are
                 found
                 ;
                 not
                 by
                 imagination
                 and
                 guess
                 only
                 ,
                 but
                 in
                 Reality
                 and
                 Truth
                 :
                 namely
                 ,
                 The
                 Tasts
                 are
                 most
                 found
                 in
                 the
                 Salt
                 ,
                 the
                 Smel
                 in
                 the
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Colors
                 in
                 the
                 Mercury
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 These
                 three
                 are
                 found
                 in
                 every
                 Elementary
                 Body
                 :
                 These
                 are
                 the
                 things
                 that
                 bring
                 it
                 forth
                 ,
                 and
                 preserve
                 it
                 being
                 brought
                 forth
                 :
                 By
                 these
                 it
                 flourisheth
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 furnished
                 with
                 divers
                 Operations
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 None
                 of
                 these
                 three
                 Principles
                 are
                 found
                 alone
                 ,
                 but
                 doth
                 partake
                 of
                 some
                 of
                 the
                 other
                 ;
                 for
                 Salt
                 by
                 the
                 benefit
                 of
                 these
                 two
                 Salts
                 ,
                 
                   Sal
                   Nitre
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                
                 ,
                 contains
                 in
                 it self
                 a
                 certain
                 Oyly
                 substance
                 ,
                 and
                 Mercurial
                 :
                 The
                 Sulphur
                 retains
                 a
                 certain
                 Salt
                 substance
                 and
                 Mercurial
                 :
                 And
                 Mercury
                 retains
                 a
                 certain
                 Sulpurous
                 ,
                 and
                 Salt
                 substance
                 ;
                 but
                 it
                 retains
                 the
                 name
                 of
                 that
                 which
                 it
                 partakes
                 most
                 of
                 .
              
               
                 Now
                 what
                 Analogy
                 there
                 is
                 of
                 these
                 three
                 with
                 our
                 Body
                 ,
                 I
                 shal
                 open
                 (
                 God
                 willing
                 )
                 more
                 plainly
                 when
                 I
                 come
                 to
                 our
                 〈◊〉
                 Harmony
                 ,
                 which
                 I
                 promised
                 before
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Thus
                 you
                 have
                 the
                 Remote
                 Theorick
                 of
                 〈◊〉
                 :
                 the
                 Neer
                 follows
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Tome
             I.
             Part
             V.
             
               Of
               that
               part
               of
               the
               Theorick
               of
               Physick
               which
               is
               called
            
             Pathologia
             .
          
           
             1
             THE
             next
             part
             of
             the
             Theory
             of
             Physick
             is
             that
             which
             explaineth
             the
             Universal
             Constitution
             of
             Man.
             
          
           
             2
             In
             every
             Constitution
             four
             things
             are
             to
             be
             considered
             ,
          
           
             
               1
               The
               Disposition
               of
               the
               part
               to
               act
               .
            
             
               2
               The
               Action
               .
            
             
               3
               The
               Cause
               of
               the
               Action
               .
            
             
               4
               The
               Consequence
               of
               the
               Action
               .
            
          
           
             3
             Every
             Constitution
             of
             the
             Body
             is
             included
             under
             these
             three
             Differences
             ,
             namely
             ,
             Good
             ,
             Bad
             ,
             or
             neither
             of
             them
             both
             .
          
           
             4
             Health
             is
             Good
             ;
             Sickness
             Ill
             ;
             Neutrality
             neither
             of
             them
             both
             :
             Therfore
             Medicine
             is
             the
             knowledge
             of
             things
             Healthful
             ,
             Unhealthful
             ,
             and
             Neuter
             .
          
           
             5
             Healthful
             ,
             Unhealthful
             ,
             and
             Neutrality
             ,
             is
             taken
             three
             waies
             ,
             1
             As
             a
             Body
             .
             2
             As
             a
             Cause
             .
             3
             As
             a
             Sign
             .
          
           
           
             6
             A
             Body
             is
             said
             to
             be
             Healthful
             that
             enjoyes
             〈◊〉
             Health
             .
          
           
             The
             Cause
             of
             Health
             is
             that
             which
             either
             brings
             it
             ,
             or
             preserveth
             it
             being
             obtained
             .
          
           
             A
             Healthful
             Sign
             is
             that
             which
             shews
             the
             Body
             to
             be
             in
             Health
             .
          
           
             7
             An
             Unhealthful
             Body
             is
             that
             which
             is
             surprized
             with
             a
             Disease
             .
          
           
             The
             Cause
             is
             that
             which
             causeth
             the
             Disease
             .
          
           
             The
             Signs
             are
             ,
          
           
             
               1
               Such
               as
               shew
               the
               kind
               and
               greatness
               of
               the
               Disease
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               called
               Diagnostical
               :
               Or
            
             
               2
               Such
               as
               shew
               the
               Event
               of
               the
               Disease
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               called
               Prognostical
               .
            
          
           
             8
             Neutrality
             ,
             is
             when
             the
             Body
             is
             neither
             perfectly
             wel
             ,
             nor
             yet
             sick
             ,
             between
             which
             two
             Extreams
             is
             a
             great
             Latitude
             :
             For
             when
             a
             Man
             begins
             to
             fail
             in
             performing
             his
             Actions
             ,
             before
             he
             fals
             absolutely
             sick
             it
             is
             called
             a
             Neutrality
             of
             sickness
             when
             a
             man
             begins
             to
             recover
             again
             it
             is
             called
             a
             Neutrality
             of
             Health
             .
          
           
             9
             The
             Causes
             of
             this
             Neutrality
             are
             no
             way
             〈◊〉
             ;
             neither
             are
             the
             Signs
             absolutely
             Demonstrative
             .
          
           
             10
             The
             knowledge
             of
             things
             Healthful
             is
             called
             Hygiena
             ,
             or
             Diet
             ;
             under
             which
             also
             ,
             the
             knowledg
             of
             things
             Neutral
             is
             comprehended
             .
             The
             knowledg
             of
             things
             Unhealthful
             (
             if
             you
             regard
             
             the
             〈◊〉
             )
             is
             called
             Pathologie
             ;
             but
             if
             you
             regard
             the
             Practice
             ,
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             11
             
               Pethal
               gie
            
             is
             〈◊〉
             part
             of
             Medicine
             which
             explaineth
             〈◊〉
             against
             Nature
             .
          
           
             12
             The
             〈◊〉
             which
             are
             against
             Nature
             in
             Man
             are
          
           
             
               1
               The
               Disease
               ,
               which
               consists
               in
               the
               parts
               .
            
             
               2
               The
               Cause
               which
               consists
               in
               the
               things
               contained
               of
               which
               we
               〈◊〉
               before
               .
               )
            
             
               3
               The
               Symptomes
               which
               consists
               in
               the
               Functions
               and
               Operations
               of
               the
               〈◊〉
               .
            
          
           
             13
             The
             Common
             〈◊〉
             and
             Species
             are
             to
             be
             considered
             in
             Pathologie
             .
          
           
             14
             The
             Common
             〈◊〉
             is
             that
             which
             unfoldeth
             the
             Accidents
             of
             the
             Disease
             .
          
           
             15
             It
             is
             called
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               I.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 Semeiotica
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Doctrine
                 of
                 Signs
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 SEmeiotica
                 delivers
                 the
                 Doctrine
                 of
                 〈◊〉
              
               
                 2
                 Physical
                 Signs
                 are
                 either
                 Healthful
                 ,
                 Unhealthful
                 ,
                 or
                 Neutral
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Some
                 Signs
                 cal
                 to
                 Memory
                 the
                 state
                 past
                 ;
                 Others
                 shew
                 the
                 state
                 present
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 are
                 either
                 General
                 ,
                 or
                 Special
                 .
              
               
               
                 The
                 General
                 are
                 Diagnosticks
                 and
                 〈◊〉
              
               
                 4
                 Diagnosticks
                 are
                 Common
                 or
                 Proper
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Proper
                 are
                 three-fold
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Some
                   are
                   taken
                   from
                   the
                   Kind
                   of
                   the
                   Disease
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Others
                   from
                   the
                   Cause
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Others
                   from
                   the
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   afflicted
                   .
                
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 signs
                 of
                 Diseases
                 are
                 known
                 by
                 the
                 Excrements
                 ,
                 the
                 Pain
                 ,
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 the
                 place
                 Afflicted
                 ,
                 the
                 Color
                 of
                 the
                 Nails
                 ,
                 Tongue
                 ,
                 and
                 Face
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Of
                 the
                 signs
                 of
                 the
                 Causes
                 ;
                 some
                 shew
                 the
                 Cause
                 either
                 present
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Color
                 ,
                 Nature
                 ,
                 and
                 pain
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 afflicted
                 the
                 Excrements
                 :
                 or
                 else
                 Antecedent
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 are
                 General
                 and
                 Special
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 General
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Disposition
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 ,
                 Dreams
                 ,
                 Diet
                 ,
                 and
                 Exercise
                 before
                 used
                 .
              
               
                 Special
                 shew
                 either
                 Plenitude
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Humor
                 afflicting
                 ,
                 as
                 Blood
                 ,
                 Choller
                 ,
                 Melancholly
                 ,
                 Flegm
                 ,
                 Watery
                 Humors
                 ,
                 and
                 Wind.
                 
              
               
                 9
                 Signs
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 afflicted
                 are
                 Excrements
                 ,
                 the
                 Action
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Pain
                 ,
                 the
                 scituation
                 and
                 nature
                 of
                 the
                 place
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 The
                 Part
                 afflicted
                 may
                 be
                 afflicted
                 either
                 by
                 it self
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 Consent
                 ,
                 for
                 somtimes
                 one
                 Disease
                 remits
                 by
                 the
                 encrease
                 of
                 another
                 ;
                 and
                 this
                 is
                 〈◊〉
                 Primar
                 ,
                 or
                 Secundary
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Primar
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 properly
                 inhaerent
                 in
                 some
                 part
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 done
                 by
                 Consent
                 of
                 
                 the
                 Parts
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 is
                 done
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   By
                   Sympathy
                   ,
                   as
                   when
                   the
                   foulness
                   of
                   the
                   Stomach
                   causeth
                   the
                   Head
                   to
                   ach
                   .
                   Or
                
                 
                   2
                   By
                   Translation
                   ,
                   as
                   when
                   the
                   Matter
                   that
                   causeth
                   the
                   Disease
                   〈◊〉
                   out
                   of
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   into
                   another
                   :
                   And
                   〈◊〉
                   is
                   two-fold
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       First
                       ,
                       When
                       it
                       passeth
                       out
                       of
                       a
                       more
                       Noble
                       ,
                       into
                       a
                       part
                       less
                       Noble
                       .
                    
                     
                       Secondly
                       ,
                       When
                       it
                       〈◊〉
                       out
                       of
                       a
                       part
                       less
                       Noble
                       ,
                       into
                       a
                       part
                       more
                       Noble
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 Prognostical
                 Signs
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Prognostical
                 Signs
                 judg
                 of
                 a
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 present
                 ,
                 or
                 to
                 come
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Signs
                 of
                 a
                 Disease
                 present
                 ,
                 are
                 〈◊〉
                 Apparant
                 ,
                 or
                 Supervenient
                 ,
                 or
                 Decretory
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Apparant
                 and
                 supervenient
                 signs
                 are
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 Concoction
                 or
                 Crudity
                 ;
                 or
                 signs
                 of
                 Health
                 or
                 Death
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Signs
                 of
                 Concoction
                 or
                 Crudity
                 are
                 all
                 the
                 Excrements
                 ,
                 both
                 Urine
                 and
                 Dung.
                 
              
               
                 5
                 Pronostical
                 〈◊〉
                 from
                 the
                 Urine
                 are
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   If
                   it
                   be
                   thin
                   ,
                   meanly
                   thick
                   ,
                   or
                   very
                   thick
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   If
                   it
                   be
                   cleer
                   or
                   troubled
                   ;
                   if
                   so
                   ,
                   whether
                   it
                   be
                   cleer
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   pissed
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   troubled
                   afterwards
                   ;
                   or
                   troubled
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   pissed
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   grow
                   cleer
                   afterwards
                   ;
                   or
                   troubled
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   pissed
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   remain
                   so
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   3
                   By
                   the
                   Color
                   ,
                   namely
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   black
                   whitish
                   ,
                   blackish
                   yellow
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   By
                   the
                   things
                   ,
                   contained
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   namely
                   ,
                   clouds
                   ,
                   sand
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   things
                   like
                   scales
                   of
                   Fish
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
               
                 6
                 Prognosticks
                 are
                 taken
                 from
                 the
                 Dung
                 ,
                 either
                 from
                 its
                 substance
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 or
                 quantity
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Signs
                 of
                 Health
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 are
                 taken
                 from
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 as
                 also
                 from
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 the
                 Diseased
                 ;
                 and
                 they
                 are
                 either
                 primary
                 or
                 Secondary
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Primary
                 are
                 taken
                 either
                 from
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 which
                 the
                 Constitution
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 〈◊〉
                 ;
                 as
                 also
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 Animal
                 ,
                 and
                 Natural
                 Functions
                 :
                 〈◊〉
                 from
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 which
                 the
                 kind
                 ,
                 greatness
                 ,
                 durance
                 ,
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 sheweth
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 〈◊〉
                 signs
                 of
                 Health
                 and
                 Death
                 are
                 taken
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   From
                   the
                   Affliction
                   of
                   the
                   Vital
                   and
                   Natural
                   spirit
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   From
                   the
                   Excrements
                   ,
                   as
                   Urine
                   ,
                   Dung
                   ,
                   vomiting
                   ,
                   sweating
                   ,
                   bleeding
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   From
                   the
                   Habit
                   and
                   qualities
                   of
                   the
                   whol
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   every
                   part
                   of
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   From
                   such
                   things
                   as
                   hurt
                   or
                   help
                   the
                   sick
                   ,
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Signs
                 of
                 Death
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Opinion
                 of
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 .
              
               
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 take
                 the
                 signs
                 of
                 Death
                 from
                 Physiognomy
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   From
                   the
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   when
                   they
                   sink
                   deep
                   in
                   the
                   Head
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   discolored
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   From
                   the
                   Nose
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   sharp
                   ;
                   the
                   Ears
                   and
                   Lips
                   ,
                   cold
                   ,
                   pale
                   ,
                   or
                   discolored
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Teeth
                   ,
                   Nails
                   ,
                   and
                   Hair
                   looking
                   deadish
                   ,
                   which
                   somtimes
                   happens
                   a
                   fortnight
                   ,
                   or
                   three
                   weeks
                   before
                   the
                   party
                   dies
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   skin
                   of
                   the
                   Fore
                   head
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   looking
                   of
                   a
                   swarthy
                   ,
                   palish
                   ,
                   or
                   dead
                   color
                   .
                
              
               
                 These
                 and
                 many
                 other
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 find
                 Methodically
                 laid
                 down
                 in
                 the
                 Presages
                 of
                 Hippocrates
                 ,
                 which
                 you
                 may
                 find
                 at
                 the
                 latter
                 end
                 of
                 my
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   Vranica
                
                 ;
                 or
                 Judgment
                 of
                 Diseases
                 by
                 Astrology
                 .
              
               
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Apparant
                 Progonostical
                 Signs
                 :
                 the
                 Decretory
                 ,
                 or
                 Critical
                 follows
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Crisis
                 ,
                 and
                 Critical
                 Daies
                 .
              
               
                 Crisis
                 is
                 a
                 vehement
                 change
                 of
                 a
                 Disease
                 either
                 to
                 Health
                 or
                 Death
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Crisis
                   is
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Perfect
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       either
                       Healthful
                       or
                       Mortal
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                       1
                       Imperfect
                       ,
                       which
                       makes
                       the
                       sick
                       either
                       better
                       or
                       worse
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   Critical
                   signs
                   ,
                   some
                   go
                   before
                   ,
                   some
                   accompany
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   follow
                   after
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   such
                   as
                   go
                   before
                   ,
                   some
                   shew
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   the
                   Crisis
                   ,
                   and
                   others
                   the
                   Manner
                   of
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Such
                   as
                   shew
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   the
                   Crisis
                   ,
                   shew
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   state
                   ,
                   and
                   Declination
                   of
                   the
                   Disease
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Such
                       as
                       〈◊〉
                       the
                       encrease
                       of
                       the
                       Disease
                       ,
                       shew
                       its
                       swiftness
                       ,
                       and
                       unequalness
                       ,
                       and
                       its
                       time
                       of
                       vehemency
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Such
                       as
                       shew
                       its
                       state
                       ,
                       shew
                       to
                       what
                       height
                       its
                       vehemency
                       and
                       vigor-wil
                       arise
                       to
                       ,
                       and
                       what
                       symptoms
                       it
                       wil
                       produce
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Such
                       as
                       shew
                       its
                       declination
                       ,
                       shew
                       how
                       these
                       symptoms
                       will
                       have
                       remission
                       ,
                       and
                       when
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   5
                   Such
                   as
                   shew
                   the
                   Manner
                   of
                   the
                   Crisis
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Either
                       Universal
                       ,
                       which
                       gives
                       Judgment
                       by
                       the
                       kind
                       of
                       the
                       Disease
                       ,
                       and
                       its
                       Motion
                       ,
                       the
                       part
                       afflicted
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       Nature
                       of
                       the
                       sick
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Particular
                       ,
                       which
                       shews
                       the
                       kind
                       of
                       Excretion
                       ,
                       or
                       Imposthume
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   6
                   Excretion
                   is
                   made
                   either
                   by
                   bleeding
                   ,
                   sweating
                   ,
                   vomiting
                   ,
                   stool
                   ,
                   Urine
                   ,
                   Menstruis
                   Blood
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Hemorrhoids
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Signs
                   declaring
                   an
                   Impostume
                   ,
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   declare
                   either
                   the
                   Impostume
                   it self
                   ,
                   as
                   length
                   of
                   
                   a
                   Disease
                   ,
                   thinness
                   of
                   Urin
                   ,
                   a
                   winter
                   season
                   an
                   imperfect
                   Crisis
                   ;
                   or
                   the
                   place
                   of
                   the
                   Impostume
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   condition
                   of
                   the
                   humor
                   offending
                   ,
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   weakness
                   and
                   pain
                   in
                   some
                   certain
                   part
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     8
                     The
                     signs
                     accompanying
                     a
                     Crisis
                     ,
                     are
                     either
                     Excretion
                     or
                     Imposthumes
                     .
                     In
                     Excretion
                     there
                     comes
                     to
                     be
                     considered
                     ,
                     the
                     quality
                     of
                     the
                     Humor
                     ,
                     the
                     quantity
                     ,
                     time
                     ,
                     and
                     manner
                     of
                     casting
                     it
                     out
                     .
                  
                   
                     In
                     an
                     Impostume
                     are
                     three
                     things
                     to
                     be
                     considered
                     ;
                     Where
                     it
                     is
                     ;
                     Whence
                     it
                     comes
                     ;
                     and
                     ,
                     What
                     the
                     occasion
                     of
                     it
                     was
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   9
                   The
                   Consequents
                   of
                   a
                   Crisis
                   are
                   taken
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       From
                       the
                       quality
                       of
                       the
                       Body
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       From
                       the
                       Animal
                       ,
                       Vital
                       ,
                       and
                       Natural
                       Functions
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       From
                       al
                       the
                       Excrements
                       Universally
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   10
                   Critrical
                   daies
                   are
                   begun
                   at
                   that
                   very
                   hour
                   that
                   the
                   sick
                   finds
                   himself
                   manifestly
                   to
                   be
                   taken
                   ill
                   :
                   An
                   exact
                   Rule
                   for
                   which
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   in
                   my
                   Astrological
                   Judgment
                   of
                   Diseases
                   .
                
                 
                   11
                   The
                   Foundation
                   of
                   Critical
                   daies
                   is
                   gathered
                   from
                   the
                   Moon
                   ,
                   because
                   if
                   she
                   be
                   wel
                   affected
                   she
                   disposeth
                   the
                   Humors
                   to
                   the
                   best
                   advantage
                   :
                   if
                   il
                   affected
                   ,
                   she
                   shews
                   encrease
                   of
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   but
                   a
                   servant
                   to
                   bring
                   down
                   the
                   Influence
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   Celestial
                   Bodies
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   12
                   Critical
                   daies
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   motion
                   of
                   the
                   Moon
                   are
                   four
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Place
                       she
                       is
                       in
                       at
                       the
                       Decumbiture
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Her
                       〈◊〉
                       quartile
                       to
                       that
                       place
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Her
                       opposition
                       to
                       that
                       place
                       .
                    
                     
                       4
                       Her
                       second
                       quartile
                       to
                       that
                       place
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 Thus
                 you
                 have
                 the
                 more
                 General
                 Semeiotical
                 part
                 ,
                 consisting
                 of
                 Diagnosticks
                 ,
                 and
                 Prognosticks
                 :
                 The
                 Special
                 follows
                 ,
                 namely
                 ,
                 The
                 Doctrine
                 of
                 Urine
                 and
                 Pulses
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               II.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Doctrine
                 of
                 Pulses
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 PUlse
                 hath
                 his
                 Original
                 ,
                 First
                 ,
                 From
                 the
                 Motion
                 of
                 the
                 Heart
                 ,
                 Secondly
                 ,
                 Of
                 the
                 Arteries
                 ,
                 by
                 Distention
                 and
                 Contraction
                 ,
                 which
                 Physitians
                 call
                 Systolae
                 and
                 Diastolae
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 use
                 is
                 to
                 preserve
                 Vital
                 heat
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 In
                 the
                 Pulse
                 are
                 four
                 things
                 to
                 be
                 considered
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Reason
                   ,
                   and
                   knowledg
                   of
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Their
                   Differences
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Their
                   Causes
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Their
                   Significations
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   1
                   
                     The
                     Reason
                     of
                     observing
                     ,
                     and
                     knowing
                     the
                     Pulse
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   1
                   In
                   this
                   consider
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     First
                     ,
                     The
                     Precepts
                     of
                     Feeling
                     the
                     Pulse
                     ;
                     of
                     
                     which
                     ,
                     some
                     concern
                     the
                     sick
                     Body
                     ,
                     others
                     the
                     means
                     of
                     its
                     cure
                     .
                  
                   
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     The
                     Principles
                     which
                     are
                     necessary
                     to
                     distinguish
                     the
                     Pulse
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   2
                   
                     The
                     Difference
                     of
                     Pulses
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   Pulses
                   ,
                   some
                   are
                   absolutely
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   others
                   relatively
                   such
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Absolutely
                   such
                   are
                   either
                   Simple
                   or
                   Compound
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   simple
                   are
                   six
                   kinds
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     In
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     Distention
                     ,
                     as
                     great
                     ,
                     mean
                     ,
                     smal
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     In
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     the
                     Force
                     as
                     vehement
                     ,
                     moderate
                     ,
                     weak
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     In
                     Motion
                     of
                     Time
                     ,
                     as
                     swift
                     mean
                     ,
                     slow
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     In
                     quantity
                     of
                     Time
                     ,
                     and
                     Rest
                     ;
                     as
                     often
                     ,
                     Mean
                     ,
                     seldom
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     In
                     quantity
                     of
                     the
                     Artery
                     ,
                     as
                     soft
                     ,
                     mean
                     ,
                     hard
                     .
                  
                   
                     6
                     In
                     perfusion
                     of
                     the
                     Artery
                     ,
                     as
                     full
                     ,
                     mean
                     ,
                     empty
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   4
                   Compound
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   consist
                   of
                   the
                   mixture
                   of
                   some
                   of
                   these
                   simples
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Relatively
                   such
                   are
                   reduced
                   either
                   to
                   Order
                   or
                   Disorder
                   ;
                   Equality
                   ,
                   or
                   In
                   quality
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   3
                   
                     The
                     Causes
                     of
                     Pulses
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Causes
                   of
                   Pulses
                   ,
                   some
                   are
                   Primary
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   
                   〈◊〉
                   the
                   Pulse
                   ;
                   some
                   secundary
                   ,
                   changing
                   and
                   altering
                   the
                   Pulse
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Primary
                   ,
                   or
                   Efficient
                   Causes
                   of
                   the
                   Pulse
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     The
                     Vital
                     spirit
                     ,
                     either
                     strong
                     or
                     weak
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Instruments
                     are
                     the
                     Arteries
                     ,
                     either
                     wide
                     or
                     narrow
                     ,
                     soft
                     ,
                     or
                     hard
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     use
                     of
                     the
                     Pulse
                     is
                     ,
                     the
                     conservation
                     of
                     vital
                     heat
                     in
                     the
                     Body
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   secundary
                   causes
                   which
                   change
                   the
                   Pulse
                   are
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1
                     Natural
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Temperament
                     ,
                     Habit
                     ,
                     sex
                     ,
                     and
                     age
                     of
                     the
                     Body
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     Nor
                     Natural
                     ,
                     as
                     air
                     meat
                     and
                     drink
                     ,
                     exercise
                     and
                     rest
                     ,
                     sleeping
                     and
                     watching
                     ,
                     fulness
                     and
                     emptiness
                     ,
                     and
                     affections
                     of
                     the
                     Mind
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Things
                     against
                     Nature
                     ,
                     as
                     Diseases
                     and
                     their
                     symptomes
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   4
                   
                     Prognosticks
                     by
                     the
                     signification
                     of
                     the
                     pulse
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   1
                   Greatness
                   of
                   the
                   Pulse
                   shews
                   Heat
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Vehemency
                   ,
                   shews
                   strength
                   of
                   the
                   Faculties
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   A
                   weak
                   Pulse
                   ,
                   shews
                   weakness
                   of
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Diseases
                   of
                   Love
                   ,
                   give
                   an
                   unequal
                   and
                   inordinate
                   Pulse
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   herein
                   let
                   none
                   mistake
                   my
                   Author
                   ;
                   for
                   
                   though
                   Diseases
                   of
                   Love
                   give
                   alwaies
                   such
                   a
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   it
                   doth
                   not
                   therfore
                   of
                   necessity
                   follow
                   ,
                   That
                   such
                   a
                   Pulse
                   alwaies
                   shews
                   Diseases
                   of
                   Love.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 An
                 Hermetical
                 Consideration
                 of
                 the
                 pulse
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Pulse
                 is
                 felt
                 in
                 five
                 several
                 places
                 :
                 for
                 it
                 is
                 not
                 enough
                 to
                 feel
                 it
                 in
                 the
                 Wrest
                 (
                 as
                 Physitians
                 now
                 a
                 daies
                 do
                 ,
                 that
                 care
                 not
                 how
                 little
                 they
                 do
                 for
                 their
                 money
                 )
                 Let
                 it
                 be
                 felt
                 then
                 ,
                 first
                 in
                 the
                 Hands
                 and
                 Feet
                 ,
                 then
                 in
                 the
                 Breast
                 ,
                 then
                 under
                 the
                 Armpits
                 ,
                 and
                 last
                 of
                 all
                 in
                 the
                 Temples
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 these
                 agree
                 together
                 ,
                 all
                 wil
                 go
                 wel
                 enough
                 :
                 if
                 not
                 ,
                 mind
                 these
                 things
                 that
                 follow
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Pulse
                 hath
                 four
                 Vertues
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   which
                   causeth
                   a
                   Pulse
                   either
                   hard
                   ,
                   circular
                   ,
                   or
                   slow
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   either
                   subtil
                   or
                   obscure
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   Health
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   equal
                   and
                   mean.
                   
                
                 
                   4
                   Of
                   Disease
                   ,
                   which
                   shews
                   either
                   Tartar
                   or
                   Mineral
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Strange
                   ,
                   giving
                   signs
                   either
                   of
                   Heat
                   or
                   Coldness
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 NOTE
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 When
                 all
                 the
                 Pulse
                 beat
                 at
                 one
                 and
                 the
                 same
                 time
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 laudible
                 sign
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Health
                 is
                 not
                 only
                 found
                 out
                 by
                 the
                 feeling
                 
                 of
                 the
                 Pulse
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 by
                 the
                 color
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 When
                 the
                 Pulses
                 are
                 wel
                 color'd
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 good
                 〈◊〉
                 ;
                 Evil
                 ,
                 if
                 discolor'd
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 When
                 the
                 place
                 of
                 the
                 Pulse
                 is
                 hotter
                 than
                 the
                 rest
                 of
                 the
                 skin
                 ,
                 the
                 Body
                 is
                 diseased
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 If
                 the
                 Pulse
                 be
                 Mineral
                 ,
                 put
                 a
                 little
                 cold
                 water
                 upon
                 the
                 place
                 ,
                 and
                 if
                 the
                 Pulse
                 stop
                 for
                 a
                 while
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 good
                 sign
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 If
                 the
                 Disease
                 come
                 of
                 heat
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 know
                 it
                 thus
                 :
                 Wet
                 a
                 piece
                 of
                 Silk
                 in
                 Role-water
                 ,
                 and
                 lay
                 it
                 upon
                 the
                 Pulse
                 ,
                 that
                 part
                 of
                 it
                 upon
                 the
                 Pulse
                 will
                 sooner
                 dry
                 than
                 the
                 other
                 part
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 If
                 the
                 Pulse
                 be
                 hard
                 in
                 one
                 place
                 ,
                 and
                 soft
                 in
                 another
                 ,
                 the
                 Disease
                 is
                 Chronical
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 When
                 the
                 Body
                 is
                 near
                 Death
                 ,
                 the
                 Pulse
                 is
                 strongest
                 in
                 the
                 Fore-head
                 ,
                 not
                 so
                 strong
                 at
                 the
                 Neck
                 ,
                 weaker
                 in
                 the
                 Hands
                 ,
                 and
                 weakest
                 of
                 all
                 in
                 the
                 Feet
                 :
                 for
                 the
                 lower
                 parts
                 of
                 Men
                 die
                 first
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 IN
                 al
                 Apoplexies
                 ,
                 the
                 stronger
                 the
                 Pulse
                 is
                 ,
                 the
                 worse
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 In
                 Frenzies
                 ,
                 Falling-sickness
                 ,
                 and
                 Madness
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 good
                 sign
                 when
                 the
                 Pulse
                 is
                 the
                 same
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Fit
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Fit.
                 
              
               
                 11
                 In
                 Bloody
                 Fluxes
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 other
                 Fluxes
                 of
                 the
                 Belly
                 ,
                 though
                 the
                 Pulse
                 remain
                 as
                 it
                 did
                 in
                 Health
                 ,
                 give
                 no
                 credit
                 to
                 it
                 :
                 for
                 in
                 such
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 the
                 Pulse
                 remains
                 til
                 Death
                 ,
                 and
                 somtimes
                 a
                 quarter
                 of
                 an
                 hour
                 after
                 .
              
               
               
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Consideration
                 of
                 the
                 Pulse
                 :
                 The
                 Consideration
                 of
                 the
                 Urine
                 follows
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               III.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 Vrine
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 URine
                 is
                 the
                 Wheyish
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Blood
                 ,
                 separated
                 by
                 the
                 Vertue
                 of
                 the
                 Reins
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 In
                 it
                 consider
                 the
                 Inspection
                 ,
                 Signification
                 ,
                 and
                 Difference
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 In
                 the
                 Inspection
                 of
                 Urine
                 ,
                 consider
                 the
                 Acception
                 and
                 Caution
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Cautions
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Causes
                   changing
                   the
                   Urine
                   ,
                   as
                   Temperament
                   ,
                   Sex
                   ,
                   Age
                   ,
                   and
                   Diet.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Urines
                   of
                   Beasts
                   ,
                   or
                   somthing
                   else
                   brought
                   for
                   the
                   Urine
                   of
                   Men
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   easily
                   known
                   by
                   Smel
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Significations
                 and
                 Differences
                 of
                 Vrine
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 It
                 discovers
                 the
                 Constitution
                 of
                 the
                 Parts
                 by
                 which
                 it
                 flows
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 Ureters
                 ,
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 It
                 shews
                 the
                 disposition
                 which
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Liver
                 and
                 Veins
                 .
              
               
               
                 3
                 It
                 shews
                 the
                 disposition
                 of
                 those
                 parts
                 by
                 which
                 the
                 peccant
                 matter
                 can
                 be
                 sent
                 to
                 the
                 Veins
                 or
                 Urine
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 In
                 Urine
                 ,
                 consider
                 the
                 Liquor
                 it self
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 things
                 contained
                 in
                 it
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 Liquor
                 it self
                 ,
                 consider
                 the
                 substance
                 ,
                 quality
                 ,
                 and
                 quantity
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 In
                 the
                 substance
                 ,
                 consider
                 the
                 Body
                 and
                 cleerness
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Body
                 of
                 the
                 Urine
                 is
                 either
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Thin
                   ;
                   in
                   color
                   white
                   ,
                   Saffron
                   ,
                   like
                   Gold
                   ,
                   or
                   Reddish
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Mean
                   ;
                   of
                   the
                   color
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   Saffron
                   ,
                   or
                   reddish
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Thick
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   Mixture
                   of
                   al
                   colors
                   ,
                   and
                   somtimes
                   Oyly
                   .
                
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Perspicuity
                 of
                 the
                 Urine
                 is
                 either
                 cleer
                 or
                 troubled
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 of
                 three
                 sorts
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Such
                   as
                   is
                   cleer
                   when
                   't
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   and
                   troubled
                   afterwards
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Such
                   as
                   is
                   troubled
                   when
                   't
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   and
                   cleer
                   afterwards
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Such
                   as
                   is
                   troubled
                   when
                   't
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   continues
                   .
                
              
               
                 〈◊〉
                 The
                 quantity
                 of
                 Urine
                 is
                 either
                 Moderate
                 ,
                 Much
                 ,
                 or
                 Little.
                 
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 quality
                 consists
                 in
                 smel
                 or
                 Color
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 smel
                 of
                 Urine
                 is
                 either
                 sweet
                 or
                 stinking
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 In
                 the
                 Color
                 ,
                 consider
                 the
                 Causes
                 and
                 Difference
                 .
              
               
               
                 11
                 The
                 Cause
                 of
                 the
                 Color
                 of
                 Urine
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 heat
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 and
                 mixture
                 of
                 other
                 Humors
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 either
                 white
                 ,
                 citrine
                 ,
                 subcitrine
                 ,
                 of
                 the
                 color
                 of
                 Gold
                 or
                 Saffron
                 ,
                 red
                 and
                 bloody
                 ,
                 green
                 ,
                 blue
                 ,
                 and
                 black
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 worst
                 of
                 al.
                 
              
               
                 12
                 Things
                 contained
                 in
                 the
                 Urine
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Essential
                 or
                 Accidental
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 Essential
                 is
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Towards
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Urine
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   white
                   ,
                   light
                   ,
                   and
                   equal
                   ,
                   is
                   very
                   good
                   :
                   but
                   being
                   black
                   ,
                   is
                   very
                   bad
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   In
                   the
                   middle
                   of
                   the
                   Urine
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   white
                   ,
                   light
                   ,
                   and
                   equal
                   ,
                   is
                   indifferent
                   ;
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   black
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   dangerous
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Clouds
                   on
                   the
                   top
                   of
                   the
                   Urine
                   are
                   but
                   〈◊〉
                   seen
                   ,
                   and
                   when
                   they
                   are
                   seen
                   ,
                   they
                   portend
                   but
                   little
                   good
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   blacker
                   they
                   are
                   ,
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   they
                   are
                   ,
                   because
                   they
                   carry
                   the
                   Image
                   of
                   Death
                   .
                
              
               
                 14
                 Accidental
                 is
                 double
                 ;
                 for
                 either
                 it
                 〈◊〉
                 an
                 incertain
                 ,
                 or
                 certain
                 place
                 in
                 the
                 Urinal
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 Such
                 as
                 occupy
                 an
                 incertain
                 place
                 ,
                 and
                 somtimes
                 fly
                 up
                 and
                 down
                 in
                 the
                 Urine
                 ,
                 and
                 somtimes
                 settle
                 in
                 the
                 bottom
                 ,
                 are
                 somtimes
                 like
                 Bran
                 ,
                 somtimes
                 like
                 scales
                 of
                 fish
                 ,
                 and
                 somtimes
                 like
                 thrids
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 Such
                 as
                 keep
                 one
                 certain
                 place
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 bottom
                 ,
                 as
                 red
                 and
                 white
                 gravel
                 ,
                 little
                 clods
                 of
                 blood
                 ,
                 worms
                 ,
                 thick
                 flegm
                 like
                 snot
                 :
                 or
                 else
                 in
                 the
                 top
                 ,
                 as
                 wind
                 fat
                 ,
                 and
                 things
                 like
                 Cobwebs
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 Hermetical
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 Vrine
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Urine
                 is
                 Salt
                 ,
                 separated
                 from
                 undigested
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Of
                 Urine
                 ,
                 some
                 is
                 Exterior
                 ,
                 some
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 and
                 others
                 Mixed
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Exterior
                 Urine
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 comes
                 of
                 what
                 we
                 eat
                 or
                 drink
                 ,
                 that
                 is
                 of
                 our
                 Nourishment
                 ;
                 neither
                 hath
                 it
                 any
                 other
                 Indication
                 than
                 what
                 belongs
                 to
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 Liver
                 or
                 Reins
                 .
                 It
                 is
                 called
                 also
                 the
                 Urine
                 of
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 comes
                 of
                 congealed
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 It
                 is
                 two-fold
                 ,
                 Sound
                 ,
                 or
                 unsound
                 .
              
               
                 Sound
                 is
                 when
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 Tincture
                 of
                 Sulphur
                 with
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 notwithstanding
                 it
                 is
                 not
                 alwaies
                 of
                 a
                 Gold
                 Color
                 ,
                 but
                 somtimes
                 redder
                 ;
                 and
                 somtimes
                 paler
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Urine
                 of
                 Tartar
                 is
                 known
                 by
                 the
                 Circle
                 ,
                 which
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 only
                 of
                 a
                 〈◊〉
                 color
                 ,
                 it
                 shews
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 separation
                 which
                 is
                 made
                 in
                 the
                 three
                 Members
                 ,
                 Stomach
                 Liver
                 ,
                 and
                 Reins
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Salt
                 ,
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 and
                 Mercury
                 may
                 〈◊〉
                 be
                 discerned
                 in
                 Waters
                 ,
              
               
                 For
                 the
                 Bottom
                 shews
                 the
                 Mercury
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Settling
                 neer
                 the
                 Bottom
                 ,
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 And
                 the
                 Tincture
                 the
                 Sulphur
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Urine
                 of
                 an
                 unsound
                 Man
                 is
                 two-fold
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 Nourishment
                 .
              
               
               
                 8
                 The
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 Tartar
                 is
                 three-fold
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Alcolita
                   ,
                   which
                   signifies
                   Congealation
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Tartar
                   of
                   the
                   Stomach
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Scatea
                   ,
                   signifies
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Tartar
                   of
                   the
                   Liver
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Tremula
                   ,
                   which
                   signifies
                   stopping
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Tartar
                   of
                   the
                   Reins
                   .
                
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Urine
                 of
                 Nourishment
                 is
                 Dreggy
                 ,
                 and
                 signifies
                 a
                 failing
                 in
                 the
                 Attractive
                 Vertue
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 The
                 Urine
                 of
                 Blood
                 is
                 when
                 a
                 Circle
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 a
                 different
                 Color
                 and
                 it
                 tends
                 commonly
                 to
                 Redness
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 the
                 messenger
                 of
                 grievous
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 substance
                 of
                 Urine
                 is
                 three
                 fold
                 ;
                 Thick
                 ,
                 Cleer
                 ,
                 and
                 Diaphanous
                 ,
                 or
                 like
                 Cristal
                 .
              
               
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 :
                 the
                 Symptomes
                 follow
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               IV.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 Symptomes
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 SYmptomes
                 taken
                 more
                 generally
                 ,
                 are
                 an
                 effect
                 shewing
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 Nature
                 :
                 More
                 specially
                 ,
                 they
                 are
                 an
                 Accident
                 proceeding
                 from
                 the
                 Disease
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 In
                 Symptomes
                 we
                 are
                 to
                 consider
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 and
                 Causes
                 .
              
               
               
                 A
                 Symptome
                 is
                 either
                 Primary
                 ,
                 or
                 Secundary
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Primary
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 hurting
                 of
                 the
                 Actions
                 or
                 Functions
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Either
                   of
                   the
                   Animal
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   sence
                   or
                   motion
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   A
                   lessening
                   or
                   depravation
                   of
                   the
                   Vital
                   in
                   Quantity
                   or
                   Quality
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   A
                   corrupting
                   of
                   the
                   Natural
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 Secundary
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 a
                 change
                 of
                 the
                 Quality
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 vice
                 of
                 the
                 Excrements
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 change
                 of
                 the
                 quality
                 is
                 two-fold
                 ;
                 either
                 Common
                 to
                 al
                 the
                 Sences
                 ,
                 or
                 Proper
                 to
                 one
                 .
              
               
                 Common
                 to
                 al
                 ,
                 are
                 the
                 Bigness
                 ,
                 Number
                 ,
                 Figure
                 ,
                 Motion
                 ,
                 or
                 Rest
                 changed
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Proper
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Simple
                 Effects
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 and
                 they
                 are
                 either
                 to
                 be
                 seen
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 color
                 in
                 the
                 yellow
                 Jaundice
                 ;
                 or
                 to
                 be
                 smelt
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 stinking
                 Breath
                 ;
                 or
                 to
                 be
                 heard
                 ,
                 as
                 noise
                 in
                 the
                 Ears
                 ;
                 or
                 to
                 be
                 tasted
                 ,
                 as
                 bitterness
                 and
                 saltness
                 in
                 the
                 Throat
                 :
                 or
                 to
                 be
                 felt
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 heat
                 in
                 a
                 Feaver
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Excrements
                 offend
                 ,
                 either
                 in
                 substance
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 quality
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 quantity
                 ,
                 in
                 manner
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 time
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 Symptomes
                 are
                 either
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 or
                 arising
                 〈◊〉
                 the
                 first
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 first
                 ,
                 are
                 a
                 hurt
                 of
                 the
                 Functions
                 ,
                 either
                 of
                 the
                 Animal
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Brain
                 ,
                 Sences
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 Organs
                 :
                 or
                 of
                 the
                 Vital
                 ,
                 as
                 Diseases
                 that
                 afflict
                 the
                 Heart
                 and
                 Lungs
                 :
                 or
                 of
                 the
                 Natural
                 ,
                 as
                 such
                 Diseases
                 as
                 afflict
                 Nourishment
                 and
                 Generation
                 .
              
               
               
                 8
                 Arising
                 from
                 these
                 ,
                 are
                 the
                 change
                 of
                 qualities
                 ;
                 whether
                 arising
                 from
                 the
                 Simple
                 Affects
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 vice
                 of
                 the
                 Excrements
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 the
                 Simple
                 affects
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 hurting
                 of
                 the
                 Natural
                 Functions
                 ;
                 namely
                 ,
                 Attraction
                 ,
                 Retention
                 ,
                 Digestion
                 ,
                 Expulsion
                 ,
                 from
                 whence
                 vicious
                 humors
                 arise
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 The
                 Cause
                 of
                 vicious
                 Excrements
                 ,
                 is
                 these
                 vicious
                 Humors
                 ,
                 which
                 offend
                 in
                 quantity
                 ,
                 quality
                 or
                 substance
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Thus
                 you
                 have
                 the
                 Common
                 Affection
                 of
                 Pathalogia
                 :
                 The
                 Special
                 remains
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 Aethiologia
                 ,
                 and
                 Nosologia
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               V.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Aethiologie
                 of
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 AEThiologia
                 is
                 that
                 Art
                 which
                 declareth
                 the
                 Causes
                 of
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 Diseases
                 are
                 either
                 General
                 or
                 Particular
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 General
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Theological
                 ,
                 or
                 Physical
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Physical
                 are
                 either
                 bred
                 with
                 us
                 ,
                 or
                 come
                 afterwards
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Those
                 that
                 are
                 bred
                 with
                 us
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Natural
                 ,
                 or
                 against
                 Nature
                 ,
                 through
                 fault
                 either
                 
                 of
                 the
                 Seed
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 the
                 Mothers
                 Blood.
                 
              
               
                 6
                 Those
                 which
                 come
                 afterward
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 External
                 or
                 Internal
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 External
                 Causes
                 of
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 External
                 Causes
                 are
                 either
                 more
                 necessary
                 ,
                 or
                 less
                 necessary
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 More
                 necessary
                 are
                 the
                 six
                 things
                 not
                 Natural
                 :
                 namely
                 ,
                 Air
                 ;
                 Meat
                 and
                 Drink
                 ;
                 Sleeping
                 and
                 Watching
                 ;
                 Exercise
                 and
                 Rest
                 ;
                 Fulness
                 and
                 Emptiness
                 ;
                 and
                 Affections
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Air
                 begets
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 either
                 by
                 Inspiration
                 ,
                 or
                 Respiration
                 ,
                 and
                 changeth
                 our
                 Bodies
                 by
                 a
                 Quality
                 manifest
                 or
                 hidden
                 ;
                 and
                 that
                 according
                 either
                 to
                 the
                 Heaven
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Wind.
                 
              
               
                 4
                 Nourishment
                 changeth
                 our
                 Body
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 its
                 Quality
                 ,
                 Quantity
                 ,
                 and
                 convenient
                 Use.
                 
              
               
                 According
                 to
                 its
                 Quality
                 ,
                 Intemperancy
                 ,
                 Matter
                 ,
                 or
                 Substance
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   According
                   to
                   Intemperancy
                   ;
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   hotter
                   ,
                   colder
                   ,
                   dryer
                   ,
                   or
                   moister
                   than
                   agrees
                   with
                   our
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   According
                   to
                   Matter
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   either
                   too
                   thick
                   ,
                   or
                   too
                   thin
                   of
                   Juyce
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   According
                   to
                   Substance
                   ;
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   〈◊〉
                   before
                   it
                   is
                   eaten
                   .
                
              
               
                 5
                 According
                 to
                 quantity
                 ,
                 when
                 we
                 eat
                 so
                 much
                 that
                 we
                 over
                 power
                 the
                 Vessels
                 :
                 or
                 so
                 little
                 that
                 our
                 Bodies
                 want
                 Nourishment
                 .
              
               
               
                 6
                 Sleeping
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 when
                 they
                 are
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 or
                 not
                 taken
                 at
                 〈◊〉
                 times
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Exercise
                 and
                 Rest
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   In
                   Quantity
                   ;
                   when
                   they
                   are
                   either
                   too
                   much
                   ,
                   or
                   too
                   little
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   In
                   Time
                   ;
                   when
                   they
                   are
                   taken
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                
              
               
                 8
                 Fulness
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 -
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Emptying
                   offends
                   ,
                   either
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   〈◊〉
                   ;
                   or
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   too
                   much
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Retention
                   offends
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   either
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   or
                   Seed
                   .
                
              
               
                 9
                 Affections
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 stir
                 up
                 〈◊〉
                 ;
                 when
                 they
                 grow
                 immoderate
                 ,
                 as
                 Anger
                 ,
                 joy
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Causes
                 of
                 Diseases
                 less
                 〈◊〉
                 are
                 four
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   〈◊〉
                   things
                   as
                   compass
                   us
                   about
                   ,
                   as
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   〈◊〉
                   things
                   as
                   we
                   take
                   in
                   ;
                   as
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   Living
                   Creatures
                   ,
                   not
                   wel
                   prepared
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   〈◊〉
                   Evacuation
                   of
                   Blood
                   ,
                   and
                   immoderate
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   External
                   Motion
                   as
                   Running
                   ,
                   Riding
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 Internal
                 Causes
                 of
                 Diseises
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 〈◊〉
                 and
                 all
                 his
                 Apes
                 ,
                 deny
                 any
                 containing
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 a
                 Disease
                 .
              
               
               
                 2
                 Internal
                 Causes
                 are
                 either
                 Containing
                 ,
                 Contained
                 ,
                 or
                 such
                 as
                 cause
                 violence
                 :
                 but
                 most
                 properly
                 things
                 contained
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 All
                 Heredetary
                 Diseases
                 come
                 from
                 Causes
                 containing
                 .
              
               
                 Things
                 contained
                 as
                 they
                 are
                 causes
                 of
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 are
                 against
                 Nature
                 ,
                 as
                 Humors
                 ,
                 Vapors
                 ,
                 or
                 Wind.
                 
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Internal
                 causes
                 are
                 either
                 by
                 themselves
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 accident
                 ,
                 or
                 according
                 to
                 place
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 cause
                 which
                 stirs
                 up
                 a
                 Disease
                 by
                 it self
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 through
                 fault
                 of
                 Quantity
                 or
                 Quality
                 .
              
               
                 Through
                 fault
                 of
                 Quantity
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 a
                 want
                 of
                 Blood
                 and
                 Spirits
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 superabounding
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 called
                 Plethora
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Want
                 of
                 Blood
                 and
                 Spirits
                 ,
                 proceeds
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   From
                   the
                   Constitution
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   From
                   outward
                   heat
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   Fire
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   From
                   fasting
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   From
                   Purging
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   From
                   Watching
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   From
                   Labor
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   From
                   Joy.
                   
                
              
               
                 7
                 A
                 Redundance
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 Plethora
                 ,
                 distempers
                 both
                 Heart
                 and
                 Liver
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 most
                 incident
                 to
                 people
                 of
                 idle
                 lives
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 fault
                 of
                 the
                 quality
                 is
                 called
                 Cacochymia
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 either
                 ,
              
               
                 9
                 Confusedly
                 of
                 all
                 things
                 contained
                 ;
                 or
                 particularly
                 of
                 some
                 of
                 them
                 ;
                 as
              
               
                 
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   Humors
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   hot
                   ,
                   cold
                   ,
                   moist
                   ,
                   or
                   dry
                   distemper
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   Matter
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   Humors
                   are
                   too
                   thick
                   ,
                   or
                   too
                   thin
                   ,
                   hard
                   or
                   turbulent
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   the
                   Form
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   Blood
                   or
                   Spirits
                   are
                   corrupted
                   by
                   putrefaction
                   of
                   humors
                   .
                
              
               
                 10
                 Cacochymia
                 of
                 certain
                 things
                 contained
                 ,
                 is
                 of
                 Choller
                 ,
                 Melancholly
                 ,
                 Flegm
                 ,
                 Watry
                 Humors
                 ,
                 and
                 Wind.
                 
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 Choller
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   A
                   hot
                   and
                   dry
                   Temperament
                   of
                   the
                   Liver
                   and
                   Heart
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   A
                   frequent
                   concourse
                   of
                   cool
                   Air.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   Hot
                   and
                   dry
                   Nourishment
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Evacuations
                   of
                   Choller
                   stopped
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Vehement
                   Exercise
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Immoderate
                   Watching
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Anger
                   .
                
              
               
                 12
                 Choller
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Natural
                 ,
                 or
                 against
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 Natural
                 is
                 either
                 Nourishing
                 ,
                 or
                 Excrementitious
                 .
              
               
                 Against
                 Nature
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Vessels
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 Melancholly
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   A
                   dry
                   Liver
                   and
                   Heart
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   stopped
                   Spleen
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Cold
                   and
                   dry
                   Air.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   Much
                   feeding
                   upon
                   gross
                   food
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   4
                   Usual
                   Evacuation
                   stopped
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Care
                   ,
                   and
                   much
                   Watching
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   A
                   sad
                   life
                   .
                
              
               
                 14
                 Melancholly
                 is
                 either
                 Natural
                 ,
                 or
                 against
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 Natural
                 is
                 either
                 Nourishing
                 ,
                 or
                 Excrementitious
                 .
              
               
                 Against
                 Nature
                 is
                 hot
                 and
                 sharp
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 a
                 Cacochymia
                 of
                 Flegm
                 are
                 these
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   A
                   moist
                   Temperature
                   of
                   the
                   Heart
                   and
                   Liver
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   A
                   cold
                   and
                   moist
                   Stomach
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Cold
                   and
                   moist
                   Air.
                   
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   use
                   of
                   cold
                   and
                   moist
                   food
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   avoiding
                   of
                   Flegm
                   by
                   the
                   Mouth
                   and
                   Fundament
                   stopped
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   An
                   idle
                   lazy
                   life
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Much
                   sleep
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   Leading
                   a
                   life
                   without
                   Care.
                   
                
              
               
                 16
                 Flegm
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 within
                 the
                 Veins
                 ,
                 or
                 without
                 .
              
               
                 Within
                 the
                 Veins
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 either
                 Natural
                 ,
                 or
                 against
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 Natural
                 is
                 either
                 more
                 or
                 less
                 Nourishing
                 .
              
               
                 17
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 a
                 Cacochymia
                 of
                 Water
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Stomach
                   cold
                   ,
                   the
                   Liver
                   and
                   Spleen
                   stopped
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Cold
                   and
                   moist
                   Air.
                   
                
                 
                   
                   3
                   Moist
                   Food
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Retention
                   of
                   usual
                   sweating
                   ,
                   or
                   urine
                   ,
                   or
                   accustomed
                   Evacuation
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   An
                   idle
                   life
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Immoderate
                   sleep
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Sadness
                   .
                
              
               
                 18
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 a
                 Cacochymia
                 of
                 Wind
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   A
                   cold
                   and
                   moist
                   Stomach
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Cold
                   Air.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   Windy
                   Meat
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Retention
                   of
                   Excrements
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Idleness
                   .
                
              
               
                 19
                 The
                 Internal
                 Causes
                 of
                 Diseases
                 by
                 Accident
                 ,
                 or
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 seat
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 second
                 ,
                 or
                 third
                 Region
                 .
              
               
                 A
                 Cacochymia
                 may
                 occupy
                 al
                 the
                 Regions
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 or
                 but
                 one
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 A
                 Plethora
                 is
                 conversant
                 in
                 the
                 second
                 and
                 third
                 Regions
                 only
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 but
                 one
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 What
                 my
                 Author
                 means
                 by
                 Region
                 here
                 ,
                 I
                 know
                 not
                 ,
                 unless
                 he
                 mean
                 the
                 Ventricles
                 .
              
               
                 20
                 The
                 humor
                 is
                 gathered
                 together
                 in
                 any
                 part
                 ,
                 either
                 by
                 Congestion
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 21
                 In
                 every
                 Fluxion
                 are
                 four
                 things
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   matter
                   which
                   is
                   moved
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   way
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   moved
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   part
                   sending
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   part
                   receiving
                   it
                   .
                
              
               
               
                 22
                 The
                 Matter
                 flows
                 either
                 by
                 Transmission
                 or
                 Attraction
                 .
              
               
                 23
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 Transmission
                 are
                 either
                 ,
                 the
                 violence
                 of
                 the
                 Matter
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 plenty
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 stirring
                 up
                 the
                 Expulsive
                 Faculty
                 .
              
               
                 24
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 Attraction
                 is
                 unnatural
                 heat
                 ,
                 Grief
                 ,
                 Motion
                 ,
                 Rubbing
                 ,
                 Consent
                 of
                 Parts
                 .
              
               
                 25
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Universal
                 Causes
                 both
                 Internal
                 and
                 External
                 :
                 The
                 Particular
                 follow
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 the
                 Diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Parts
                 ,
                 both
                 Similar
                 ,
                 Organical
                 ,
                 and
                 Common
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 the
                 Diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Similar
                 parts
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Evident
                 ,
                 or
                 Antecedent
                 ,
                 and
                 Consequent
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Evident
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 make
                 a
                 desperate
                 attempt
                 upon
                 al
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 afflict
                 the
                 Spirits
                 ,
                 the
                 Humors
                 and
                 Substance
                 of
                 the
                 parts
                 :
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 strong
                 there
                 wil
                 be
                 some
                 quoil
                 to
                 get
                 them
                 out
                 again
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Antecedent
                 and
                 Consequent
                 ,
                 though
                 they
                 be
                 of
                 another
                 temper
                 and
                 quality
                 ;
                 yet
                 they
                 afflict
                 the
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 by
                 Contagion
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Cause
                 of
                 Organical
                 Diseases
                 are
                 ,
                 of
                 Conformation
                 ,
                 Magnitude
                 ,
                 Number
                 ,
                 or
                 Place
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Of
                 Conformation
                 are
                 the
                 Figures
                 of
                 the
                 Parts
                 ,
                 Passages
                 ,
                 Cavities
                 ,
                 or
                 Superficies
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Figures
                 of
                 the
                 Parts
                 are
                 inverted
                 ,
                 either
                 
                 through
                 the
                 fault
                 of
                 the
                 Seed
                 ,
                 or
                 Womens
                 Blood
                 in
                 the
                 Womb
                 ,
                 or
                 default
                 of
                 the
                 Midwife
                 at
                 the
                 Delivery
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 the
                 fault
                 of
                 the
                 Physitian
                 in
                 giving
                 Physick
                 after
                 the
                 delivery
                 ;
                 or
                 by
                 accident
                 ,
                 as
                 blood-letting
                 Convuisions
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 the
                 Passages
                 and
                 Cavities
                 are
                 either
                 of
                 too
                 much
                 dilation
                 ,
                 or
                 too
                 much
                 straitness
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 Dilation
                 are
                 ,
                 either
                 opening
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Expulsive
                 Faculty
                 strong
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Retentive
                 weak
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Dilation
                 of
                 the
                 Vessels
                 proceeds
                 either
                 from
                 the
                 plenty
                 ,
                 and
                 quantity
                 of
                 Humors
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 from
                 their
                 quality
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Diseases
                 of
                 straitness
                 proceed
                 either
                 from
                 Obstruction
                 or
                 Constipation
                 ,
                 Contraction
                 ,
                 or
                 Compression
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 Superficial
                 Diseases
                 are
                 roughness
                 and
                 smoothness
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 roughness
                 are
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 are
                 sharp
                 ,
                 clensing
                 and
                 corroding
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 smoothness
                 ,
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 are
                 Glutinous
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 the
                 greatness
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 are
                 ,
                 either
                 encrease
                 ,
                 as
                 plenty
                 of
                 Matter
                 ,
                 strength
                 of
                 Nature
                 ,
                 Wind
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
                 Or
                 decrease
                 ,
                 as
                 weakness
                 of
                 the
                 Spirits
                 ,
                 defect
                 of
                 Matter
                 ,
                 Wounds
                 ,
                 Bleeding
                 ,
                 Putrefaction
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 accidental
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 Symptomes
                 ,
                 are
                 understood
                 by
                 themselves
                 :
                 
                 but
                 of
                 Compound
                 Diseases
                 by
                 the
                 Causes
                 of
                 the
                 Simple
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 Thus-much
                 of
                 
                   Aethiologie
                   :
                   Nosologie
                
                 follows
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 either
                 General
                 ,
                 or
                 Special
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               VI.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 General
                 Nosologie
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 GEneral
                 Nosologie
                 is
                 that
                 Art
                 which
                 sheweth
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 A
                 Disease
                 is
                 an
                 Affect
                 against
                 Nature
                 ,
                 wherby
                 the
                 Actions
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 are
                 viciated
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 A
                 Disease
                 is
                 Essential
                 ,
                 or
                 Accidental
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 An
                 Essential
                 Disease
                 is
                 Particular
                 or
                 Common
                 .
              
               
                 Particular
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Similary
                 ,
                 Organical
                 ,
                 or
                 Dissimilary
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Similar
                 ,
                 is
              
               
                 
                   1
                   A
                   Distemper
                   either
                   Simple
                   ,
                   as
                   Hot
                   ,
                   Cold
                   ,
                   Moist
                   ,
                   or
                   Dry
                   :
                   or
                   Compound
                   ,
                   as
                   Cold
                   and
                   Moist
                   ,
                   Cold
                   and
                   Dry
                   ,
                   Hot
                   and
                   Moist
                   ,
                   Hot
                   and
                   Dry.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   Immoderation
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   as
                   when
                   the
                   Part
                   is
                   either
                   too
                   hard
                   ,
                   or
                   too
                   soft
                   ,
                   too
                   loose
                   ,
                   or
                   too
                   much
                   bound
                   ,
                   too
                   thick
                   ,
                   or
                   too
                   thin
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   A
                   Corruption
                   of
                   the
                   whol
                   Substance
                   ,
                   
                   which
                   is
                   either
                   Infectious
                   ,
                   or
                   Venemous
                   .
                
              
               
                 6
                 An
                 Organical
                 〈◊〉
                 is
                 ,
                 either
                 of
                 the
                 Conformation
                 ,
                 Number
                 ,
                 and
                 Bigness
                 ,
                 or
                 Place
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 A
                 Disease
                 of
                 Conformation
                 is
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 Form
                 ,
                 or
                 passages
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 A
                 Disease
                 of
                 Bigness
                 ,
                 is
                 when
                 the
                 Members
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 are
                 either
                 bigger
                 or
                 less
                 than
                 they
                 should
                 be
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 A
                 Disease
                 of
                 the
                 Number
                 ,
                 is
                 when
                 the
                 Members
                 are
                 either
                 more
                 or
                 less
                 than
                 they
                 should
                 be
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 A
                 Disease
                 of
                 the
                 place
                 is
                 ,
                 when
                 Members
                 are
                 not
                 in
                 their
                 right
                 places
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 Ruptures
                 and
                 Dislocations
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Accidental
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Accidental
                 Diseases
                 are
                 either
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 Number
                 ,
                 or
                 Composition
                 :
                 and
                 both
                 of
                 them
                 are
                 either
                 Singular
                 or
                 Manifold
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Singular
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Simple
                 or
                 Compound
                 .
              
               
                 Simple
                 is
                 either
                 by
                 it self
                 ,
                 or
                 with
                 company
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Manifold
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Implicite
                 ,
                 Joyned
                 ,
                 or
                 Disjoyned
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Joyned
                 is
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 Effect
                 of
                 one
                 is
                 the
                 Cause
                 of
                 another
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Disjoyned
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 lie
                 in
                 〈◊〉
                 parts
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Implicite
                 Diseases
                 are
                 ,
                 when
                 divers
                 parts
                 conspire
                 together
                 to
                 afflict
                 one
                 Function
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 Pleuresie
                 and
                 an
                 Asthma
                 both
                 afflict
                 the
                 Lungues
                 ,
                 
                 and
                 by
                 the
                 Lungues
                 the
                 Breathing
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Substance
                 of
                 some
                 Diseases
                 is
                 like
                 a
                 Tenant
                 at
                 will
                 ,
                 quickly
                 removed
                 ,
                 the
                 Cause
                 being
                 taken
                 away
                 ,
                 as
                 Feavers
                 :
                 Others
                 by
                 tract
                 of
                 time
                 are
                 become
                 Habitual
                 to
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 as
                 Hectick
                 Feavers
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Diseases
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Place
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 According
                 to
                 the
                 Place
                 ,
                 they
                 are
                 taken
                 either
                 from
                 the
                 Subject
                 ,
                 or
                 adjunct
                 .
              
               
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 taken
                 from
                 the
                 Subject
                 are
                 taken
                 either
                 from
                 the
                 Parts
                 ,
                 or
                 from
                 the
                 Constitution
                 of
                 Man.
                 
              
               
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 taken
                 from
                 the
                 Adjunct
                 ,
                 are
                 taken
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 the
                 Region
                 and
                 Air.
                 
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 are
                 either
                 Universal
                 or
                 Particular
                 .
              
               
                 Universal
                 ,
                 as
                 Feavers
                 ;
                 or
                 Particular
                 to
                 some
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 as
                 pain
                 in
                 some
                 particular
                 Member
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 3
                 A
                 Disease
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 Constitution
                 of
                 a
                 Man
                 is
                 taken
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   From
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   the
                   Man
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   is
                   more
                   familiar
                   to
                   one
                   Complexion
                   than
                   another
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   From
                   the
                   Age
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   is
                   most
                   familiar
                   to
                   Child-hood
                   ,
                   Youth
                   ,
                   Manhood
                   ,
                   old
                   age
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   From
                   Sex
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   is
                   most
                   familiar
                   to
                   Men
                   or
                   Women
                   .
                
              
               
               
                 4
                 In
                 respect
                 of
                 the
                 Region
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Some
                   are
                   scattered
                   up
                   and
                   down
                   here
                   and
                   there
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   called
                   Sporadical
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Others
                   are
                   Common
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   called
                   Pandemical
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Some
                   are
                   proper
                   to
                   one
                   place
                   ,
                   as
                   Agues
                   to
                   Fenny
                   Countreys
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   called
                   Endemical
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Others
                   rage
                   at
                   some
                   particular
                   times
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   called
                   Epidemical
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Diseases
                 according
                 to
                 Time.
                 
              
               
                 1
                 They
                 are
                 taken
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 the
                 Time
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Time
                 of
                 the
                 Yeer
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 time
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 is
                 taken
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Disease
                 it self
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 parts
                 of
                 a
                 Disease
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 Beginning
                 ,
                 Encrease
                 ,
                 Station
                 ,
                 and
                 Declination
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Disease
                 it self
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 taken
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 its
                 Continuing
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Continuing
                 of
                 a
                 Disease
                 is
                 either
                 short
                 ,
                 Long
                 ,
                 or
                 Chronical
                 .
              
               
                 Short
                 is
                 either
                 with
                 danger
                 or
                 without
                 danger
                 :
                 and
                 in
                 both
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 either
                 very
                 Acute
                 ,
                 or
                 Acute
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 these
                 ,
                 either
                 Symply
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 Degeneration
                 .
              
               
                 6.
                 
                 In
                 respect
                 of
                 the
                 Continuance
                 of
                 it
                 ;
                 it
                 is
                 either
                 Continual
                 or
                 Intermitting
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 In
                 both
                 these
                 consider
                 ,
                 their
                 Beginning
                 ,
                 Encrease
                 ,
                 
                 Station
                 ,
                 and
                 Declination
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 In
                 respect
                 of
                 time
                 ,
                 some
                 Diseases
                 are
                 most
                 frequent
                 in
                 the
                 Spring
                 ;
                 some
                 in
                 Autumn
                 ,
                 some
                 in
                 Summer
                 ,
                 some
                 in
                 Winter
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Diseases
                 according
                 to
                 Custom
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 They
                 are
                 taken
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Nature
                 ,
                 or
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Event
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 .
              
               
                 According
                 to
                 the
                 Nature
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 either
                 Gentle
                 or
                 Malignant
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 According
                 to
                 Event
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 either
                 Healthful
                 or
                 deadly
                 ,
                 curable
                 ,
                 incurable
                 ,
                 or
                 threatning
                 relapse
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Diseases
                 according
                 to
                 Magnitude
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 A
                 Disease
                 is
                 either
                 great
                 or
                 smal
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 A
                 Disease
                 is
                 great
                 ,
                 either
                 by
                 it self
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 accident
                 .
              
               
                 By
                 it
                 sesf
                 three
                 waies
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   In
                   respect
                   of
                   its
                   kind
                   ,
                   proper
                   Essence
                   ,
                   or
                   Cause
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   In-respect
                   of
                   its
                   active
                   Power
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   In
                   respect
                   of
                   its
                   ill
                   Conditions
                   ,
                   or
                   ill
                   Symptomes
                
              
               
                 A
                 Disease
                 is
                 great
                 by
                 Accident
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   In
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   part
                   afflicted
                   ,
                   if
                   that
                   be
                   Noble
                   ;
                   as
                   a
                   Disease
                   in
                   the
                   Head
                   is
                   greater
                   than
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Toe
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   2
                   In
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Faculty
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   that
                   is
                   hurt
                   by
                   the
                   Disease
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   deprivation
                   of
                   Sences
                   is
                   greater
                   than
                   the
                   Tooth-ach
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Diseases
                 according
                 to
                 Cause
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 They
                 are
                 caused
                 either
                 Essentially
                 ,
                 or
                 according
                 to
                 Consent
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Some
                 are
                 inbred
                 ,
                 or
                 Hereditary
                 :
                 others
                 not
                 Hereditary
                 ,
                 but
                 advantitious
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Advantitious
                 are
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 Choller
                 ,
                 Flegm
                 ,
                 Melancholly
                 :
                 and
                 each
                 of
                 these
                 are
                 either
                 Internal
                 ,
                 or
                 External
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Thus
                 much
                 of
                 Nosologia
                 in
                 the
                 General
                 :
                 the
                 Special
                 follows
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Special
                 Nosologie
                 is
                 ,
                 that
                 which
                 Numbers
                 up
                 al
                 the
                 special
                 Diseases
                 which
                 afflict
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 These
                 arise
                 either
                 from
                 Natural
                 Causes
                 ,
                 or
                 External
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 From
                 Natural
                 Causes
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Universal
                 ,
                 which
                 occupy
                 the
                 whol
                 Body
                 as
                 Feavers
                 :
                 Or
                 such
                 as
                 occupy
                 only
                 particular
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 Of
                 both
                 which
                 in
                 order
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               LIB
               .
               VII
               .
            
             
               
                 Of
                 Feavers
                 .
              
               
                 A
                 Feaver
                 is
                 a
                 heat
                 against
                 Nature
                 ,
                 proceeding
                 from
                 the
                 Heart
                 to
                 the
                 rest
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Its
                 Considerations
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   common
                   Affections
                   ,
                   namely
                   the
                   disposition
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Signs
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Differences
                   of
                   the
                   Feavers
                   .
                
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Disposition
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 is
                 either
                 Internal
                 ,
                 or
                 External
                 .
              
               
                 Internal
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 Temperament
                 ,
                 Sex
                 ,
                 and
                 Age.
                 
              
               
                 External
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 Heat
                 ,
                 either
                 of
                 the
                 Fire
                 ,
                 Sun
                 ,
                 or
                 Bath
                 ,
                 drinking
                 Wine
                 ,
                 use
                 of
                 Spice
                 ,
                 and
                 hot
                 Meats
                 ,
                 or
                 heat
                 of
                 Air.
                 
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Signs
                 are
                 General
                 as
                 swift
                 Pulse
                 and
                 frequent
                 ,
                 heat
                 of
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 failing
                 of
                 strength
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Differences
                 of
                 Feavers
                 are
                 taken
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   From
                   the
                   Quality
                   of
                   the
                   Subject
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   From
                   the
                   Quantity
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   From
                   the
                   Essence
                   .
                
              
               
                 6
                 Feavers
                 from
                 the
                 quality
                 of
                 the
                 Subject
                 are
                 taken
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   From
                   the
                   Feeling
                   ;
                   as
                   such
                   as
                   come
                   with
                   
                   cold
                   fits
                   at
                   the
                   first
                   ,
                   or
                   without
                   cold
                   fits
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   From
                   the
                   Sight
                   ;
                   as
                   with
                   red
                   high
                   color
                   ,
                   or
                   swarthy
                   color
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   From
                   the
                   Tast
                   ;
                   as
                   such
                   as
                   proceed
                   of
                   salt
                   Flegm
                   .
                
              
               
                 7
                 Feavers
                 from
                 the
                 Quantity
                 are
                 either
                 continually
                 great
                 ,
                 mean
                 ,
                 or
                 but
                 light
                 ,
                 short
                 ,
                 or
                 long
                 ,
                 most
                 violent
                 in
                 the
                 night
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 day
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 A
                 Feaver
                 from
                 the
                 Essence
                 of
                 the
                 Subject
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 common
                 to
                 al
                 ,
                 as
                 Pestilential
                 Feavers
                 :
                 Or
                 ,
              
               
                 9
                 Proper
                 only
                 to
                 those
                 that
                 keep
                 ill
                 Diet.
                 
              
               
                 10
                 A
                 Pestilential
                 Feaver
                 is
                 caused
                 by
                 breathing
                 in
                 a
                 Venemous
                 and
                 Malignant
                 Air.
                 
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 Feavers
                 properly
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   the
                   Heart
                   ;
                   as
                   a
                   Hectick
                   Feaver
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   the
                   Spirits
                   joyned
                   to
                   the
                   Heart
                   ;
                   as
                   one
                   day
                   Feaver
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   Humors
                   joyned
                   to
                   the
                   Heart
                   ;
                   as
                   a
                   continual
                   Feaver
                   .
                
              
               
                 12
                 The
                 Degrees
                 of
                 a
                 Hectick
                 Feaver
                 are
                 four
                 :
                 A
                 Consumption
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   the
                   Fat
                   of
                   the
                   Heart
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   the
                   Moisture
                   between
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   and
                   the
                   Heart
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   the
                   strings
                   of
                   the
                   Flesh
                   consuming
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Of
                   the
                   strings
                   of
                   the
                   Flesh
                   consumed
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   called
                   Marasmus
                   :
                   And
                   this
                   is
                   two
                   .
                   fold
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   Of
                   Cold
                   and
                   Driness
                   ,
                   as
                   happens
                   to
                   
                   all
                   people
                   that
                   die
                   with
                   Age.
                   
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Of
                   Heat
                   and
                   Dryness
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   contrary
                   to
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   disease
                   now
                   mentioned
                   .
                
              
               
                 13
                 Feavers
                 that
                 have
                 their
                 Original
                 from
                 the
                 Spirits
                 ,
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   One-day
                   Feavers
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Such
                   as
                   last
                   three
                   daies
                   ;
                   as
                   
                     Synochus
                     non
                     putrida
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Such
                   as
                   encrease
                   from
                   the
                   beginning
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   called
                   Achmastica
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Such
                   as
                   decrease
                   from
                   the
                   beginning
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   called
                   Parachmastica
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Such
                   as
                   stand
                   alwaies
                   at
                   one
                   stay
                   ,
                   as
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                
              
               
                 14
                 Of
                 the
                 Humors
                 ariseth
                 Synochus
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 continual
                 Feaver
                 ,
                 either
                 of
                 Inflamation
                 or
                 Blood
                 ,
                 or
                 Blood
                 which
                 is
                 not
                 putrefied
                 :
                 or
                 of
                 Choller
                 which
                 is
                 putrefied
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 A
                 putrefied
                 Feaver
                 is
                 either
                 Primary
                 ,
                 or
                 not
                 Primary
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 Primary
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Continual
                 ,
                 or
                 Intermitting
              
               
                 17
                 Continual
                 is
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Without
                   Remission
                   ,
                   coming
                   of
                   thick
                   Choller
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   continual
                   burning
                   Feaver
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   With
                   Remission
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   〈◊〉
                   ordinate
                   or
                   inordinate
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   you
                   have
                   either
                   a
                   Remitting
                   ,
                   Quotidian
                   ,
                   Tertian
                   ,
                   or
                   Quartan
                   Feaver
                   ;
                   which
                   are
                   〈◊〉
                   according
                   
                   as
                   the
                   Chollrer
                   is
                   in
                   heat
                   or
                   thickness
                   .
                
              
               
                 18
                 An
                 Intermitting
                 Feaver
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 that
                 〈◊〉
                 we
                 usually
                 call
                 an
                 Ague
                 ,
                 proceeds
                 of
                 thin
                 Choller
                 ,
                 mixed
                 in
                 smal
                 Veins
                 .
              
               
                 Indeed
                 (
                 though
                 my
                 Author
                 do
                 not
                 say
                 so
                 much
                 )
                 the
                 cause
                 of
                 an
                 Ague
                 is
                 Choller
                 within
                 those
                 veins
                 appropriated
                 to
                 the
                 Circulation
                 of
                 Blood.
                 
              
               
                 19
                 Agues
                 are
                 Simple
                 or
                 Compound
                 .
              
               
                 Simple
                 are
                 Quotidian
                 ,
                 Tertian
                 ,
                 and
                 Quartan
                 ,
                 Compound
                 are
                 compounded
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 20
                 A
                 not
                 Primary
                 or
                 Symptomatical
                 Feaver
                 ariseth
                 from
                 putrefaction
                 without
                 the
                 Vessels
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 incident
                 only
                 to
                 some
                 particular
                 part
                 .
              
               
                 21
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Universal
                 Affects
                 in
                 Feavers
                 :
                 the
                 singular
                 follow
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 either
                 Internal
                 or
                 External
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               VIII
               .
            
             
               
                 Of
                 Internal
                 Affections
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 THe
                 Internal
                 Affects
                 are
                 those
                 which
                 are
                 under
                 the
                 inward
                 skin
                 ,
                 and
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 ,
                 proceed
                 from
                 an
                 inward
                 cause
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 They
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 belong
                 to
                 the
                 Head
                 ,
                 Jaws
                 ,
                 Breast
                 ,
                 inferior
                 Ventricle
                 ,
                 and
                 Habit
                 of
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Those
                 in
                 the
                 Head
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 principal
                 
                 part
                 thereof
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Brain
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Skin
                 ,
                 Substance
                 ,
                 Ventricles
                 ,
                 or
                 passages
                 thereof
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Affects
                 of
                 the
                 Skins
                 of
                 the
                 Brain
                 ,
                 are
                 〈◊〉
                 in
                 the
                 Head
                 ,
                 the
                 pains
                 of
                 the
                 Head
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 called
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Cephalagia
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   pain
                   that
                   comes
                   but
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   upon
                   occasion
                   given
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   or
                   an
                   usual
                   ,
                   or
                   inveterate
                   Head-ach
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Hemicrania
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Megrim
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   painful
                   evil
                   ,
                   occupying
                   only
                   but
                   one
                   〈◊〉
                   of
                   the
                   Head.
                   
                
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Asslictions
                 of
                 the
                 substance
                 of
                 the
                 Brain
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 of
                 the
                 Functions
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 the
                 Sleep
                 .
                 The
                 Functions
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Weakness
                 ,
                 or
                 Alienation
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Species
                 of
                 weakness
                 of
                 Mind
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   〈◊〉
                   of
                   the
                   Mind
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Slowness
                   of
                   Wit.
                   
                
                 
                   3
                   Want
                   of
                   Judgment
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Forgetfulness
                   .
                
              
               
                 7
                 Alienation
                 of
                 Mind
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 without
                 a
                 Feaver
                 ,
                 or
                 with
                 a
                 Feaver
                 .
              
               
                 Without
                 a
                 Feaver
                 〈◊〉
                 Folly
                 ,
                 Fantasticalness
                 ,
                 rashness
                 ,
                 Melancholly
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 two-fold
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Hypochondriacal
                   ,
                   proceeding
                   of
                   Wind
                   from
                   the
                   Hypochondria
                   ,
                   and
                   causeth
                   idle
                   fancies
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   foolish
                   as
                   idle
                   :
                   Or
                
                 
                   2
                   Without
                   Wind
                   ,
                   as
                   Madness
                   ,
                   Fury
                   ,
                   and
                   
                   such
                   things
                   as
                   〈◊〉
                   like
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   which
                   〈◊〉
                   usually
                   called
                   Witchcraft
                   ,
                   and
                   〈◊〉
                   with
                   Devils
                   .
                
              
               
                 8
                 Alienation
                 of
                 Mind
                 with
                 a
                 Feaver
                 is
                 called
                 a
                 Phrensie
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Affects
                 of
                 Sleep
                 ,
                 are
                 in
                 quantity
                 or
                 quality
                 .
              
               
                 In
                 quantity
                 ,
                 when
                 it
                 is
                 too
                 much
                 ,
                 or
                 too
                 little
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Sleep
                 exceeding
                 in
                 quantity
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 of
                 such
                 persons
                 as
                 are
                 in
                 Health
                 ,
                 or
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 not
                 in
                 Health
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 not
                 in
                 Health
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 called
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   Coma
                
                 ,
                 or
                 with
                 a
                 Feaver
                 ,
                 as
                 〈◊〉
                 ;
                 or
                 with
                 Madness
                 as
                 Cataphora
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Sleep
                 〈◊〉
                 in
                 quality
                 ,
                 is
                 when
                 〈◊〉
                 is
                 unquiet
                 ,
                 either
                 by
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 up
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 snorting
                 gnashing
                 the
                 Teeth
                 ,
                 or
                 talking
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 Mouth
                 or
                 Eyes
                 open
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 are
                 〈◊〉
                 Falling
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Catalepsis
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 disease
                 old
                 doting
                 〈◊〉
                 cal
                 Planet
                 struck
                 ,
                 the
                 Mare
                 ,
                 Apoplexy
                 ,
                 Palsey
                 ,
                 Convulsion
                 ,
                 Trembling
                 ,
                 Rhewm
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 〈◊〉
                 either
                 comes
                 by
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 or
                 is
                 continual
                 .
              
               
                 That
                 which
                 comes
                 by
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Universal
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Falling-sickness
                 ;
                 or
                 particular
                 ,
                 as
                 that
                 which
                 we
                 usually
                 cal
                 Convulsions
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Eyes
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Head
                 〈◊〉
                 principal
                 are
                 of
                 the
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 Ears
                 ,
                 Nose
                 ,
                 and
                 Mouth
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 Globe
                 of
                 the
                 Eye
                 ,
                 or
                 without
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 In
                 the
                 Globe
                 are
                 either
                 Diseases
                 or
                 Symptoms
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Diseases
                 occupy
                 the
                 three
                 Tunicles
                 of
                 the
                 Eyes
                 :
                 The
                 
                   Uvea
                   Cornea
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Adnata
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 In
                 the
                 Uvea
                 happens
                 a
                 dilation
                 ,
                 diminution
                 ,
                 divulsion
                 ,
                 and
                 breaking
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Pupilla
                   ,
                   Puosis
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Suffusion
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 In
                 the
                 Cornea
                 are
                 such
                 afflictions
                 as
                 obscure
                 it
                 ,
                 make
                 it
                 stick
                 out
                 ,
                 or
                 dissolve
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Afflictions
                 which
                 obscure
                 the
                 Cornea
                 ,
                 are
                 thickness
                 ,
                 whiteness
                 ,
                 redness
                 ,
                 or
                 yellowness
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Such
                 as
                 cause
                 sticking
                 out
                 in
                 the
                 Cornea
                 ,
                 are
                 Pustules
                 like
                 the
                 smal
                 Pox.
                 
              
               
                 8
                 Such
                 as
                 cause
                 Solution
                 of
                 Unity
                 ,
                 are
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Rhexis
                 is
                 a
                 Rupture
                 of
                 the
                 Cornea
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 caused
                 either
                 by
                 cutting
                 or
                 corroding
                 ,
                 and
                 le
                 ts
                 out
                 the
                 watery
                 Humors
                 ,
                 wherby
                 the
                 Eye
                 is
                 made
                 less
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Sight
                 taken
                 away
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Ulcers
                 of
                 the
                 Eyes
                 are
                 either
                 Superficial
                 or
                 deep
                 ,
                 which
                 though
                 they
                 have
                 gotten
                 many
                 names
                 ,
                 yet
                 they
                 are
                 all
                 but
                 Ulcers
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Afflictions
                 in
                 the
                 Adnata
                 are
                 Ferngion
                 ,
                 and
                 Opthalmia
                 .
              
               
               
                 12
                 The
                 Symptomes
                 in
                 the
                 Eyes
                 are
                 ,
                 fault
                 in
                 the
                 Motion
                 ,
                 Pains
                 ,
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 sight
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 Dulness
                 of
                 the
                 Sight
                 ,
                 is
                 when
                 the
                 Sight
                 is
                 either
                 weakned
                 ,
                 or
                 quite
                 lost
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 Dulness
                 of
                 sight
                 is
                 when
                 things
                 are
                 either
                 seen
                 darkly
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 false
                 colors
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 Diminution
                 of
                 sight
                 is
                 ,
                 either
                 weakness
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 old
                 men
                 :
                 or
                 in
                 yong
                 men
                 that
                 are
                 〈◊〉
                 blind
                 ,
                 or
                 cannot
                 see
                 well
                 in
                 the
                 light
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 Diseases
                 without
                 the
                 Eye
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 corners
                 of
                 the
                 Eye
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Eye-lids
                 .
              
               
                 17
                 Diseases
                 in
                 the
                 corners
                 of
                 the
                 Eyes
                 are
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 Imposthumes
                 ,
                 waterings
                 of
                 the
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 wheals
                 ,
                 little
                 knobs
                 .
              
               
                 18
                 Diseases
                 in
                 the
                 Eye-lids
                 are
                 ,
                 Pseudopthalmia
                 ,
                 Scabs
                 ,
                 failings
                 in
                 motion
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 hairs
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 Failings
                 in
                 Motion
                 are
                 in
                 opening
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 20
                 Faults
                 in
                 the
                 Hairs
                 are
                 ,
                 when
                 they
                 fal
                 down
                 into
                 the
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 moistness
                 ,
                 sticking
                 together
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Ears
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Ears
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Diseases
                 〈◊〉
                 Symptomes
                 .
              
               
                 Diseases
                 are
                 either
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Symptomes
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 are
                 Excrements
                 contained
                 
                 in
                 the
                 Ears
                 ,
                 pain
                 ,
                 faults
                 in
                 hearing
                 .
              
               
                 Excrements
                 are
                 ,
                 immoderate
                 Earwax
                 ,
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 〈◊〉
                 in
                 Hearing
                 are
                 ,
                 falsness
                 of
                 hearing
                 ,
                 dulness
                 of
                 hearing
                 ,
                 and
                 deafness
                 .
              
               
                 Falsness
                 of
                 Hearing
                 is
                 ,
                 buzzing
                 ,
                 singing
                 ,
                 or
                 noise
                 in
                 the
                 Ears
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Nostrils
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 the
                 Nose
                 are
                 ,
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 failings
                 in
                 the
                 Smelling
                 ,
                 and
                 failings
                 in
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Ulcers
                 are
                 either
                 Simple
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 Excrescent
                 .
              
               
                 〈◊〉
                 are
                 ,
                 Polipus
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Noli
                   me
                   tangere
                
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Failings
                 in
                 the
                 Smelling
                 are
                 ,
                 either
                 a
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 in
                 the
                 Nose
                 ,
                 badness
                 or
                 absolute
                 deprivation
                 of
                 smel
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Failings
                 of
                 the
                 Excrements
                 are
                 ,
                 sneezing
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 bleeding
                 of
                 the
                 Nostrils
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Mouth
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Mouth
                 are
                 ,
                 either
                 of
                 certain
                 parts
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 of
                 the
                 whol
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 certain
                 parts
                 are
                 ,
                 either
                 of
                 the
                 Lips
                 ,
                 Cheeks
                 ,
                 Teeth
                 ,
                 Gums
                 ,
                 or
                 Tongue
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Vices
                 of
                 the
                 Lips
                 are
                 ,
                 wry
                 Mouthes
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
               
                 3
                 Vices
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 are
                 ,
                 Convulsions
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 4
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 the
                 Teeth
                 are
                 ,
                 over
                 longness
                 ,
                 or
                 shortness
                 ;
                 growing
                 out
                 of
                 order
                 ,
                 too
                 many
                 or
                 too
                 few
                 loosness
                 ,
                 black
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 color
                 ;
                 pain
                 in
                 breeding
                 Teeth
                 ,
                 or
                 Toothach
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Vices
                 of
                 the
                 Gums
                 are
                 ,
                 swelling
                 ,
                 consumption
                 ,
                 Imposthumes
                 ,
                 and
                 Ulcers
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Tongue
                 are
                 ,
                 either
                 Diseases
                 or
                 Symptomes
                 .
              
               
                 Diseases
                 are
                 ,
                 roughness
                 ,
                 swellings
                 under
                 the
                 Tongue
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Symptomes
                 of
                 the
                 Tongue
                 ,
                 are
                 vices
                 either
                 of
                 motion
                 of
                 the
                 Tongue
                 ,
                 Speech
                 ,
                 or
                 Tast.
                 
              
               
                 8
                 Vices
                 of
                 Speech
                 are
                 ,
                 stuttering
                 ,
                 lisping
                 .
              
               
                 Vices
                 of
                 Tast
                 are
                 ,
                 either
                 weakness
                 ,
                 or
                 loss
                 of
                 Tast.
                 
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 whol
                 Mouth
                 are
                 ,
                 yawning
                 ,
                 stink
                 ,
                 and
                 thrushes
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Jaws
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Jaws
                 are
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 or
                 Colnmella
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 top
                 or
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Throat
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 are
                 ,
                 
                   Paristhmia
                   ,
                   Antiades
                
                 ,
                 Imposthumes
                 ,
                 and
                 Ulcers
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Columella
                 are
                 ,
                 falling
                 down
                 of
                 the
                 Pallat
                 ,
                 Inflamations
                 ,
                 and
                 Ulcers
                 .
              
               
               
                 4
                 Such
                 〈◊〉
                 as
                 occupy
                 the
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Throat
                 are
                 ,
                 Quinsies
                 ,
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 and
                 Compression
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Breast
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Breast
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 the
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Spiritual
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Heart
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 〈◊〉
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Spiritual
                 parts
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 or
                 Symptomes
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Diseases
                 are
                 in
                 the
                 Lungs
                 ,
                 the
                 Pleura
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Cavity
                 of
                 the
                 Breast
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 In
                 the
                 Lungs
                 are
                 distempers
                 ,
                 stretchings
                 ,
                 obstructions
                 ,
                 Inflamations
                 ,
                 Imposthume
                 ,
                 and
                 Consumption
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Pleura
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 Pleuresie
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 In
                 the
                 Cavity
                 of
                 the
                 Breast
                 is
                 Suppuration
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 collection
                 of
                 Humors
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Symptomes
                 of
                 the
                 Spiritual
                 part
                 are
                 ,
                 failings
                 of
                 the
                 voyce
                 ,
                 difficulty
                 of
                 Breathing
                 ,
                 Cough
                 ,
                 Spitting
                 of
                 Blood.
                 
              
               
                 8
                 Failings
                 of
                 the
                 voyce
                 are
                 ,
                 Hoarceness
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 failings
                 .
              
               
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 breathing
                 is
                 either
                 Asthma
                 ,
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 or
                 Dysnea
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Heart
                 are
                 either
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 .
                 All
                 Diseases
                 afflict
                 the
                 Heart
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 such
                 as
                 come
                 of
                 venemous
                 humors
                 .
              
               
               
                 10
                 Symptomes
                 of
                 the
                 Heart
                 are
                 ,
                 weakness
                 of
                 strength
                 ,
                 Faintings
                 ,
                 and
                 Palpitation
                 of
                 Heart
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 the
                 Breasts
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 the
                 Breasts
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 the
                 Milk.
                 
              
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 the
                 Breasts
                 ,
                 is
                 of
                 the
                 Breasts
                 themselves
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 the
                 Nepples
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Breast
                 are
                 ,
                 Encrease
                 ,
                 Decrease
                 ,
                 Inflamation
                 ,
                 
                   Morbus
                   Pilaris
                
                 ,
                 Hardness
                 ,
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 Cancers
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Nepples
                 are
                 ,
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 and
                 Consumptions
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 The
                 vices
                 of
                 the
                 Milk
                 are
                 ,
                 Congealation
                 ,
                 abounding
                 ,
                 and
                 want
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 inferior
                 Ventricle
                 are
                 ,
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 parts
                 dedicated
                 to
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 or
                 to
                 Generation
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 Diseases
                 in
                 the
                 parts
                 dedicated
                 to
                 Nourishment
                 are
                 ,
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Guts
                 ,
                 or
                 Fundament
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Mesenterium
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Gal
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Bladder
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Stomach
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Stomach
                 are
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 the
                 Throat
                 ,
                 Ventricle
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 the
                 Stomach
                 it self
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Throat
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 or
                 Symptomes
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Diseases
                 are
                 ,
                 distemper
                 ,
                 hardness
                 ,
                 ulcers
                 .
              
               
                 Symptomes
                 are
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 swallowing
                 ,
                 and
                 pain
                 .
              
               
               
                 4
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Ventricle
                 of
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Diseases
                 or
                 Symptomes
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Diseases
                 are
                 ,
                 distemper
                 ,
                 weakness
                 ,
                 inflamation
                 ,
                 imposthumes
                 and
                 Ulcers
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Imposthumes
                 are
                 three-fold
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Such
                   as
                   cause
                   pain
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Such
                   as
                   afflict
                   the
                   Appetite
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Such
                   as
                   hinder
                   digestion
                   .
                
              
               
                 7.
                 
                 The
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 is
                 very
                 sensible
                 (
                 and
                 especially
                 the
                 mouth
                 of
                 it
                 )
                 is
                 easily
                 offended
                 by
                 any
                 matter
                 that
                 sticks
                 there
                 ,
                 and
                 causeth
                 Head-ach
                 ,
                 and
                 Heart-burnings
                 by
                 consent
                 of
                 the
                 parts
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 is
                 the
                 seat
                 of
                 Appetite
                 ,
                 is
                 afflicted
                 either
                 through
                 failing
                 ,
                 or
                 Corruption
                 of
                 Appetite
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Appetite
                 failing
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Queasiness
                 ,
                 or
                 loathing
                 of
                 certain
                 Meats
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Appetite
                 depraved
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Longings
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 incident
                 to
                 women
                 with
                 Child
                 ,
                 or
                 immoderate
                 Thirst.
                 
              
               
                 Or
                 else
                 it
                 is
                 immoderate
                 ,
                 as
                 greedy
                 eating
                 ,
                 and
                 Dog.
                 like
                 hunger
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 Stomach
                 as
                 it
                 is
                 the
                 Kitchin
                 that
                 concocts
                 the
                 Food
                 ,
                 is
                 troubled
                 either
                 with
                 Crudities
                 ,
                 ill
                 Concoction
                 ,
                 Wind
                 ,
                 Belchings
                 ,
                 Risings
                 in
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 Hiccoughs
                 ,
                 Vomitings
                 both
                 of
                 Blood
                 and
                 Choller
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 The
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 are
                 either
                 Disease
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Diseases
                 are
                 ,
                 Obstruction
                 ,
                 Binding
                 ,
                 Inflamation
                 ,
                 Imposthumes
                 ,
                 and
                 Ulcers
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 not
                 going
                 to
                 Stool
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Worms
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Want
                 of
                 going
                 to
                 Stool
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 very
                 slow
                 ,
                 hard
                 ,
                 or
                 altogether
                 stopped
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Fluxes
                 are
                 either
                 with
                 Wind
                 ,
                 or
                 without
                 Wind
                 ,
                 with
                 Blood
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 or
                 with
                 Skins
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 With
                 Blood
                 is
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 the
                 Bloody-flux
                 ,
                 or
                 Tenasmus
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 Flux
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Hemorrhoids
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Pain
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 is
                 either
                 the
                 Chollick
                 ,
                 or
                 Illiack
                 Disease
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Fundament
                 and
                 Mesenterium
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Fundament
                 are
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Itching
                 ,
                 Swelling
                 ,
                 sticking
                 out
                 of
                 Hemorrhoidal
                 Veins
                 ,
                 and
                 falling
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Fundament
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Hemorrhoids
                 are
                 either
                 Internal
                 ,
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
               
                 The
                 Symptomes
                 of
                 them
                 are
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 flowing
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 stopping
                 of
                 it
                 against
                 custom
                 ,
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Mesenterium
                 and
                 Sweet-bread
                 are
                 ,
                 Swellings
                 either
                 soft
                 or
                 hard
                 ,
                 and
                 Inflamations
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 and
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 Gall
                 ,
                 Reins
                 and
                 Bladder
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 and
                 Spleen
                 are
                 either
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 or
                 Symptomes
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Diseases
                 are
                 either
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 the
                 Spleen
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 are
                 ,
                 distemper
                 corruption
                 of
                 the
                 substance
                 ,
                 weakness
                 ,
                 obstruction
                 ,
                 hardness
                 ,
                 swelling
                 ,
                 inflamation
                 ,
                 ulcers
                 ,
                 imposthumes
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Spleen
                 are
                 ,
                 swelling
                 ,
                 obstruction
                 ,
                 hardness
                 ,
                 inflamation
                 ,
                 imposthume
                 ,
                 ulcers
                 and
                 wind
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 symptomes
                 both
                 of
                 Liver
                 and
                 Spleen
                 are
                 yellow
                 and
                 black
                 Jaundice
                 ,
                 Hypochondriack
                 Melancholly
                 ,
                 Atrophia
                 ,
                 or
                 pining
                 away
                 of
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 Cachexia
                 ,
                 or
                 Dropsie
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 three-fold
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Anasarcha
                   ,
                   commonly
                   called
                   ,
                   a
                   dry
                   Dropsie
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Ascytes
                   ,
                   or
                   an
                   ordinary
                   Dropsie
                   of
                   water
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Timpanites
                   ,
                   a
                   Dropsie
                   of
                   wind
                   .
                
              
               
               
                 6
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Gall
                 are
                 ,
                 obstructions
                 ,
                 stone
                 fulness
                 ,
                 and
                 emptiness
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Reins
                 are
                 ,
                 stone
                 ,
                 imposthumes
                 ,
                 ulcers
                 and
                 pain
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Bladder
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 stone
                 ,
                 inflamation
                 ,
                 imposthumes
                 ,
                 ulcers
                 ,
                 failings
                 in
                 making
                 water
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Failings
                 in
                 making
                 water
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 are
                 ,
                 Diabets
                 ,
                 or
                 continual
                 pissing
                 ;
                 often
                 and
                 unseasonable
                 pissing
                 ,
                 when
                 men
                 are
                 not
                 able
                 to
                 hold
                 their
                 water
                 ;
                 Ischuria
                 ,
                 or
                 stoppage
                 of
                 Urine
                 ;
                 Dysuria
                 ,
                 or
                 pissing
                 with
                 pain
                 ;
                 Stranguria
                 ,
                 or
                 pissing
                 by
                 drops
                 ,
                 pissing
                 blood
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 These
                 are
                 the
                 afflictions
                 incident
                 to
                 the
                 parts
                 dedicated
                 to
                 Nourishment
                 :
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 incident
                 to
                 the
                 parts
                 dedicated
                 to
                 Generation
                 follow
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Afflictions
                 incident
                 to
                 the
                 Parts
                 dedicated
                 to
                 Generation
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 They
                 belong
                 either
                 to
                 the
                 Genitals
                 of
                 Men
                 ,
                 or
                 to
                 the
                 Womb.
                 
              
               
                 To
                 the
                 Genitals
                 of
                 Men
                 ,
                 they
                 either
                 come
                 from
                 some
                 internal
                 cause
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 they
                 are
                 subsistent
                 in
                 the
                 Yard
                 or
                 Testicles
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 From
                 internal
                 causes
                 especially
                 proceed
                 immoderate
                 Lust
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 or
                 continual
                 standing
                 
                 of
                 the
                 Yard
                 ,
                 the
                 running
                 of
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 and
                 want
                 of
                 carnal
                 Copulation
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Yard
                 are
                 ,
                 Phymosis
                 ,
                 as
                 when
                 the
                 top
                 of
                 the
                 Yard
                 〈◊〉
                 not
                 be
                 covered
                 ,
                 or
                 being
                 covered
                 ,
                 wil
                 not
                 open
                 ;
                 inflamation
                 ,
                 imposthumes
                 ,
                 ulceration
                 ,
                 Fleshy
                 swelling
                 and
                 corruption
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Testicles
                 are
                 ,
                 inflamation
                 ,
                 hard
                 swelling
                 and
                 ruptures
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Ruptures
                 are
                 of
                 divers
                 kinds
                 ,
                 and
                 each
                 kind
                 hath
                 got
                 a
                 name
                 by
                 it self
                 .
              
               
                 Those
                 belonging
                 to
                 the
                 Testicles
                 are
                 these
                 three
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   When
                   the
                   Omentum
                   ,
                   fal
                   down
                   into
                   the
                   Scrotum
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   When
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   fal
                   down
                   into
                   the
                   Scrotum
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   When
                   both
                   fal
                   down
                   into
                   the
                   Scrotum
                   .
                
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Womb
                 are
                 Diseases
                 and
                 Symptomes
                 .
              
               
                 Diseases
                 are
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 Womb
                 it self
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 passage
                 to
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Diseases
                 in
                 the
                 Womb
                 it self
                 are
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 hardness
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 that
                 dropsie
                 of
                 the
                 Womb
                 ,
                 usually
                 (
                 though
                 〈◊〉
                 falsly
                 )
                 called
                 a
                 Timpany
                 ,
                 the
                 Mole
                 ,
                 afflictions
                 of
                 Wind
                 and
                 Blood.
                 
              
               
                 8
                 In
                 the
                 passage
                 to
                 the
                 Womb
                 are
                 ,
                 Imposthumes
                 ,
                 ulcers
                 ,
                 inflamation
                 ,
                 itching
                 ,
                 warts
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 bits
                 of
                 Flesh
                 growing
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Symptomes
                 of
                 the
                 Womb
                 are
                 ,
                 stopping
                 
                 and
                 overflowing
                 of
                 the
                 Menstiuis
                 ,
                 the
                 Flux
                 of
                 the
                 Womb
                 ,
                 Whites
                 ,
                 falling
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Womb
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 the
                 Mother
                 ,
                 pain
                 ,
                 faults
                 both
                 in
                 the
                 Conception
                 and
                 Travel
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Faults
                 of
                 Conception
                 are
                 ,
                 Barrenness
                 ,
                 and
                 vicious
                 Conception
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 occasion
                 of
                 Barrenness
                 is
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   From
                   the
                   Man
                   ,
                   as
                   Palsey
                   in
                   the
                   Yard
                   ,
                   ill
                   shape
                   of
                   the
                   Yard
                   ,
                   stoppings
                   and
                   bruises
                   of
                   the
                   Spermatick
                   Vessels
                   ,
                   defect
                   of
                   the
                   Testicles
                   ,
                   a
                   huge
                   great
                   fat
                   Belly
                   .
                
              
               
                 12
                 Causes
                 of
                 Barrenness
                 in
                 Women
                 are
                 ,
                 vices
                 of
                 the
                 Womb
                 ,
                 vices
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 the
                 Womb
                 ,
                 but
                 usually
                 in
                 the
                 Womb
                 it self
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 Mouth
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Substance
                 of
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   :
                   In
                   the
                   Mouth
                   of
                   it
                   ;
                   being
                   either
                   too
                   wide
                   ,
                   or
                   weakned
                   by
                   some
                   violent
                   〈◊〉
                   ;
                   or
                   filled
                   with
                   moist
                   Excrements
                   ,
                   or
                   shut
                   by
                   some
                   scar
                   or
                   excrescence
                   of
                   Flesh
                   ,
                   or
                   compressed
                   by
                   fatness
                   of
                   the
                   Belly
                   .
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   :
                   The
                   vices
                   of
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   Womb
                   are
                   ,
                   hardness
                   ,
                   weakness
                   ,
                   or
                   cold
                   and
                   moist
                   distemper
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 Habit
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Air
                 ,
                 too
                 much
                 grossness
                 ,
                 or
                 slenderness
                 ,
                 weariness
                 ,
                 stifness
                 ,
                 too
                 much
                 ,
                 too
                 little
                 ,
                 or
                 corrupt
                 
                 sweat
                 ,
                 pain
                 in
                 the
                 Fleshy
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 Joynts
                 ,
                 bunches
                 .
              
               
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 internal
                 Afflictions
                 ,
                 the
                 external
                 follow
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               IX
               .
            
             
               
                 Of
                 External
                 Afflictions
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 OF
                 External
                 Afflictions
                 are
                 two
                 kinds
                 ;
                 for
                 some
                 cause
                 Deformity
                 ,
                 some
                 other
                 vices
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Deformity
                 is
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 Hair
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Nails
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Skin
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Of
                 the
                 Hair
                 ,
                 when
                 there
                 is
                 too
                 much
                 ,
                 too
                 little
                 ,
                 or
                 none
                 at
                 al
                 ,
                 when
                 't
                 is
                 tangled
                 ,
                 when
                 it
                 curls
                 too
                 much
                 ,
                 or
                 not
                 at
                 al
                 ,
                 or
                 is
                 too
                 hard
                 ,
                 too
                 soft
                 .
                 or
                 not
                 of
                 the
                 color
                 you
                 would
                 have
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 default
                 of
                 the
                 Nails
                 are
                 ,
                 when
                 they
                 are
                 loose
                 ,
                 too
                 long
                 ,
                 or
                 too
                 thick
                 ,
                 or
                 too
                 thin
                 ,
                 or
                 spotted
                 ,
                 or
                 slit
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Deformities
                 of
                 the
                 skin
                 are
                 in
                 Certain
                 parts
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 Incertain
                 .
              
               
                 In
                 Certain
                 parts
                 ,
                 are
                 in
                 parts
                 that
                 have
                 Hair
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 in
                 the
                 Face
                 or
                 Hands
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 In
                 places
                 that
                 have
                 Hair
                 ,
                 is
                 Dandriff
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 In
                 the
                 Face
                 are
                 ,
                 Wrinkles
                 ,
                 Sunburning
                 ,
                 Freekles
                 .
              
               
               
                 8
                 The
                 Hands
                 are
                 ,
                 scaly
                 ,
                 hard
                 ,
                 chopt
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Incertain
                 parts
                 are
                 Deformities
                 of
                 the
                 Skin
                 ,
                 roughness
                 ,
                 the
                 marks
                 of
                 Womens
                 Longings
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Spots
                 are
                 either
                 originally
                 ,
                 as
                 Molds
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 Tetters
                 ,
                 Ringworms
                 ,
                 bitings
                 of
                 Fleas
                 or
                 Lice
                 ,
                 Itch
                 ,
                 Scabs
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 11
                 Thus
                 much
                 of
                 Deformity
                 :
                 Other
                 Afflictions
                 follow
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 Swellings
                 are
                 either
                 with
                 pain
                 or
                 without
                 pain
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 With
                 pain
                 are
                 either
                 Tumors
                 or
                 Pustules
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 Tumors
                 are
                 either
                 primary
                 or
                 secundary
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 Primary
                 are
                 those
                 that
                 have
                 their
                 Original
                 from
                 collections
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 as
                 Erisipelas
                 ,
                 and
                 Cancer
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 Collections
                 of
                 Blood
                 are
                 caused
                 either
                 by
                 Inflamation
                 or
                 Bruises
                 .
                 Inflamation
                 is
                 greater
                 or
                 lesser
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 greater
                 Inflamation
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 occupieth
                 either
                 Incertain
                 parts
                 ,
                 or
                 Certain
                 .
              
               
                 17
                 Inflamation
                 occupying
                 certain
                 parts
                 is
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 Glandulae
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Joynts
                 .
              
               
                 18
                 An
                 Inflamation
                 occupying
                 Incertain
                 parts
                 is
                 either
                 Simple
                 or
                 Compound
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 They
                 are
                 called
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Phlegmon
                   ;
                   of
                   Blood.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   Erisipelas
                   ;
                   of
                   Choller
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Oedema
                   ;
                   of
                   Flegm
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   4
                   Schyrrus
                   ;
                   of
                   Melancholly
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Flatuosus
                   ;
                   of
                   Wind.
                   
                
                 
                   6
                   Varicosus
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   somtimes
                   of
                   the
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   somtimes
                   of
                   the
                   Humors
                   ,
                   somtimes
                   of
                   both
                   .
                
              
               
                 20
                 Phlegmon
                 ;
                 is
                 either
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Phygithlon
                   :
                   Emunctory
                   Tumors
                   inflamed
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Bubo
                   :
                   Or
                   a
                   swelling
                   in
                   the
                   Groyn
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   either
                   Venereal
                   ,
                   Malignant
                   ,
                   or
                   Pestilential
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Phyma
                   :
                   A
                   Pustule
                   or
                   Boyl
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Forunculus
                   :
                   A
                   Felon
                   or
                   Andicom
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Anthrax
                   :
                   A
                   Carbuncle
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Gargarion
                   :
                   The
                   Uvula
                   inflamed
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Paristhma
                   :
                   The
                   Tonsilla
                   inflamed
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   Anurisma
                   :
                   An
                   Artery
                   dilated
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   Gangraena
                   :
                   An
                   Inflamation
                   not
                   mortified
                   .
                
                 
                   10
                   Sphacelus
                   :
                   An
                   Inflamation
                   mortified
                   .
                
              
               
                 21
                 Erispelas
                 is
                 either
              
               
                 
                   1
                   
                     Herpes
                     ,
                     Miliaris
                     ,
                     Exedens
                     ,
                     &
                     Formeca
                     :
                  
                   Pustles
                   that
                   eat
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Phlictenae
                   :
                   Blisters
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Epinictides
                   :
                   Night
                   Galls
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Hydrea
                   :
                   Blue
                   Pustules
                
                 
                   5
                   Dracunculus
                   :
                   Crimson
                   Veins
                   .
                
              
               
                 22
                 Oedema
                 is
                 either
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Atheroma
                   :
                   A
                   soft
                   tumor
                   in
                   the
                   Head
                   with
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   pain
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Steatoma
                   :
                   with
                   matter
                   and
                   hardness
                   like
                   Grease
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   3
                   Melicerus
                   :
                   with
                   gravelly
                   hard
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Hydrocele
                   :
                   of
                   watery
                   Rupture
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Dropsies
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Scrophulus
                   :
                   the
                   Kings
                   Evil.
                   
                
                 
                   7
                   Bronchocele
                   :
                   a
                   great
                   tumor
                   about
                   the
                   Throat
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   Hydrocephalea
                   :
                   a
                   watery
                   humor
                   in
                   the
                   Head.
                   
                
              
               
                 23
                 Schyrrus
                 is
                 either
              
               
                 
                   1
                   A
                   Cancer
                   ,
                   ulcerated
                   or
                   not
                   ulcerated
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Elephantiasis
                   :
                   a
                   Leprosie
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Psora
                   :
                   dry
                   Scabs
                   or
                   Itch.
                   
                
                 
                   4
                   Enchymoma
                   :
                   Bruises
                   ,
                   black
                   and
                   blue
                   spots
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Sarcosele
                   :
                   Fleshy
                   Rupture
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Polipus
                   :
                   Spungy
                   Flesh
                   growing
                   in
                   the
                   Nose
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   Verrucae
                   :
                   Warts
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Acrocordones
                   ,
                   hanging
                   by
                   a
                   string
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Mermeciae
                   ,
                   sticking
                   in
                   the
                   Flesh.
                   
                
                 
                   8
                   Cornua
                   :
                   Corns
                   on
                   the
                   Feet
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   Callus
                   :
                   on
                   the
                   Hands
                   .
                
              
               
                 24
                 Flatuosus
                 is
                 either
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Priapismus
                   :
                   a
                   continual
                   standing
                   of
                   the
                   Yard
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Timpanites
                   :
                   a
                   Dropsie
                   of
                   wind
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   
                     Hernia
                     ventosa
                  
                   :
                   a
                   windy
                   Rupture
                   .
                
              
               
                 25
                 Varicosus
                 is
                 either
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Vitiligo
                   :
                   Morphew
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Exanthemata
                   :
                   smal
                   Pox
                   and
                   Measles
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   3
                   Parotides
                   :
                   Tumors
                   behind
                   the
                   Ears
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Mentagra
                   :
                   Scabs
                   on
                   the
                   Chin.
                   
                
                 
                   5
                   Bubonocele
                   :
                   a
                   Rupture
                   in
                   the
                   Groyn
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Arthritis
                   :
                   all
                   Gouts
                   :
                   as
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Chyragra
                       :
                       the
                       Hand
                       Gout
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Sciatica
                       :
                       the
                       Huckle-bone
                       Gout
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Genugra
                       :
                       the
                       Knee
                       Gout
                       .
                    
                     
                       4
                       Podagra
                       :
                       the
                       Foot
                       Gout
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 26
                 Solutions
                 of
                 Unity
                 follow
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 either
                 Ulcerations
                 or
                 Wounds
                 .
              
               
                 27
                 Thus
                 much
                 for
                 Sporadical
                 Afflictions
                 ,
                 which
                 arise
                 from
                 Natural
                 ,
                 and
                 divers
                 other
                 Causes
                 .
              
               
                 Those
                 follow
                 which
                 come
                 from
                 external
                 and
                 certain
                 Poysons
                 ,
                 or
                 abuse
                 of
                 Good
                 Remedies
                 .
              
               
                 So
                 Coriander
                 Seeds
                 being
                 unmeasurably
                 taken
                 ,
                 cause
                 hoarsness
                 of
                 voyce
                 ,
                 and
                 madness
                 ,
                 which
                 of
                 the
                 two
                 is
                 the
                 worst
                 .
              
               
                 So
                 Saffron
                 ,
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 immoderately
                 taken
                 ,
                 kils
                 the
                 Heart
                 with
                 laughing
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Pandemical
                 Afflictions
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Pandemical
                 or
                 Common
                 Afflictions
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 invade
                 men
                 universally
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 are
                 either
                 Enmical
                 ,
                 or
                 Epidemical
                 .
              
               
                 Endemical
                 are
                 proper
                 to
                 the
                 Place
                 .
              
               
                 Epidemical
                 to
                 the
                 Time.
                 
              
               
                 2
                 Endemical
                 Diseases
                 by
                 a
                 certain
                 perpetuity
                 ,
                 are
                 addicted
                 to
                 certain
                 Places
                 ,
                 Regions
                 ,
                 and
                 Cities
                 ,
                 
                 as
                 Agues
                 to
                 the
                 Fenny
                 Countries
                 in
                 England
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Epidemical
                 Diseases
                 rage
                 at
                 some
                 particular
                 times
                 ,
                 as
                 Pestilences
                 ,
                 smal
                 Pox
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               X.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Pathologie
                 of
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 IT
                 is
                 of
                 smal
                 Moment
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 worth
                 distinguishing
                 ,
                 between
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 the
                 Causes
                 ,
                 and
                 Symptomes
                 ;
                 for
                 the
                 Cause
                 ,
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Symptomes
                 differ
                 not
                 in
                 property
                 ,
                 but
                 only
                 in
                 power
                 and
                 act
                 ;
                 as
                 a
                 Physitian
                 that
                 is
                 asleep
                 ,
                 differs
                 from
                 one
                 that
                 is
                 awake
                 ;
                 and
                 as
                 Sulphur
                 kindled
                 ,
                 differs
                 from
                 Sulphur
                 not
                 kindled
                 ;
                 and
                 as
                 Salt
                 dissolved
                 ,
                 differs
                 from
                 Salt
                 not
                 dissolved
                 ;
                 and
                 as
                 Mercury
                 sublimated
                 ,
                 differs
                 from
                 Mercury
                 not
                 sublimated
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Roots
                 of
                 Diseases
                 lie
                 hid
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 ;
                 which
                 being
                 in
                 time
                 separated
                 ,
                 exalted
                 and
                 kindled
                 ,
                 produce
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 change
                 of
                 the
                 Pulse
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 For
                 in
                 Agues
                 the
                 Root
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 in
                 the
                 intermission
                 of
                 the
                 fit
                 ,
                 though
                 the
                 Heart
                 be
                 not
                 over-heated
                 :
                 Also
                 in
                 Falling-sicknesses
                 the
                 Root
                 of
                 them
                 lies
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 though
                 there
                 be
                 a
                 months
                 difference
                 between
                 the
                 fits
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Paracelsus
                 teacheth
                 ,
                 That
                 a
                 Disease
                 is
                 a
                 Substance
                 ,
                 
                 and
                 declares
                 it
                 by
                 an
                 Example
                 ;
                 as
                 in
                 the
                 yellow
                 Jaundice
                 ,
                 the
                 Center
                 of
                 which
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Gall
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 brings
                 no
                 harm
                 to
                 the
                 man
                 while
                 it
                 is
                 in
                 his
                 Center
                 ,
                 til
                 it
                 be
                 diffused
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 among
                 the
                 Blood.
                 
              
               
                 5
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 consider
                 here
                 only
                 two
                 things
                 ;
                 namely
                 ,
                 the
                 Original
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Difference
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Opinion
                 of
                 Alchymists
                 concerning
                 the
                 Original
                 of
                 Diseases
                 is
                 two-fold
                 :
                 One
                 of
                 the
                 Ancient
                 ,
                 and
                 another
                 of
                 the
                 Modern
                 ,
                 which
                 latter
                 seems
                 to
                 be
                 the
                 truest
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Ancient
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 ,
                 referred
                 the
                 Original
                 of
                 Diseases
                 to
                 the
                 Seed
                 of
                 them
                 :
                 even
                 as
                 Plants
                 arise
                 from
                 their
                 own
                 seeds
                 ;
                 so
                 do
                 also
                 Diseases
                 from
                 their
                 specifical
                 and
                 peculiar
                 seeds
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man.
                 
              
               
                 8
                 For
                 as
                 the
                 beginnings
                 of
                 all
                 Natural
                 things
                 proceed
                 from
                 the
                 influential
                 operation
                 of
                 the
                 Srars
                 upon
                 the
                 Seeds
                 ;
                 so
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 corruption
                 of
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 Man
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 contained
                 in
                 his
                 Body
                 ,
                 the
                 seeds
                 of
                 al
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 which
                 by
                 the
                 influential
                 operation
                 of
                 the
                 Stars
                 in
                 time
                 shew
                 themselves
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 For
                 to
                 think
                 that
                 Diseases
                 come
                 from
                 the
                 Elements
                 is
                 ridiculous
                 ,
                 for
                 both
                 Elements
                 and
                 Elementary
                 Bodies
                 are
                 but
                 the
                 Wombs
                 in
                 which
                 these
                 Seeds
                 are
                 nourished
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 In
                 seeds
                 is
                 the
                 form
                 of
                 the
                 thing
                 whereof
                 it
                 
                 is
                 a
                 seed
                 ,
                 potentially
                 placed
                 ;
                 and
                 by
                 power
                 of
                 these
                 ,
                 are
                 al
                 actions
                 performed
                 :
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 proceed
                 Tasts
                 ,
                 Colors
                 ,
                 Heat
                 ,
                 Cold
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ;
                 they
                 contain
                 in
                 them
                 ,
                 Vital
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Hardness
                 ,
                 Softness
                 Thickness
                 ,
                 Thinness
                 ,
                 Roughness
                 ,
                 Smoothness
                 ,
                 and
                 what
                 not
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 Original
                 then
                 of
                 these
                 Seeds
                 of
                 Diseases
                 is
                 this
                 :
                 Although
                 at
                 the
                 first
                 al
                 〈◊〉
                 were
                 created
                 pure
                 ,
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 void
                 of
                 corruption
                 and
                 death
                 ;
                 yet
                 after
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 our
                 first
                 Parents
                 ,
                 the
                 Curse
                 came
                 upon
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 gave
                 them
                 a
                 new
                 Tincture
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 the
                 Seeds
                 of
                 Diseases
                 came
                 as
                 wel
                 into
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 ,
                 as
                 Thorns
                 and
                 Thistles
                 on
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 The
                 Seeds
                 both
                 of
                 Death
                 and
                 Diseases
                 come
                 thus
                 into
                 Man
                 :
                 The
                 〈◊〉
                 being
                 cursed
                 for
                 the
                 sin
                 of
                 Adam
                 ,
                 brought
                 forth
                 many
                 impurities
                 ,
                 as
                 Arsenick
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 many
                 other
                 both
                 hot
                 and
                 cold
                 poysons
                 ,
                 as
                 Opiats
                 ;
                 nay
                 in
                 the
                 purest
                 Creatures
                 there
                 remains
                 so
                 much
                 〈◊〉
                 which
                 is
                 as
                 wel
                 able
                 to
                 hurt
                 ,
                 as
                 what
                 is
                 pure
                 in
                 them
                 to
                 help
                 .
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 ,
                 as
                 Beasts
                 ,
                 &c.
                 live
                 by
                 Plants
                 and
                 Herbs
                 .
                 Man
                 by
                 Beasts
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Fruits
                 of
                 the
                 Earth
                 :
                 The
                 impurity
                 of
                 which
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 causeth
                 so
                 many
                 several
                 sorts
                 of
                 Diseases
                 to
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man.
                 
              
               
                 13
                 That
                 there
                 is
                 such
                 a
                 seed
                 of
                 Diseases
                 in
                 Man
                 ,
                 may
                 appear
                 by
                 this
                 :
                 Because
                 we
                 find
                 many
                 Diseases
                 to
                 be
                 Hereditary
                 ,
                 nay
                 ,
                 to
                 continue
                 individually
                 ,
                 
                 many
                 times
                 to
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 generations
                 ,
                 which
                 could
                 not
                 be
                 unless
                 the
                 Seed
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 were
                 inherent
                 in
                 the
                 procreative
                 Vertue
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 Somtimes
                 Children
                 are
                 troubled
                 with
                 Diseases
                 which
                 were
                 not
                 heeded
                 in
                 their
                 Fathers
                 ,
                 as
                 men
                 that
                 never
                 had
                 the
                 Gout
                 ,
                 beget
                 Children
                 which
                 in
                 time
                 come
                 to
                 have
                 the
                 Gout
                 ;
                 judg
                 the
                 like
                 by
                 the
                 falling-sickness
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
                 The
                 Reason
                 is
                 ,
                 All
                 Seed
                 must
                 have
                 a
                 time
                 to
                 grow
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Seed
                 was
                 not
                 come
                 to
                 maturity
                 in
                 the
                 Parent
                 as
                 it
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Child
                 :
                 Contrary
                 to
                 this
                 ;
                 Many
                 times
                 we
                 find
                 that
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 the
                 Gout
                 ,
                 beget
                 Children
                 which
                 never
                 have
                 it
                 ;
                 and
                 those
                 that
                 have
                 the
                 Falling-sickness
                 the
                 like
                 :
                 The
                 Reason
                 of
                 this
                 is
                 either
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Because
                   the
                   impurity
                   is
                   separated
                   by
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   the
                   Natural
                   Balsom
                   in
                   the
                   Womb
                   :
                   Or
                
                 
                   2
                   Because
                   the
                   Root
                   of
                   the
                   Disease
                   is
                   grown
                   old
                   ,
                   and
                   able
                   to
                   bear
                   fruit
                   no
                   more
                   .
                
              
               
                 15
                 That
                 a
                 Hot
                 ,
                 Cold
                 ,
                 Moist
                 ,
                 or
                 Dry
                 Distemper
                 ,
                 or
                 Humors
                 ,
                 should
                 be
                 the
                 cause
                 of
                 a
                 Disease
                 ,
                 is
                 absolute
                 non-sense
                 to
                 affirm
                 ;
                 they
                 are
                 but
                 the
                 Effects
                 ,
                 as
                 Heat
                 is
                 the
                 Effect
                 of
                 Life
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 the
                 Cause
                 of
                 it
                 :
                 The
                 Cause
                 of
                 a
                 Disease
                 must
                 be
                 somthing
                 which
                 is
                 real
                 ,
                 and
                 endued
                 with
                 a
                 power
                 to
                 produce
                 such
                 Effects
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 Humors
                 are
                 a
                 certain
                 Fantastical
                 Invention
                 ;
                 but
                 imagine
                 there
                 be
                 such
                 things
                 ,
                 they
                 cannot
                 produce
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 
                 
                   1
                   Because
                   they
                   are
                   not
                   in
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Because
                   the
                   Humors
                   arise
                   from
                   the
                   Disease
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   the
                   Disease
                   from
                   the
                   Humors
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Because
                   no
                   Humor
                   is
                   either
                   Salt
                   ,
                   or
                   Sowr
                   ,
                   or
                   hath
                   any
                   other
                   Tast
                   ;
                   neither
                   hath
                   it
                   any
                   Salt
                   or
                   Tartar
                   in
                   it
                   :
                   And
                   't
                   is
                   a
                   most
                   rediculous
                   piece
                   of
                   non-sense
                   to
                   say
                   Humors
                   are
                   burnt
                   ;
                   for
                   bring
                   a
                   Humor
                   to
                   the
                   fire
                   it
                   presently
                   exhales
                   away
                   .
                
              
               
                 17
                 The
                 Modern
                 Alchymists
                 derive
                 the
                 Original
                 of
                 all
                 Diseases
                 from
                 these
                 three
                 Principles
                 ,
                 
                   Mercury
                   Sulphur
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Sal
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 are
                 endued
                 with
                 Vertues
                 ,
                 Faculties
                 ,
                 and
                 Properties
                 of
                 al
                 sorts
                 :
                 from
                 whence
                 come
                 infinite
                 Varieties
                 ,
                 Tasts
                 ,
                 Colors
                 ,
                 Smels
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 various
                 kinds
                 of
                 Diseases
                 are
                 bred
                 .
              
               
                 18
                 They
                 hold
                 the
                 Causes
                 of
                 Diseases
                 to
                 be
                 ten
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   
                     Mercurius
                     Pneumosus
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   
                     Mercurius
                     Cremosus
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   
                     Mercurius
                     Sublimatus
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   
                     Mercurius
                     Precipitatus
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   
                     Sulphur
                     Congelatum
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   
                     Sulphur
                     Resolutum
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   
                     Sulphur
                     Coagulatum
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   
                     Sal
                     Calcinatus
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   
                     Sal
                     Resolutus
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   10
                   
                     Sal
                     Reverberatus
                  
                   .
                
              
               
                 19
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   Pneumosus
                
                 ,
                 is
                 an
                 Aethereal
                 Spirit
                 ;
                 the
                 fire
                 of
                 Nature
                 ;
                 the
                 Ruler
                 of
                 Mans
                 Body
                 ;
                 
                 the
                 Mover
                 and
                 Guider
                 of
                 Actions
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 thought
                 to
                 remain
                 in
                 the
                 Ventricles
                 of
                 the
                 Brain
                 :
                 It
                 seems
                 he
                 understands
                 the
                 Animal
                 Spirit
                 by
                 it
                 .
                 This
                 Mercury
                 is
                 somtimes
                 made
                 so
                 thick
                 ,
                 that
                 against
                 Nature
                 it
                 is
                 shut
                 up
                 in
                 Skins
                 ,
                 in
                 Cavities
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 being
                 made
                 Material
                 ,
                 changeth
                 its
                 name
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 called
                 Wind
                 :
                 It
                 causeth
                 Swellings
                 ,
                 Kings
                 Evil
                 ,
                 Apostemes
                 of
                 Wind
                 ,
                 and
                 whatsoever
                 Disease
                 the
                 Galenists
                 say
                 comes
                 of
                 Wind.
                 
              
               
                 20
                 
                   Mercurius
                   Cremosus
                
                 ,
                 or
                 Mercury
                 distilled
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 Ark
                 of
                 our
                 Life
                 ,
                 the
                 food
                 and
                 nourishment
                 of
                 the
                 other
                 aethereal
                 fire
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 true
                 
                   Lac
                   Virginium
                
                 (
                 that
                 in
                 the
                 Colledges
                 Dispensatory
                 is
                 but
                 a
                 Puppet
                 in
                 a
                 Play
                 )
                 the
                 true
                 Radical
                 Moisture
                 ,
                 the
                 Subject
                 of
                 Generation
                 ,
                 Sweet
                 ,
                 Liquid
                 ,
                 Rare
                 ,
                 and
                 Penetrating
                 .
                 This
                 Mercury
                 being
                 separated
                 from
                 the
                 power
                 of
                 the
                 former
                 ,
                 whether
                 by
                 the
                 solid
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 Food
                 ,
                 is
                 somtimes
                 so
                 circled
                 about
                 by
                 ascention
                 and
                 descention
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 begets
                 grievous
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 as
                 Apoplexies
                 ,
                 Palsies
                 ,
                 Convulsions
                 Falling-sickness
                 ,
                 Tremblings
                 ,
                 Heart-qualms
                 ,
                 Incubus
                 and
                 Succubus
                 .
              
               
                 21
                 
                   Mercurius
                   Sublimatus
                
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 acute
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Radical
                 Moisture
                 ,
                 quick
                 ,
                 penetrating
                 ,
                 aerial
                 ,
                 subtil
                 ,
                 a
                 lively
                 and
                 spiritual
                 substance
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 next
                 instrument
                 of
                 Action
                 :
                 This
                 somtimes
                 waxeth
                 hot
                 ,
                 but
                 it
                 doth
                 not
                 burn
                 ,
                 and
                 flies
                 up
                 and
                 down
                 ,
                 whatsoever
                 it
                 laies
                 hold
                 on
                 ,
                 it
                 breaks
                 ,
                 and
                 pains
                 ,
                 from
                 whence
                 comes
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Melancholly
                 ,
                 
                 Head
                 ach
                 ,
                 Quinsies
                 ,
                 Pluresies
                 ,
                 Pestilences
                 .
              
               
                 22
                 
                   Mercurius
                   Precipitatus
                
                 ,
                 is
                 an
                 aethereal
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 sharp
                 ,
                 tart
                 ,
                 vehement
                 incombustible
                 ,
                 hot
                 ;
                 't
                 is
                 the
                 Leaven
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 whereby
                 al
                 things
                 are
                 digested
                 :
                 By
                 the
                 Concoction
                 and
                 Digestion
                 of
                 this
                 Spirit
                 (
                 namely
                 ,
                 when
                 it
                 is
                 hindred
                 from
                 performing
                 its
                 Function
                 )
                 come
                 al
                 those
                 painful
                 congelations
                 in
                 the
                 exterior
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Gout
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 23
                 Sulphur
                 congealed
                 ,
                 is
                 most
                 pure
                 ,
                 white
                 ,
                 sweet
                 ,
                 moving
                 the
                 Pulse
                 ,
                 and
                 distributing
                 the
                 heat
                 throughout
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 From
                 this
                 Sulphur
                 congealed
                 ,
                 arise
                 al
                 inflamations
                 whatsoever
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Quinsie
                 ,
                 Pluresies
                 ,
                 &c.
                 as
                 also
                 Feavers
                 .
              
               
                 24
                 
                   Sulphur
                   resolutum
                
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 moist
                 and
                 soft
                 substance
                 ,
                 gently
                 moistening
                 all
                 the
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 it
                 is
                 ful
                 of
                 Spirit
                 and
                 accomodated
                 to
                 Generation
                 .
                 From
                 this
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 Alchymists
                 derive
                 those
                 sleepy
                 Diseases
                 (
                 not
                 from
                 coldness
                 ,
                 as
                 Galenists
                 prate
                 )
                 as
                 Lethargies
                 ,
                 
                   Coma
                   ,
                   Catalepsis
                
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 I
                 wonder
                 in
                 my
                 heart
                 why
                 Galenists
                 should
                 hold
                 these
                 Diseases
                 to
                 come
                 of
                 cold
                 ,
                 seeing
                 they
                 confess
                 sleep
                 is
                 caused
                 by
                 a
                 sweet
                 vapor
                 sent
                 up
                 to
                 the
                 Brain
                 .
              
               
                 25
                 
                   Sulphur
                   coagulatum
                
                 :
                 From
                 this
                 some
                 Alchymists
                 derive
                 all
                 Fluxes
                 :
                 Others
                 (
                 and
                 those
                 more
                 properly
                 )
                 derive
                 them
                 from
                 Sal.
                 
              
               
                 26
                 
                   Sal
                   calcinatus
                
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 Balsom
                 of
                 Life
                 ;
                 that
                 firm
                 ,
                 fixed
                 ,
                 earthy
                 Body
                 ,
                 compounding
                 Mercury
                 
                 and
                 Sulphur
                 in
                 one
                 ,
                 and
                 making
                 the
                 whol
                 Body
                 solid
                 :
                 From
                 this
                 (
                 if
                 it
                 melt
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 as
                 somtimes
                 it
                 doth
                 )
                 ariseth
                 Cachexiaes
                 ,
                 Dropsies
                 ,
                 and
                 al
                 Diseases
                 of
                 Flegm
                 :
                 If
                 Nature
                 can
                 expel
                 it
                 ,
                 thence
                 ariseth
                 Sweating
                 .
              
               
                 27
                 
                   Sal
                   resolutus
                
                 is
                 a
                 liquid
                 Body
                 ,
                 sweet
                 in
                 tast
                 ,
                 of
                 a
                 binding
                 faculty
                 ,
                 by
                 its
                 pleasantness
                 nourishing
                 and
                 preserving
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 This
                 is
                 the
                 Necter
                 the
                 Poets
                 said
                 the
                 Gods
                 drunk
                 .
                 If
                 this
                 suffer
                 Congelation
                 ,
                 it
                 grows
                 hard
                 ,
                 and
                 this
                 is
                 the
                 original
                 of
                 the
                 Gravel
                 and
                 Stone
                 .
              
               
                 28
                 
                   Sal
                   reverberatus
                
                 is
                 the
                 general
                 Clenser
                 of
                 Nature
                 :
                 It
                 clenseth
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 its
                 filth
                 ,
                 by
                 opening
                 ,
                 cutting
                 ,
                 purging
                 ,
                 provoking
                 vomit
                 ,
                 urine
                 ,
                 and
                 sweating
                 ,
                 whereby
                 it
                 purgeth
                 and
                 quickeneth
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 From
                 this
                 Salt
                 ariseth
                 ,
                 Itch
                 ,
                 Scabs
                 ,
                 Tetters
                 ,
                 Ringworms
                 ,
                 Botches
                 ,
                 Boyls
                 ,
                 Carbuncles
                 ,
                 the
                 French
                 Pox
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Scurvy
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 Diseases
                 that
                 afflict
                 the
                 Blood.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Differences
                 of
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Of
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 Simple
                 ,
                 some
                 Compound
                 .
              
               
                 Compound
                 Diseases
                 the
                 Alchymists
                 stand
                 not
                 much
                 upon
                 ;
                 because
                 they
                 are
                 only
                 an
                 impediment
                 of
                 the
                 Actions
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Differences
                 of
                 Simple
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 the
                 Ancients
                 laid
                 down
                 not
                 so
                 accurately
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 Modern
                 most
                 accurately
                 .
              
               
               
                 3
                 Of
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 from
                 the
                 Seeds
                 ,
                 others
                 without
                 the
                 Seeds
                 ;
                 for
                 Diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Instruments
                 of
                 Strength
                 ,
                 the
                 Figure
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 solution
                 of
                 Unity
                 ,
                 as
                 Wounds
                 and
                 the
                 like
                 ,
                 cannot
                 arise
                 from
                 the
                 Seeds
                 ;
                 but
                 only
                 such
                 as
                 afflict
                 the
                 similar
                 Parts
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 They
                 hold
                 two
                 kinds
                 of
                 Seeds
                 of
                 Diseases
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Iliastrum
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   when
                   the
                   Seed
                   produceth
                   a
                   Disease
                   ,
                   as
                   Pears
                   ,
                   Apples
                   ,
                   and
                   Nuts
                   ,
                   produce
                   their
                   like
                   Trees
                   :
                   Of
                   this
                   Nature
                   are
                   Dropsies
                   ,
                   yellow
                   Jaundice
                   ,
                   Gouts
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   Cagastrum
                   ,
                   which
                   comes
                   of
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   as
                   Pestilences
                   ,
                   Feavers
                   ,
                   Pluresies
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
               
                 5
                 They
                 hold
                 five
                 Beings
                 of
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Immediately
                   from
                   God
                   :
                   as
                   the
                   Pestilence
                   in
                   Davids
                   time
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Influential
                   from
                   the
                   Stars
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Natural
                   :
                   when
                   it
                   happens
                   through
                   default
                   of
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Mental
                   :
                   when
                   it
                   proceeds
                   from
                   the
                   imagination
                   ,
                   either
                   of
                   the
                   sick
                   himself
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   some
                   other
                   ;
                   under
                   which
                   head
                   ,
                   Witchcraft
                   is
                   included
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Venemous
                   :
                   which
                   contains
                   all
                   Poysons
                   ,
                   both
                   Natural
                   and
                   Artificial
                   .
                
              
               
                 6
                 All
                 Diseases
                 may
                 be
                 divided
                 into
                 these
                 four
                 Heads
                 ;
                 to
                 which
                 all
                 other
                 Diseases
                 may
                 be
                 reduced
                 as
                 to
                 their
                 Fountains
                 .
              
               
                 
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   The
                   Falling-sickness
                   :
                   to
                   which
                   may
                   be
                   reduced
                   ,
                   the
                   Palsie
                   ,
                   Convulsions
                   Vertigo
                   ,
                   Melancholly
                   ,
                   Apoplexy
                   ,
                   and
                   fits
                   of
                   the
                   Mother
                   .
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   The
                   Dropsie
                   :
                   to
                   which
                   may
                   be
                   reduced
                   ,
                   al
                   Imposthumes
                   ,
                   the
                   yellow
                   Jaundice
                   and
                   Cachexia
                   .
                
                 
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   The
                   Leprosie
                   :
                   to
                   which
                   may
                   be
                   reduced
                   ,
                   al
                   Ulcers
                   .
                
                 
                   Fourthly
                   ,
                   The
                   Gout
                   :
                   to
                   which
                   may
                   be
                   reduced
                   ,
                   the
                   Chollick
                   ,
                   Stone
                   ,
                   Head-ach
                   ,
                   Tooth-ach
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
               
                 7
                 Of
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 Coagulated
                 ,
                 others
                 Resolved
                 ;
                 for
                 some
                 consist
                 of
                 the
                 impurity
                 of
                 the
                 seeds
                 ,
                 the
                 fruits
                 of
                 which
                 turns
                 to
                 Coagulation
                 :
                 others
                 to
                 Resolution
                 .
              
               
                 Diseases
                 arising
                 from
                 Coagulation
                 or
                 gnawing
                 in
                 the
                 Stomach
                 .
              
               
                 Al
                 Diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Head
                 and
                 Throat
                 :
                 all
                 Diseases
                 that
                 come
                 of
                 parts
                 stopped
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Chollick
                 ,
                 stone
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 difficulties
                 of
                 urine
                 .
              
               
                 Diseases
                 of
                 Resolution
                 are
                 ,
                 all
                 such
                 as
                 come
                 by
                 opening
                 of
                 those
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 which
                 should
                 be
                 stopped
                 ,
                 as
                 Fluxes
                 of
                 all
                 sorts
                 ,
                 Running
                 of
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 8
                 Diseases
                 are
                 two-fold
                 ;
                 some
                 proceed
                 from
                 the
                 Food
                 we
                 eat
                 ;
                 others
                 from
                 Celestial
                 Influence
                 .
              
               
                 First
                 .
                 Those
                 which
                 come
                 by
                 the
                 Food
                 we
                 eat
                 ,
                 
                 come
                 by
                 the
                 impurity
                 thereof
                 ,
                 which
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 separated
                 and
                 expelled
                 by
                 the
                 usual
                 waies
                 .
                 But
                 when
                 Nature
                 is
                 not
                 able
                 to
                 administer
                 her
                 Functions
                 as
                 she
                 ought
                 to
                 do
                 the
                 Disease
                 takes
                 Root
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 which
                 brings
                 forth
                 fruit
                 in
                 its
                 proper
                 and
                 appointed
                 time
                 .
                 That
                 which
                 causeth
                 these
                 Diseases
                 to
                 take
                 Root
                 is
                 Opportunity
                 ;
                 for
                 they
                 search
                 out
                 a
                 place
                 where
                 the
                 Natural
                 Balsom
                 is
                 weak
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Spirits
                 proper
                 for
                 the
                 nourishing
                 such
                 an
                 untoward
                 Seed
                 :
                 as
                 Hemlock
                 and
                 Henbane
                 grow
                 neer
                 the
                 places
                 where
                 they
                 empty
                 Jakes
                 ,
                 and
                 Wormwood
                 neer
                 Iron
                 works
                 ,
                 because
                 there
                 both
                 Earth
                 and
                 Air
                 is
                 convenient
                 for
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 And
                 then
                 secondly
                 ,
                 Such
                 as
                 come
                 by
                 Celestial
                 Influence
                 ,
                 take
                 Root
                 in
                 our
                 Bodies
                 by
                 the
                 Air
                 we
                 breath
                 in
                 :
                 for
                 as
                 by
                 the
                 Blessing
                 upon
                 the
                 Creation
                 we
                 receive
                 our
                 nourishment
                 from
                 it
                 ;
                 so
                 by
                 the
                 Curse
                 upon
                 the
                 Creation
                 we
                 receive
                 the
                 Causes
                 of
                 Diseases
                 by
                 it
                 :
                 God
                 is
                 as
                 the
                 Sealer
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Seal
                 ,
                 and
                 our
                 Bodies
                 the
                 Wax
                 that
                 receives
                 impression
                 from
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 most
                 exact
                 difference
                 of
                 Diseases
                 is
                 drawn
                 from
                 these
                 three
                 principles
                 ,
                 
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Sal.
                 
              
               
                 Of
                 Mercury
                 come
                 all
                 Diseases
                 of
                 sharp
                 and
                 sowr
                 Vapors
                 ,
                 Falling-sickness
                 ,
                 Apoplexies
                 ,
                 Palsies
                 ,
                 al
                 kinds
                 of
                 Defluxions
                 and
                 Rhewms
                 ,
                 all
                 Malignant
                 and
                 Epidemical
                 Diseases
                 arising
                 either
                 from
                 Poyson
                 or
                 Infection
                 of
                 Air.
                 
              
               
               
                 If
                 Sulphur
                 be
                 immoderate
                 ,
                 it
                 causeth
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 al
                 sorts
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 al
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Let
                 so
                 man
                 wonder
                 that
                 Feavers
                 and
                 sleepy
                 Diseases
                 should
                 come
                 from
                 one
                 and
                 the
                 same
                 Cause
                 ;
                 you
                 admiration
                 wil
                 quickly
                 〈◊〉
                 so
                 soon
                 as
                 you
                 are
                 unchained
                 from
                 Galen
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 little
                 better
                 acquainted
                 with
                 Dr.
                 Reason
                 :
                 for
                 the
                 immoderate
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 Sack
                 causeth
                 sleep
                 as
                 well
                 though
                 it
                 be
                 extream
                 hot
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 immoderate
                 taking
                 of
                 Hemlock
                 ,
                 Poppy
                 ,
                 or
                 Henbane
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 extream
                 cold
                 :
                 The
                 Reason
                 is
                 not
                 in
                 the
                 Bodies
                 of
                 the
                 Creatures
                 themselves
                 ,
                 but
                 in
                 the
                 Sulphurous
                 quality
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 From
                 Salts
                 all
                 Internal
                 〈◊〉
                 take
                 their
                 Original
                 ,
                 as
                 Imposthumes
                 ,
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Bleeding
                 ,
                 Heat
                 ,
                 and
                 stoppage
                 of
                 Urine
                 ;
                 and
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 kinds
                 of
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 and
                 Sal
                 ,
                 so
                 are
                 the
                 kinds
                 of
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 as
                 we
                 shewed
                 you
                 before
                 .
                 I
                 have
                 now
                 done
                 ,
                 after
                 I
                 have
                 told
                 you
                 ,
                 That
                 Alchymists
                 by
                 the
                 Seeds
                 and
                 Roots
                 of
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 understand
                 nothing
                 but
                 the
                 Causes
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 To
                 this
                 Division
                 pertain
                 al
                 Diseases
                 of
                 Tartar
                 :
                 It
                 is
                 called
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 because
                 of
                 that
                 similitude
                 it
                 hath
                 with
                 that
                 Tartar
                 that
                 is
                 found
                 in
                 Wine
                 ;
                 because
                 it
                 heats
                 and
                 burns
                 the
                 Body
                 as
                 Tartar
                 doth
                 .
              
               
                 Tartar
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 is
                 a
                 certain
                 Juyce
                 coagulated
                 :
                 This
                 Juyce
                 is
                 taken
                 from
                 our
                 Nourishment
                 
                 by
                 eating
                 Beasts
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 inherent
                 in
                 the
                 Beasts
                 we
                 eat
                 by
                 eating
                 Herbs
                 .
                 But
                 when
                 in
                 the
                 Microcosm
                 al
                 the
                 internal
                 Faculties
                 work
                 in
                 a
                 due
                 order
                 :
                 This
                 Tartarial
                 matter
                 is
                 separated
                 from
                 the
                 due
                 nourishment
                 ,
                 and
                 cast
                 our
                 by
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 There
                 are
                 two
                 things
                 which
                 cause
                 the
                 retaining
                 of
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   weakness
                   of
                   the
                   separating
                   ,
                   or
                   expulsive
                   Faculty
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   immoderate
                   taking
                   of
                   Food
                   ,
                   whereby
                   there
                   is
                   such
                   plenty
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   expulsive
                   Faculty
                   is
                   not
                   able
                   to
                   cast
                   it
                   all
                   our
                   and
                   so
                   it
                   lies
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   grows
                   thick
                   ,
                   and
                   produceth
                   those
                   effects
                   we
                   mentioned
                   before
                   .
                
              
               
                 That
                 we
                 may
                 make
                 this
                 appear
                 the
                 more
                 lucidly
                 ,
                 and
                 as
                 cleer
                 as
                 the
                 Sun
                 when
                 he
                 traces
                 over
                 the
                 Nemean
                 Lyons
                 Back
                 ,
                 consider
                 the
                 very
                 same
                 things
                 in
                 the
                 Macrocosm
                 .
                 You
                 see
                 in
                 that
                 the
                 Earth
                 is
                 in
                 some
                 places
                 more
                 pure
                 ,
                 in
                 others
                 more
                 impure
                 ;
                 you
                 see
                 the
                 Water
                 is
                 purer
                 in
                 one
                 place
                 than
                 in
                 another
                 ,
                 as
                 every
                 Laundress
                 can
                 tell
                 you
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 al
                 Water
                 comes
                 from
                 the
                 same
                 Fountain
                 and
                 Original
                 ,
                 namely
                 the
                 Sea
                 :
                 You
                 see
                 the
                 divers
                 difference
                 in
                 divers
                 Nations
                 in
                 Corn
                 and
                 Wine
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 divers
                 effects
                 they
                 produce
                 ;
                 and
                 therfore
                 what
                 wonder
                 is
                 it
                 that
                 this
                 Tartarial
                 matter
                 being
                 separated
                 principally
                 in
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 should
                 produce
                 
                 such
                 different
                 effects
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 one
                 place
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Gout
                 in
                 another
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 There
                 are
                 four
                 kinds
                 of
                 Tartars
                 ,
                 
                   Viscuous
                   ,
                   Bolar
                   ,
                   Sandy
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Stony
                 ;
                 and
                 one
                 of
                 these
                 contains
                 in
                 it
                 more
                 Salt
                 ,
                 another
                 less
                 :
                 Thence
                 it
                 comes
                 to
                 pass
                 that
                 one
                 afflicts
                 the
                 Body
                 with
                 more
                 pain
                 than
                 the
                 other
                 ;
                 for
                 the
                 more
                 Salt
                 there
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 the
                 greater
                 is
                 the
                 pain
                 :
                 for
                 in
                 Tartar
                 is
                 contained
                 all
                 the
                 species
                 of
                 Salt
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 causeth
                 the
                 biting
                 or
                 paining
                 quality
                 of
                 all
                 Minerals
                 and
                 Plants
                 ,
                 as
                 common
                 Salt
                 ,
                 Allum
                 Vitrial
                 ,
                 Salt
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Sal
                 gem
                 Sea
                 Water
                 ,
                 Aron
                 ,
                 Nettles
                 ,
                 Ars-smart
                 ;
                 and
                 therfore
                 it
                 is
                 no
                 wonder
                 if
                 the
                 differences
                 of
                 Tartarial
                 Diseases
                 be
                 so
                 manifold
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 The
                 Diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Stomach
                 arise
                 from
                 the
                 impurest
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Tartar
                 :
                 for
                 if
                 a
                 Bolar
                 Muccilage
                 which
                 is
                 tough
                 ,
                 viscuous
                 ,
                 and
                 alluminous
                 ,
                 possess
                 the
                 sides
                 of
                 the
                 Tunicle
                 of
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 there
                 ariseth
                 a
                 stoppage
                 of
                 the
                 vital
                 Spirits
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 the
                 Authors
                 of
                 al
                 Natural
                 actions
                 ,
                 whereby
                 they
                 being
                 taken
                 Prisoners
                 ,
                 they
                 cannot
                 execute
                 their
                 Office
                 in
                 separating
                 the
                 pure
                 Nourishment
                 from
                 the
                 impure
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 the
                 digestion
                 comes
                 to
                 be
                 weak
                 ,
                 flow
                 ,
                 and
                 as
                 faulty
                 as
                 either
                 .
              
               
                 And
                 if
                 these
                 Tartarial
                 Spirits
                 be
                 very
                 strong
                 ,
                 they
                 easily
                 overcome
                 the
                 inbred
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Man
                 :
                 If
                 they
                 be
                 mixed
                 with
                 much
                 Salt
                 ,
                 they
                 turn
                 into
                 〈◊〉
                 and
                 stone
                 ;
                 if
                 pure
                 of
                 themselves
                 ,
                 without
                 
                 much
                 Salt
                 ,
                 they
                 cause
                 Consumptions
                 and
                 pinings
                 away
                 ;
                 if
                 impure
                 ,
                 they
                 are
                 changed
                 into
                 another
                 Nature
                 ,
                 they
                 turn
                 Antimonial
                 ,
                 and
                 cause
                 Vomiting
                 ;
                 if
                 Aerial
                 ,
                 they
                 cause
                 Corrosions
                 ,
                 and
                 Pains
                 ,
                 especially
                 in
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ;
                 if
                 Vitrial
                 ,
                 they
                 cause
                 a
                 Dog-like
                 Hunger
                 ,
                 because
                 by
                 the
                 swiftness
                 of
                 their
                 motion
                 they
                 catch
                 and
                 consume
                 what
                 is
                 given
                 for
                 Nourishment
                 :
                 for
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Opinion
                 of
                 Severinus
                 it
                 is
                 the
                 Spirits
                 that
                 cause
                 Hunger
                 ,
                 draw
                 ,
                 concoct
                 ,
                 and
                 coagulate
                 whatsoever
                 is
                 taken
                 into
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 ,
                 which
                 the
                 stronger
                 they
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 more
                 swiftly
                 they
                 perform
                 it
                 ;
                 the
                 purer
                 they
                 are
                 ,
                 the
                 better
                 they
                 perform
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 As
                 for
                 Diseases
                 coming
                 by
                 Celestial
                 Influence
                 ,
                 Quercitanus
                 affirms
                 they
                 come
                 through
                 the
                 breathing
                 in
                 of
                 the
                 Air
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 you
                 ask
                 him
                 how
                 the
                 Air
                 comes
                 afflicted
                 ,
                 he
                 gives
                 you
                 Ignoramus
                 instead
                 of
                 Billavera
                 .
                 He
                 and
                 Fernelius
                 say
                 ,
                 It
                 is
                 a
                 Hidden
                 Matter
                 ;
                 't
                 is
                 somthing
                 ,
                 but
                 they
                 know
                 not
                 what
                 :
                 But
                 Severinus
                 (
                 a
                 man
                 that
                 waded
                 a
                 little
                 deeper
                 than
                 the
                 addle
                 Brains
                 of
                 vulgar
                 Physitians
                 could
                 reach
                 to
                 )
                 in
                 his
                 Book
                 of
                 Celestial
                 Influences
                 ,
                 proves
                 ,
                 That
                 they
                 come
                 from
                 the
                 several
                 Constitutions
                 of
                 Heaven
                 ,
                 the
                 several
                 Influences
                 of
                 Stars
                 arising
                 from
                 the
                 several
                 Conjunctions
                 with
                 the
                 Malevolents
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 To
                 make
                 all
                 a
                 little
                 plainer
                 in
                 the
                 winding
                 up
                 that
                 so
                 we
                 may
                 be
                 the
                 better
                 understood
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Diseases
                 in
                 Man
                 are
                 three
                 fold
                 .
              
               
                 
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   Such
                   as
                   come
                   from
                   Fire
                   and
                   Air
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   two
                   Elements
                   that
                   generate
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Man
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   whence
                   come
                   all
                   Epidemical
                   Diseases
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   as
                   come
                   by
                   the
                   Influence
                   of
                   the
                   Heavens
                   .
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Such
                   as
                   come
                   of
                   Air
                   and
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   two
                   Elements
                   cause
                   the
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   Diseases
                   which
                   we
                   noted
                   before
                   ,
                   to
                   proceed
                   therefrom
                   :
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   Ancient
                   Physitians
                   wrote
                   little
                   ,
                   knewless
                   ,
                   and
                   practised
                   none
                   .
                
                 
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   The
                   Seed
                   of
                   the
                   Parents
                   ,
                   which
                   contains
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Course
                       of
                       the
                       Elements
                       ,
                       from
                       whence
                       arise
                       al
                       acute
                       Diseases
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Courses
                       of
                       the
                       seven
                       Planets
                       ,
                       from
                       whence
                       come
                       Chronical
                       Diseases
                       ,
                       which
                       last
                       as
                       long
                       as
                       the
                       said
                       Course
                       of
                       the
                       Planets
                       remain
                       uncontrouled
                       by
                       others
                       ;
                       and
                       this
                       may
                       be
                       known
                       by
                       the
                       Government
                       of
                       the
                       Planets
                       themselves
                       :
                       as
                       the
                       Sun
                       governs
                       the
                       Heart
                       ,
                       the
                       Moon
                       the
                       Brain
                       ,
                       Saturn
                       the
                       Spleen
                       ,
                       Jupiter
                       the
                       〈◊〉
                       ,
                       Mars
                       the
                       Gall
                       ,
                       Venus
                       the
                       Reins
                       ,
                       and
                       Instruments
                       of
                       Generation
                       ,
                       and
                       〈◊〉
                       the
                       Lungs
                       :
                       And
                       all
                       Diseases
                       whatsoever
                       keep
                       their
                       Court
                       in
                       one
                       of
                       these
                       places
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       The
                       four
                       Courses
                       of
                       the
                       Humors
                       ,
                       which
                       Alchymists
                       cal
                       Salts
                       ,
                       Cabalists
                       Humors
                       ,
                       and
                       so
                       do
                       Galenists
                       for
                       fashion
                       sake
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                       4
                       The
                       four
                       Courses
                       of
                       the
                       Qualities
                       or
                       Complexions
                       ,
                       namely
                       ,
                       Heat
                       and
                       Moisture
                       ,
                       Cold
                       and
                       Moisture
                       ,
                       Heat
                       and
                       Dryness
                       ,
                       Cold
                       and
                       Dryness
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Theorical
                 part
                 of
                 Medicine
                 :
                 The
                 Practical
                 follows
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             TOME
             II.
             
               Of
               Practical
               Medicine
            
             .
          
           
             1
             PRactical
             Medicine
             is
             that
             which
             tends
             to
             ,
             and
             endeavors
             at
             the
             end
             of
             Medicine
             ,
             namely
             ,
             the
             Health
             of
             Man.
             
          
           
             2
             The
             Parts
             of
             it
             are
             ,
             Hygiena
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             .
             You
             shall
             have
             the
             Interpretation
             of
             both
             words
             ,
             when
             you
             come
             to
             the
             Explanation
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             
             
               Tome
               II.
               Part
               I.
               
                 Of
                 Hygiena
              
               .
            
             
               1
               Hrgiena
               is
               the
               first
               part
               of
               Practical
               Medicine
               ,
               which
               teacheth
               the
               right
               use
               of
               the
               six
               things
               not
               Natural
               ,
               for
               the
               preservation
               of
               Health
               .
            
             
               2
               To
               the
               causing
               of
               Health
               belongs
               a
               good
               temper
               of
               the
               Similar
               Parts
               ,
               a
               due
               conformation
               of
               the
               Instrumental
               Parts
               ;
               both
               which
               are
               attained
               by
               a
               due
               use
               of
               the
               six
               things
               not
               Natural
               .
            
             
               3
               The
               signification
               of
               the
               word
               Hygiena
               ,
               is
               a
               defending
               of
               Health
               :
               it
               consists
               chiefly
               in
               Diet.
               
            
             
               Diet
               belongs
               both
               to
               the
               Healthful
               ,
               and
               to
               the
               Sick
               :
               in
               both
               of
               them
               to
               the
               Knowledg
               and
               Method
               of
               using
               the
               things
               not
               Natural
               .
            
             
               4
               Things
               not
               Natural
               are
               in
               a
               Medium
               between
               things
               Natural
               ,
               and
               those
               against
               Nature
               :
               For
               neither
               do
               they
               constitute
               our
               Nature
               ,
               as
               things
               Natural
               do
               ;
               neither
               do
               they
               afflict
               it
               as
               things
               against
               Nature
               do
               :
               being
               well
               used
               they
               are
               good
               ,
               ill
               used
               they
               are
               bad
               .
            
             
               5
               The
               knowledge
               of
               things
               not
               Natural
               consists
               〈◊〉
               this
               ,
            
             
               
               
                 1
                 That
                 we
                 know
                 how
                 many
                 they
                 are
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 That
                 we
                 know
                 what
                 Efficacy
                 they
                 have
                 .
              
            
             
               6
               Things
               not
               Natural
               are
               six
               .
            
             
               
                 1
                 Air.
                 
              
               
                 2
                 Nourishment
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Exercise
                 and
                 Rest.
                 
              
               
                 4
                 Affections
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Sleeping
                 and
                 Watching
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Fulness
                 and
                 Emptiness
                 :
                 or
                 if
                 you
                 will
                 ,
                 Casting
                 out
                 and
                 retaining
                 in
                 .
              
            
             
               These
               Galen
               reduceth
               to
               three
               Heads
               .
            
             
               
                 1
                 Of
                 taking
                 in
                 :
                 As
                 Nourishment
                 and
                 Air.
                 
              
               
                 2
                 Carriage
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 As
                 Exercise
                 and
                 Rest
                 ;
                 Sleeping
                 and
                 Watching
                 ;
                 Affections
                 or
                 Perturbations
                 of
                 Mind
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Casting
                 out
                 :
                 as
                 the
                 Excrements
                 both
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 and
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 Sweat
                 ,
                 and
                 Seed
                 in
                 Copulation
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 I.
                 Ayr.
                 
              
               
                 1
                 Air
                 either
                 preserveth
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 ,
                 or
                 changeth
                 it
                 .
                 Wholsom
                 Air
                 preserveth
                 it
                 ,
                 unwholsom
                 changeth
                 it
                 .
                 That
                 which
                 preserveth
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 is
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Temperate
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   namely
                   ,
                   Heat
                   ,
                   Cold
                   ,
                   Driness
                   and
                   Moisture
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Pure
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   more
                   Trees
                   there
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   purer
                   is
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   Leaves
                   of
                   
                   the
                   Trees
                   correct
                   the
                   Air
                   (
                   though
                   my
                   Author
                   leave
                   it
                   out
                   ,
                   give
                   me
                   leave
                   to
                   put
                   it
                   in
                   .
                   )
                
                 
                   3
                   Cleerness
                   of
                   the
                   Air.
                   
                
                 
                   4
                   Air
                   moved
                   by
                   gentle
                   Winds
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Watered
                   by
                   gentle
                   Showers
                   .
                
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 is
                 corrupted
                 by
                 the
                 Air
                 two
                 waies
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   
                     By
                     Accident
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   
                     By
                     itself
                  
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   By
                   Accident
                   :
                   as
                   corrupted
                   Vapors
                   ,
                   Fens
                   ,
                   the
                   Propinquity
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   which
                   fils
                   the
                   Body
                   ful
                   of
                   Salt
                   Humors
                   ;
                   Jakeses
                   ,
                   and
                   stinking
                   Ditches
                   ,
                   as
                   also
                   by
                   dead
                   Carkasses
                   .
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   By
                   it self
                   ,
                   or
                   its
                   own
                   Distempers
                   ,
                   being
                   too
                   Hot
                   ,
                   too
                   Cold
                   ,
                   too
                   Moist
                   ,
                   or
                   too
                   Dry.
                   
                
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Air
                 〈◊〉
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   By
                   breathing
                   it
                   in
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   By
                   an
                   insensible
                   drawing
                   of
                   it
                   through
                   the
                   Pores
                   of
                   the
                   Skin
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   's
                   the
                   Reason
                   the
                   skins
                   of
                   people
                   of
                   divers
                   Regions
                   ,
                   are
                   of
                   divers
                   colors
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Constitution
                 of
                 the
                 Air
                 changeth
                 our
                 Bodies
                 five
                 waies
                 ;
                 and
                 by
                 them
                 you
                 may
                 know
                 (
                 if
                 you
                 have
                 but
                 wit
                 enough
                 )
                 how
                 to
                 〈◊〉
                 a
                 Discase
                 by
                 changing
                 of
                 Air.
                 
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Consider
                   the
                   Scituation
                   of
                   the
                   Place
                   ,
                   whether
                   Hilly
                   ,
                   Level
                   ,
                   or
                   Fenny
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   〈◊〉
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   whether
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   
                   or
                   Barren
                   ,
                   Woody
                   ,
                   or
                   Champion
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   variety
                   of
                   Winds
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Neerness
                   either
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   or
                   Lakes
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   Seasons
                   of
                   the
                   Year
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 II.
                 Nourishment
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Nourishment
                 is
                 that
                 Substance
                 ,
                 which
                 encreaseth
                 and
                 Nourisheth
                 our
                 Bodies
                 :
                 and
                 't
                 is
                 two-fold
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Properly
                   and
                   truly
                   :
                   such
                   are
                   Nourishments
                   which
                   nourish
                   our
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Improperly
                   :
                   such
                   are
                   Nourishments
                   which
                   by
                   a
                   Medicinal
                   Vertue
                   alter
                   the
                   failings
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   ,
                   and
                   yet
                   notwithstanding
                   nourish
                   too
                   .
                
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Nourishment
                 we
                 take
                 in
                 hurts
                 our
                 Bodies
                 three
                 waies
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   In
                   Quantity
                   ,
                   when
                   we
                   〈◊〉
                   more
                   than
                   we
                   can
                   digest
                   ,
                   and
                   thence
                   comes
                   Crudity
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   In
                   Quality
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   Food
                   is
                   too
                   hot
                   ,
                   too
                   cold
                   ,
                   too
                   moist
                   ,
                   too
                   dry
                   ;
                   each
                   of
                   which
                   〈◊〉
                   Diseases
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   In
                   Substance
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   of
                   too
                   thick
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   breeds
                   Obstructions
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   the
                   the
                   Diseases
                   coming
                   thereof
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 III.
                 
                   Exercise
                   and
                   Rest.
                
                 
              
               
                 1
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 laborious
                 Motion
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 
                 altering
                 both
                 the
                 breath
                 and
                 pulse
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 Motion
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Exercise
                 is
                 either
                 General
                 ,
                 or
                 Particular
                 .
              
               
                 General
                 is
                 of
                 the
                 whol
                 Body
                 ,
                 which
                 either
                 helpeth
                 or
                 hurteth
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Exercise
                 helpeth
                 when
                 't
                 is
                 Moderate
                 :
                 and
                 it
                 helpeth
                 thus
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   It
                   makes
                   the
                   Body
                   strong
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   It
                   encreaseth
                   Natural
                   Heat
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   It
                   moves
                   the
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   whereby
                   the
                   Vapors
                   and
                   Excrements
                   pass
                   through
                   the
                   Pores
                   by
                   Insensible
                   Transpiration
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 Too
                 much
                 Exercise
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 〈◊〉
                 Distempers
                 ,
                 or
                 Solution
                 of
                 Unity
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Particular
                 Exercise
                 is
                 of
                 some
                 of
                 the
                 Parts
                 ;
                 as
                 Running
                 to
                 the
                 Feet
                 ,
                 Singing
                 to
                 the
                 Breast
                 ,
                 and
                 Fighting
                 to
                 the
                 Arms.
                 
              
               
                 6
                 Rest
                 ,
                 either
                 profiteth
                 or
                 hurteth
                 .
              
               
                 It
                 profiteth
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   When
                   't
                   is
                   Temperate
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   recollects
                   the
                   tired
                   Spirits
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   When
                   it
                   follow
                   Moderate
                   Exercise
                   .
                
              
               
                 7
                 Too
                 much
                 Rest
                 hurteth
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   It
                   causeth
                   cold
                   Diseases
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Hinders
                   the
                   expulsion
                   of
                   the
                   Excrements
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Duls
                   Natural
                   Heat
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   〈◊〉
                   the
                   Digestion
                   of
                   the
                   Food
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 IV.
                 
                   Sleeping
                   and
                   Watching
                
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Sleep
                 profiteth
                 and
                 hurteth
                 .
                 It
                 profiteth
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Because
                   it
                   recruiteth
                   the
                   tired
                   strength
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   It
                   rallies
                   the
                   scattered
                   Spirits
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   It
                   cals
                   back
                   the
                   heat
                   to
                   the
                   inward
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   It
                   helps
                   Digestion
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   It
                   routs
                   Care
                   from
                   the
                   Heart
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   It
                   settles
                   a
                   mutinous
                   and
                   troubled
                   Mind
                   .
                
                 
                   7
                   It
                   recruits
                   a
                   dry
                   Constitution
                   with
                   Moisture
                   .
                
              
               
                 2
                 Immoderate
                 Sleep
                 hurts
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Because
                   it
                   duls
                   the
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   and
                   makes
                   them
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Makes
                   dul
                   Wits
                   ,
                   and
                   bad
                   Memories
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Procures
                   abundance
                   of
                   crude
                   Humors
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Spoils
                   Natural
                   Heat
                   .
                
              
               
                 3
                 Watchings
                 either
                 profit
                 or
                 hinder
                 .
                 If
                 they
                 be
                 moderate
                 ,
                 they
                 profit
                 :
                 For
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   They
                   quicken
                   the
                   Spirits
                   and
                   Sences
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   They
                   distribute
                   the
                   heat
                   into
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   body
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Helps
                   to
                   expel
                   the
                   Excrements
                   ,
                
              
               
                 4
                 Immoderate
                 Watching
                 hurts
                 ;
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Scatters
                   the
                   Animal
                   Spirits
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   It
                   dries
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   especially
                   the
                   Brain
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   3
                   It
                   encreaseth
                   Choller
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   It
                   's
                   the
                   Cause
                   of
                   hot
                   Diseases
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 V.
                 
                   Affections
                   of
                   the
                   Mind
                
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Of
                 Affections
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 ,
                 some
                 tend
                 to
                 Health
                 ,
                 as
                 moderate
                 Ioy
                 ,
                 and
                 Content
                 of
                 Mind
                 .
              
               
                 Some
                 hurt
                 〈◊〉
                 all
                 Perturbations
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 whatsoever
                 .
                 To
                 name
                 some
                 of
                 them
                 ;
              
               
                 
                   1
                   〈◊〉
                   which
                   heats
                   〈◊〉
                   blood
                   and
                   spirits
                   ,
                   stirs
                   up
                   the
                   Humors
                   ,
                   sets
                   all
                   the
                   Body
                   in
                   a
                   hubbub
                   ,
                   and
                   ingenders
                   Feavers
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Immoderate
                   Joy
                   :
                   which
                   sends
                   all
                   the
                   Spirits
                   to
                   the
                   External
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   leaves
                   the
                   Principal
                   unguarded
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Fear
                   ;
                   which
                   cals
                   all
                   the
                   Spirits
                   inwards
                   ,
                   and
                   leaves
                   the
                   outward
                   parts
                   unguarded
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Sadness
                   :
                   which
                   consumes
                   the
                   Spirits
                   by
                   piece-meals
                   ,
                   causeth
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   thereby
                   hinders
                   Concoction
                   〈◊〉
                   is
                   this
                   all
                   the
                   mischief
                   〈◊〉
                   doth
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   dries
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   fils
                   it
                   as
                   ful
                   of
                   Melanoholly
                   ,
                   as
                   an
                   Egg
                   is
                   full
                   of
                   meat
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 VI.
                 
                   Fulness
                   and
                   Emptiness
                
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 think
                 that
                 which
                 Physitians
                 vulgarly
                 translate
                 Fulness
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 might
                 better
                 be
                 translated
                 
                   Casting
                   〈◊〉
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Keeping
                   in
                
                 :
                 or
                 if
                 you
                 will
                 have
                 
                 me
                 spit
                 a
                 few
                 Scholastical
                 Phrases
                 ,
                 Excretion
                 and
                 Retention
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   It
                   is
                   an
                   excellent
                   good
                   principle
                   when
                   people
                   cast
                   out
                   what
                   should
                   be
                   cast
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   retain
                   what
                   should
                   be
                   retained
                   ;
                   and
                   perform
                   them
                   both
                   in
                   a
                   due
                   manner
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   When
                   such
                   things
                   are
                   retained
                   as
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   cast
                   out
                   ,
                   imagine
                   Urine
                   ,
                   Dung
                   ,
                   Spittle
                   ,
                   the
                   Menstruis
                   ,
                   it
                   hurts
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   When
                   such
                   things
                   are
                   〈◊〉
                   out
                   which
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   retained
                   ,
                   as
                   immoderate
                   Bleeding
                   ,
                   immoderate
                   flowing
                   of
                   the
                   Menstruis
                   ,
                   it
                   can
                   do
                   no
                   good
                   .
                
              
               
                 Thus
                 you
                 have
                 the
                 things
                 not
                 Natural
                 :
                 It
                 follows
                 now
                 that
                 we
                 shew
                 you
                 a
                 Method
                 how
                 to
                 use
                 them
                 ,
                 that
                 so
                 we
                 may
                 not
                 seem
                 like
                 Pharaohs
                 Task-masters
                 ,
                 set
                 you
                 to
                 make
                 Bricks
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 give
                 you
                 straw
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Vse
                 of
                 things
                 not
                 Natural
                 〈◊〉
                 preserving
                 Health
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 〈◊〉
                 a
                 common
                 Rule
                 that
                 we
                 should
                 use
                 a
                 Mediocrity
                 in
                 al
                 things
                 not
                 Natural
                 ;
                 and
                 have
                 a
                 special
                 regard
                 to
                 former
                 Customs
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Use
                 of
                 the
                 Air
                 ,
                 is
                 according
                 to
                 its
                 Substance
                 ,
                 and
                 Quality
                 .
                 According
                 to
                 its
                 Substance
                 ,
                 it
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 pure
                 ,
                 clear
                 ,
                 thin
                 ,
                 and
                 open
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 According
                 to
                 its
                 Quality
                 it
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Nature
                 and
                 Complexion
                 of
                 the
                 
                 Party
                 ;
                 And
                 therefore
                 as
                 the
                 Eternal
                 and
                 only
                 Wise
                 God
                 hath
                 ordered
                 the
                 differences
                 of
                 Airs
                 in
                 this
                 Nation
                 :
                 so
                 hath
                 he
                 ordered
                 differences
                 of
                 Complexions
                 in
                 men
                 suitable
                 to
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Of
                 Nourishments
                 :
                 The
                 Substance
                 ,
                 Quantity
                 ,
                 Quality
                 ,
                 Time
                 and
                 Manner
                 of
                 administring
                 〈◊〉
                 diligently
                 to
                 be
                 heeded
                 ;
                 al
                 which
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 〈◊〉
                 to
                 the
                 Complexion
                 of
                 the
                 Eater
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 his
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Rule
                 of
                 Quantity
                 is
                 this
                 ;
                 That
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 may
                 be
                 refreshed
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 oppressed
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Rule
                 of
                 Quality
                 is
                 taken
                 from
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 the
                 Food
                 :
                 the
                 Nature
                 ,
                 Custom
                 ,
                 and
                 Pallat
                 of
                 the
                 Eater
                 :
                 the
                 season
                 of
                 the
                 Yeer
                 :
                 the
                 Climate
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Position
                 of
                 the
                 Heavens
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 time
                 of
                 giving
                 it
                 is
                 ,
                 the
                 accustomed
                 times
                 of
                 eating
                 ,
                 and
                 when
                 hunger
                 cals
                 for
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 use
                 of
                 Motion
                 and
                 Rest
                 ,
                 Sleeping
                 and
                 Watching
                 ,
                 and
                 Affections
                 of
                 the
                 Mind
                 ;
                 consists
                 in
                 Manner
                 and
                 Time.
                 
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 use
                 of
                 Excretion
                 or
                 Evacuation
                 is
                 various
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Evacuation
                 is
                 either
                 Natural
                 or
                 Artificial
                 ,
                 Universal
                 or
                 particular
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Universal
                 Evacuation
                 is
                 Purging
                 ,
                 Vomiting
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Bleeding
                 by
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 Horse-Leeches
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 the
                 Menstruis
                 ,
                 Bathing
                 ,
                 Sweating
                 ,
                 Pissing
                 .
              
               
               
                 12
                 Particular
                 Evacuation
                 are
                 of
                 the
                 several
                 Parts
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Vse
                 of
                 things
                 not
                 Natural
                 in
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 first
                 thing
                 that
                 here
                 comes
                 to
                 be
                 heeded
                 is
                 ,
                 That
                 you
                 have
                 a
                 special
                 care
                 such
                 things
                 not
                 Natural
                 be
                 used
                 ,
                 as
                 are
                 contrary
                 to
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 its
                 Cause
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Although
                 a
                 Physitian
                 ought
                 to
                 have
                 a
                 special
                 care
                 of
                 al
                 six
                 of
                 them
                 ;
                 yet
                 amongst
                 them
                 all
                 .
                 Nourishment
                 seems
                 to
                 bear
                 away
                 the
                 Bell.
                 And
                 ,
              
               
                 3
                 In
                 Nourishment
                 have
                 a
                 care
                 of
                 the
                 five
                 things
                 we
                 told
                 you
                 of
                 before
                 ,
                 viz.
                 Its
                 Substance
                 ,
                 Quantity
                 ,
                 Quality
                 ,
                 Time
                 ,
                 and
                 Manner
                 of
                 giving
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 As
                 concerning
                 the
                 Substance
                 of
                 the
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 note
                 ,
                 That
                 so
                 much
                 as
                 Nature
                 is
                 employed
                 in
                 overcoming
                 the
                 Cause
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 so
                 much
                 slenderer
                 ought
                 the
                 Diet
                 to
                 be
                 ;
                 because
                 Nature
                 when
                 she
                 employs
                 much
                 of
                 her
                 strength
                 in
                 opposing
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 is
                 not
                 so
                 wel
                 able
                 to
                 mind
                 a
                 hard
                 digestion
                 :
                 Also
                 the
                 acuter
                 a
                 Disease
                 is
                 ,
                 let
                 the
                 Diet
                 be
                 the
                 slenderer
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Quality
                 of
                 the
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 let
                 it
                 be
                 such
                 as
                 strengthens
                 Nature
                 ,
                 and
                 opposeth
                 the
                 cause
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 :
                 And
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   According
                   to
                   Custom
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   2
                   According
                   to
                   the
                   Disease
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   According
                   to
                   the
                   Natural
                   Constitution
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   .
                
              
               
                 6
                 As
                 for
                 the
                 Time
                 of
                 eating
                 ,
                 regard
                 must
                 be
                 had
                 to
                 the
                 Custom
                 of
                 the
                 Party
                 when
                 he
                 was
                 in
                 Health
                 :
                 only
                 take
                 this
                 Caution
                 ,
                 In
                 intermitting
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 give
                 no
                 food
                 in
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 unless
                 urgent
                 necessity
                 ,
                 or
                 failing
                 of
                 strength
                 cal
                 for
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Thus
                 much
                 of
                 the
                 first
                 part
                 of
                 Practical
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 called
                 Hygiena
                 :
                 the
                 second
                 part
                 follows
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 called
                 Therapeutica
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               Tome
               II.
               Part
               II.
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Proper
                 Practical
                 Part
                 of
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 called
              
               Therapeutica
               .
            
             
               THerapeutica
               ,
               is
               that
               part
               of
               Medicine
               which
               teacheth
               the
               Art
               of
               curing
               Diseases
               :
               For
               the
               Art
               of
               Medicine
               is
               three-fold
               :
               To
               〈◊〉
               ,
               to
               Preserve
               ,
               and
               to
               Cure
               ;
               therfore
               the
               Operations
               of
               Medicine
               must
               needs
               be
               three-fold
               also
               ;
               Conserving
               ,
               Preserving
               ,
               and
               Curing
               .
            
             
               2
               The
               Efficient
               Causes
               of
               these
               Operations
               are
               ,
               Nature
               and
               Art.
               The
               Instrumental
               Causes
               by
               
               which
               these
               Operations
               are
               performed
               are
               ,
               such
               〈◊〉
               are
               〈◊〉
               to
               Nature
               ,
               and
               coutrary
               to
               the
               Disease
               .
               The
               manner
               of
               acting
               this
               is
               ,
               quickly
               ,
               safely
               ,
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               .
            
             
               3
               The
               way
               and
               manner
               of
               finding
               out
               matters
               of
               Help
               ,
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               fold
               :
            
             
               
                 1
                 The
                 Method
                 by
                 Indication
                 .
              
            
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             
               4
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               then
               is
               either
               General
               or
               Special
               .
            
             
               General
               is
               performed
               by
               the
               Method
               of
               〈◊〉
               ring
               :
               the
               Special
               by
               〈◊〉
               .
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               I.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Method
                 of
                 Curing
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 THe
                 Method
                 of
                 Curing
                 is
                 a
                 General
                 way
                 ,
                 common
                 to
                 every
                 Particular
                 ,
                 shewing
                 by
                 Intention
                 and
                 Indication
                 the
                 way
                 of
                 Cure
                 for
                 every
                 Disease
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Its
                 parts
                 are
                 two
                 ,
                 Intention
                 and
                 Indication
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Intention
                 ,
                 is
                 that
                 Scope
                 which
                 a
                 Physitian
                 propounds
                 to
                 himself
                 ,
                 when
                 he
                 undertakes
                 a
                 Cure
                 ;
                 the
                 parts
                 of
                 which
                 are
                 Eight
                 .
              
               
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   Whether
                   it
                   be
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   yea
                   or
                   no.
                   
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   What
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   whether
                   Alteration
                   ,
                   Purging
                   ,
                   or
                   Restoring
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   By
                   what
                   Remedies
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   :
                   whether
                   by
                   Cooling
                   Heating
                   Purging
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   like
                   :
                   and
                   whether
                   by
                   Liquid
                   or
                   Solid
                   Romedies
                   .
                
                 
                   Fourthly
                   ,
                   How
                   much
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   :
                   whether
                   much
                   or
                   little
                   ,
                   in
                   what
                   Measure
                   or
                   Degree
                   .
                
                 
                   Fifthly
                   ,
                   In
                   what
                   Manner
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   :
                   whether
                   by
                   Degrees
                   ,
                   or
                   Speedily
                   ;
                   whether
                   continually
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   intermission
                   .
                
                 
                   Sixthly
                   ,
                   At
                   what
                   time
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   :
                   whether
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   ,
                   encrease
                   ,
                   or
                   state
                   of
                   the
                   Disease
                   .
                
                 
                   Seventhly
                   ,
                   In
                   what
                   Order
                   ;
                   what
                   's
                   to
                   be
                   given
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   place
                   ,
                   what
                   in
                   the
                   second
                   ,
                   what
                   in
                   the
                   third
                   :
                   what
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   given
                   alone
                   by
                   it self
                   ,
                   and
                   what
                   with
                   other
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   Eightly
                   ,
                   In
                   what
                   place
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   what
                   manner
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 General
                 Indications
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Indications
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 Generally
                 ,
                 and
                 Specially
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 General
                 Indications
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 mind
                 of
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 are
                 Sixteen
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   From
                   the
                   Disease
                   ,
                   which
                   lies
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   and
                   calls
                   for
                   its
                   Cure.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   From
                   the
                   Temperature
                   of
                   the
                   whol
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   From
                   the
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   afflicted
                   by
                   the
                   Disease
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   4
                   From
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   the
                   Patient
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   From
                   the
                   Air
                   the
                   Patient
                   is
                   in
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   From
                   his
                   Age.
                   
                
                 
                   7
                   From
                   his
                   Custom
                   .
                
                 
                   8
                   From
                   his
                   peculiar
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   9
                   From
                   the
                   Sex
                   of
                   the
                   Patient
                   .
                
                 
                   10
                   From
                   the
                   Exercise
                   which
                   he
                   used
                   .
                
                 
                   11
                   From
                   the
                   length
                   ,
                   or
                   shortness
                   of
                   the
                   Disease
                   .
                
                 
                   12
                   From
                   the
                   four
                   seasons
                   of
                   a
                   Disease
                   ,
                   namely
                   ,
                   the
                   beginning
                   ,
                   encrease
                   ,
                   station
                   ,
                   and
                   Declination
                   .
                
                 
                   13
                   From
                   the
                   particular
                   fits
                   of
                   the
                   Disease
                   .
                
                 
                   14
                   From
                   the
                   ordinary
                   Functions
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                
                 
                   15
                   From
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   .
                
                 
                   16
                   From
                   the
                   influence
                   of
                   the
                   Stars
                   .
                
              
               
                 3
                 Special
                 Indication
                 is
                 either
                 Physical
                 ,
                 or
                 Mathematical
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Physical
                 Indication
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Physical
                 Indications
                 are
                 ,
                 Parts
                 declaring
                 ,
                 and
                 parts
                 declared
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Part
                 declaring
                 is
                 somthing
                 observed
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 either
                 according
                 to
                 Nature
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 against
                 Nature
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 It
                 is
                 either
                 Primary
                 ,
                 or
                 Secundary
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Primary
                 is
                 three-fold
                 :
                 The
                 Disease
                 ;
                 the
                 Cause
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Faculties
                 .
              
               
               
                 These
                 may
                 be
                 thus
                 distinguished
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   It
                   sheweth
                   ,
                   what
                   the
                   Disease
                   is
                   ,
                   by
                   〈◊〉
                   means
                   it
                   came
                   ,
                   and
                   whether
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   cured
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Symptomes
                   which
                   are
                   proper
                   and
                   peculiar
                   ,
                   namely
                   ,
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   and
                   Form
                   of
                   the
                   part
                   afflicted
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Disease
                   afflicting
                   .
                
              
               
                 5
                 Secundary
                 is
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   That
                   which
                   is
                   joyned
                   to
                   the
                   Indication
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   shews
                   that
                   from
                   whence
                   the
                   Indication
                   is
                   drawn
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Knowledg
                   of
                   what
                   hinders
                   Indication
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   knowledg
                   of
                   what
                   opposeth
                   it
                   .
                
              
               
                 6
                 Parts
                 declaring
                 shew
                 ,
                 how
                 much
                 ,
                 how
                 ,
                 when
                 ,
                 in
                 what
                 order
                 ,
                 by
                 what
                 place
                 and
                 way
                 you
                 must
                 act
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 How
                 much
                 ,
                 shews
                 the
                 Natural
                 Temper
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 as
                 also
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 afflicted
                 ,
                 and
                 compares
                 them
                 with
                 the
                 greatness
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Scituation
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 How
                 ,
                 shews
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 the
                 sick
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 afflicted
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 At
                 what
                 time
                 ,
                 hath
                 a
                 double
                 signification
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   things
                   present
                   ,
                   which
                   require
                   remedy
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   things
                   absent
                   ,
                   which
                   require
                   prevention
                   .
                
              
               
                 10
                 In
                 what
                 order
                 ,
                 shews
                 either
                 that
                 which
                 regards
                 
                 the
                 Efficient
                 Cause
                 or
                 that
                 which
                 〈◊〉
                 occasion
                 calls
                 for
                 :
                 for
                 many
                 times
                 the
                 violence
                 of
                 the
                 Effect
                 must
                 be
                 remedied
                 before
                 the
                 Cause
                 can
                 be
                 medled
                 with
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 The
                 Place
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 what
                 Way
                 ;
                 the
                 Figure
                 and
                 Scituation
                 of
                 the
                 place
                 declares
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 Parts
                 declared
                 ,
                 are
                 they
                 which
                 help
                 those
                 declaring
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 They
                 are
                 either
                 Primary
                 or
                 Secundary
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 Primary
                 is
                 three-fold
                 :
                 Preservative
                 ,
                 Curative
                 ,
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 Indication
                 Preservative
                 ,
                 shews
                 the
                 Antecedent
                 Cause
                 of
                 a
                 Disease
                 ,
                 which
                 must
                 be
                 taken
                 away
                 by
                 its
                 contrary
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 Preservative
                 Indication
                 is
                 taken
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   From
                   the
                   Internal
                   or
                   Antecedent
                   Cause
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   From
                   the
                   Substance
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   offending
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   From
                   the
                   Quality
                   of
                   the
                   abounding
                   Humor
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   From
                   the
                   Motion
                   of
                   the
                   Peceant
                   Humor
                   .
                
              
               
                 17
                 From
                 the
                 Motion
                 of
                 the
                 Peccant
                 Humor
                 is
                 a
                 four-fold
                 Remedy
                 indicated
                 .
                 Viz.
                 
              
               
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   done
                   divers
                   waies
                   :
                   Viz.
                   By
                   Bleeding
                   ,
                   Cupping
                   Glasses
                   ,
                   Rubbing
                   of
                   the
                   opposite
                   part
                   ,
                   Binding
                   ,
                   Hot
                   Baths
                   ,
                   Clysters
                   ,
                   Blisters
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Intercepting
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   which
                   stop
                   
                   the
                   Passages
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Humor
                   cannot
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   afflicted
                   place
                   ,
                   whence
                   they
                   are
                   called
                   Defensive
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   given
                   in
                   the
                   intervalles
                   of
                   the
                   fit
                   .
                
                 
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   Such
                   as
                   draw
                   the
                   Humors
                   from
                   the
                   part
                   afflicted
                   ,
                   to
                   another
                   part
                   .
                
                 
                   Fourthly
                   ,
                   Such
                   as
                   Repress
                   ,
                   and
                   Repel
                   the
                   Humor
                   ,
                   as
                   al
                   Binding
                   Medicines
                   .
                
              
               
                 18
                 The
                 Curative
                 Indications
                 of
                 a
                 Disease
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 remedied
                 by
                 contraries
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 It
                 is
                 either
                 Simple
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 Indication
                 of
                 a
                 Simple
                 Disease
                 :
                 Or
                 Compound
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 Indication
                 of
                 a
                 Compound
                 Disease
                 .
              
               
                 20
                 An
                 Indication
                 of
                 a
                 Simple
                 Distemper
                 is
                 ,
                 Cold
                 of
                 a
                 hot
                 Disease
                 ;
                 Heat
                 of
                 a
                 cold
                 Disease
                 ;
                 Driness
                 of
                 a
                 moist
                 Disease
                 ;
                 Moisture
                 of
                 a
                 dry
                 Disease
                 ;
                 Hardness
                 of
                 a
                 soft
                 Disease
                 ;
                 Softness
                 of
                 a
                 hard
                 Disease
                 ;
                 Antidotes
                 ,
                 and
                 Counter-poysons
                 to
                 Venemous
                 ,
                 Pestilential
                 ,
                 and
                 Contagious
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 21
                 Indications
                 of
                 an
                 evil
                 Composition
                 ,
                 is
                 Reduction
                 ;
                 as
                 making
                 strait
                 ,
                 crooked
                 things
                 ;
                 making
                 rough
                 ,
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 are
                 smooth
                 ;
                 and
                 smooth
                 ,
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 are
                 rough
                 ;
                 lessening
                 and
                 encreasing
                 Members
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 22
                 Conservative
                 Indication
                 is
                 maintaining
                 things
                 by
                 their
                 likes
                 .
              
               
                 23
                 The
                 Foundation
                 of
                 Medicine
                 lies
                 in
                 this
                 ,
                 To
                 preserve
                 things
                 by
                 their
                 likes
                 ,
                 and
                 take
                 away
                 things
                 by
                 their
                 contraries
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 Mathematical
                 Indications
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Mathematical
                 Indications
                 are
                 taken
                 from
                 the
                 change
                 of
                 the
                 Celestial
                 Bodies
                 ;
                 which
                 by
                 their
                 Benevolent
                 ,
                 or
                 Malevolent
                 Intercourse
                 ,
                 work
                 alterations
                 in
                 our
                 Bodies
                 :
                 Therefore
                 
                   Galen
                   ,
                   Hippocrates
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Avicenna
                 ,
                 all
                 harp'd
                 upon
                 the
                 same
                 string
                 ,
                 That
                 whosoever
                 was
                 a
                 Physitian
                 ,
                 must
                 needs
                 be
                 an
                 Astrologer
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 This
                 Indication
                 consists
                 in
                 the
                 conservation
                 of
                 Health
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 seasonable
                 application
                 of
                 a
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 opening
                 of
                 a
                 vein
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Medicines
                 are
                 unseasonably
                 applied
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   In
                   very
                   hot
                   ,
                   or
                   very
                   cold
                   times
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   giving
                   of
                   Medicines
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   avoided
                   ,
                   at
                   the
                   rising
                   ,
                   or
                   setting
                   of
                   hot
                   Stars
                   ,
                   either
                   Cosmically
                   ,
                   or
                   Heliacally
                   .
                   Such
                   are
                   ,
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     Cor
                     Leonus
                  
                   ,
                   both
                   the
                   
                     Dog
                     Stars
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Hercules
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   They
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   avoided
                   when
                   the
                   Malevolents
                   are
                   Aspected
                   one
                   to
                   another
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   the
                   Moon
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Take
                   no
                   purging
                   Medicines
                   when
                   the
                   Moon
                   is
                   in
                   Signs
                   ruminating
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   the
                   Forms
                   of
                   such
                   Beasts
                   as
                   chew
                   the
                   Cud
                   ,
                   namely
                   ,
                   
                     Aries
                     ,
                     Taurus
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Capricorn
                   ,
                   because
                   then
                   they
                   are
                   easily
                   vomited
                   up
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   When
                   the
                   Moon
                   is
                   Aspected
                   to
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   
                   Nature
                   is
                   so
                   strengthened
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   operation
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   is
                   hindred
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   The
                   Moon
                   in
                   the
                   ascending
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Circle
                   ,
                   cals
                   the
                   Humors
                   upwards
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   easily
                   provoketh
                   Vomiting
                   ,
                   but
                   hinders
                   Purging
                   by
                   stool
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 unseasonable
                 breathing
                 of
                 a
                 Vein
                 wonderfully
                 weakens
                 Nature
                 ,
                 and
                 brings
                 exceeding
                 much
                 danger
                 to
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man.
                 
              
               
                 5
                 Hinderanees
                 to
                 Bleeding
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Immoderate
                   Heat
                   and
                   Cold
                   ;
                   for
                   Nature
                   is
                   rather
                   to
                   be
                   cherished
                   than
                   weakned
                   at
                   such
                   times
                   ,
                   and
                   Bleeding
                   weakens
                   the
                   Natural
                   Sprits
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Moon
                   being
                   in
                   the
                   Sign
                   governing
                   the
                   Member
                   you
                   bleed
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Moon
                   in
                   Conjunction
                   ,
                   Square
                   ,
                   or
                   Opposition
                   with
                   the
                   
                     Sun
                     ,
                     Saturn
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Mars
                   ;
                   or
                   with
                   the
                   
                     Dragons
                     Head
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Moon
                   in
                   Signs
                   Attractive
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     Leo
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Sagittarius
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Method
                 of
                 Cure
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Opinion
                 of
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 As
                 long
                 as
                 the
                 Radical
                 Moisture
                 remains
                 in
                 its
                 Quantity
                 ,
                 no
                 Disease
                 is
                 felt
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 There
                 is
                 but
                 one
                 common
                 Mummy
                 of
                 all
                 Men
                 ,
                 and
                 but
                 one
                 Vital
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 therefore
                 a
                 Medicine
                 may
                 be
                 Universal
                 :
                 For
                 all
                 Diseases
                 are
                 nothing
                 
                 else
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 Function
                 of
                 the
                 Mummy
                 and
                 Vital
                 Spirit
                 hindered
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Cure
                 of
                 Diseases
                 is
                 either
                 Universal
                 or
                 Particular
                 .
              
               
                 Universal
                 is
                 the
                 taking
                 away
                 the
                 Roots
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 impurity
                 which
                 causeth
                 the
                 Disease
                 either
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Derived
                   from
                   the
                   Seed
                   of
                   the
                   Parents
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Through
                   fault
                   ,
                   or
                   ill
                   use
                   of
                   Nourishment
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Through
                   External
                   Impression
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Subjects
                 of
                 Universal
                 Cure
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 four
                 kinds
                 of
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 to
                 which
                 all
                 the
                 rest
                 may
                 be
                 referred
                 ,
                 as
                 to
                 their
                 proper
                 Fountains
                 and
                 Principles
                 ,
                 viz.
                 〈◊〉
                 -
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Dropsie
                 ,
                 Leprosie
                 ,
                 Gout
                 :
                 He
                 that
                 can
                 cure
                 these
                 ,
                 wil
                 easily
                 cure
                 all
                 the
                 other
                 Diseases
                 incident
                 to
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man.
                 
              
               
                 5
                 Universal
                 Cure
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 perfected
                 by
                 an
                 Universal
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 or
                 Remedy
                 agreeable
                 to
                 Mans
                 Natural
                 Balsom
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Universal
                 Medicine
                 is
                 nothing
                 else
                 than
                 a
                 Medicine
                 which
                 by
                 strengthening
                 Nature
                 expels
                 all
                 the
                 Diseases
                 thereof
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 It
                 is
                 called
                 Quintessence
                 ,
                 Balsom
                 ,
                 Natural
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 Vital
                 Principle
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 Mummy
                 ,
                 
                   Elixar
                   vitoe
                
                 ,
                 Incombustible
                 ,
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 A
                 Secret
                 ,
                 Sol
                 ,
                 an
                 Aethereal
                 Spirit
                 diffused
                 through
                 all
                 Natural
                 things
                 ;
                 the
                 Fountain
                 of
                 Heat
                 and
                 Vigor
                 ,
                 quickning
                 Animals
                 ,
                 making
                 Vegetables
                 grow
                 ,
                 and
                 forming
                 Minerals
                 and
                 Mettals
                 in
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 same
                 Quintessence
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 
                 Man
                 ,
                 and
                 although
                 it
                 keep
                 its
                 Court
                 in
                 the
                 Heart
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 is
                 diffused
                 through
                 the
                 whol
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 produceth
                 divers
                 actions
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 diversity
                 of
                 the
                 parts
                 .
                 For
                 Example
                 .
              
               
                 In
                 the
                 Sensitive
                 parts
                 it
                 produceth
                 Sence
                 :
                 In
                 the
                 Movable
                 parts
                 ,
                 Motion
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 Stomach
                 it
                 concocts
                 the
                 Food
                 into
                 Chyle
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 If
                 any
                 Disease
                 like
                 an
                 Enemy
                 assault
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 it
                 rallies
                 up
                 its
                 forces
                 to
                 oppose
                 it
                 ,
                 gives
                 it
                 Battel
                 upon
                 the
                 Critical
                 daies
                 ,
                 and
                 if
                 it
                 can
                 overcome
                 it
                 ,
                 it
                 triumphs
                 over
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Therfore
                 this
                 Spirit
                 and
                 Quintessence
                 being
                 produced
                 from
                 the
                 Macrocosm
                 ,
                 and
                 taken
                 into
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 That
                 which
                 is
                 Natural
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 being
                 strengthened
                 with
                 these
                 Axilliary
                 Forces
                 so
                 stoutly
                 opposeth
                 any
                 Disease
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 quickly
                 routs
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 expels
                 whatsoever
                 is
                 vicious
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Concerning
                 this
                 Universal
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 I
                 find
                 three
                 Opinions
                 among
                 Authors
                 :
              
               
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   Some
                   hold
                   ,
                   That
                   it
                   doth
                   it
                   not
                   by
                   a
                   Primary
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   a
                   Secundary
                   way
                   ,
                   namely
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   strengthens
                   Nature
                   ,
                   for
                   if
                   Nature
                   ,
                   or
                   that
                   Natural
                   Balsom
                   of
                   a
                   Man
                   be
                   strengthened
                   by
                   an
                   Universal
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   it
                   soon
                   shews
                   its
                   power
                   in
                   all
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   leaves
                   not
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   the
                   very
                   Tincture
                   of
                   a
                   Disease
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   labors
                   to
                   preserve
                   it self
                   .
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Severinus
                   attributes
                   a
                   power
                   to
                   the
                   Universal
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   to
                   strengthen
                   the
                   
                   Natural
                   Balsom
                   and
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   by
                   the
                   purity
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   purifying
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   to
                   take
                   away
                   all
                   Causes
                   and
                   Seeds
                   of
                   Diseases
                   whatsoever
                   .
                
                 
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   
                     Wolfgangus
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   attributes
                   these
                   effects
                   to
                   the
                   Universal
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   That
                   it
                   so
                   disposeth
                   al
                   evil
                   humors
                   of
                   what
                   quality
                   or
                   malignity
                   soever
                   they
                   are
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   what
                   name
                   soever
                   they
                   are
                   called
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   resisteth
                   no
                   Medicine
                   which
                   after
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   Method
                   is
                   given
                   for
                   them
                   ;
                   but
                   stoutly
                   joyns
                   forces
                   with
                   it
                   to
                   help
                   it
                   to
                   perform
                   its
                   Office
                   ;
                   and
                   removes
                   al
                   impediments
                   which
                   lie
                   in
                   the
                   way
                   ;
                   yea
                   ,
                   so
                   powerful
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   its
                   operation
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   can
                   be
                   hindred
                   by
                   nothing
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   the
                   express
                   will
                   of
                   the
                   Creator
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Cure
                 of
                 particular
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 In
                 a
                 Disease
                 the
                 Roots
                 and
                 Seminary
                 Tinctures
                 are
                 not
                 alwaies
                 first
                 to
                 be
                 taken
                 away
                 ,
                 but
                 oftentimes
                 the
                 Fruits
                 ,
                 Symptomes
                 ,
                 Fits
                 ,
                 and
                 Pains
                 are
                 first
                 to
                 be
                 mitigated
                 :
                 as
                 an
                 Aspiring
                 man
                 is
                 somtimes
                 to
                 be
                 staved
                 from
                 his
                 Throne
                 ,
                 before
                 he
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 taken
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 World
                 :
                 So
                 a
                 Disease
                 is
                 somtimes
                 to
                 be
                 kept
                 from
                 coming
                 to
                 his
                 Exaltation
                 ,
                 before
                 he
                 be
                 thrown
                 out
                 of
                 his
                 House
                 ,
                 viz.
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 Man
                 :
                 that
                 so
                 those
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 which
                 he
                 hath
                 weakned
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 strengthened
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Be
                 the
                 Dsease
                 what
                 it
                 wil
                 ,
                 let
                 your
                 care
                 be
                 greater
                 to
                 fortifie
                 the
                 spirits
                 than
                 to
                 overcome
                 the
                 Disease
                 .
              
               
               
                 3
                 Particular
                 Diseases
                 are
                 expelled
                 .
              
               
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   By
                   helping
                   Nature
                   with
                   such
                   Remedies
                   as
                   expel
                   the
                   Disease
                   ,
                   as
                   Vomits
                   ,
                   Purges
                   ,
                   Medicines
                   which
                   provoke
                   Urine
                   and
                   Sweating
                   ,
                   Medicines
                   which
                   strengthen
                   ,
                   case
                   pain
                   ,
                   and
                   please
                   the
                   Brain
                   with
                   sweet
                   Smels
                   .
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Specifical
                   Remedies
                   appropriated
                   to
                   certain
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   :
                   as
                   Ceptralick
                   Remedies
                   in
                   Diseases
                   of
                   the
                   Head
                   ;
                   Ocular
                   Remedies
                   in
                   Diseases
                   of
                   the
                   Eyes
                   ;
                   Cordial
                   Remedies
                   in
                   Diseases
                   of
                   the
                   Heart
                   Feavers
                   ,
                   and
                   Pestilences
                   ;
                   Pectorals
                   in
                   Diseases
                   of
                   the
                   Breast
                   ;
                   Stomachicals
                   in
                   Diseases
                   of
                   the
                   Stomach
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   likewise
                   in
                   all
                   Diseases
                   ,
                   to
                   have
                   a
                   special
                   care
                   of
                   the
                   Parts
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   they
                   afflict
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 In
                 Diseases
                 which
                 afflict
                 the
                 whol
                 Body
                 generally
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 have
                 their
                 special
                 fixed
                 Roots
                 ,
                 as
                 have
                 most
                 〈◊〉
                 and
                 Consumptions
                 ,
                 be
                 sure
                 you
                 strengthen
                 Nature
                 first
                 ,
                 and
                 if
                 she
                 want
                 help
                 ,
                 help
                 her
                 afterwards
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 If
                 the
                 impurity
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 be
                 violent
                 ,
                 as
                 happens
                 usually
                 in
                 Feavers
                 and
                 Inflamations
                 ,
                 you
                 will
                 make
                 mad
                 work
                 if
                 first
                 you
                 go
                 to
                 purge
                 it
                 out
                 :
                 Concoct
                 it
                 first
                 by
                 〈◊〉
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 and
                 bring
                 it
                 into
                 better
                 manners
                 ,
                 and
                 when
                 you
                 have
                 altered
                 the
                 property
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 then
                 you
                 may
                 safely
                 purge
                 it
                 out
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Radical
                 Impurities
                 are
                 removed
                 by
                 Resolution
                 ,
                 not
                 by
                 Concoction
                 as
                 in
                 Chronical
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 
                 as
                 in
                 Falling-sickness
                 ,
                 Quartan
                 Agues
                 ,
                 Chollick
                 ,
                 and
                 〈◊〉
                 ;
                 In
                 Diseases
                 of
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 as
                 Dropsie
                 Leprosie
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
                 If
                 you
                 look
                 to
                 cure
                 these
                 by
                 Concoction
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 look
                 till
                 your
                 Eyes
                 drop
                 out
                 of
                 your
                 Head.
                 The
                 God
                 of
                 Nature
                 hath
                 left
                 in
                 Nature
                 certain
                 Remedies
                 which
                 speedily
                 cure
                 them
                 by
                 Resolution
                 ,
                 Consumption
                 ,
                 and
                 Destruction
                 ;
                 and
                 these
                 ,
                 Physitians
                 (
                 which
                 build
                 their
                 Faith
                 upon
                 Galen
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 upon
                 the
                 God
                 of
                 Nature
                 )
                 call
                 〈◊〉
                 Properties
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 The
                 Effects
                 of
                 some
                 fits
                 ,
                 namely
                 ,
                 when
                 they
                 cause
                 much
                 heat
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 must
                 be
                 remedied
                 by
                 Concoction
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 In
                 all
                 Chronical
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 as
                 also
                 in
                 some
                 Acute
                 .
              
               
                 First
                 ,
                 he
                 sure
                 the
                 Patient
                 go
                 to
                 stool
                 wel
                 ,
                 before
                 you
                 administer
                 other
                 Remedies
                 ;
                 that
                 so
                 Nature
                 may
                 have
                 a
                 passage
                 to
                 expel
                 her
                 Enemy
                 by
                 ,
                 when
                 you
                 help
                 her
                 to
                 expel
                 him
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 The
                 Disease
                 being
                 expelled
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Party
                 cured
                 ,
                 strengthen
                 that
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 which
                 was
                 weakned
                 by
                 the
                 Disease
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Chymical
                 Medicines
                 are
                 so
                 to
                 be
                 prepared
                 that
                 they
                 weaken
                 not
                 Nature
                 her self
                 ,
                 as
                 well
                 as
                 the
                 offending
                 Matter
                 .
              
               
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 General
                 Therapeutical
                 part
                 in
                 the
                 Method
                 of
                 Physick
                 :
                 the
                 Special
                 follows
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               LIB
               .
               II.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 both
                 General
                 ,
                 and
                 Special
                 Evacuation
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 EVacuation
                 is
                 either
                 of
                 Plethora
                 ,
                 or
                 Cacochymia
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Evacuation
                 of
                 Plethora
                 is
                 either
                 flow
                 〈◊〉
                 sensible
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Slow
                 ,
                 is
                 done
                 either
                 by
                 slender
                 Diet
                 and
                 Labor
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 right
                 use
                 of
                 the
                 six
                 things
                 not
                 Natural
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Sensible
                 is
                 either
                 Chyrurgical
                 ,
                 or
                 Pharmaceutical
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Chyrurgical
                 Evacuation
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 Consists
                 in
                 Blood-letting
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Horse-Leeches
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 Chyrurgy
                 are
                 two
                 :
              
               
                 
                   1
                   
                     Chyrurgical
                     Administrations
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   
                     Chyrurgical
                     Instruments
                  
                   .
                
              
               
                 3
                 Its
                 Administrations
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 ,
                 as
                 necessary
                 to
                 Life
                 ,
                 or
                 to
                 Safety
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 way
                 of
                 administring
                 is
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 the
                 places
                 afflicted
                 with
                 the
                 Discase
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 Instruments
                 which
                 a
                 Chyrurgion
                 ought
                 
                 to
                 use
                 ,
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 fitted
                 to
                 his
                 Operations
                 ,
                 both
                 Manual
                 ,
                 and
                 Medicinal
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Evacuation
                 of
                 Cacochymia
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 It
                 is
                 either
                 Universal
                 or
                 Particular
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 the
                 Universal
                 ought
                 alwaies
                 first
                 to
                 be
                 used
                 :
                 The
                 Particular
                 are
                 ,
                 Purges
                 ,
                 Vomits
                 ,
                 Provocation
                 of
                 Urine
                 ,
                 and
                 Sweating
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Purges
                 are
                 either
                 weak
                 or
                 strong
                 ;
                 and
                 are
                 divided
                 into
                 Electuaries
                 ,
                 Pills
                 ,
                 Pouders
                 ,
                 and
                 Potions
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 Universal
                 which
                 take
                 away
                 the
                 whol
                 Cacochymia
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Vomits
                 ,
                 are
                 such
                 as
                 provoke
                 vomiting
                 ;
                 which
                 are
                 either
                 Simple
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 drinking
                 of
                 warm
                 Water
                 ;
                 or
                 Mixed
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 Diureticks
                 are
                 such
                 ,
                 which
                 provoke
                 Urine
                 ,
                 and
                 break
                 the
                 stone
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 Medicines
                 which
                 provoke
                 Sweat
                 ,
                 are
                 such
                 Simples
                 or
                 Compounds
                 as
                 resist
                 the
                 French
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 Diseases
                 which
                 come
                 of
                 Flegm
                 and
                 Melancholly
                 ,
                 as
                 China
                 ,
                 Sarsaparilla
                 ,
                 Box
                 ,
                 and
                 Guajacum
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Decoctions
                 ,
                 or
                 Compositions
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 Particular
                 Evacuation
                 of
                 Cacochymia
                 is
                 ,
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 done
                 by
                 Purges
                 ,
                 appropriated
                 to
                 certain
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 both
                 Internal
                 and
                 External
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 Internal
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 are
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Head
                   ,
                   as
                   Sneezings
                   ,
                   Mouth
                   Waters
                   ,
                   
                   and
                   such
                   particular
                   Medicines
                   as
                   purge
                   the
                   Head.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Breast
                   and
                   Lungs
                   ,
                   by
                   Pectorals
                   and
                   Lohochs
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Stomach
                   ,
                   by
                   Vomits
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Bowels
                   ,
                   by
                   Purges
                   and
                   Clisters
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   Womb
                   ,
                   by
                   Pessaries
                   and
                   Injections
                   .
                
              
               
                 8
                 The
                 External
                 parts
                 are
                 〈◊〉
                 from
                 Cacochymia
                 ,
                 by
                 Sweating
                 ,
                 Blisters
                 ,
                 and
                 Causticks
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               III.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 Medicaments
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 WHatsoever
                 changeth
                 our
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 bringeth
                 it
                 from
                 a
                 〈◊〉
                 not
                 Natural
                 ,
                 to
                 a
                 state
                 Natural
                 ,
                 is
                 Medicament
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 In
                 Medicaments
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 their
                 Differences
                 and
                 Operations
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 As
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 so
                 〈◊〉
                 Remedies
                 are
                 three-fold
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Such
                   as
                   are
                   Nourishing
                   ,
                   which
                   encrease
                   ,
                   restore
                   ,
                   and
                   refresh
                   our
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Such
                   as
                   are
                   venemous
                   and
                   spoil
                   our
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Such
                   as
                   perform
                   both
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   used
                   .
                
              
               
                 4
                 Of
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 some
                 conduce
                 to
                 the
                 Health
                 ,
                 
                 others
                 to
                 the
                 addorning
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 .
              
               
                 5.
                 
                 Such
                 as
                 belong
                 to
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 do
                 it
                 either
                 by
                 Nature
                 or
                 by
                 Art.
                 
              
               
                 6.
                 
                 Such
                 as
                 doe
                 it
                 by
                 Nature
                 ,
                 need
                 but
                 little
                 preparation
                 of
                 the
                 Artificer
                 and
                 are
                 taken
                 from
                 Vegetables
                 ,
                 Minerals
                 ,
                 and
                 living
                 creatures
                 .
              
               
                 7.
                 
                 From
                 Vegetables
                 ,
                 are
                 taken
                 either
                 whol
                 bodyes
                 ,
                 or
                 Parts
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 as
                 Roots
                 ,
                 Woods
                 ,
                 Pith
                 ,
                 Bark
                 ,
                 Leaves
                 ,
                 Tops
                 ,
                 Flowers
                 ,
                 Seeds
                 ,
                 Fruts
                 ,
                 Juyces
                 ,
                 Gumme
                 ,
                 Rosen
                 ,
                 Liquors
                 ,
                 Oyls
                 .
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 8.
                 
                 From
                 living
                 Creatures
                 are
                 taken
                 either
                 their
                 whole
                 bodyes
                 or
                 parts
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 as
                 Hornes
                 ,
                 Marrow
                 ,
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 Or
                 what
                 they
                 ingender
                 ,
                 as
                 Milk
                 ,
                 Eggs
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 Or
                 what
                 they
                 labor
                 for
                 ,
                 as
                 Hony
                 ,
                 Wax
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 Or
                 their
                 Excrements
                 ,
                 as
                 Vrine
                 ,
                 Dung
                 ,
                 Gal
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 9.
                 
                 Medicines
                 taken
                 from
                 Mineralls
                 are
                 either
                 proper
                 or
                 improper
                 .
              
               
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   Proper
                   ,
                   as
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   Antimony
                   ,
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   and
                   Mettals
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   no
                   less
                   than
                   seven
                   ,
                   nor
                   no
                   more
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Gold
                   ,
                   Silver
                   ,
                   Lead
                   ,
                   Tinne
                   ,
                   Iron
                   ,
                   Copper
                   ,
                   Quicksilver
                   .
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Improper
                   as
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       Earths
                       ,
                       as
                       Terra
                       Lemna
                       ,
                       〈◊〉
                       ,
                       Bole
                       Armoniack
                       .
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       Stones
                       ,
                       more
                       pretious
                       and
                       less
                       preti
                       ous
                       .
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       Salts
                       .
                    
                     
                       4.
                       
                       Iuyces
                       made
                       thick
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
               
                 The
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 all
                 these
                 you
                 may
                 find
                 before
                 in
                 our
                 Vertual
                 Anatomy
                 .
              
               
                 10.
                 
                 Such
                 medicines
                 are
                 called
                 Compounds
                 ,
                 when
                 many
                 Ingredients
                 are
                 mixed
                 to
                 make
                 up
                 one
                 Medicine
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 is
                 the
                 glory
                 of
                 the
                 Apothecary
                 .
              
               
                 11.
                 
                 The
                 art
                 of
                 an
                 Apothecarie
                 consists
                 in
                 composition
                 and
                 preparation
                 of
                 medicine
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 ,
                 This
                 is
                 either
                 common
                 or
                 Alchymical
                 ;
                 Both
                 of
                 them
                 either
                 Generall
                 or
                 Special
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               IV.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Generall
                 Composition
                 of
                 Medicine
                 .
              
               
                 1.
                 
                 IN
                 the
                 Composition
                 of
                 a
                 Medicine
                 are
                 requiered
                 ,
                 the
                 thing
                 to
                 be
                 composed
                 and
                 the
                 choyce
                 of
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 thing
                 to
                 be
                 composed
                 is
                 either
                 more
                 or
                 less
                 Principal
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 The
                 Principal
                 is
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 from
                 which
                 the
                 Medicine
                 takes
                 his
                 denomination
                 ;
                 as
                 〈◊〉
                 takes
                 its
                 name
                 from
                 the
                 Herb
                 〈◊〉
                 which
                 is
                 in
                 it
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 is
                 first
                 found
                 out
                 by
                 Indications
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 Less
                 〈◊〉
                 is
                 ,
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 mixed
                 with
                 the
                 Basis
                 to
                 make
                 up
                 the
                 Medicine
                 :
                 And
                 it
                 consists
                 of
                 Two
                 Parts
                 ,
                 either
                 Mixture
                 〈◊〉
                 Preparation
                 .
              
               
               
                 4.
                 
                 There
                 are
                 required
                 in
                 Composition
                 of
                 Medicines
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Correctives
                   .
                   If
                   the
                   Basis
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   be
                   stronger
                   than
                   it
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Helpers
                   .
                   If
                   they
                   be
                   weaker
                   ,
                   thicker
                   ,
                   slower
                   than
                   it
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Directors
                   .
                   Which
                   are
                   appropriated
                   to
                   some
                   certain
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   Such
                   things
                   as
                   are
                   appropriated
                   to
                   keep
                   the
                   Medicines
                   from
                   putrifaction
                   ,
                   as
                   Honey
                   ,
                   Sugar
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
               
                 5.
                 
                 The
                 Requisites
                 of
                 a
                 Composition
                 are
                 Three
                 ,
                 Quantity
                 ,
                 Measure
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Quid
                   pro
                   quo
                
                 .
              
               
                 6.
                 
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 General
                 Composition
                 ;
                 The
                 Preparation
                 follows
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Opinion
                 of
                 Hermetical
                 Phylosophers
                 ,
                 concerning
                 Composition
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 The
                 Causes
                 of
                 Composing
                 Medicines
                 which
                 Galenists
                 affirm
                 ,
                 Alchymists
                 do
                 altogether
                 reject
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 There
                 is
                 no
                 Disease
                 but
                 hath
                 his
                 own
                 proper
                 and
                 peculiar
                 Medicine
                 and
                 Remedy
                 :
                 and
                 every
                 place
                 furnisheth
                 you
                 with
                 Simples
                 enough
                 for
                 its
                 Cure.
                 Ergo.
                 A
                 Multiplicity
                 of
                 huge
                 Compositions
                 is
                 altogether
                 needless
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Malignant
                 Quality
                 of
                 Medicines
                 is
                 no
                 
                 way
                 lessened
                 by
                 their
                 Corrigents
                 ,
                 but
                 increased
                 :
                 As
                 also
                 ,
                 That
                 the
                 weakness
                 of
                 a
                 Purge
                 may
                 be
                 amended
                 by
                 stronger
                 Purges
                 ,
                 wants
                 Experience
                 to
                 prove
                 it
                 .
                 Ergo.
                 The
                 Malignity
                 of
                 the
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 (
                 whether
                 it
                 be
                 too
                 weak
                 ,
                 or
                 too
                 strong
                 )
                 needs
                 no
                 correction
                 :
                 seeing
                 the
                 mglignity
                 may
                 be
                 taken
                 away
                 by
                 the
                 Art
                 of
                 an
                 Alchymist
                 ,
                 and
                 what
                 is
                 pure
                 ,
                 remain
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 You
                 need
                 no
                 attenuating
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 for
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 rightly
                 prepared
                 by
                 the
                 Art
                 of
                 the
                 Alchymists
                 ,
                 they
                 will
                 be
                 thin
                 and
                 penetrating
                 enough
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 You
                 need
                 no
                 strengthning
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 for
                 if
                 the
                 ill
                 Properties
                 of
                 the
                 Medicine
                 be
                 taken
                 away
                 ,
                 nothing
                 will
                 remain
                 but
                 what
                 is
                 good
                 :
                 and
                 what
                 is
                 good
                 is
                 strengthning
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 You
                 need
                 not
                 compose
                 Medicines
                 to
                 make
                 them
                 endure
                 ,
                 for
                 it
                 is
                 the
                 ill
                 Properties
                 of
                 them
                 which
                 makes
                 them
                 to
                 corrupt
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 taken
                 away
                 by
                 the
                 Alchymists
                 .
              
               
                 7
                 You
                 need
                 ad
                 nothing
                 to
                 make
                 them
                 have
                 a
                 Pleasant
                 taste
                 ,
                 for
                 all
                 Chymical
                 Preparations
                 are
                 pleasant
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               LIB
               .
               V.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Common
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 preparing
                 Medicines
                 by
                 the
                 Art
                 of
                 the
                 Apothecary
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 IN
                 the
                 Preparations
                 of
                 Medicines
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 ,
                 The
                 Cause
                 and
                 Effect
                 .
                 The
                 Cause
                 is
                 either
                 Efficient
                 ,
                 or
                 Final
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Efficient
                 Cause
                 is
                 either
                 Active
                 or
                 Instrumental
                 .
              
               
                 Active
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Primary
                 ,
                 as
                 God
                 and
                 Nature
                 :
                 Or
                 Secondary
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Apothecary
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 The
                 Apothecary
                 acteth
                 by
                 Heating
                 ,
                 Insolation
                 ,
                 Cooling
                 ,
                 Quenching
                 ,
                 Moistning
                 ,
                 Nourishing
                 ,
                 Infusion
                 ,
                 Softning
                 ,
                 Melting
                 ,
                 Dissolving
                 ,
                 making
                 salt
                 ,
                 colouring
                 ,
                 perfuming
                 ,
                 preserving
                 ,
                 cutting
                 ,
                 clipping
                 ,
                 filing
                 ,
                 rasping
                 ,
                 washing
                 ,
                 beating
                 ,
                 rubbing
                 ,
                 scraping
                 ,
                 pressing
                 ,
                 straining
                 ,
                 boyling
                 ,
                 putrifying
                 ,
                 sifting
                 ,
                 Extracting
                 ,
                 scumming
                 ,
                 clarifying
                 ,
                 distilling
                 by
                 Asconsion
                 ,
                 and
                 Desconsion
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 The
                 Instruments
                 of
                 an
                 Apothecary
                 ,
                 are
                 ,
                 Stills
                 ,
                 Mortars
                 ,
                 Knives
                 ,
                 Shears
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 5
                 The
                 End
                 is
                 double
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Preservation
                   of
                   Health
                   ,
                   and
                   restoring
                   it
                   being
                   lost
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   2
                   The
                   Preservation
                   of
                   Beauty
                   ,
                   and
                   restoring
                   it
                   being
                   lost
                   .
                
              
               
                 6
                 The
                 Effects
                 consists
                 in
                 the
                 Remedies
                 prepared
                 ;
                 which
                 is
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   In
                   the
                   Substance
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   In
                   the
                   Adjuncts
                   :
                   As
                   the
                   Form
                   ,
                   Order
                   ,
                   Time
                   of
                   during
                   ,
                   and
                   Shop
                   they
                   are
                   kept
                   in
                   .
                
              
               
                 7
                 From
                 the
                 manner
                 of
                 the
                 Substance
                 ,
                 Compound
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 are
                 some
                 for
                 Health
                 ,
                 some
                 for
                 Ornament
                 .
              
               
                 Those
                 which
                 regard
                 Health
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 taken
                 inwardly
                 ,
                 or
                 applyed
                 outwardly
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Method
                 of
                 Curing
                 ,
                 is
                 ,
                 First
                 to
                 take
                 away
                 the
                 Cause
                 ,
                 Afterwards
                 to
                 correct
                 the
                 Symptomes
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 taken
                 inward
                 ,
                 are
                 some
                 Fluid
                 ,
                 and
                 some
                 not
                 fluid
                 .
              
               
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 Fluid
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 more
                 or
                 less
                 Fluid
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 more
                 Fluid
                 ,
                 are
                 Waters
                 ,
                 Wines
                 ,
                 Decoctions
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Vinegars
                 .
              
               
                 Less
                 Fluid
                 ,
                 are
                 Syrups
                 ,
                 Julips
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 10
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 not
                 Fluid
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Moist
                 or
                 Dry.
                 
              
               
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 Moist
                 ,
                 are
                 Balsoms
                 ,
                 Electuaries
                 ,
                 Conserves
                 ,
                 Preserves
                 ,
                 Lohochs
                 ,
                 Rob
                 ,
                 Muccilages
                 ,
                 Extracts
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 Dry
                 ,
                 are
                 Pills
                 ,
                 Lozenges
                 ,
                 Troches
                 ,
                 Powders
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
               
                 12
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 outwardly
                 applyed
                 ,
                 are
                 Oyls
                 and
                 Oyntments
                 ,
                 Bathes
                 ,
                 Cataplasmes
                 ,
                 and
                 Plaisters
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 13
                 Such
                 Medicines
                 as
                 either
                 preserve
                 or
                 restore
                 Beauty
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Moist
                 or
                 Dry
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               LIB
               .
               VI.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Chymical
                 Preparation
                 of
                 Medicines
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 ALchymy
                 is
                 an
                 Art
                 perfecting
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 reducing
                 pure
                 Essences
                 from
                 mixt
                 Bodies
                 ,
                 That
                 so
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 may
                 be
                 the
                 purer
                 ,
                 healthfuller
                 ,
                 and
                 safer
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 The
                 Object
                 of
                 Alchymy
                 is
                 a
                 mixt
                 Body
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 Dissolvable
                 ,
                 and
                 subject
                 to
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 3
                 Mixt
                 Bodies
                 are
                 of
                 Three
                 kinds
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   1
                   All
                   kind
                   of
                   Plants
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   their
                   Parts
                   ,
                   as
                   Roots
                   ,
                   Barks
                   ,
                   Branches
                   ,
                   Flowers
                   ,
                   Leavs
                   ,
                   Fruits
                   ,
                   Seeds
                   ,
                   Gums
                   ,
                   Rozins
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Seven
                   Mettals
                   .
                   All
                   Minerals
                   and
                   Stones
                   both
                   Precious
                   and
                   not
                   Precious
                   ,
                   Salts
                   ,
                   and
                   Juyces
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Living
                   Creatures
                   either
                   whole
                   or
                   their
                   Parts
                   ,
                   or
                   that
                   which
                   comes
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   as
                   Milk
                   ,
                   Egs
                   ,
                   and
                   Cheese
                   .
                
              
               
               
                 4
                 In
                 Alchymy
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 the
                 Signification
                 of
                 the
                 Words
                 and
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 preparation
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 5
                 In
                 the
                 Preparation
                 we
                 are
                 to
                 consider
                 the
                 Composition
                 and
                 Preparation
                 it self
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 Composition
                 or
                 Mixture
                 of
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 we
                 have
                 told
                 you
                 before
                 ,
                 what
                 Opinion
                 Alchymists
                 have
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Requisites
                 of
                 Composition
                 are
                 Measure
                 and
                 Dose
                 .
              
               
                 6
                 In
                 Preparation
                 consider
                 the
                 Cause
                 and
                 Effect
                 .
                 The
                 Cause
                 is
                 Efficient
                 or
                 Final
                 .
                 The
                 Efficient
                 is
                 acting
                 or
                 helping
                 :
                 Acting
                 is
                 the
                 Alchymist
                 ,
                 who
                 acteth
                 by
                 Solution
                 and
                 Coagulation
                 .
              
               
                 7.
                 
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 Chymycal
                 Operation
                 are
                 two
                 ,
                 Solution
                 and
                 Coagulation
                 ,
                 or
                 if
                 you
                 please
                 ,
                 Corruption
                 and
                 Generation
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 Solution
                 is
                 the
                 First
                 part
                 of
                 Practical
                 Alchymy
                 ,
                 which
                 takes
                 a
                 part
                 the
                 Compositions
                 of
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 and
                 attenuates
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 9
                 It
                 consists
                 in
                 Calcination
                 ,
                 or
                 Dissolution
                 .
              
               
                 Calcination
                 is
                 done
                 by
                 Corroding
                 or
                 Burning
                 .
              
               
                 10
                 Burning
                 is
                 done
                 either
                 by
                 Combustion
                 or
                 Reverberation
                 ,
                 Combustion
                 is
                 turning
                 into
                 ashes
                 ,
                 or
                 into
                 Glass
                 :
                 Reverberation
                 is
                 either
                 shut
                 or
                 open
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 done
                 by
                 the
                 Fire
                 of
                 the
                 Furnace
                 .
              
               
                 11
                 Dissolution
                 is
                 when
                 Bodies
                 are
                 dissolved
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 either
                 Subtil
                 or
                 Fusive
                 .
              
               
                 Subtil
                 is
                 either
                 Microcronical
                 ,
                 or
                 Macrocronical
                 
                 Microcronical
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Elevation
                 or
                 Descention
                 .
                 Elevation
                 is
                 Dry
                 or
                 Moist
                 .
                 Dry
                 is
                 called
                 Sublimation
                 ,
                 Moist
                 Distillation
                 .
              
               
                 12
                 Distillation
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Right
                 or
                 Oblique
                 .
              
               
                 13
                 Descension
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Cold
                 or
                 Hot.
                 Hot
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 usually
                 called
                 Distillation
                 by
                 Descention
                 .
                 Cold
                 Descention
                 is
                 either
                 Deliquium
                 or
                 Filtration
                 .
              
               
                 All
                 things
                 that
                 are
                 dissolved
                 by
                 Cold
                 ,
                 are
                 coagulated
                 by
                 Heat
                 .
              
               
                 14
                 Macrocronical
                 ,
                 is
                 Exaltation
                 or
                 Digestion
                 .
                 Exaltation
                 is
                 Circulation
                 and
                 Ablution
                 .
                 Ablution
                 is
                 Imbibition
                 or
                 Cohobation
                 .
              
               
                 15
                 Digestion
                 is
                 either
                 Putrefaction
                 or
                 Extraction
                 .
                 Putrefaction
                 is
                 to
                 change
                 the
                 old
                 Nature
                 of
                 a
                 thing
                 into
                 a
                 new
                 .
              
               
                 16
                 Fusion
                 ,
                 or
                 Liquefaction
                 is
                 Simple
                 ,
                 or
                 not
                 Simple
                 ,
                 and
                 performs
                 its
                 Office
                 either
                 by
                 Ashes
                 or
                 Antimony
                 .
              
               
                 17
                 Coagulation
                 is
                 the
                 second
                 part
                 of
                 Alchymy
                 ,
                 which
                 by
                 privation
                 of
                 Moisture
                 ,
                 reduceth
                 moist
                 Bodies
                 into
                 Solid
                 .
              
               
                 18
                 It
                 is
                 Cold
                 or
                 Hot.
                 To
                 Coagulation
                 is
                 referred
                 Fermentation
                 and
                 Fixing
                 .
              
               
                 19
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Efficient
                 Cause
                 acting
                 :
                 The
                 Helping
                 follows
                 ,
                 viz.
                 Place
                 and
                 Fire
                 .
              
               
                 20
                 The
                 Place
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Subject
                 of
                 the
                 Matter
                 is
                 ,
                 either
                 that
                 which
                 receives
                 the
                 vessels
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 Furnace
                 :
                 
                 Or
                 that
                 which
                 receives
                 the
                 Matter
                 as
                 vessels
                 .
              
               
                 21
                 In
                 the
                 Furnace
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 the
                 Parts
                 and
                 Differences
                 .
                 The
                 Parts
                 of
                 a
                 Furnace
                 are
                 four
                 .
              
               
                 22
                 The
                 Differences
                 of
                 Furnaces
                 are
                 various
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 their
                 different
                 Uses
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 open
                 ,
                 some
                 shut
                 .
              
               
                 23
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 open
                 ,
                 are
                 called
                 either
                 ,
                 
                   Probatorius
                   ,
                   Domesticus
                
                 ,
                 or
                 〈◊〉
                 .
              
               
                 24
                 A
                 shut
                 Furnace
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Simple
                 or
                 Compound
                 .
                 Simple
                 is
                 either
                 for
                 Calcination
                 ,
                 or
                 Dissolution
                 .
              
               
                 For
                 Calcination
                 is
                 either
                 Cementatory
                 ,
                 or
                 Reverberatory
                 .
              
               
                 25
                 Dissolving
                 is
                 either
                 by
                 Ascention
                 or
                 Descention
                 .
              
               
                 By
                 Ascention
                 is
                 either
                 Dry
                 or
                 Moist
                 .
              
               
                 By
                 Descention
                 is
                 that
                 where
                 by
                 we
                 dissolve
                 the
                 Matter
                 by
                 driving
                 the
                 moisture
                 downwards
                 .
              
               
                 26
                 Compound
                 Furnaces
                 are
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   also
                   called
                   Phylosophicus
                   ,
                   and
                   Arcanus
                   .
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   :
                   where
                   ,
                   by
                   one
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   little
                   labor
                   ,
                   divers
                   Furnace
                   are
                   cherished
                   .
                   Others
                   called
                   
                     Piger
                     Henricus
                  
                   .
                
              
               
                 27
                 To
                 these
                 are
                 added
                 Instruments
                 which
                 Alchymists
                 use
                 ,
                 as
                 Iron
                 Tongs
                 ,
                 Iron
                 Plates
                 ,
                 Bellows
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
               
                 28
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Subject
                 receiving
                 the
                 Vessels
                 into
                 it
                 :
                 The
                 Vessels
                 which
                 receive
                 the
                 Matter
                 follow
                 .
              
               
                 29
                 Of
                 the
                 Vessels
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 put
                 to
                 the
                 fire
                 ,
                 some
                 are
                 not
                 .
                 Those
                 which
                 are
                 put
                 to
                 the
                 fire
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 made
                 of
                 one
                 Matter
                 ,
                 or
                 else
                 of
                 divers
                 .
              
               
                 30
                 Vessels
                 made
                 of
                 one
                 matter
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 of
                 Glass
                 ,
                 or
                 Mineral
                 .
              
               
                 31
                 Of
                 Glass
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 a
                 Phial
                 ,
                 or
                 Circulatorium
                 .
                 Glasses
                 are
                 used
                 in
                 Solutions
                 and
                 Coagulations
                 .
              
               
                 32
                 The
                 Circulatoria
                 are
                 of
                 divers
                 kinds
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 three
                 bear
                 away
                 the
                 Bell
                 :
                 A
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Phylosophical
                 ,
                 or
                 Hermetical
                 Egg.
                 
              
               
                 33
                 A
                 Mineral
                 vessel
                 ,
                 is
                 either
                 Mettal
                 or
                 Earth
                 .
                 Mettal
                 serves
                 either
                 for
                 Subtillation
                 or
                 Infusion
                 .
                 For
                 Subtillation
                 is
                 made
                 either
                 of
                 Brass
                 or
                 Bladder
                 :
                 For
                 Infusion
                 is
                 a
                 Funnel
                 .
              
               
                 34
                 Earthen
                 Vessels
                 contain
                 either
                 the
                 Matter
                 it self
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 vessels
                 .
              
               
                 35
                 They
                 which
                 contain
                 the
                 Matter
                 it self
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 Fusory
                 ,
                 or
                 not
                 Fusory
                 .
              
               
                 36
                 Those
                 which
                 contain
                 other
                 vessels
                 are
                 ,
                 Kettles
                 ,
                 Cauldrons
                 ,
                 Earthen
                 Pans
                 ,
                 Crocks
                 ,
                 Trevets
                 .
              
               
                 37
                 Vessels
                 which
                 are
                 chosen
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 pleasure
                 of
                 the
                 Workman
                 ,
                 are
                 made
                 of
                 Earth
                 ,
                 Glass
                 ,
                 Mettals
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
                 Some
                 of
                 these
                 are
                 Superior
                 ,
                 
                 some
                 Inferior
                 .
                 Superior
                 ,
                 as
                 Alembicks
                 :
                 Inferior
                 ,
                 as
                 Retorts
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 38
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Instruments
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Place
                 :
                 Heat
                 and
                 Fire
                 follows
                 .
              
               
                 39
                 Heat
                 is
                 Natural
                 ,
                 or
                 Artificial
                 .
              
               
                 Natural
                 is
                 by
                 the
                 Beams
                 of
                 the
                 Sun.
                 
              
               
                 40
                 Artificial
                 is
                 Simple
                 or
                 Mixed
                 :
                 Simple
                 is
                 by
                 Digestion
                 ,
                 or
                 Separation
                 .
              
               
                 41
                 Digestion
                 is
                 by
                 Anthannor
                 ,
                 or
                 Horsedung
                 ,
                 or
                 Hay
                 ,
                 or
                 Straw
                 .
              
               
                 42
                 Heat
                 separated
                 is
                 either
                 gentle
                 or
                 strong
                 .
                 Gentle
                 is
                 of
                 a
                 Bladder
                 or
                 Ashes
                 .
              
               
                 Strong
                 is
                 either
                 Impedited
                 or
                 Free.
                 Impedited
                 is
                 of
                 Sand
                 ,
                 Filings
                 of
                 Iron
                 .
              
               
                 43
                 Free
                 heat
                 is
                 of
                 Coals
                 ,
                 either
                 with
                 flame
                 ,
                 without
                 flame
                 ,
                 or
                 Reverberatory
                 .
              
               
                 44
                 A
                 mixt
                 heat
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 serves
                 both
                 for
                 digestion
                 and
                 separation
                 ;
                 and
                 is
                 called
                 a
                 Bath
                 .
              
               
                 Baths
                 are
                 two
                 sold
                 :
                 
                   Balneum
                   Mariae
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Balneum
                   Roris
                
                 :
                 namely
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 Vessel
                 is
                 heated
                 by
                 the
                 Ascending
                 Vapor
                 .
              
               
                 45
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Efficient
                 Cause
                 .
                 The
                 final
                 Cause
                 of
                 Preparation
                 is
                 ,
                 The
                 preservation
                 of
                 Health
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 uses
                 belonging
                 to
                 the
                 Life
                 and
                 Ornament
                 of
                 Man.
                 
              
               
                 46
                 You
                 have
                 the
                 Cause
                 :
                 The
                 Effects
                 follow
                 ;
                 which
                 consists
                 in
                 the
                 Order
                 of
                 preparing
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 application
                 to
                 Dileases
                 .
              
               
                 47
                 From
                 the
                 Substance
                 ,
                 some
                 Chymical
                 Medicines
                 conduce
                 to
                 Health
                 ,
                 others
                 to
                 Ornament
                 :
                 Such
                 as
                 conduce
                 to
                 Health
                 ,
                 are
                 either
                 fluid
                 or
                 not
                 fluid
                 .
                 Fluid
                 are
                 ,
                 Waters
                 ,
                 Spirits
                 ,
                 Tinctures
                 ,
                 Oyls
                 ,
                 and
                 Quintessences
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 not
                 fluid
                 are
                 ,
                 Balsoms
                 ,
                 Extracts
                 ,
                 Salts
                 ,
                 Flowers
                 ,
                 Sublimates
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Glasses
                 ,
                 Regulus
                 ,
                 and
                 Chymical
                 Pouders
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 48
                 
                   To
                   my
                   God
                   alone
                   in
                   Trinity
                   and
                   Unity
                   ,
                   be
                   all
                   Honor
                   and
                   Praise
                   ,
                   for
                   ever
                   and
                   ever
                   .
                
              
               
                 Amen
                 .
              
            
             
               FINIS